2011/12 E&S Reference Guide

Reference

From the Back of the House to the Front of the House

Guide

Your Source for Foodservice Equipment and Supplies

Vol. 20

1.11_11 5/17/11 2:12 PM Page 1

Welcome to the 2011/2012 Product Reference Guide!

This guide is designed to be used as a quick comprehensive reference that showcases products from industry leading foodservice equipment and supplies manufacturers. We’ve included dozens of new and innovative foodservice products to keep you up to date with the latest technology in the industry, and we’ve also included some old favorites.

Our commitment is to help you meet your goals. We use our strong partnerships with these leading manufacturers and our commitments to expertise in our field to enhance your business. By partnering with us, you can spend more of your time focusing on your customer.

How To Find What You Need Look in the Category Index on page 2.

Look for products offered by a specific supplier in the Supplier Index on page 3.

Look for the type of product in the Product Index on pages 4 and 5.

Should you want something you cannot find in this catalog, please call us and we’ll be glad to help you.

Customer Service We value our customers highly and are dedicated to offering each and every one of you the best products and services available. Our business has been built on a foundation of service, knowledge, expertise, training and commitment.

Our informed salespeople will share essential product information and help you as you make important buying decisions. As your “partner” in business, our objective is your long-term success.

Our Membership in SEFA, the national foodservice marketing, buying and training group, is an honor awarded only to the very best in the industry. We meet stringent requirements in market leadership, education, finance and marketing. As SEFA Members, we can provide tools such as this Reference Guide to help you train your employees and to help you find the right equipment and supplies to meet your needs.

Food for Thought We’d like to express our thanks to the many fine chefs who submitted a favorite recipe or tip. Top Chefs are featured throughout the guide. Look for an index of Featured Chefs on pages 6 & 7. You’ll also find tips of the trade to keep you informed about rules and regulations, safety guidelines, tips for product selection and more. Some of the information could even be incorporated into your own employee training.

We’re sure this Reference Guide will prove to be a valuable resource tool in your day to day operations.

We encourage you to take a look at what we have to offer. Call us and we’ll be happy to show you our complete line of products and discuss the variety of services we have available. Please retain this Reference Guide as a source for your equipment and supply needs throughout the year.

1

2.11_12 5/17/11 2:11 PM Page 1

Index By Category Sanitation

91-107

Dishwashers, Disposers, Sinks & Faucets, Trash Containers

Refrigeration

9-31

Reach-Ins, Merchandisers, Prep Tables, Blast Chillers, Ice Machines

Beverage Equipment

Storage & Transport

108-120

Shelving, Racks, Carts, Food Storage

32-38

Coffee Brewers, Blenders, Bar Coolers

Cooking Equipment

39-70

Ranges, Convection Ovens, Steam, Ventilation, Fryers, Microwaves

Dining

121-142

Dinnerware, Glassware, Flatware, Linens

Beverage Supplies

143-145

Barware, Servers, Pourers

Holding Equipment

Kitchen Supplies

71-81

Cabinets, Warmers, Serving Lines

Kitchen Prep

146-162

Cookware, Utensils, Prep, Safety, Apparel

82-90

Slicers, Mixers, Scales, Work Tables

Furnishings Chairs, Tables, Crowd Control, Signage

2

163-165

3.11_12 5/17/11 4:46 PM Page 1

Supplier index Aarco Products, Inc. 165 ACP 66, 67 Admiral Craft 32, 45, 49, 52, 68, 70, 76, 152 Advance Tabco 75, 77, 89, 94, 96, 112, 151 American Metalcraft 128, 136, 153 American Panel 28 American Tables & Seating Mfg. 163, 164 Anchor Hocking 130 Apex Foodservice Matting 97, 106, 156 Bakers Pride 40, 42, 45, 47 Bar Maid 35, 143 Chef Revival 162 Blodgett 41, 42, 46, 57, 60 Cactus Mat 107 Cadco 43, 45, 67 Cambro 38, 78, 80, 95, 109, 110, 112-117, 124, 129, 139, 140, 145, 150, 155, 160 Candle Lamp 49, 135, 137 Captive-Aire 63, 64 Cardinal 124, 131, 132, 134 Carlisle 38, 95, 101, 102, 114, 118, 126, 129, 139, 141, 147, 151, 161 Carter-Hoffmann 71, 73, 119 Champion 36, 91, 93, 96 Channel Mfg. 111 Chef Specialties 128 Cleveland 57-60 CMA Dishwashers 92-94 Co-Rect Products 143 Continental 101, 104, 115, 164 Cooper Atkins 157-159 Curtron 28, 111 Delfield 11, 18, 20-22, 73, 76, 79, 81, 82 Dexter Russell 146, 147 Dinex International 126, 130, 141 Dormont 55, 62, 97 Doyon 47 Duke 78, 80 Edlund 86, 87 Electrolux Dito 82, 85 Elkay Sales 89, 90, 97, 112 Fisher 98 Focus Foodservice 32, 110, 115, 144, 154 Follett 24 FoodHandler 95, 142, 151, 155, 156, 161 Franklin 49, 87, 157 Frymaster 51-53 G.E.T. 125, 129, 150 Gessner 125, 128 Globe 44, 50, 53, 67-69, 83, 84 Gourmet Display 139 Groen 57, 58, 61 Hamilton Beach 33, 67, 70 Hatco 69-71, 73-75, 77, 78, 94 Hollowick 135

3

Ice-O-Matic 25, 26 InSinkErator 94, 95, 97 InterMetro 71-73, 108-110, 112-114, 119, 120 International Tableware 124 Jackson 38, 91, 92 John Boos 89, 96 Kolpak 20, 27, 29 Krowne 37, 99 Lakeside 36, 46, 114, 115, 118-120, 165 Lincoln Equipment 48, 74, 77 Master-Bilt 9, 11, 14, 30 Menu Solutions 142 Mundial 147-149 National Checking 142, 161 New Age 90, 110 Nor-Lake 10, 11, 22, 30 Oneida 121, 122, 131 Paderno World Cuisine 152 Panasonic 65, 67 Pelouze 88 Perlick 35, 38 Piper 47, 74, 76, 81, 120 Pitco Frialator 54-56 Pitt Plastics 102 Randell 13, 18-21, 78, 79, 81 Robot Coupe 84, 85 Rubbermaid 100, 102-104, 106, 107, 112, 115-117, 145, 164 San Jamar 38, 106, 140, 144, 145, 154, 156, 162 Scotsman 9, 23, 24, 27 Scrubble 105 Selected Furniture 163, 164 Southbend 39, 40, 42, 43, 60 Spill-Stop 144 Star 42, 44-46, 49, 50, 68, 70, 74 Sterno 49, 135, 137 Structural Concepts 15 T&S Brass 56, 98, 99 Tablecraft 99, 127, 128, 144 Thermalrite 31 Traulsen 12, 13, 19-21, 72 True 9, 10, 13, 14, 16, 17, 21, 22, 36 Tuxton China 121, 123 Unified Brands 13, 18-21, 57, 58, 61, 78, 79, 81 Update International 46, 103, 113, 155, 165 Varimixer 85 Victorinox 146, 155 Victory Refrigeration 13, 17-21 Vita-Mix 34 Vollrath 65, 67, 69, 75, 76, 79, 86, 95, 113, 125, 136, 138, 148-153, 155 Vulcan FEG 39-41, 44, 49, 53, 57, 61-63, 72 Walco Stainless 134, 136, 138 Waring 34, 46, 70, 85 Wells/Bloomfield 33, 45, 50, 77

4.11_12 5/17/11 5:07 PM Page 1

Product Index Refrigeration Equipment

Cooking Equipment

Air Curtain Refrigeration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14, 20, 27 Blast Chillers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20, 21, 28 Countertop Refrigerators/Freezers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Ice Machines & Bins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9, 23-27 Milk Coolers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Reach-Ins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13, 17, 30 Refrigerated Display Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10, 15, 16 Refrigerated Equipment Stands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13, 21 Refrigerated Prep Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-19 Strip/Air Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Undercounter Refrigerators/Freezers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13, 18, 20, 22 Walk-Ins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9, 20, 28-31

Steam Kettles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58, 62 Steamers & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58, 60-63 Toasters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69, 70 Utility Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Ventilation Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63, 64

Holding Equipment Buffet Units/Serving Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79-81 Countertop Warmers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-77 Custom Fab Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77, 81 Display Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71, 73, 74 Drawer Warmers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Drop-In Cold and/or Hot Pans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76, 78, 80 Heat Lamps & Light Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74-76 Heated Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75, 77, 78 Heater/Proofer/Holding Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71-74, 76 Hot Food Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78, 79 Sneeze Guards/Partitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

Beverage/Bar Equipment Back Bar Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37, 38 Bar Coolers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35-37 Bar Sinks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Beer Dispensers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35, 36, 38 Beverage Bins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Blenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-35 Coffee & Tea Brewers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32, 33 Glass Frosters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Glass Washers & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35, 38 Portable Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

Kitchen Prep Can Openers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Equipment Stands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 Food Processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82, 84 Knife Racks & Sharpeners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Mixers, Hand-Held . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Mixers, Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84, 85 Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87, 88 Slicers & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 Vegetable Prep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Work Tables & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

Cooking Equipment Bakery Ovens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Braising Pans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57, 59 Broilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42-45, 50 Combination Ovens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41, 44, 46, 57, 59 Convection Ovens & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41-43, 47, 67 Conveyor Ovens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46, 48 Countertop Cooking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40, 43-45 Deck Ovens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42, 46, 47 Fryers & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-56 Gas Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55, 56 Griddles & Grates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44, 45, 49 Hot Dog Cookers & Grills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49, 50 Induction & Buffet Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68, 69 Microwaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-67 Pasta Cookers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51, 56 Popcorn Poppers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Restaurant Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39, 40 Rethermalizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65, 67 Rice Cookers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Rotisserie Ovens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Sandwich Grills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68,69

Sanitation Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107 Booster Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94 Brooms & Dust Pans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102, 103, 105 Cleaning Supplies, Scouring Pads & Sponges . . . . . . . . . . .103, 105 Deodorizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Dish Racks & Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Dishtables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 Dishwashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36, 91-94 Disposable & Vinyl Aprons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Disposers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95, 97 Faucets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98, 99 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106, 107 Floor Troughs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

4

5.11_12 5/17/11 2:07 PM Page 1

Product Index Sanitation

Beverage Supplies

Floor/Wall Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99, 102 Hoses, Nozzles & Drain Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97-99 Mops/Wringers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 Paper Dispensers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Sinks & Drainboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96, 97 Trash Containers & Liners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100-102 Vacuums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103

Barware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143, 144 Beverage Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144, 145 Condiment Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144 Ice Transport- Totes & Caddies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145 Juicers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144

Kitchen Supplies Baking/Pizza Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153-155 Chef Apparel & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162 Choppers/Cutters/Corers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155 Cutting & All Purpose Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155 Cutting Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156 Dishers & Ladles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148 Disposable Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155, 156 Film & Foil Dispensers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156 Food Pans & Lids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151, 160, 161 Food Storage Bags & Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160, 161 Food Storage Containers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160, 161 Kitchen Utensils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148, 149 Knives & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146-148 Measuring Cups and Spoons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148 Oven Mitts/Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162 Pan Liners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151 Pastry Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147 Pots & Pans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151-153 Scoops & Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155 Sheet/Bun Pans & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151, 154, 155 Spatulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149 Steamtable Pans & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150 Strainers & Funnels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149 Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 Thermometers & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158, 159 Whips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149

Storage & Transport Banquet Carts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118, 119 Can Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Dish Dollies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112, 117 Dunnage Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Ice Transport Caddies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Ingredient Bins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115, 117 Meal Delivery Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Pan Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116, 118 Pan Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110-112 Pellet Bases/Dish & Tray Dispensers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120 Rack Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111 Security Trucks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110, 113 Shelving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108-110, 112 Utility/Bussing Carts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113-115

Dining Bibs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142 Bowls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138, 139 Candles, Lamps & Lamp Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135 Chafers & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136, 137 Condiment Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127, 128 Dinnerware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121-126 Flatware & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133, 134 Food Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139 Glassware & Tumblers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129-132 Guest Checks & Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142 Holloware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136, 138 Menus & Menu Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127, 142 Napkin Dispensers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 Pepper/Salt Mills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128 Plate Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124, 125 Register Rolls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142 Serving Utensils & Tongs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139 Steak Knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134 Table Linens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139 Tabletop Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127, 128 Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125, 128, 138, 140, 141

Furnishings Baby Changing Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164 Booth Seating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163 Chairs & Barstools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163, 164 Crowd Control Posts & Ropes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 Signage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 Specialty Carts & Dollies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 Tables & Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164 Youth Seating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164

5

6.11_12 5/17/11 3:29 PM Page 1

s f e h C d e r u t a e F

Jonathan Bennett Moxie, The Restaurant Cleveland, OH

12

Brett Olstadt Restaurant Muramoto Madison, WI

19

Paul Byron Bridgeport Rescue Mission Bridgeport, CT

31

Gus Bootle Pueblo Community College Pueblo, CO

43

Elizabeth Acevedo Beanwood Coffee Bordentown, NJ

44

Will Mooney The Brothers Moon Hopewell, NJ

47, 61, 142

Sholem Potash Culinary Depot Monsey, NY Eric Williams Momocho mod mex Cleveland, OH

6

52

56, 118

Allan Phillip Russo Sette Cucina Italiana Bernardsville, NJ

59

Mark Vannasdall The Restaurants of Chesapeake Oklahoma City, OK

62

Marco Antonini & Ubaldo Ponce Dusals Italian Restaurant Milltown, NJ

63

Elyissia Wassung 2 Chicks with Chocolate South River, NJ

65

Chris Roderique Piggy’s Restaurant La Crosse, WI

72

7.11_12 5/17/11 3:30 PM Page 1

Tory Miller L’Etolle & Graze Madison, WI Guy Fieri The Food Network Guy’s Big Bite Guy Off The Hook Diners, Drive-Ins & Dives CEO Johnny Garlics’s Inc. Santa Rosa, CA

83

86, 158

Jeremy Martindale Omni New Haven at Yale New Haven, CT

88

Lamar Thomas Cookbook Author “Ginger, Lily & Sweet Fire” and “Southern View of World Cuisine” Santa Rosa, CA

90

Adam Trachtenberg E&A Hotel Restaurant Supply Plainfield, NJ

112

Brad Johnson Hal Smith Restaurant Group Oklahoma City, OK

117

Phil Young Bridge House Restaurant Milford, CT

120

Jamie Gorey & Jill Means Two Chicks from the Sticks Atlanta, GA & Des Moines, IA

123

Pearl Thompson Promise Jobs Culinary School New Brunswick, NJ

140

Robb Reed Crawfish Junction Milford, WI

149

John des Rosiers Inovasi Lake Bluff, IL

154

Robert Black A Good Egg Dining Group Oklahoma City, OK

157

7

8.11_12 5/16/11 2:58 PM Page 1

FEATURED SUPPLIERS

8

9.11_31.new 5/12/11 9:02 AM Page 1

Refrigeration Reach-Ins Merchandisers Prep Tables Blast Chillers Ice Machines Walk-Ins Care Of Your Refrigeration Dirty condensers are the greatest contributors to compressor failure. Location will vary the frequency of cleaning, but it is recommended that the condenser on all your refrigeration equipment be cleaned once a month.

How To Clean The Condenser

A. Traditional Reach-Ins. Highest quality materials and oversized refrigeration system provide you with colder product temperatures, lower utility costs, exceptional food safety and the best value in today’s foodservice marketplace.

Refrigerator features: Bottom mount compressor, 300 series stainless front, self-contained system, anodized aluminum end, 4" swivel casters, high density insulation (CFC free). Holds 33°F to 38°F. Freezer features: -10°F temperature (T19FZ maintains 0°F), large evaporator and coil heater permit short defrost cycle, defrost system time initiated and temperature terminated. Height does not include 5" for casters or 6" for optional legs. Model T49 shown.

Model Description T-23 291/2"x783/8"x27"L, 1 Door-3 Shlvs T-23F 291/2"x783/8"x27"L, 1 Door-3 Shlvs T-49 291/2"x783/8"x541/8"L, 2 Door-6 Shlvs T-49F 291/2"x783/8"x541/8"L, 2 Door-6 Shlvs T-72 291/2"x791/8"x781/8"L, 3 Door-9 Shlvs T-72F 291/2"x791/8"x781/8"L, 3 Door-9 Shlvs Additional models available.

A

Disconnect the electrical power to the unit.

Remove the louvered grill.

Vacuum or brush the dirt, lint and paper from the finned condenser coil.

B. Ice Valet™ Hotel Dispensers.

Reliable, simple push chute dispense mechanism for sanitary and easy ice dispensing. Available in 22" or 30" widths, storing from 120-180 lb. of ice.

Stainless steel exterior looks attractive in any decor.

Rounded corners and rust-free plastic top panels are designed to match the Prodigy® cuber to the dispenser. Deep sink depth accommodates virtually every sized hotel ice bucket. 30"W model available with optional coin/token mechanism or water filter.

Shown with ice machine (sold separately).

Model Description HD30B-1H 180 lb. Storage HD22B-1H 120 lb. Storage HD30N-1H 180 lb. Storage, Coin/Token

If you have significant dirt build up you can blow out the condenser with compressed air. (Caution must be used to avoid eye injury. Eye protection is recommended.)

When finished be sure to replace the louvered grill. The grill protects the condenser. Reconnect the electrical power to the unit.

Clean Fridge All refrigeration requires constant cleaning. Wipe interiors as often as possible and wipe the exteriors daily. Be sure to also wipe down the gaskets daily by using a mild detergent and soft cloth or sponge. Dirty gaskets lead to loss of refrigerated air, increased electricity cost, and premature failure of the gaskets.

B

C. Quick Ship Walk-Ins. In a hurry for a walk-in structure? Master-Bilt’s Quick Ship Program is the answer for you. These stock walk-ins ship within 5 working days! Three basic options are available: the standard four wall cooler or freezer, walk-ins with openings for glass doors and two-compartment combos.

Over 1500 configurations are possible with these options. A matching M-series refrigeration system is standard with each Quick Ship Walk-In. Choice of 26", 30" or 36" door width at no extra charge.

9

C

10.11_28.new 5/12/11 9:23 AM Page 1

REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT A. Stainless Steel Refrigerators/Freezers.

Refrigerators and Freezers feature 300 series stainless steel interior, exterior, front and sides with matching aluminum back for those who appreciate the value of stainless. Environmentally friendly oversized and balanced refrigeration system. Bottom mount compressor.

Refrigerator holds 33°F to 38°F. Freezer holds -10°F for frozen food and ice cream. Foamed-in-place polyurethane high density cell insulation (CFC free). Solar digital thermometer. Model TS72 shown.

B. Glass Door Refrigerators/Freezers (Swing Door).

Provides exceptional display for profitable food and beverages in high impulse sales areas.

Oversized refrigeration system holds 33°F to 38°F (Refrigerator) and -10°F (Freezer). Non-peel or chip white laminated vinyl exterior; black and cherry exterior also available. NSF, white aluminum interior liner with 300 series stainless steel floor.

B Self closing door. Positive seal, torsion type closure system. Refrigerator—“Low-E” thermal insulated glass door. Freezer—Triple pane thermal glass door.

Foamed-in-place using Ecomate, a high density, polyurethane insulation that has zero ozone depletion potential (ODP) and zero global warming potential (GWP).

A

Model Description TS-23 291/2"x783/8"x27"L, 1 Door-3 Shlvs TS-23F 291/2"x783/8"x27"L, 1 Door-3 Shlvs TS-49 291/2"x783/8"x541/8"L, 2 Doors-6 Shlvs TS-49F 291/2"x783/8"x541/8"L, 2 Doors-6 Shlvs TS-72 291/2"x791/8"x781/8"L, 3 Doors-9 Shlvs TS-72F 291/2"x791/8"x781/8"L, 3 Doors-9 Shlvs Additional models available.

Model Description GDM-23 297/8"x785/8"x27"L, 1 Door-4 Shlvs GDM-23F 297/8"x785/8"x27"L, 1 Door-4 Shlvs GDM-49 297/8"x785/8"x541/8"L, 2 Doors-8 Shlvs GDM-49F 297/8"x785/8"x541/8"L, 2 Door-8 Shlvs GDM-72 297/8"x793/8"x781/8"L, 3 Door-12 Shlvs GDM-72F 307/8"x793/8"x781/8"L, 3 Door-12 Shlvs Additional models available.

D. TR/TA/TG Spec Series.

Benefit from the timeless style and impenetrable strength of the “Spec Series” from True.

Anodized stainless steel encompasses the entire exterior of the unit, recessed door handles optimize kitchen space and self-closing doors stay open to 120° for loading and unloading purposes. True offers refrigerators, freezers and heated cabinets in a variety of combinations including reachin’s, pass-thru’s, roll-in’s and D roll-thru’s. Reliable holding temperatures: 33-38°F for refrigerators, -10°F for freezers and 80-180°F for heated cabinets. Four different interior kits available.

Look to True “Spec Series”—America’s first choice for food safety. Model TR2R-2G shown.

Model Description TR1R-1S Refrigerator, 1 S/S Door TR2R-2S Refrigerator, 2 S/S Doors TR3R-3S Refrigerator, 1 S/S Door TR2R-2G Refrigerator, 2 Glass Doors TR2F-2S Freezer, 2 S/S Doors TR1F-1S Freezer, 1 S/S Door Additional models available.

C. Glass Door Refrigerators C (Slide Door).

The GDM Series provides exceptional display for profitable food and beverages in high impulse sales areas. Environmentally friendly oversized and balanced refrigeration system. 33°F to 38°F temperatures.

Bottom mount compressor. Double pane thermal glass helps minimize condensation. No heater wires required. Extra high density polyurethane insulation (CFC free). Self-contained system with 9 ft. plug-in cord.

Standard coated wire shelves, 4 per door. Fluorescent interior lighting improves product display. Stainless steel interior bottom—Convenient clean-out drain is easy to maintain. Model GDM-45 shown.

Model Description GDM-33 295/8"x785/8"x391/2"L, 2 Doors-8 Shlvs GDM-37 295/8"x785/8"x431/2"L, 2 Doors-8 Shlvs GDM-41 295/8"x785/8"x471/8"L, 2 Doors-8 Shlvs GDM-45 295/8"x785/8"x511/8"L, 2 Doors-8 Shlvs GDM-47 295/8"x785/8"x541/8"L, 2 Doors-8 Shlvs GDM-61 295/8"x795/8"x701/8"L, 2 Doors-8 Shlvs GDM-69 295/8"x793/8"x781/8"L, 3 Doors-12 Shlvs Additional models available.

10

11.11_28.new 5/12/11 9:35 AM Page 1

REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT Refrigeration Hints • Separate food items into several categories depending upon the frequency they are needed. Store infrequently used items away from frequently used items. For example, beef patties and French fries can be stored together in one refrigerator; other items used less frequently can be stored in another refrigerator. Label items to avoid searching with the door open.

B

A A. Specification Line®.

Delfield’s Specification Line is the right refrigeration for today’s busy kitchens, with over 950 distinct models and a vast array of options available.

Standard features include: • Rolled on stainless steel finish • LED digital thermometer • Easy access “flip-up” shroud • One-piece top mount refrigeration system • Thermostatic expansion valve metering • Hot gas condensate removal • Advanced Control Technology • Energy saver door heater switch • One-piece, no seam side panels • Available field door rehingability • Built-in door locks • 3 chrome plated wire shelves per section • ABS interior door liners • 2 year warranty Model SSR-2 shown. Contact our customer service department for assistance.

B. 6000XL Series Reach-In Refrigerators/Freezers.

6000XL is an investment in your business that pays for itself through lower cost of ownership.

The 6000XL series uses a top mount refrigeration system and Delfield’s patented ABS liner to improve insulation and decrease thermal leakage. Design improvements include oversized evaporators and condensers, a unique tri-seal door gasket and high-efficiency fans. Stay-open doors for easier loading and seamless liners for easy cleaning. Holds 18"x26" pans. Field reversible doors. Available in 1, 2, or 3 door configurations.

Model Description 6025XL-S Refrigerator, 1 Door 6051XL-S Refrigerator, 2 Door 6076XL-S Refrigerator, 3 Door 6125XL-S Freezer, 1 Door 6151XL-S Freezer, 2 Door 6176XL-S Freezer, 3 Door

• Do not set the thermostat below the needed temperature. Though doing this fractionally decreases the freezing or cooling time, it uses significantly more energy.

• Let hot items cool before placing them in the refrigerator.

• Thaw frozen food in the refrigerator.

The frozen food will reduce the load on your refrigerator and in winter food thawed at room temperature may add a heating load to the HVAC system.

• Do not store food in a way that it blocks circulation within the refrigerator. Use several trays so that cold air can circulate well over all the products.

• Position the refrigeration equipment away from sources of heat such as ovens and grills.

C. Nova™ Reach-Ins. ENERGY STAR APPROVED! Refrigerators 38°F and Freezers 0°F. Top mount refrigeration system. Available in 1, 2 or 3 door models.

Stainless steel interior and exterior. Micro-processor with digital display. Heavy duty hardware. UL, C-UL, UL Sanitation, MEA listed.

Standard models ship the same day! Half door and glass door models also available.

C

Model NR241SSS/0 NR522SSS/0 NR803SSS/0 NF241SSS/0 NF522SSS/0 NF803SSS/0

Description Refrigerator, 1 Door Refrigerator, 2 Door Refrigerator, 3 Door Freezer, 1 Door Freezer, 2 Door Freezer, 3 Door

D. Reach-In Refrigerators/Freezers, Fusion Series.

Efficiency fused with reliability. Versatility fused with value. Equipment fused with environment. Solid door reach-ins feature stainless steel interior and exterior. Top, bottom and back constructed of galvanized steel. Equipped with an electronically controlled monitoring system with door alarm function. Self-contained bottom mount refrigeration system—freezer R404A and refrigerator R134a. Temperature range 32° to 40°F for refrigerators and -22° to 8°F for freezers. Limited 4 year extended compressor warranty and one year limited parts and labor warranty. UL and ETL listed. ENERGY STAR Certified.

Model MBR23-S MBR49-S MBR72-S MBF23-S MBF49-S MBF72-S

11

Description Refrigerator, 1 Door Refrigerator, 2 Door Refrigerator, 3 Door Freezer, 1 Door Freezer, 2 Door Freezer, 3 Door

D

12.11_28.new 5/12/11 9:57 AM Page 1

REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT

Featured Chef Chef Jonathan Bennett Moxie, The Restaurant Cleveland, OH Savory Potato & Gruyere Tart Yield: 6 Servings 2 large Idaho potatoes, peeled

A

2 cups heavy cream 1 cup yellow onions, julienne

A. G-Series Pass-Thru Refrigerators.

Outstanding temperature maintenance, reliability, energy efficiency, durability and large usable capacities. Valueadded features include: Microprocessor controller with LED temperature readout; Load-sure guard protects against improper loading; Damage resistant stainless steel breaker caps; 3 epoxy coated shelves and 6"H casters for ease of mobility. Designed to provide real cost saving benefits in important areas such as lifetime service costs. Reliable refrigeration costs less to run and maintain and is built to last, making it not just low-price but really low-cost! UL and NSF listed.

1 Tbsp. butter 1½ cups Gruyere cheese, grated Model Description G11002P Single Half-Door, Right-Left Hinge G11003P Single Half-Door, Right-Right Hinge G11004P Single Half-Door, Left-Right Hinge G11005P Single Half-Door, Left-Left Hinge G21004P Two Section Half-Door, Left-Right Hinge G21005P Two Section Half-Door, Left-Left Hinge G21006P Two Section Half-Door, Right-Left Hinge G21007P Two Section Half-Door, Right-Right Hinge G21014P Two Section Full Door, Left-Right Hinge Additional models available.

1 Tbsp. fresh thyme leaves 2 Tbsp. fresh parsley, chopped 1½ tsp. kosher salt ¼ tsp. fresh ground white pepper 1 Tbsp. dijon mustard 1- 8" Pie Shell, Par Baked In a medium sauce pan over medium heat bring the cream to a boil.

While that is coming up to a boil, slice the potatoes 1/8" thick and add to the boiling cream (do not put in water first, it will wash the starch away). Stir the potatoes frequently and cook until the slices are tender.

While the potatoes are cooking: In a medium sauté pan over medium-high heat, melt the butter and add the onions. Season with ½ teaspoon of the salt and sauté until they are starting to brown.

Brush the bottom of the pie/tart shell with the mustard. Spread the onions on the bottom in an even layer, followed by the cheese.

When the potatoes are done, using a slotted spoon, transfer the potatoes to the tart shell, leaving some of the cream in to pot. Top the tart with the parsley and thyme and bake in a 350°F oven for 10 minutes or until the top is bubbly and browned. Let the tart cool for 15 minutes, then cut and serve.

C. AdvantEDGE™ Reach-Ins. The AdvantEDGE™ will provide great savings for your customers while delivering the proven reliability of a premium product.

The new design on the AdvantEDGE™ basemount reach-in refrigerator and freezer provides a stainless steel interior and exterior and is available in one, two or three door models. Its new exterior look includes a curved handle with recessed door pocket, automatic condensation evaporation, microprocessor with digital display, 4 vinyl coated shelves per door and a door-open alarm. All models come standard with casters. Same day shipping available on all standard models. UL, CuL and ETL sanitation. Energy Star approved.

C

Model NLR23-S NLR49-S NLR72-S NLF23-S NLF49-S NLF72-S

Description Refrigerator, 1 Door Refrigerator, 2 Door Refrigerator, 3 Door Freezer, 1 Door Freezer, 2 Door Freezer, 3 Door

12

B. R & A Series (Intela-Traul®) Refrigerators/Freezers.

Designed to offer maximum storage capacity, along with wide doors for easy access. R-Series features stainless steel interior/exterior.

A-Series features anodized aluminum interior and stainless steel exterior.

Both R & A Series models include Traulsen’s exclusive, next generation Intela-Traul microprocessor control system. Precise temperature tolerances with several important communications and alarm features.

NAFEM Data Protocol Compliant.

Most R & A Series cabinets are Energy Star listed. Shown with optional casters.

Model AHT132WUT-FHS AHT232WUT-FHS AHT332WUT-FHS RHT132WUT-FHS RHT232WUT-FHS RHT332WUT-FHS ALT132WUT-FHS ALT232WUT-FHS ALT332WUT-FHS RLT132WUT-FHS RLT232WUT-FHS RLT332WUT-FHS

B

Description One Section Refr. w/Full Length Doors Two Section Refr. w/Full Length Doors Three Section Refr. w/Full Length Doors One Section Refr. w/Full Length Doors Two Section Refr. w/Full Length Doors Three Section Refr. w/Full Length Doors One Section Frzr. w/Full Length Doors Two Section Frzr. w/Full Length Doors Three Section Frzr. w/Full Length Doors One Section Frzr. w/Full Length Doors Two Section Frzr. w/Full Length Doors Three Section Frzr. w/Full Length Doors

13.11_28.new 5/12/11 10:09 AM Page 1

REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT A. V-Series Refrigerators & Freezers.

Energy Star rated, self-contained top mounted refrigeration system. Features stainless steel fronts and doors with a polished aluminum interior. Self-closing doors with 110° hold-open feature for easy loading. Other standard features include exterior dial thermometers, interior lights, cylinder locks, swivel casters and a 1-year parts and labor warranty. Three wire shelves are provided for each cabinet section. VS Series features all stainless steel exterior and interior.

Model Description VR-1 Refrigerator, 1 Door VR-2 Refrigerator, 2 Door VR-3 Refrigerator, 3 Door VF-1 Freezer, 1 Door VF-2 Freezer, 2 Door VF-3 Freezer, 3 Door Additional models available.

A

B B. Glass Lid Horizontal Freezer, Flat Lid. Uniquely designed to promote high-profit frozen novelties in high impulse retail traffic areas. Ideal for bolstering incremental sales of frozen merchandise and seasonal specialties. Cold wall, environmentally friendly (134A) refrigeration system.

Maintains -10°F (-23.33°C), ideal for both ice cream and frozen food. Exterior—non-peel or chip white laminated vinyl, durable and permanent; with gray mitered plastic top and lid frames.

Optional heavy duty novelty baskets available. 1 year parts and labor warranty. 5 year compressor warranty.

Model TFM-41FL shown.

Model Description TFM-29FL 297/8"Lx261/8"Dx315/8"H TFM-41FL 413/8"Lx261/8"Dx315/8"H TFM-51FL 517/8"Lx261/8"Dx315/8"H

C C. Compact Undercounter Refrigeration.

Designed to meet the needs of today’s busy foodservice operations. Full size performance in a compact design. Stainless steel exterior sides and top offer durability with an attractive appearance. Tough anodized aluminum interior stands up to kitchen wear. Self-contained, front-breathing design allows “zero clearance” installation. Stainless steel door with anodized aluminum liner. 351/2" height, 30 7/ 8 " depth and available in convenient 27", 48" and 60" widths. *Refrigerator models are Energy Star listed.

Model Description UHT27-L Refrigerator 27" (Left) UHT27-R Refrigerator 27" (Right) UHT48-LR Refrigerator 48" (Left/Right) UHT60-LR Refrigerator 60" (Left/Right) ULT27-L Freezer 27" (Left) ULT27-R Freezer 27" (Right) ULT48-LR Freezer 48" (Left/Right) ULT60-LR Freezer 60" (Left/Right) E. FX Series Refrigeration.

Never has a piece of equipment been so universal and versatile in a kitchen.

Refrigerator mode holds precisely between +20ºF to +40ºF so red meat stays fresher longer. Freezer mode holds from -5ºF to +20ºF so ice cream stays hard but still scoops and appetizers stay a consistent temperature so breading doesn’t fall off or refreeze stuck together. New 27" undercounter unit (FX-2UCB ) has become the long awaited solution for hospital tray make-up operations; specially designed for keeping cold beverages at the correct temperatures. Or use the FX as the first effective ice-less fish storage unit. And now, 3 more choices have been added—An undercounter, rear engine and single engine unit.

Model Description FX-1 1 Section w/Unfinished Top FX-1CS 1 Section w/Cooking Equip Finished Top on Casters FX1-4N1 1 Section w/Unfinished Top, Refr/Frzr/Safety Thaw/Rapid Chiller FX1-1A 1 Section w/Unfinished Top, Refr/Frzr (Low Height ) FX-1UC 1 Drawer Undercounter FX-2CS 2 Section w/Cooking Equip Finished Top on Casters FX-2WS 2 Section w/Finished Top on Casters FX-3SS 3 Section w/Finished Top on Casters FX-2WSRE 2 Section Rear Engine Unit Additional models available.

13

D D. Deep Undercounter Refrigerators/Freezers.

An exceptional combination of refrigeration units that either slide easily under work counters for space efficiency or provide a functional work surface for easy preparation. Models feature stainless fronts, tops and sides and 5" diameter casters.

Model Description TUC-44 321/4"Dx293/4"Hx441/2"L, 1 Door-2 Shlvs TUC-44F 321/4"Dx293/4"Hx441/2"L, 1 Door-2 Shlvs TUC-60-32D2 321/4"Dx293/4"Hx601/4"L, 1 Door-2 Shlvs, 2 Drwr TUC-60-32 321/4"Dx293/4"Hx601/4"L, 2 Doors-4 Shlvs TUC-67D2 321/4"Dx293/4"Hx671/4"L, 1 Door-2 Shlvs, 2 Drwr TUC-67 321/4"Dx293/4"Hx671/4"L, 2 Doors-4 Shlvs TUC-67F 321/4"Dx293/4"Hx671/4"L, 2 Doors-4 Shlvs TUC-93 321/4"Dx293/4"Hx931/4"L, 3 Doors-6 Shlvs TUC-93F 321/4"Dx293/4"Hx931/4"L, 3 Doors-6 Shlvs TUC-119 321/4"Dx293/4"Hx1191/4"L, 4 Doors-8 Shlvs Additional models available.

E

14.11_28.new 5/12/11 10:34 AM Page 1

REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT A. Quantum Series Vertical Air Curtain Merchandisers.

QMVM models feature a standard electronic controller allowing the user to monitor defrost functions from the front interface. Controller eliminates the need for a room thermostat, defrost termination/fan delay control, defrost timer and digital thermometer. Other features include: 2-position lighted shelves, perforated interior back wall and top for better airflow and 2" thick “zero ODP” insulation.

Temperature range: 34° to 41°F. Limited 3-year compressor and 2-year parts and labor warranty.

Model Description QMVM-36L 36"Lx30"Dx60"H (White Interior/Exterior) QMVM-36E 36"Lx30"Dx81"H (White Interior/Exterior) QMVM-48E 48"Lx30"Dx81"H (White Interior/Exterior) QMVM-72E 72"Lx30"Dx81"H (White Interior/Exterior) QMVM-48L 48"Lx30"Dx60"H (White Interior/Exterior) QMVM-36LSS 36"Lx30"Dx60"H (S/S Interior/Exterior) QMVM-48LSS 48"Lx30"Dx60"H (S/S Interior/Exterior) QMVM-36ESS 36"Lx30"Dx81"H (S/S Interior/Exterior) QMVM-48ESS 48"Lx30"Dx81"H (S/S Interior/Exterior) QMVM-72ESS 72"Lx30"Dx81"H (S/S Interior/Exterior)

A

Reasons to Use Glass Merchandisers • Products and key brands are in front of the customer • Creates impulse buying, increasing product sales • Products and packages look their best because there are no broken packages • Consumers have easier access to products and have the option of self-service • See-through glass allows employees to stay on top of product inventory

B. Horizontal Air Curtain Merchandisers.

Provides fast, easy access to product while maximizing attention to merchandising. Oversized refrigeration system holds 35°F to 40°F. Fan motors reverse during defrost off cycles keeping condenser coil free from dust and debris. Durable non-peel or chip white powder coated steel exterior. NSF white aluminum interior liner with 300 series stainless steel floor. Entire cabinet structure is foamed-in-place using Ecomate—a new, innovative, high density, polyurethane insulation that has zero ozone depletion potential (ODP) and zero global warming potential (GWP). Model THAC-60 shown.

Model Description THAC-36 361/8"Lx301/8"Dx433/8"H, 3 Shlvs THAC-48 481/8"Lx301/8"Dx433/8"H, 3 Shlvs THAC-60 601/8"Lx301/8"Dx433/8"H, 3 Shlvs THAC-36S 361/8"Lx301/8"Dx433/8"H, 3 Shlvs (S/S) THAC-48S 481/8"Lx301/8"Dx433/8"H, 3 Shlvs (S/S) THAC-60S 601/8"Lx301/8"Dx433/8"H, 3 Shlvs (S/S)

B

C. Air Curtain Merchandisers.

Perfect for impulse traffic areas. Oversized refrigeration system holds 33°F to 38°F. Exclusive, reversing condenser fan motors. Permanent non-peel or chip white laminated vinyl exterior with white aluminum interior and 300 series stainless steel floor and deck pans. Foamed-in-place polyurethane high density cell insulation (CFC free). Adjustable, heavy duty PVC coated shelves. Black also available. Model TAC-30 shown.

Model Description TAC-30 301/8"Dx805/8"Hx30"L, 251/2 cu. ft.

TAC-36 301/8"Dx805/8"Hx36"L, 31.3 cu. ft.

TAC-48 301/8"Dx805/8"Hx48"L, 34 cu. ft.

TAC-14GS Glass Side 303/8"Dx301/4"Lx563/8"H TAC-30GS Glass Side 293/4D"x303/8"Lx803/4"H TAC-48GS Glass Side 301/4"Dx805/8"Hx48"L, 34 cu. ft.

TAC-30-RC Remote 301/8"Dx805/8"Hx30"L, 25.5 cu. ft.

TAC-36-RC Remote 301/8"Dx805/8"Hx36"L, 31.3 cu. ft.

TAC-48-RC Remote 301/8"Dx805/8"Hx48"L, 34 cu. ft.

TAC-72-RC Remote 301/8"Dx813/4"Hx72"L, 65.9 cu. ft.

TAC-48GS-RC Remote Glass Side 301/4"Dx805/8"Hx48"L

C D. Glass Door Refrigerators/Freezers (Counter-Top).

Designed for convenient access, fast service, attractive display and dependable holding temperatures. Illuminated sign panel.

Heavy duty adjustable PVC coated wire shelves. Exterior is non-peel or chip white laminated vinyl. Stainless steel exterior available on the GDM-5-S, GDM-5-PT-S, GDM-7-S, GDM-9-S and GDM-9-PT-S. True’s GDM-7F freezer generates high volume sales of profitable novelties and seasonal specialties; it holds -10°F temperatures.

Model Description GDM-5 231/2"x37"x24", 1 Swing Door, 2 Shelves GDM-5-PT 237/8"x37"x24", 1 fr / 1 bk Swing Door, 2 Shelves GDM-5-PT-S 237/8"x37"x24", 1 fr / 1 bk Swing Door, 2 Shelves GDM-5-S 231/2"x37"x24", 1 Door, 2 Shelves GDM-7 243/4"x393/4"x24", 1 Swing Door, 3 Shelves GDM-7-S 243/4"x393/4"x24", 1 Swing Door, 3 Shelves GDM-9 233/8"x391/2"x361/8", 2 Slide Doors, 3 Shelves GDM-9-S 233/8"x391/2"x361/8", 2 Slide Doors, 3 Shelves Additional models available.

14

D

15.11_28.new 5/12/11 10:43 AM Page 1

REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT A. Impulse Refrigerated Self-Service Drop-In Counter Cases.

Low profile refrigerated self-service drop-in counter cases are designed to turn precious counter space into increased sales. Units drop into existing counters and are perfect for cafeteria style serving lines.

Innovative air curtain ensures integrated average product temperature of 41°F. Features Breeze™ slide-out refrigeration package, proven to simplify maintenance and expedite service. Easy-to-own cases offer compact footprints and flexible product merchandising.

A

Model DO3616R DO4816R

Description 381/8"Lx283/4"Dx391/2"H 501/8"Lx283/4"Dx391/2"H

B. Oasis® Open Air Screen Merchandisers.

The Oasis Series is a comprehensive offering of open air screen merchandisers in a variety of height and sizes that are designed to display a wide variety of grab and go products. Features the Breeze™ slide-out refrigeration package; complete with temperature terminated defrost to ensure optimum refrigeration performance.

Model CO4778R shown.

Model CO4778R

Description 471/4"Lx331/4"Dx81"H, w/ full end panels w/mirror, 4 non-lighted metal shlvs, black interior, Wilsonart or Formica non-prem laminate exterior, Breeze Refr. System.

CO3660R 361/4"Lx331/4"Dx631/8"H, w/ full end panels w/mirror, 2 non-lighted metal shlvs, black interior, Wilsonart or Formica non-prem laminate exterior, Breeze Refr. System CO7178R 711/4"Lx331/4"Dx81"H, w/ full end panels w.mirror, 4 non-lighted metal shlvs, black interior, Wilsonart or Formica non-prem laminate exterior, Breeze Refr. System CO4760R 471/4"Lx331/4"Dx631/8"H, w/ full end panels w/mirror, 2 non-lighted metal shlvs, black interior, Wilsonart or Formica non-prem laminate exterior, Breeze Refr. System Additional models available.

B

C. Encore Combination Display Case w/Service Display above Refrigerated Self-Service Display.

The Encore Combination case quickly keeps pace with changing menu needs. A quick flip of the baffle system and the upper section easily converts from refrigerated to non-refrigerated and back again. Upper display includes a double pane lift-up front glass that simplifies cleaning and merchandising from the front and removable rear sliding doors. Features Breeze™ slide-out refrigeration system. NSF 7 approved.

Model HOU4852R shown.

Model Description HOU4852R 50"Lx42"Dx53"H, full end panels w/mirror, straight laminated front panel, clear glass upper shelf, black int/trim, Wilsonart or Formica non-premium laminate exterior, Breeze Refr. System HOU5652R 58"Lx42"Dx53"H, full end panels w/mirror, straight laminated front panel, clear glass upper shelf, black int/trim, Wilsonart or Formica non-premium laminate exterior, Breeze Refr. System HOU7452R 76"Lx42"Dx53"H, full end panels w/mirror, straight laminated front panel, clear glass upper shelf, black int/trim, Wilsonart or Formica non-premium laminate exterior, Breeze Refr. System HOU3852R 40"Lx42"Dx53"H, full end panels w/mirror, straight laminated front panel, clear glass upper shelf, black int/trim, Wilsonart or Formica non-premium laminate exterior, Breeze Refr. System

C

D. Harmony Narrow Depth Combination Case.

Narrow depth Combination case easily fits through standard door openings. Equipped with Breeze™ slide-out refrigeration package. Baffle system easily converts upper service display area from refrigerated to non-refrigerated. Features T-8 top light and shelf lights. Upper rear swinging door on 26" model, rear sliding doors on all other models. Refrigerated self-serve lower section for grab ’n go display. Single cutaway end panels with mirror. Wilsonart or Formica non-premium laminate exterior, black interior.

Integrated average product temperature of 41°F. Model HMBC4 shown.

Model HMBC2 HMBC3 HMBC4 HMBC5 HMBC6

Description 267/8"Lx341/16"Dx561/4"H 387/8"L x 341/16"D x 561/4"H 507/8"L x 341/16"D x 561/4"H 6211/16"L x 341/16"D x 561/4"H 751/4"L x 341/16"D x 561/4"H

D 15

16.11_28.new 5/12/11 10:53 AM Page 1

REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT A. Curved Glass Dry Bakery Display Cases.

True’s non-refrigerated “dry” display case combines efficient, high volume merchandising with an elegant curved glass front for sophisticated presentation of breads, desserts and pastries.

Environmentally friendly (134A) forced air refrigeration system, holds 33°F to 38°F. Six colors available. Stainless steel top. White, vinyl coated aluminum interior cabinet liner. Energy efficient “Low-E” thermal glass rear doors. Doors extend full width of cabinet shell.

Model Description TCGD-31 317/8"L, 2 Swing Doors, 3 Shelves TCGD-36 367/8"L, 2 Swing Doors, 3 Shelves TCGD-50 507/8"L, 2 Slide Doors, 3 Shelves TCGD-59 597/8"L, 2 Slide Doors, 3 Shelves TCGD-77 777/8"L, 2 Slide Doors, 3 Shelves Additional models available.

A

B. Curved Glass Bakery/Deli Display Cases.

Curved glass front for elegant presentation of deli and bakery products. Self-contained, CFC free 134A refrigeration system. Insulated and tempered double pane glass for greater efficiency and energy savings. Low UV emitting fluorescent lamps enhance product appearance. TCGG and TCGR models are designed to operate in an environment where temperature and humidity do not exceed 75°F and 55% relative humidity. Choose from 6 laminate exteriors on the TCGR’s. TCGG’s have a white laminated exterior but are also available in stainless.

Model Description TCGG-48 Cold Deli, 481/4"x351/4"x473/4", 2 Slide Doors, 2 Shelves TCGG-60 Cold Deli, 601/4"x351/4"x473/4", 2 Slide Doors, 4 Shelves TCGR-31 Refr. Bakery, 317/8"x381/8"x477/8", 2 Swing Doors, 3 Shelves TCGR-50 Refr. Bakery, 507/8"x351/2"x477/8", 2 Slide Doors, 3 Shelves TCGR-59 Refr. Bakery, 597/8"x351/2"x477/8", 2 Slide Doors, 3 Shelves TCGR-59 Refr. Bakery, 597/8"x351/2"x477/8", 2 Slide Doors, 3 Shelves Additional models available.

B

C. Deli Cases.

Extra large viewing glass for greater product visibility. Environmentally friendly oversized and balanced refrigeration provides high humidity to preserve sliced meats. Interior white aluminum sides and top and stainless steel floor with coved corners. Exclusive front and rear fluorescent interior lighting. Defrost system time-initiated, time terminated and adjustable. Versatile stainless steel top. Single-Duty Cases feature adjustable wire coated shelves. 291/4"Dx501/4"H. Double-Duty Cases feature space saving rear sliding doors open for lower refrigerated product storage.

351/8"Dx55"H. Counter-Height Cases feature perfect overall height for fast paced sales transactions.

32"Dx42"H. Model TSID-72-3 shown.

Model Description TSID-48-2 291/4"x501/4"x481/2"L, 2 Doors, 2 Shelves TSID-48-2-L 321/8"x42"X485/8"L, 2 Doors, 1 Shelf TSID-48-4 291/4"x501/4"x481/2"L, 4 Doors, 2 Shelves TSID-72-3 291/4"x501/4"x721/2"L, 3 Doors, 2 Shelves TSID-96-3 291/4"x501/4"x961/2"L, 3 Doors, 4 Shelves TSID-96-6 291/4"x501/4"x961/2"L, 6 Doors, 4 Shelves TDBD-72-2 351/8"x55"x721/8"L, 2 Doors, 3 Shelves (1 Full Length) TDBD-72-4 351/8"x55"x721/8"L, 4 Doors, 3 Shelves (1 Full Length) TDBD-96-3 351/8"x55"x961/8"L, 3 Doors, 4 Shelves (2 Half Length) TDBD-96-6 351/8"x55"x961/8"L, 6 Doors, 4 Shelves (2 Half Length)

D. Curved Glass Display Cases (Dual Zone).

Combines “dry” and “refrigerated” product display into one convenient cabinet. Curved glass front for a sophisticated presentation of high end open deli and bakery products. Oversized, environmentally friendly (134A) forced air refrigeration system. Refrigerated side holds 38°F to 40°F for fresher bakery products.

Exclusive top and shelf positioned interior lighting. Low UV emitting fluorescent lamps—products enhanced in faithful color. Foamed-in-place high density polyurethane insulation (CFC free).

Model TCGDZ-59 shown.

Model Description TCGDZ-50 507/8"L, 2 Slide Doors, 6 Shelves TCGDZ-59 597/8"L, 2 Slide Doors, 6 Shelves

16

C

D

17.11_28.new 5/12/11 11:14 AM Page 1

REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT A. Pizza Prep Tables.

Oversized and balanced (134A) environmentally friendly refrigeration system, with airflow directed at pans to hold 33°F to 41°F temperature. All stainless steel front, top, and sides. Stainless steel foam insulated cover. Top rail has patented, removable, stainless steel foam insulated covers. Foamed-in-place high density polyurethane insulation. (CFC Free). Extra deep 191/2" full length removable cutting board. 6" deep, clear polycarbonate insert pans included. NSF 7 approved.

Model Description TPP-44 321/4"Dx353/4"Hx441/2"L, 1 Door, 2 Shelves TPP-44D-2 321/4"Dx353/4"Hx441/2"L, 2 Drawers TPP-60 321/4"Dx353/4"Hx601/4"L, 2 Doors, 4 Shelves TPP-60D-2 321/4"Dx353/4"Hx67"L, 1 Door, 2 Shelves, 2 Drawers TPP-67 321/4"Dx353/4"Hx671/4"L, 2 Doors, 4 Shelves TPP-67D-2 321/4"Dx353/4"Hx671/4"L, 1 Door, 2 Shelves, 2 Drawers TPP-67D-4 321/4"Dx353/4"Hx671/4"L, 4 Drawers TPP-93 321/4"Dx353/4"Hx931/4"L, 3 Doors, 6 Shelves TPP-93D-6 321/4"Dx353/4"Hx931/4"L, 6 Drawers TPP-119 321/4"Dx353/4"Hx1191/4"L, 4 Doors, 8 Shelves C. VPT Series Pizza Prep Tables.

Pizza prep tables feature energy efficient, easy to clean “cold-wall construction” for the pan rail which keeps food safe at temperatures between 35°F and 41°F. Interior is constructed of ABS which is easy to clean and keeps its appearance for years. An 18" reversible cutting board is provided for ample work space. A “night switch” control allows the condiment rail to be turned off overnight for energy savings. Includes 1-year parts and labor warranty and 5-year compressor warranty.

Model VPT-46 VPT-65 VPT-88 VPT-119

D

B

A

B. Sandwich/Salad Prep Tables.

Designed with enduring quality that protects your long-term investment. Oversized, environmentally friendly, forced-air refrigeration system holds 33°F to 41°F. Complies with and listed under ANSI/NSF-7-1997-6.3. Stainless steel front, top and ends. Stainless steel foam insulated lid(s) and hood keep pan temperatures colder, lock in freshness and minimize condensation. NSF white polyethylene 113/4"x1/2" removable cutting board. PVC coated wire shelves. Foamed-in-place using Ecomate—a polyurethane insulation that has zero ozone depletion potential and zero global warming potential. Height doesn’t include 61/4" for casters. Model TSSU48-12 shown.

Model Description TSSU-27-8 1 Door, 2 Shelves, 275/8"Lx301/8"Dx363/4"H TSSU-36-8 2 Doors, 4 Shelves, 363/8"Lx301/8"Dx363/4"H (Available w/optional 19" cutting board)

C Description 44"Hx341/2"Dx46"W, 11 cu. ft., 2 Shelves 44"Hx341/2"Dx653/8"W, 19.7 cu. ft., 4 Shelves 44"Hx341/2"Dx883/8"W, 35.5 cu. ft., 6 Shelves 44"Hx341/2"Dx119"W, 48.7 cu. ft., 8 Shelves

TSSU-48-10

2 Doors, 4 Shelves, 483/8"Lx301/8"Dx363/4"H TSSU-48-12 2 Doors, 4 Shelves, 483/8"Lx301/8"Dx363/4"H TSSU-60-16 2 Drawer, 4 Shelves, Dual Sided, 603/8"Lx301/8"Dx363/4"H TSSU-72-18 3 Doors, 6 Shelves, 723/8"Lx301/8"Dx363/4"H Additional models available.

D. Dipping Cabinet.

Uniquely designed to provide the user maximum functional reliability in an attractive merchandiser to brilliantly display and serve ice cream product. Cold wall refrigeration system. Maintains -10°F to +8°F. Patented reversing condenser fan motors reverse during defrost off cycles to help keep condenser coil free from dirt, dust and debris.

Keeping coils clean optimizes the unit’s performance providing colder holding temperatures and increased energy efficiency. NSF removable magnetic frost shields for easy clean up and removal of ice build-up on cabinet walls.

For those tight spaces, choose our new slim freezer!

Model Description TDC-27 (4) 3 gal. can cap., 261/4"x273/8"x513/8" TDC-47 (13) 3 gal. can cap., 471/8"x273/8"x513/8" TDC-67 (20) 3 gal. can cap., 673/4"x273/8"x513/8" TDC-87 (28) 3 gal. can cap., 885/8"x273/8"x513/8"

E. Horizontal Dipping Cabinets.

Designed to provide maximum functional reliability with the flexibility to both store and serve ice cream product.

Cold wall refrigeration system. Maintains -10°F to +8°F. Fan motors reverse during defrost off cycles to help keep condenser coil free from dust and debris. Dual access, removable lids. NSF-7 Model Description compliant for open food product. Foamed-inTHDC-2SF (4) 3 gal. can cap., 301/2"Lx21"Dx321/4"H place using Ecomate—a high density, THDC-4 (7) 3 gal. can cap., 305/8"Lx303/4"Dx341/4"H polyurethane insulation that has zero ozone THDC-4SF (10) 3 gal. can cap., 541/8"Lx21"Dx321/4"H depletion potential (ODP) and zero global THDC-6 (15) 3 gal. can cap., 431/4"Lx303/4"Dx341/4"H warming potential (GWP). Model THDC-2SF shown.

17

E

18.11_28.new 5/12/11 11:29 AM Page 1

REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT A. 18000 PTB Series Prep Tables.

New easy reach rail system with separate on/off switch. Base interior ends and door frames constructed of exclusive ABS interior. Wrapped refrigeration coils inside raised rail assure constant temperatures. Available in 48", 60", 72", 91", 99" and 114" standard lengths. Custom models available. 115V, 60Hz, 1 phase. UL, NSF. Meets strict new NSF 7 performance requirement. Optional accessories: cutting board, laminate facing, cheese grates, overshelves and stainless steel backs. Model 18691PTBM shown.

A

B. MegaTop 4400 Series Front Breathing Refrigerators.

100% front breathing allows versatility in a kitchen layout.

Patented air screen technology ensures that food stays cold B without drying it out. Available in 27", 32", 48", 60", 64" and 72" lengths. Standard with 1/6 size pans and anitmicrobial treated polyethylene cutting boards. Models are standard on casters with stainless steel top, sides and front. The backs are galvanized. Interior is durable, easy to clean ABS. Optional full extension plus drawer system shown in photo, model D4460N-24M. Model Description 4427N-9M 27" Megatop with 9-Pan Opening 4427N-12M 27" Megatop with 12-Pan Opening 4432N-12M 32" Megatop with 12-Pan Opening 4448N-18M 48" Megatop with 18-Pan Opening 4460N-12M 60" Megatop with 12-Pan Opening 4460N-18M 60" Megatop with 18-Pan Opening Additional models available.

Description 12 Pan Cap., 1/4 HP, 10 Amps 14 Pan Cap., 1/3 HP, 12 Amps 18 Pan Cap., 1/2 HP, 14 Amps 22 Pan Cap., 1/2 HP, 14 Amps 24 Pan Cap., 1/2 HP, 14 Amps 28 Pan Cap., 3/4 HP, 16 Amps

C C. 4400 Series Front Breathing Refrigerators.

With lengths of 27", 48", 60", 64" and 72", Delfield prep space can fit anywhere. All 4400 Series prep tables are 100% front breathing, which allows the unit to be pushed against a wall or built into a cabinet or an existing line up. Virtually unlimited top pan configurations create versatility and allow for menu changes without added cost. ABS insulated cover keeps heat out and condensation off the exterior surface. Model 4472N-18 shown.

Model Description 4427N 27" Refrigerator Base Flat Top and Work Top D4427N 27" Refrigerated Base Flat Top and Work Top, 2 Drawer 4427N-6 27" Salad Top Refrigerator Base D4427N-6 27" Salad Top Refrigerated Base, 2 Drawer 4448N 48" Refrigerator Base Flat Top and Work Top 4448N-12 48" Salad Top Refrigerated Base, 2 Door 4464N 64" Refrigerator Base Flat Top and Work Top 4464N-12 64" Salad Top Refrigerated Base, 2 Door 4464N-16 64" Salad Top Refrigerator Base, 2 Door D4464N 64" Refrigerator Base Flat Top and Work Top, 4 Drawer Additional models available.

E. Compact Refrigerators and Freezers.

Victory’s line of compact undercounter refrigerators and freezers have more usable storage space and are easier to clean than other brands. Each model has a stainless steel top, sides and door and a rugged, one piece ABS interior liner that does not have any seams to catch dirt or debris. Each cabinet comes standard with four 5" high swivel casters. Two epoxy coated shelves are standard and come with product stops in the rear to maximize air flow. Model UR27SST shown.

D D. 8000N Series Raised Rail Preparation Tables.

Randell’s wrapped wall prep table is designed to protect your food from heat gain in the hottest kitchens. The base is cooled by a mullion coil allowing air flow between products stored in the base while protecting the coil from damage behind the door mullion. The raised rail is mechanically cooled instead of forcing air from a base coil. The wrapped wall design produces no air movement only a cold blanket of air that rest above the product protecting it. Standard features include: rail drain, with clean out valve, rail on/off switch and separate temperature adjustment for base and rail. Model 8268N shown.

Model 8148N 8260N 8268N 8383N 8395N 84111N

Model 18648PTBM 18660PTBM 18672PTBM 18691PTBM 18699PTBM 186114PTBM

Model Description UR-27-SST Refrigerator 27" Flat Top URD-27-SST Refrigerator 27" Flat Top w/2 Drawers UR-27-SBS Refrigerator 27" w/Back Splash URD-27-SBS Refrigerator 27" w/Backsplash, 2 Drawers UR-48-SST Refrigerator 48" Flat Top UR-48-SBS Refrigerator 48" w/Back Splash UF-27-SST Freezer 27" Flat Top UFD-27-SST Freezer 27" Flat Top w/2 Drawers Additional models available.

Description 48", Holds (6) 1/3 Pans 60", Holds (8) 1/3 Pans 68", Holds (9) 1/3 Pans 83", Holds (10) 1/3 Pans 95", Holds (12) 1/3 Pans 111", Holds (14) 1/3 Pans

18

E

19.11_28.new 5/13/11 10:48 AM Page 1

REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT

Featured Chef Executive Chef Brett Olstadt Restaurant Muramoto Madison, WI

Watercress salad with black radish, soy cured ramps, orange and coffee vinaigrette

A A. Compact Prep Tables.

Accommodates 6" deep pans and meets NSF 7 requirements! Available in 27", 48" and 60" wide models. These tough compact prep tables really perform. Heavy duty, durable construction assures a long usable life. Refrigeration system design and engineered air flow patterns assure food product temperatures will be maintained between 33°F to 41°F, even during heavy use periods with the top left open. Front breathing design allows for zero clearance installation. Includes 4" 1/6 size pans.

Model Description Model Description UST4812-LR 48", 12-Pan Cap. UST276-L 27", 6-Pan Cap. UST4818-LR 48", 18-Pan Cap. UST276-R 27", 6-Pan Cap. UST6012-LR 60", 12-Pan Cap. UST279-R 27", 9-Pan Cap. UST6024-LR 60", 24-Pan Cap. UST279-L 27", 9-Pan Cap. UST488-LR 48", 8-Pan Cap. B. TS Series Self-Contained Prep Tables.

All day temperature performance to NSF 7 requirements. No pan stirring required.

Traulsen Prep Table’s TempAssure air flow system circulates cold air around and underneath the pans as well as lofting a protective blanket of cold air over the food surface. Even cooling prevents dried or frozen product.

Features include Intela-Traul microprocessor control, high quality easy to clean stainless steel interior/exterior construction. Available in 48", 66", 72" and 90" models. Model TS072HT shown.

Model Description TS048HT 48", Holds (6) 1/3 Pans TS066HT 66", Holds (9) 1/3 Pans TS072HT 72", Holds (10) 1/3 Pans TS090HT 90", Holds (12) 1/3 Pans

C Model 9030K-7 9040K-7 9045K-7 9050K-7

Description 48", (3) 12"x20" Pan Cap. 60", (4) 12"x20" Pan Cap. 72", (5) 12"x20" Pan Cap. 84", (5) 12"x20" Pan Cap.

Coffee Vinaigrette 1 shallot, minced 1 Tbsp. dijon mustard 1½ Tbsp. ground coffee ½ cup. sherry vinegar 1½ cup. grape seed oil Salt and pepper In a blender, add everything but the oil. Turn on and blend for 30 seconds. Slowly add the oil until emulsified.

Pass vinaigrette through a fine mesh chinois and adjust seasoning with salt and pepper.

Salad Black radish, sliced paper thin (6-8 slices) Orange supremes (6-8) 1 cup watercress Soy cured ramps, quartered (6-8) Combine all ingredients in a bowl and dress salad with the dressing. Stack on a plate and add a ring of extra dressing around the salad.

B

C. 9000K Refrigerated Sandwich/Saladtop Series.

Maximum top capacity for condiments and maximum base storage capacity with our “front breathing” side-compressor 9000K series. With full depth interiors you can add high capacity drawers; tray racks for 18"x26" sheet pans or simply store more items in the large storage space that is available. Cool air-over design offers customers more flexibility, superior air circulation, space and energy savings and ease of use. Includes Expansion Valve Refrigeration, high impact ABS door liners and casters.

19

D D. Griddle Stand Refrigerators.

Speed up line production with Victory Griddle Stands. All models feature durable stainless steel case front and drawers, self contained energy efficient refrigeration system, dial thermometer and adjustable stainless steel legs. Easy glide drawers have self-adjusting magnetic gaskets for positive seal. Humidity control wires around drawers prevent condensation formation. 9.1 Amps.

1/5 HP. 327/8"Dx251/2"H. Model Description GRS-1-S7 501/8"W, 6 cu. ft.

GRS-2-S7 771/4"W, 12 cu. ft.

GRS-3-S7 105"W, 18 cu. ft.

20.11_28.new 5/12/11 11:54 AM Page 1

REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT A. Blast Chillers.

Rapid chilling also promotes increased product storage life and allows for greater labor productivity in the kitchen. Includes exclusive SmartChill® control, three SmartProbe® food probes, an on-board high speed printer, exclusive label printer. SmartChill® Communications Software is available for downloading critical data to a personal computer. NAFEM Data Protocol Compliant.

Model Description RBC50 50 lb. Capacity Undercounter RBC100 100 lb. Capacity Reach-In RBC200 200 lb. Capacity Roll-In

A C. Undercounter Quick Chiller.

Ideal for smaller sized restaurants, deli-areas, schools, hospitals or any foodservice operator concerned with safe temperatures and optimizing operating costs. Designed to safely cool down hot product to food safe temperatures. Innovative chilling refrigeration system features quick temperature pull down performance that can be used for a variety of food products. Equipped with an easy-to-use microprocessor controller which will complement a HACCP documentation program. Stainless steel construction and quality components ensure durability and longer equipment life. 115V, UL and NSF listed. Shown with optional caster, top and door hinging.

Model TU048QC

D

B

C

D. Blast Chillers.

Great for batch cooking applications resulting in cost savings, better utilization of labor and increased efficiency. With undercounter, worktop and upright units from 30-200 lbs. cap., Randell Blast Chillers chill food safely exceeding HACCP guidelines. Automatic cooling system with food probes for accurate temperature control.

Solid state control with digital read-outs for more accurate data collection. Dual stainless steel air flow plenums for easy cleaning.

Model Description BC-3(1) 27"W Undercounter, 3 pan (30#) BC-5(1) Upright, 5 pan (50#) BC-5E(1) Worktop/Undercounter, 5 pan (50#) BC-10(2) Upright, 10 pan (100#) BC-10E(2) Worktop/Undercounter, 10 pan (100#) BC-20(2) Upright, 20 pan (200#)

F. Versa Drawer™.

Save valuable floor space by combining four units into one! Each drawer is its own separate compartment and can operate as a refrigerator, freezer, chiller or thaw cabinet. Operate any of the drawers in any mode, at any time. Fewer refrigeration systems means reduced service cost and energy consumption. Built in alarm notifications and service diagnostics. Each drawer holds 2 full size pans. Available in 2- or 4-drawer undercounter models.

Model 18650VDR 18650VDL F2984VDR F2984VDL F18VD50 F17VD84 18682VDR 18682VDL F18VD82

B. Air-Curtain Refrigerator.

Ideal for tray assembly lines in hospitals, flight kitchens, cafeterias, fast food operations or any meal tray assembly operation.

Cold air is circulated across the cabinet front, assuring safe product temperatures. Door swings 270º to allow full access and is held in place when opened by a side mounted keeper. Stainless steel interior, exterior and case back.

Removable stainless steel pan slides. Dial thermometer. Rear mounted push bar handle with rubber bumpers. 6" casters with wheel locks.

Model ACRS-1D-S7-STS

Description 2 Drawers (Freestanding/Right Compressor) 2 Drawers (Freestanding/Left Compressor) 2 Drawers (Freestanding/Right Compressor) 2 Drawers (Freestanding/Left Compressor) 2 Drawers (Component) 2 Drawers (Component) 4 Drawers (Freestanding/Right Compressor) 4 Drawers (Freestanding/Left Compressor) 4 Drawers (Component)

F 20

E E. DUO-PAK Multi-Circuit Condensing Unit.

Performs the function of 2 condensing units!

Replaces either a 95M (1 HP) or 70M ( 3 / 4 HP) condensing unit and a 199L (2 HP) or 149L (11/2 HP) condensing unit. Supplies refrigeration to both a walk-in cooler and a freezer. Available as PCL (pre-charged with refrigerant and up to 40' of pre-charged lines provided) or PR (pre-assembled remote system shipped with nitrogen holding charge). Liquid line sight glass. Energy efficient PSC fan motors. Two 14" fan blades. ETL listed to UL standard 1995. Contact our customer service department for more information.

21.11_28.new 5/12/11 12:02 PM Page 1

REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT A. Blast Chillers.

Chill from 175 to 660 pounds per cycle. User-friendly 1,2,3 Control Panel allows chilling to terminate through preset times or temperature probes. Multi-purpose design enables unit to revert to a 38ºF storage refrigerator after blast chill cycle is complete. Built-in control panel printer simplifies documentation and HACCP record keeping.

Accept roll-in racks 21 1/ 2 "Wx69 1/ 4 "Hx29"D. Delivered knocked down for easy installation. On-site panel assembly and remote refrigeration systems required.

Model VBC-175 w/POD VBC-220 w/POD VBC-350 w/POD VBC-480 w/POD VBC-660 w/POD

A

B

Description 58"Wx98"Hx493/16"D, 175 lb. Cap., 1/3 HP 58"Wx98"Hx493/16"D, 220 lb. Cap., 1/3 HP 58"Wx98"Hx493/16"D, 350 lb. Cap., 1/3 HP 58"Wx98"Hx92"D, 480 lb. Cap., 3/4 HP 58"Wx98"Hx92"D, 660 lb. Cap., 3/4 HP

B. Chef Bases.

Accommodates all brands of countertop cooking equipment. Oversized, environmentally friendly refrigeration system (134A). Holds 33°F to 38°F temperatures. Exterior mounted digital temperature monitor. Chef base top is made of one-piece heavy-duty, reinforced stainless steel with drip guard. Interior NSF approved, white aluminum liner, coved corners and stainless steel floor.

C. Low Profile Refrigerated Equipment Stands.

Designed by the standard lengths of cook top equipment. Shipped in as fast as 24 hours. Models with “C” suffix come standard on casters. Features Delfield’s Full Extension Plus Drawer System, an incredibly smooth system with no metal to metal contact backed by a 10 year drawer track warranty. Other features C include: Front marine edge, mullion style coils between every drawer and stainless steel top, front, sides and interior bottom and back. 31"D, 26"H. Available self-contained and remote.

Model Description F2952C Self-Contained, 521/4"L, (2) 32" Drawers, Holds 4 pans F2962C Self-Contained, 621/4"L, (2) 27" (2) 19" Drawers, Holds 6 pans F2980C Self-Contained, 801/4"L, (4) 32" Drawers, Holds 8 pans F2999C Self-Contained, 991/4"L, (6) 27" Drawers, Holds 12 pans F29110C Self-Contained, 1101/4"L, (6) 32" Drawers, Holds 12 pans F2852 Remote, 521/4"L, (2) 32" Drawers, Holds 4 pans F2862 Remote, 621/4"L, (2) 27" (2) 19" Drawers, Holds 6 pans F2875 Remote, 751/4"L, (2) 32" (2) 27" Drawers, Holds 8 pans F2887 Remote, 871/4"L, (4) 27" (2) 19" Drawers, Holds 10 pans F2899 Remote, 991/4"L, (6) 27" Drawers, Holds 12 pans Additional models available.

Model TRCB-52 TRCB-79 TRCB-79-86 TRCB-72 TRCB-82 TRCB-110

Description 321/8"Dx203/8"Hx517/8"L, 2 Drawers 301/2"Dx203/8"Hx791/4"L, 4 Drawers 301/2"Dx203/8"Hx861/4"L, 4 Drawers 321/8"Dx203/8"Hx723/8"L, 4 Drawers 321/8"Dx203/8"Hx823/8"L, 4 Drawers 301/2"Dx203/8"Hx110"L, 6 Drawers

E

D D. 20000 Series Refrigerated Equipment Stands.

Equipment stands combine Randell refrigeration expertise with structural integrity.

Reinforced 11 gauge stainless steel subtop with marine edge for durability and clean-ability. Fully extendable drawers accommodate (2) 12"x20"x4" pans per drawer (pans not included). Available in lengths 48" to 105". Patented drawer cartridge system with a 3 year warranty on the entire drawer system. Expansion valve refrigeration system with thermostatic control for operator adjustability. NSF, UL. Model Description 20048SC 48" 2 Drawer Stand 20072SC 72" 4 Drawer Stand 20105SC 105" 6 Drawer Stand Additional models available.

21

E. TE Series Refrigerated Equipment Stands.

Heavy duty Equipment Stands are equipped with INTELA-TRAUL ® microprocessor for precise temperature control. Dedicated evaporator fan design for each section, keeps food cold. Stainless steel marine top can handle equipment weighing from 625 lbs. on the smallest 36" unit to 2,000 lbs. on the largest 139" unit—Ideal for use with broilers, ovens, fryers or griddles. Can accommodate 6"D pan in every drawer!

Our drawer design offers the maximum pan capacity in the market. Front-breathing design for “zero clearance” installation. Available in 10 lengths.

Model Description TE036HT 36"L, 2 Drawer, (2) 12"x20" Pan Cap. TE048HT 48"L, 2 Drawer, (4) 12"x20" Pan Cap. TE060HT 60"L, 2 Drawer, (6) 12"x20" Pan Cap. TE065HT 65"L, 4 Drawer, (6) 12"x20" Pan Cap. TE072HT 72"L, 4 Drawer, (8) 12"x20" Pan Cap. TE084HT 84"L, 4 Drawer, (8) 12"x20" Pan Cap. TE096HT 96"L, 6 Drawer, (12) 12"x20" Pan Cap. TE110HT 110"L, 6 Drawer, (12) 12"x20" Pan Cap. Additional models available.

22.11_28.new 5/12/11 12:12 PM Page 1

REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT A. Refrigerator/Freezer Worktops.

Slides easily under work counters for maximum space efficiency. An exceptional combination of refrigeration units that provide a functional work surface for easy preparation. Stainless fronts, tops and sides, adjustable legs and self-closing doors. The worktop offers an exclusive one-piece formed construction stainless back splash that prevents food and bacteria entrapment. Height doesn’t include 61/4" for casters. Model TWT-48 shown.

Model Description TWT-27 301/8"Dx333/8"Hx275/8L, 1 Door, 2 Shelves TWT-27F 301/8"Dx333/8"Hx275/8L, 1 Door, 2 Shelves TWT-36 301/8"Dx333/8"Hx363/8"L, 2 Door, 4 Shelves TWT-48 301/8"Dx333/8"Hx483/8"L, 2 Door, 4 Shelves TWT-48F 301/8"Dx333/8"Hx483/8"L, 2 Door, 4 Shelves TWT-60 301/8"Dx333/8"Hx603/8"L, 2 Door, 4 Shelves TWT-60F 301/8"Dx333/8"Hx603/8"L, 2 Door, 4 Shelves TWT-72 301/8"Dx333/8"Hx723/8"L, 3 Door, 6 Shelves

A

B. Milk Coolers.

This school favorite sports a convenient drop front and flip-up tops, door locks, easily visible digital thermometers and a new hold open feature for the flip-up top. True’s high performance, forced-air milk coolers provide colder product temperatures and lower utility costs. The TMC series offers a broad range of applications including dual-sided models; two exterior options, reinforced 300 series stainless interior floor and food safe 33°F to 38°F temperature for improved milk quality and better milk taste. Uses 134A refrigerant. Front casters lock in place. Model TMC-49 shown.

Model TMC-58 TMC-49S TMC-49 TMC-58S TMC-34 TMC-34S TMC-58-DS TMC-58S-DS TMC-49-DS TMC-49S-DS

C

Description 333/8"x411/2"x58"L, 2 Door, Holds 16 Crates 333/8"x411/2"x49"L, 2 Door, Holds 12 Crates 333/8"x411/2"x49"L, 2 Door, Holds 12 Crates 333/8"x411/2"x58"L, 2 Door, Holds 16 Crates 333/8"x411/2"x34"L, 2 Door, Holds 8 Crates 333/8"x411/2"x34"L, 2 Door, Holds 8 Crates Dual Sided, 333/8"x411/8"x58"L, 4 Door, Holds 16 Crates Dual Sided, 333/8"x411/8"x58"L, 4 Door, Holds 16 Crates Dual Sided, 333/8"x411/8"x49"L, 4 Door, Holds 12 Crates Dual Sided, 333/8"x411/8"x49"L, 4 Door, Holds 12 Crates

B

C. Shelleymatic® Air Curtain Milk Coolers.

This patented air curtain design retains cold air in the interior of the unit for maximum cooling ability.

Interior is lined with 22 gauge stainless steel.

Cabinet is fully insulated with 2" of high-density foamed-in-place polyurethane. Cabinet maintains 36°F to 40°F interior temperature. Properly chilled food product will maintain 40°F for up to 2 hours with lid open. Capacity 8, 12 or 16 13"x13"x101/2" milk crates. Uses HFC-134A refrigerant, 115V, 60 HZ. Model Description NLFAC-8 Holds 8 Crates NLFAC-12 Holds 12 Crates NLFAC-16 Holds 16 Crates

E D. Milk Coolers.

Powerful refrigeration system enables unit to maintain product temperature for longer periods of time with the door open. Storage for 8, 12 or 16 cases of milk cartons. Drop lid provides self-serve milk with easy access. Exterior self-service doors are stainless steel.

Casters. Heavy-duty floor racks and key locking feature. Dual Access Milk Cooler enables one unit to serve two serving lines.

Model Description AR082SSS/0 Open Front, 8 Case Cap. AR122SSS/0 Open Front, 12 Case Cap. AR162SSS/0 Open Front, 16 Case Cap. AR084SSS/0 Dual Access, 8 Case Cap. AR124SSS/0 Dual Access, 12 Case Cap. AR164SSS/0 Dual Access, 16 Case Cap.

E. Shelleymatic® Milk or Beverage Dispensers.

Mobile, self-contained milk dispenser is available in 12 and 18 crate capacities. Drop front allows for easy access. Door lock is standard. Casters provide serving mobility and convenience. Cabinet maintains temperature of 36°F to 40°F with lid closed. Fiberglass/ laminate panels are available to match any décor. Uses HFC-134A refrigerant. UL, NSF, 120V. Model Description NDF-12 12 Crates NDF-18 18 Crates

D 22

23.11_28.new 5/12/11 1:10 PM Page 1

REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT

A. CU50 Series Undercounter Cube Ice Machines.

15" wide and compact enough to fit under a standard 40" counter. Ideal where space is limited. Unique inside door flap prevents spillage and maximizes storage. Produces small cube ice. Model CU50 shown with stainless steel kick plate.

Model CU50GA-1A CU50PA-1A

Description 44 lb. Air, 115V, Gravity Drain 44 lb. Air, 115V, Pump Drain

B

A

B. Undercounter Gourmet Ice Machines.

This self-contained ice machine is only 15" wide and compact enough to fit under a standard 40" counter. Durable stainless steel construction.

Ideal for bar use, upscale restaurants and office suites. Produces clear, long-lasting gourmet shaped ice. Model CU0515GA-1A

C. Prodigy速 Undercounter Cube Ice Machines.

Smart technology in a convenient, space-saving design. Compact enough to fit under a standard 40" counter. With easy front access, front air circulation and serviceability, they can be built in almost anywhere. Removable door and top provides ample access to components and easier service. Combined with the Prodigy 速 control board with code and component light displays, technicians can determine operating issues quickly, ensuring the right fix the first time. Produces small or medium cube ice. Air-cooled models are Energy Star速 rated.

Model CU1526MA-1A CU1526SA-1A CU1526MW-1A CU1526SW-1A CU2026MA-1A CU2026SA-1A CU2026MW-1A CU2026SW-1A CU3030MA-1A CU3030SA-1A CU3030MW-1A CU3030SW-1A

Description 150 lb. Air, 115V, Medium Cube 150 lb. Air, 115V, Small Cube 175 lb. Water, 115V, Medium Cube 175 lb. Water, 115V, Small Cube 200 lb. Air, 115V, Medium Cube 200 lb. Air, 115V, Small Cube 240 lb. Water, 115V, Medium Cube 240 lb. Water, 115V, Small Cube 250 lb. Air, 115V, Medium Cube 250 lb. Air, 115V, Small Cube 310 lb. Water, 115V, Medium Cube 310 lb. Water, 115V, Small Cube

C

E E. Modular Ice Storage Bins.

Durable, quality construction with ample storage capacity. These bins feature easy front access to ice. Storage capacity from 200 to 1,700 lbs. of ice per day. Available in durable roto cast plastic or stainless steel finishes. ARI, NSF approved.

D. Self-Contained Undercounter Flake Ice Machines.

Compact enough to fit under a standard 40" counter. With easy front access, front air circulation and serviceability, they can be built in almost anywhere. Perfect problem solver for locations where space is limited. Features a continuous ice-making process, no harvest time delays. Delivers steady flow of ice for fast recovery of ice supply. One heavy duty flaker mechanism with a stainless steel auger.

Stainless steel or roto-cast grey finish.

Produces flake ice.

D

Model AFE424A-1A AFE424W-1A

Description 395 lb. Air, 115V 395 lb. Water, 115V

23

Model B222S B322S B330P B530P B530S B842S B948S BH1100SS BH1100BB

Description 200 lb. Stainless Bin 300 lb. Stainless Bin 300 lb. Poly Bin 500 lb. Poly Bin 500 lb. Stainless Bin 800 lb. Stainless Bin 900 lb. Stainless Bin 1100 lb. Stainless Bin 1100 lb. Stainless Bin w/ Galv. Back & Bottom BH1300SS 1300 lb. Stainless Bin BH1300BB 1300 lb. Stainless Bin w/ Galv. Back & Bottom BH1600SS 1600 lb. Stainless Bin BH1600BB 1600 lb. Stainless Bin w/ Galv. Back & Bottom Additional models available.

24.11_13 5/13/11 11:34 AM Page 1

REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT

A

A. Prodigy® Nugget Ice Machines.

Refresh the entire beverage experience with a unique option that gets consumers excited and coming back for more. Scotsman Prodigy® Nugget ice machines use less water and electricity than standard cube ice machines. Its self-monitoring system and AutoAlert™ external indicator lights constantly communicate the machines operating status and signals when it’s time to perform maintenance before it’s an emergency. UL, ARI, NSF approved. Bins sold separately. Model N0422 shown on B322S bin.

Model Description N0422A-1A 400 lb. Air-Cooled N0422W-1A 400 lb. Water-Cooled N0622A-1A 600 lb. Air-Cooled N0622A-32A 600 lb. Air-Cooled 208-230/60/1 N0622W-1A 600 lb. Water-Cooled N0622W-32A 600 lb. Water-Cooled 208-230/60/1 N0622R-1A 600 lb. Remote-Cooled N0922A-32A 900 lb. Air-Cooled 208-230/60/1 N0922R-32A 900 lb. Remote-Cooled 208-230/60/1 N0622L-1A 600 lb. Remote Low Side, 115/60/1 N0922L-1A 900 lb. Remote Low Side, 115/60/1 N1322L-1A 1300 lb. Remote Low Side, 115/60/1

B

The Ice Machine Condenser Question.

Which one is ideal? A water-cooled model is quiet, easy to install and does not emit excess heat into the room. The trade off is the cost of the water. In many areas, water-cooled machines are not even allowed, so check with the local authorities. Self-contained air-cooled machines are the easiest and cheapest to install however, they make the most noise and exhaust heat into the surrounding air. Remote air-cooled models have a low noise advantage over water-cooled and use no more water than a self contained air-cooled, but they are expensive to install.

C. Prodigy® Modular Cube Ice Machines.

Uses less energy and water than traditional ice machines exceeding both the California and Federal energy efficiency regulations by up to 22%. AutoAlert™ indicator lights communicate operating status and signals when it’s time to perform normal maintenance or time for service before it’s an emergency. Patented WaterSense adaptive purge control reduces scale buildup by detecting hard water conditions and purging mineral laden water. Stainless steel finish.

Produces small or medium cube ice. Bins sold separately.

Model Description C0322MA-1B 300 lb. Air-Cooled, Medium Cube C0322SA-1B 300 lb. Air-Cooled, Small Cube C0322MW-1B 300 lb. Water-Cooled, Medium Cube C0322SW-1B 300 lb. Water-Cooled, Small Cube C0330SA-1B 300 lb. Air-Cooled, Small Cube C0330SW-1B 300 lb. Water-Cooled, Small Cube C0522MA-1B 500 lb. Air-Cooled, Medium Cube C0522SA-1B 500 lb. Air-Cooled, Small Cube C0530MA-1B 500 lb. Air-Cooled, Medium Cube C0630MA-32B 600 lb. Air-Cooled, Medium Cube Additional models available.

B. Upright Ice Storage Bins.

First ice made is first ice used. Ice storage bins with industry-exclusive SmartGATE for use with all major commercial icemakers.

Stainless exterior includes stainless back and bottom. All bins include 82 oz. plastic ice scoop and 6" stainless steel adjustable legs.

Now with easy to clean, corrosion-resistant ABS/poly top, lifetime cabinet and liner warranty.

Model Description SG500S-30 Single, 30"W, 460 lb. cap.

SG700S-30 Single, 30"W, 680 lb. cap.

SG860S-48 Single, 48"W, 860 lb. cap.

SG1010S-48 Single, 48"W, 1000 lb. cap.

SG1175S-48 Single, 48"W, 1185 lb. cap.

SG1300S-48 Single, 48"W, 1320 lb. cap.

SG1160S-56 Single, 56"W, 1170 lb. cap.

SG1350S-56 Single, 56"W, 1360 lb. cap.

SG1080S-60 Single, 60"W, 1080 lb. cap.

Additional models available.

C

D. Ice-DevIce and Transport Systems.

First ice made is first ice out meaning fresher tasting ice.

Use gravity to drop ice into totes on a cart instead of using scoops and buckets to make ice management seven times faster, cleaner and safer. SmartCART with totes that carry 25 lbs. of ice reduces risk of back injuries and slips and falls. Different cart sizes available for varied needs. Totes are non-nesting to avoid contamination.

Model DEV500SG-30-75 Single Door DEV700SG-30-75 Single Door DEV860SG-48-75 Single Door DEV1010SG-48-75 Single Door DEV1175SG-48-75 Single Door DEV1300SG-48-75 Single Door DEV1160SG-56-75 Single Door DEV1650SG-60-75 Single Door Additional models available.

D 24

Description w/SC75, 30"W, 460 lb. cap. w/SC75, 30"W, 680 lb. cap. w/SC75, 48"W, 860 lb. cap. w/SC75, 48"W, 1000 lb. cap. w/SC75, 48"W, 1185 lb. cap. w/SC75, 48"W, 1320 lb. cap. w/SC75, 56"W, 1170 lb. cap. w/SC75, 60"W, 1660 lb. cap.

25.11_28.new 5/12/11 2:04 PM Page 1

REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT A. ICE Series™ Modular Cube Ice Makers.

Introducing the best solution for hard water, food safety and tight spaces! Ice-O-Matic’s modular cubers have been redesigned to offer better reliability and care-free operation. The machines are perfect for foodservice and hospitality needs, and meet CEC or Energy Star criteria. PURE ICE® provides built-in anti-microbial protection for the life of the machine, inhibiting bacteria, slime and fungus growth. The optional water filtration system protects against unpleasant tastes, odors and scale formation. The unique Harvest Assist feature overpowers scale and boost energy efficiency by speeding up the ice production.

Model ICE0400 shown on B55 bin (bins sold separately).

A

Model Description ICE0320W 22"W, 349 lbs.-use bin B42PS sold separately IICE0520W 22"W, 527 lbs.-use bin B42PS sold separately CE0250W 30"W, 333 lbs.-use bin B40PS sold separately ICE0400W 30"W, 496 lbs.-use bin B40PS sold separately ICE0406A 30"W, 529 lbs.-use bin B40PS sold separately ICE0500W 30"W, 596 lbs.-use bin B55PS sold separately ICE0500R 30"W, 567 lbs. Remote (condenser sold separately) ICE0606W 30"W, 619 lbs.-use bin B55PS sold separately ICE0806W 30"W, 898 lbs.-use bin B55PS sold separately Additional models available.

C. ICE Series™ Undercounter Cube Ice Makers.

Ice-O-Matic undercounter ice makers are ideal for small-space applications such as bars, coffee shops and wait stations. This small self-contained cuber features the unique gourmet-style cube, while the larger cubers are available in half- or full-cube configurations. Ice-OMatic self-contained machines offer the highest level of production and storage of any self-contained model in the industry, while also offering the only 24" undercounter cuber available. Model ICEU220 shown.

Model Description ICEU070A 15"W, 84 lbs. w/24 lbs. Bin Storage (Air) ICEU150A 24"W, 174 lbs. w/73 lbs. Bin Storage ICEU220A 24"W, 238 lbs. w/100 lbs. Bin Storage ICEU300A 30"W, 309 lbs. w/130 lbs. Bin Storage

D

B. MFI Series Modular Flake Ice Makers.

Ice-O-Matic Self-Contained Flake Ice Makers offer a variety of practical, reliable options for carefree operation.

Each machine offers a built-in insulated storage bin for maximum ice preservation. Constructed for tight space restrictions and low height requirements, Ice-O-Matic Flake Ice Makers produce slowmelting quality ice, perfect for medical, restaurant, ball field and supermarket applications. Model MFI0500 shown on B55 bin.

Model MFI0500A

Description 540 lbs. ice per 24 hrs., 70° Air / 50° Water, Range due to Condenser Type (Bin Required) MFI0500W 541 lbs. ice per 24 hrs., 70° Air / 50° Water, Range due to Condenser Type (Bin Required) MFI0800A 768 lbs. ice per 24 hrs., 70° Air / 50° Water, Range due to Condenser Type (Bin Required) MFI0800W 859 lbs. ice per 24 hrs., 70° Air / 50° Water, Range due to Condenser Type (Bin Required) MFI0800R 819 lbs. ice per 24 hrs., 70° Air / 50° Water, Range due to Condenser Type (Bin Required) Additional models available.

C

D. Pearl Ice® Ice Makers.

Adding perfection to any fountain drink, smoothie or refreshing beverage, highly desired Pearl Ice® is the soft, chewable, longer-lasting ice that consumers love. It dispenses well, blends fast and displaces liquid better than cubes. Increased profits and customer satisfaction make this the perfect ice for restaurants, convenience stores and healthcare applications. Mount on a dispenser or use in combination with an Ice-O-Matic storage bin (sold separately). Model GEM0650 on B42 bin shown.

Model Description GEM0450A 21"W Air, 464 lbs.-use bin B42PS w/KBT24 kit, sold separately GEM0450W 21"W Water, 508 lbs.-use bin B42PS w/KBT24 kit, sold separately GEM0650W 21"W Water, 715 lbs.-use bin B55PS w/KBT19 kit, sold separately GEM0956A 21"W Water, 1053 lbs.-use bin B55PS w/KBT19 kit, sold separately KBT19 Bin Storage Adapter-use w/bin B55PS KBT24 Bin Storage Adapter-use w/bin B42PS Additional models available.

25

E. Hotel Dispensers.

Designed for rugged, high usage environments, these 22" and 30" stainless steel dispensers have finger print-proof dispensing areas and oversized sinks to accommodate almost any size ice bucket. Both models dispense 1 /4 lb. ice per second, allow for easy cleaning and provide ice storage in a minimum amount of space. The 30" dispenser is available with three options— push-to-dispense, water-filler or coin/token. Model CD40030 shown with ICE0400 Cube Ice Maker (sold separately).

Model CD40030

E

Description 30" Push-to-Dispense, 180 lbs. Storage, for 22" or 30" Cubers (sold separately) Additional models available.

26.11_13 5/12/11 2:18 PM Page 1

REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT

C

B

A A. ICE Series™ Modular Cube Ice Makers with Top Air Discharge.

“Off-the-top” exclusive by Ice-O-Matic. . .The Best Solution for Tight Spaces! Ice-O-Matic offers their exclusive top-air discharge as an optional free feature on 30"W air-cooled ICE Series™ modular cubers up to 600 lbs.

Requires 30" of total clearance, compared to 42" required by other 30" modular ice machines.

The result: a space savings of close to 30%.

Top air discharge units direct the hot discharge air towards the ceiling and not at the customer.

It can even be directed towards air return ducts or tied into the HVAC to eliminate the hot air completely. Model ICE0400 shown on B55 Bin. Also available in Half (HT) or Full (FT) Cube.

Bins sold separately.

Model Description ICE0250 Top Air 336 lbs., 70° Air/50° Water ICE0400 Top Air 505 lbs., 70° Air/50° Water ICE0500 Top Air 600 lbs., 70° Air/50° Water ICE0606 Top Air 652 lbs., 70° Air/50° Water Additional models available.

B. Ice Transport System.

Designed for maximum versatility and functionality. All stainless exterior and top for durable, convenient, sanitary solutions for shuttling ice. Sloped interior walls eliminate raking, and the unique paddle slots provide easy ice breakup. Covered carts and hands-free dispensing help you quickly and efficiently move ice to your area of usage.

Includes a single- or double-125 lb. cart, paddle and scoop.

Model Description ITS900 36"Wx34"Dx94"H, 1069 lbs. storage ITS1000 48"Wx34"Dx82"H, 1161 lbs. storage ITS1600 60"Wx34"Dx94"H, 1846 lbs. storage ITS1700 72"Wx34"Dx83"H, 1818 lbs. storage

C. Upright Storage Bins.

For the ultimate in high-volume ice storage requirements, these upright bins offer unique storage solutions for various applications. An industry-exclusive, single-piece insulated bin liner provides sanitary storage with maximum preservation, while the viewing window allows for quick ice-level checks. Durable stainless steel exterior is sanitary and easy to clean.

Safe-hold hinge and an industry-leading opening make scooping ice as easy as possible.

Model Description B70 30"Wx34"Dx58"H, 741 lbs. storage B90 30"Wx34"Dx77"H, 1023 lbs. storage B120SP 48"Wx34"Dx54"H, 1142 lbs. storage B150SP 60"Wx34"Dx54"H, 1447 lbs. storage B170SP 60"Wx34"Dx66"H, 1807 lbs. storage

D. Ice Bagging Systems.

Double your profits on packaged ice sales compared to purchasing bagged ice. With the Ice-O-Matic Bagging System (IBS) you’ll eliminate shoveling and scooping required to manually fill bags. This state-ofthe-art bagger ensures you get ice by the bagful in seconds. With the low-voltage foot pedal, the durable stainless auger and agitator, and wide-opening chute, the IBS quickly and safely dispenses 2 lbs. of ice per second to meet your needs. Model IBS500 shown.

Model Description IBS500 30"Wx36"Dx49"H, 647 lbs. storage IBS1000 48"Wx36"Dx49"H, 1078 lbs. storage

D

E

E. Slope Front Storage Bins.

Ice-O-Matic slope front bins include the safe-hold hinge, which keeps the door open while you access the ice, an extra-large door opening and a built-in scoop holder so you never have to search for the scoop again. One-piece, polyethylene bin liners and industrial foam insulation prevent ice from melting, providing crystal-clear ice every time. These reliable bins are constructed with practicality in mind for years of carefree operation.

Model Description B42PS 22"W, 351 lbs. cap.

B25PP 30"W, 242 lbs. cap.

B40PS 30"W, 344 lbs. cap.

B55PS 30"W, 510 lbs. cap.

B100PS 48"W, 854 lbs. cap.

B120SP 48"W, 1142 lbs. cap.

B120SS 48"W, 1142 lbs. cap.

B150SP 60"W, 1447 lbs. cap.

Additional models available.

26

D

27.11_28.new 5/12/11 2:33 PM Page 1

REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT

A

A. Ice Only and Ice/Beverage Dispensers.

ID Series, Ice Only Dispensers are attractive, contemporary designed, available in 22" or 30"widths, storing from 150-250 lbs. of ice.

Durable, stainless steel exterior resists corrosion and can withstand the punishment of everyday use. Can be combined with any 22" or 30" wide ice machine. All storage bins are made of rust-free plastic and the dispensing mechanism is made of heavy duty components for long life. Stainless steel finish.

Model Description ID150B-1A 150 lbs. Storage Cup Activated Countertop Ice Only Disp.

ID200B-1A 200 lbs. Storage Cup Activated Countertop Ice Only Disp.

ID250B-1A 250 lbs. Storage Cup Activated Countertop Ice Only Disp.

IOBDMS22 Machine Stand for ID150 IOBDMS30 Machine Stand for ID200 or ID250 KNUGDIV Kit, Field Installed Nugget Ice Diverter for all ID & ED Disp.

KWGFID Kit, Field Installed Water Glass Filler for all ID Disp.

B. Touchfree® IceMaker/ Dispenser.

Touchfree actuation provides convenient one-hand operation and eliminates the risk of cross-contamination. Its unique infrared sensor determines when to dispense ice or water, which minimizes the possibility of cross-contamination. Complies with the most stringent requirements of NSF and the spirit of the Americans with Disabilities Act. The Touchfree 500 lb. to 750 lb. units make and dispense soft, chewable nugget ice, while the 250 lb. to 450 lb. units make and dispense flake ice. Both ice forms are a favorite for patient care as well as beverages.

Stainless steel finish. Model MDT5N25 shown.

Model Description MDT5N25A-1H 500 lbs. Air-Cooled Nugget MDT5N40A-1H 500 lbs. Air-Cooled Nugget MDT6N90A-1H 700 lbs. Air-Cooled Nugget MDT5N25W-1H 500 lbs. Water-Cooled Nugget MDT5N40W-1H 500 lbs. Water-Cooled Nugget MDT6N90W-1H 700 lbs. Water-Cooled Nugget MDT4F12A-1H 450 lbs. Air-Cooled Flaker MDT3F12A-1H 300 lbs. Air-Cooled Flaker Additional models available.

B

C. Prodigy® Eclipse® Cube Ice Machines.

Features Prodigy® innovative smart technology and industry leading energy efficiency. Noise and heat are moved to the roof for a quieter, more pleasant dining experience. Small footprint and narrow profile allow cuber to be placed anywhere ice is needed. Standard quickconnects offers fast and flexible installations connecting to a single or dual path Scotsman condenser. Can also be connected to a properly sized universal rack or multi-pass condenser system. Stainless steel finish. Produces small or medium cube ice. Shown on a Beverage Dispenser (sold separately).

Model EH222SL-1B

Description 600-1000 lbs., 22"W, Small Cube Ice, Requires Condenser/Compressor EH430SL-1B 1400-2000 lbs., 30"W, Small Cube Ice, Requires Condenser/Compressor EH430ML-1B 1400-2000 lbs., 30"W, Medium Cube Ice, Requires Condenser/Compressor C0600CP-32A 600 lbs. 208-230/60/1 C0800CP-32A 800 lbs. 208-230/60/1 C0800CP-3A 800 lbs. 208-230/60/3 C1410CP-32A 1000-1400 lbs. 208-230/60/1 C1410CP-3A 1000-1400 lbs. 208-230/60/3 C1800CP-32A 1800 lbs. 208-230/60/1 Additional models available.

C

D. Water Filters.

Extend the life of your Scotsman ice machines and provide cleaner, more consistent ice by using Scotsman’s SSM Plus water filtration systems by Everpure. Ultra-fine, half micron filtration combined with food-grade polyphosphate assures that chlorine, off-tastes, odors and particles of dirt stay out of your ice. Single, double and triple filter systems available along with coarse pre-filters and replacement cartridges.

Model Description SSM1-A Single Filtration System SSM2-A Twin Filtration System SSM3-A Triple Filtration System ADS-AP1 AquaPatrol Single System ADS-AP2 AquaPatrol Double System ADS-AP3 AquaPatrol Triple System Additional models available.

D

E. Air Shield.

Eliminate the hassles of strip curtains. Mounts vertically, adjacent to the walk-in door on the interior wall surface. Channels a barrier of refrigerated air and is automatically activated when the door is opened and shuts off when the door closes.

Reduces the amount of warm air infiltration—up to 20% more efficient! Use on 26", 30", 34" and 36"W door openings and 74" to 80"H. NSF. UL listed. 1 year parts and labor warranty. Cooler applications only.

Model Description HA4-C2-N1 Right-Hand Hinged Door HAL-C2-N1 Left-Hand Hinged Door

27

E

28.11_13 5/12/11 3:08 PM Page 1

REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT

A. “M” Series Strip Doors.

Saves energy costs and separates environments. Perfect for walk-in coolers and freezers. Drastically reduces heating and cooling costs, reduces moisture and frost build-up. These models are available in 6" and 8" wide PVC strip material in both USDA polar and standard grades. Easy to clean and virtually maintenance free. Each strip has a heat-sealed loop at the top which slides onto the mounting bar. USDA compliant. Model M108-PR-4080 shown.

B

A Model M108-PR-4080

Description Polar Reinforced PVC 8" Loop Strip, 40"Wx80"H (Walk-In Cooler/Frzr Aluminum Mounting Hardware included) M106-PR-4080 Polar Reinforced PVC 6" Loop Strip, 40"Wx80"H (Walk-In Cooler/Frzr Aluminum Mounting Hardware included) M108-PR-80-6PK Replacement Strip Package of 6 Polar Reinforced PVC 8" Loop Strip, 80" Long M106-PR-80-6PK Replacement Strip Package of 6 Polar Reinforced PVC 6" Loop Strip, 80" Long

C

C. Refrigeration Systems.

Complete selection of high performance refrigeration equipment and accessories for the most efficient and reliable installation possible. Our factory engineered remote, remote quick connect, pre-assembled remote or top/side quick connect self-contained units are available for any indoor or outdoor application.

All systems are fully EISA compliant and come with a 5-year compressor warranty with labor warranties available on pre-charged systems.

Contact us for additional information.

B. Walk-In Freezers & Coolers.

Exceptional quality at a low life-cycle cost. These versatile and dependable walk-in coolers, freezers and combination cold rooms are custom designed to satisfy exacting job site conditions. Indoor or outdoor models are available in 4" or 5" thickness to ensure that the space available is used most efficiently. Choose from a large selection of metal finishes, walk-in accessories and custom engineered refrigeration systems. Our System 100 monitoring system is standard equipment and includes a digital display, audio/visual alarm, light switch, remote alarm hookup and door heater control. 5 year compressor and 1 year parts warranty. Contact us for additional information.

D. HURRiCHiLL™ Blast Chillers & Shock Freezers.

Increase productivity and coordinate meal plans more efficiently while promoting food safety and conserving energy. Advanced design and engineering methods reduce prep times, production costs and food waste.

Blast chilling maintains food texture, flavor and appearance while shock freezing yields longer shelf life and the opportunity to take advantage of seasonal purchases. With unit chilling capacities of 30 lbs. to 1,300 lbs., HURRiCHiLL safely chills your food from 160°F to 38°F in 90 minutes or less and shock freezes the product from 160°F to 0°F in just 4 hours. HURRiCHiLL units are also capable of fully thawing product in 6-8 hours all within HACCP guidelines. Model AP20BCF175-3 shown.

Model Description AP3BC30-1 Cap.: 30 lbs. Chill, 3-Pans, 251/4"Wx257/8"Lx34"H AP20BC175-2 Cap.: 200 lbs. Chill, 20-Pans, 471/4"Wx42"Lx865/6"H AP40BC250-12 Cap.: 250 lbs. Chill, 40-Pans, 811/2"Wx47"Lx993/4"H AP40BC250-2-12 Cap.: 500 lbs. Chill, 40-Pans, 811/2"Wx93"Lx993/4"H AP120BC1000-3 Cap.: 1000 lbs. Chill, 120-Pans, 595/8"Wx1653/4"Lx927/8"H AP10BCF100-2 Cap.: 100 lbs. Chill, 60 lbs. Freeze, 10-Pans, 291/2"Wx281/4"Lx601/2"H AP12BCF110-3 Cap.: 160 lbs. Chill, 90 lbs. Freeze, 12-Pans, 321/4"Wx36"Lx74"H AP24BCF300-3-R Cap.: 300 lbs. Chill, 180 lbs. Freeze, 24-Pans, 543/8"Wx461/4"Lx851/4"H Additional models available.

28

D

29.11_28.new 5/12/11 3:21 PM Page 1

REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT A. Walk-In Refrigerators and Freezers.

Superior quality from top to bottom. Kolpak’s modular construction can meet your exact requirements in an indoor or outdoor cooler, freezer or combination, with the size, roof configuration and options you want. Indoors and out, you get quality with features that make Kolpak such a sound investment: Energy saving 4" thick foamed-in-place urethane insulation; Galvanized metal finish provides great strength and greater corrosion resistance; Wide selection of other metal finishes; R-Series Door.

A B. Express Walk-Ins. Pre-assembled outdoor walk-in is ready to cool when it arrives at your job site.

Refrigeration is pre-installed, run and adjusted at the factory. Electrical components are wired to a fused disconnect mounted on the roof of walk-in; up and running as soon as an electrical contractor provides power to the disconnect. 4" non-CFC polyurethane insulated wall panels. Membrane roof cap for superior weather protection. Sloped roof keeps rain away from adjacent building. Available in sizes up to 14'x40'.

C

C. Polar-Pak Walk-In Cooler.

Easily installed without the services of a refrigeration technician or plumber.

Corners, wall panels and doors are quickly assembled on the unit’s floor (or 11/2 screeds), and the ceiling panels lifted in place. The self-contained wall-mounted refrigeration unit, equipped with casters for leveling, is simply rolled up and fitted into place. The top mount offers an easy install and is flush to the interior ceiling allowing maximum use of storage space. 4" urethane panels meet 2009 Federal standards for insulation requirements and energy efficiency. Choose from a variety of sizes and configurations, coolers or freezers. Some top mount units are available to ship in 48 hours.

B

D D. Walk-In Structural Flooring.

An ideal solution for retrofit and remodeling applications. Its impact resistant design can withstand a dropped keg from 4 feet. Withstands loads up to 5,000 pounds per square foot or 15,000 pounds stationary—without the use of an overlay.

Fiberglass reinforced plastic is combined with 3/4" plywood distributes weight evenly over the fiberglass reinforced foamed and glued-in-place plastic. Available in 5 finishes— .100 aluminum, 16 gauge stainless steel, .100 diamond tread plate and 14 or 16 gauge galvanized.

E. R-Series Walk-Ins. Kolpak® Walk-in Coolers and Freezers meet stringent California Energy Commission guidelines for standard and combo box configurations. Kolpak offers energy leading and competitively priced equipment using a patent pending transition panel for combo boxes. Unique panel allows 4" cooler panels to transition to 5" freezer panels to meet the R-value insulation properties required. Energy efficient and reliable Kolpak 120 refrigeration system.

E 29

30.11_28.new 5/12/11 3:31 PM Page 1

REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT A. Kold Locker™ Walk-ins.

Same day shipment! Choose from over 10,000 indoor or outdoor coolers, freezers and combination cooler/freezers! Sizes from 4'x5' to 8'x20'. Heights from 6'7" and 7'7" with floor; 7'4" floorless. Three temperatures: +35°F, -10°F, -20°F. 26 gauge stucco embossed coated steel. 26" wide self-closing doors. FRP threshold. 15-year panel warranty; 18-month parts and labor warranty.

Model Description KLB7746 7'7"H 4'x6' Cooler KLB7766 7'7"H 6'x6' Cooler KLB7768 7'7"H 6'x8' Cooler KLB7788 7'7"H 8'x8' Cooler KLF7746 7'7"H 4'x6' Freezer KLF7766 7'7"H 6'x6' Freezer KLF7768 7'7"H 6'x8' Freezer KLF7788 7'7"H 8'x8' Freezer

A

B B. Fast-Trak™ Walk-Ins. Ships in 5 days! Choose from a wide selection of indoor or outdoor coolers, freezers and combination cooler/freezers with remote refrigeration systems. Widths of 6', 7', 8', 9', 10', 11' and 12'. Heights of 7'7" and 8'7" (with floor) and 7'4" and 8'4" (without floor). FRP threshold. Remote refrigeration systems. Fast and easy installation. 30" or 36" self-closing doors. 15 year panel warranty. Floor/floorless and interior ramp options available to ship in 10 days. Contact our customer service department for assistance.

C. Fineline™ Walk-ins.

The ultimate in walk-in design...Specify any size, shape, angle, door, color, metal finish, single or multiple compartments.

Designed and built to fit your needs! Contact our customer service department for assistance.

C

D E

D. MRS Series Modular Multi-Compressor Refrigeration System.

This outside system reduces noise level and extends the life of equipment. Remove the heat produced by multiple refrigeration systems and reduce air conditioning load by installing a single MRS System. Each module includes a compressor with refrigeration components pre-piped to its own modular condenser—MRS can house up to 16 modules. Units are pre-wired to an electrical panel for one-point connection. The compactly stacked condenser modules are designed for 110ºF temperatures but are also protected in cold weather by integrated low ambient components, including head masters and crankcase heaters. Contact our customer service department for assistance.

E. DRS Series Dual Compressor Refrigeration Systems.

DRS systems allow the remoting of multiple refrigeration units used in walk-ins, reach-ins and other refrigerated equipment to one system. Benefits include reductions in inside heat, air conditioning load and noise levels. Features include: Pre-wired electrical panel with one-point connection and disconnect switch. Common base and frame assembly. Standard galvanized finish with optional stainless steel finish. Contact us about our full range of systems including multi-compressor and rack systems.

30

31.11_28.new 5/13/11 10:50 AM Page 1

REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT A. Walk-Ins. Thermalrite Walk-ins are engineered and built to your exact dimensions and specification.

Custom designs; indoor, outdoor, angles, rectangles are all available in a variety of finishes and in a thickness of 4, 5 or 6 inches. With panels up to 30 feet in length, these walk-ins are ideal for any application. High density foam rail and foam-in-place bonding equals strong panels.

Nationwide installation available. Four plants to serve you—California, Minnesota, Mississippi and Tennessee. Cooler/Freezer Combo shown.

Featured Chef A

Chef Paul Byron

Bridgeport Rescue Mission Bridgeport, CT Rescue-Black Bean & Corn Chili

B B. Replacement Doors.

Thermalrite Replacement Doors are designed to fit any manufacturers' cooler or freezer.Cooler and freezer doors really take a pounding from hand trucks, fork lifts, pallet jacks, ice build-up and everyday use—resulting in dangerous, unsanitary and inefficient coolers and freezers. A replacement door from Thermalrite will help prevent accidents, provide energy savings and are simple to order.

Serves 10-12 3 garlic cloves (minced) 2 Tbsp. oil 3 lbs. lean ground beef 1 lb. pork 6 onions 3 ancho chilies 1 Naga Jollkia “Ghost Pepper” (if you cannot find “Ghost Peppers” use 2 Habanero peppers) small 3 green peppers, medium chopped 6 lbs. tomato puree 3 lbs. canned black beans (drained and rinsed) 12 fluid oz. tomato paste 1/4

cup dark chili powder

41/2 tsp. ground cumin 1 tsp. Chef Paul’s special chili mix (optional) 2 cups corn, drained 1 bay leaf 1 dash red pepper flakes Salt and pepper to taste

C

C. Sliding Doors.

Close Tight Insulated Sliding Doors by Thermalrite are the perfect fit for all types of storage coolers, freezers, warehouses and distribution centers. Class 1 urethane insulation, heavy duty hardware, bulb-type neoprene gasket. Many finishes and options available. Standard sizes of 5'x7', 6'x8', and 8'x8' (other sizes available upon request).

*Start by soaking the ancho chili in warm water for about 15 to 20 minutes. Then dice.

Sauté garlic in oil in a heavy sauce pan until golden, crumble beef and pork, cook for about 15 minutes or until evenly brown. At that point, drain about half the drippings, add onions and peppers and cook until tender, then add ancho, corn, tomatoes, chili powder, bay leaf, red pepper, cumin and corn. Cover and cook on low for about an hour, stirring every 15 minutes. Add black beans and special mix then salt and pepper to taste.

If too dry, add more tomatoes. If still wet, cook longer.

31

32.11_28.new 5/15/11 8:26 PM Page 1

Beverage/Bar Equipment Coffee Brewers Blenders Bar Coolers Glass Washers Portable Bars

A Model CP-100 CP-60 CP-40 CBS-2

Coffee Measuring Guide Regular Approx.

Finished Grind Coffee Brewing Brew 5 oz. 8 oz. Dry Meas. Time Servings in cups in min.

1/2 10 16 3/4 12 17 20 11/4 22 24 11/2 24 30 13/4 27 36 21/4 30 40 21/2 32 48 3 36 55 31/3 40 60 33/4 43 72 41/2 49 84 53/4 55 101 61/4 64 (1 lb. regular grind coffee equals 5 cups.) Use more or less depending upon desired strength.

Description Percolator, 100-Cup Percolator, 60-Cup Percolator, 40-Cup Coffee Brewer

A. Coffee Percolators & Brewer.

Stainless steel percolators are equipped with a clear water level gauge. Indicator signals when coffee is done brewing. Automatic temperature control keeps coffee warm and ready to serve. 120V. 1350W. Three popular sizes to choose from. Stainless steel brewer has two switches for warming and brewing. Brewing indicator alerts when cycle is complete.

Heating plates ensure optimal temperature for extended periods.

Completely portable, requires no plumbing. Accepts standard filters and decanters sold separately.

120V, 1800W max.

B

B. Coffee Makers-Polished Aluminum.

Only available to the foodservice industry! Easy to clean inside and out.

Brews to the perfect flavor and automatically holds it at the ideal serving temperature. Non-drip faucets, stay cool black phenolic handles and cover knob.

Lock on covers. Brew view gauge on 55 and 101 cup units. On/off switch with signal light on 55 and 101 cup units. Commercially rated with 1 year limited warranty. UL, CSA, and NSF. Models 58001R, 58055R and 58230R shown.

Model Description 58001R 12-101 Cup Polished Aluminum 58055R 12-55 Cup Polished Aluminum 58230R 30-Cup Polished Aluminum, 3 Prong 58030R 30-Cup Polished Aluminum, 2 Prong

C

C. Coffee Urns - Stainless Steel.

These stainless steel urns are fast-brewing– 36 or 55 cups in about 30 minutes and 110 cups in about 60 minutes! All metal urns also feature mug clearance and dual thermostats for durability and optimum coffee serving temperature. Features non-drip faucets and sight glass to let you know how much coffee is left in pot. 304 18/8 stainless steel. Commercially rated with 1 year limited warranty. UL, CSA, NSF. Models K1336A, K1355A and K1301A shown.

Model Description K1336A 36 cup Stainless Steel K1355A 55 cup Stainless Steel K1301A 110 cup Stainless Steel

32

33.11_28.new 5/15/11 8:32 PM Page 1

BEVERAGE/BAR EQUIPMENT

A

A. Value Bar Blenders.

Any 16 oz. icy drink served perfectly smooth and with no ice chunks– in as little as 25 seconds!

Stainless steel blades quickly cut through ice and other ingredients. High/low/off toggle switch is easy to reach and control. The HBB908 features a 3/8 HP motor and a 44 oz. polycarbonate container with filler-cap and measurement marks for easy filling; stainless steel container also available—model HBB909. The PS51000 features a 1/3 HP motor and 48 oz. plastic container. 1 year warranty. UL, NSF, CSA. Model HBB909 features a 32 oz. Stainless Steel container with a 3/8 HP motor.

Model Description HBB908 Hamilton Beach 44 oz. Poly Container PS51000 Proctor Silox 48 oz. Plastic Container HBB909 Hamilton Beach 32 oz. S/S Container

C. Spindle Drink Mixer.

Great for everything from mixing ice cream shakes to “flashing” bar drinks and blending eggs, pancake and waffle batter.

Performance—Powerful 1/3 HP motor per mixing head mixes twice as fast. Precision Motor—Motor individually balanced to minimize vibration. Built to last with sealed, permanently lubricated ball bearings. Two-Way Motor Activation—Operators can start and stop mixing action by inserting cup into cup guide, or by using the pulse switch on top of mixer. NSF. UL. Model Description HMD200 Single Spindle HMD400 Triple Spindle

B

B. Tempest™ Blenders.

The Wave-Action™ system pulls contents down into the blades for smooth creamy results every time!

For ultimate flexibility, operators can choose from high and low speeds, timed cycles and a jump cycle (starts in low speed, then ramps up to high). Includes 64 oz. stackable container, timer with automatic shut off and a jar pad sensor, which turns the motor off when container is not in place. 3 HP motor. Two year or 20,000 cycle parts and labor warranty (whichever comes first).

Model HBH650

C

E D. Tournant™ Food Blender.

The Tournant does it all—Chop, Mix, Puree, Grind, Emulsify, Blend! For busy chefs, top performance is essential. The Tournant™ is engineered to give chefs the blending confidence and control they need. Make Hummus, Salsa, Mayonnaise, Dressings, Flours, Compotes. It truly is the TOURNANT (English translation- “Chef who does all things”) in the busy foodservice kitchen! And, with its patented “chop” feature, working with heavy ingredients and thick emulsions are all “in a day's work!” Model HBF600

D

E. Tango Blenders.

Blends a 16 oz. daiquiri in 15 seconds! Powerful 1 HP motor offers exceptional torque and blending performance for a variety of iced drinks. 2-speed motor with pulse. Stackable 48 oz. polycarbonate container with Wave Action system continually forces mixture down into the blades. All metal motor drive coupling is built to last. Adjustable timer automatically turns blender off. 2 year parts & labor warranty covered under our Express Care Service Program (free warranty replacement). CUL. UL. NSF. Model HBH450

Bar Service as a Profit Center • The number one priority of the bartender is to attend to the customer’s needs.

• Cut down on unnecessary footsteps to allow for more time in front of the customer. More time in front of the customer equates to more revenue.

• Strategically place condiment holders for garnishes, salt rimmers and bar caddies for swizzle sticks, stirrers, and napkins so that bartenders have easy access to supplies.

• Each station should have enough supplies for each bartender.

• Every bartender should carry his/her own bottle opener.

F. Coffee Brewers.

If you’re looking for rich, flavorful coffee but are tight on counter space, plug in a Bloomfield Lo-Profile® brewing system. At a little under 19" tall, they’re short in stature but long on features. A ready-to-brew light indicates the proper water temperature to help eliminate brewing guesswork and our patented water delivery system gently spreads a precise amount of water over the coffee grounds for complete saturation and optimum flavor. UL, NSF. Model 8542 8543 8571 9003

Description Koffee King One Warmer Koffee King Two Warmer, In-line Koffee King Three Warmer, Stepped Right Integrity Three Warmer, Automatic Brewer

33

F

34.11_28.new 5/15/11 8:37 PM Page 1

BEVERAGE/BAR EQUIPMENT A. Vita-Prep® 3.

The professional chef’s power tool. The VitaPrep 3, with a 64 oz. clear, high-impact container and wet blade, has the power to blend extra-thick ingredients quickly and smoothly.

The variable speed control allows you to chop, grind, knead, puree, or blend different ingredients at exactly the right speed. Large cooling fan resists overheating. Efficient muffler for quieter operation. Includes a 54-page recipe book. 20"Hx8"Wx9"D. 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 121/2 Amps. UL, NSF. Model 1005

C C. Drink Machine Two-Speed.

Smart machine for efficient, quality blending.

Timer with automatic shut-off allows you to serve other customers while blending, resulting in improved speed of service.

Automatically shifts from low to high during blending for the best quality drinks. Powerful, thermally-protected motor handles dense ingredients without overheating. Includes 64 oz. high-impact, clear stackable container.

20.3"Hx8"Wx9"D, 2 peak HP, 120V, 50/60 Hz, 11.5 Amp. Model 1230

E

A

B. XL Blender System.

Perfect for those chefs at healthcare facilities, hotels and other high-volume establishments who make batches of the same item several times a day. With an impressive 11/2 gallon real blending capacity and 4.2 HP motor, you will increase your efficiency by serving up to 24 (8 oz.) portions in only one blending cycle. Available in two models, programmable or variable speed.

The Tritan™ copolyester container, with removable lid plug, is dishwasher safe and ergonomically designed for ease of use and safety. 64 oz./ 2L container with lid, lid plug, and tamper. UL. NSF. 18.1"Hx8.5"Wx19"D. 120V 50/60 Hz, 15.0 Amp. Model 5201

D. Blending Station® Advance w/Advance Container.

The Blending Station Advance has been engineered for perfection, featuring a powerful 3 peak HP motor and advanced blending technology. The new 48 oz. Advance container has two double sealed bearings and a patented blade that creates a powerful vortex continually circulating ingredients and reduces cavitation. Included are 34 optimized preset programs with option of manual operation. Built-in sound reducing cover.

191/2"Hx91/2"Wx101/2"D, 120 VAC, 50/60Hz, 15 amps.

UL, NSF. Model 36021 D

E. B a r B o s s ® A d v a nc e w / A d v a n c e Container.

The BarBoss Advance is engineered for quality blending. New Advance® container creates faster, smoother pouring and has a longer blade life resulting in time and cost savings along with improved customer experience. Six optimized programs and automatic shut-off means you can turn on, walk away, and consistently blend beverages. Pulse control quickly refreshes drinks. Hardened stainless steel enclosed blade assembly includes two sets of sealed ball bearings. Three year limited warranty.

18"HX8"Wx9"D. 120V, 50/60Hz, 11.5 Amps. UL, NSF. Model 5085

F. The Quiet One Commercial Blender.

Ultimate blender with unparallel sound reduction, exceptional beverage blends and improved speed of service.

Advanced vibration dampening technology provides 4 times the noise reduction over other commercial blenders.

Magnetically secured floating sound enclosure is easy to clean and disassemble. Features variable speed control, automatic shut-off and 6 program buttons with 34 optimized programs for easier, consistent blending. Air management and power 3 peak HP motor reduces noise, improves reliability and reduces down time. Includes 48 oz. high impact, clear stackable Advance® container.

18"Wx8.5"Wx10.7"D, 120V, 50/60Hz, 15 Amp. Model 36019

F

B

G

G. Xtreme Hi-Power Blenders.

Perfect for smoothies, ice cream drinks, or any frozen beverage as well as sauces, soups and many food-prep tasks. Features easy to clean electronic membrane keypad or simple to use paddle switches, heavy duty 31/2 HP peak input motor, one piece dishwasher-safe removable jar pad.

Choose from a 64 oz. unbreakable polycarbonate or stainless steel container. Sound enclosure for quiet operation also available. cETLus. NSF. Limited 3 year motor and 2 year parts and labor warranty.

Model Description With Polycarbonate Container MX1000XT Toggle Switches MX1050XT Elec. Keypad MX1100XT Elec. Keypad & 30 second Timer MX1300XT Elec. Keypad, LCD, 4 re-programmable, adj. speed MX1500XT Elec. Keypad, LCD, 4 re-programmable, adj. speed, sound enclosure With S/S Container MX1000XTS Toggle Switches MX1050XTS Elec. Keypad MX1100XTS Elec. Keypad & 30 second Countdown Timer MX1300XTS Elec. Keypad, LCD, 4 re-programmable, adj. speed MX1500XTS Elec. Keypad, LCD, 4 re-programmable, adj. speed, sound enclosure

34

35.11_28.new 5/15/11 8:41 PM Page 1

BEVERAGE/BAR EQUIPMENT

A B

A. Commercial Blenders.

Performance, Reliability and Value! Designed to deliver more for less— Heavy duty construction, more features and renowned reliability. Clutch coupling system secures container and reduces noise. Unique container “ribs” help push contents into the blades. Features heavy-duty ball bearing stainless blade system, virtually indestructible silicone gasket and polycarbonate stackable container. Two models available: 2 Speed w/48 oz. container (1 HP) or Blender w/Touch Pad and 64 oz. container (2 HP).

Model Description BLE-200 2 HP w/64 oz. Polycarbonate Container BLE-100 1 HP w/48 oz. Polycarbonate Container BLE-1-11606SS 32 oz. S/S Container

C. Glass Frosters.

Push button defrost system, self-contained, no plumbing required. Black, stainless or all stainless exterior. Available in two, three, four and five foot models. 24"Dx34"H. Model Description FR24PS2 2'L, Black FR24SS2 2'L, Stainless Steel FR36PS2 3'L, Black FR36SS2 3'L, Stainless Steel FR48PS2 4'L, Black FR48SS2 4'L, Stainless Steel FR60PS2 5'L, Black FR60SS2 5'L, Stainless Steel

D D. Direct Draw Dispensers.

Perlick’s Direct Draw Dispensers are built tough, but still priced competitively. Units are available with black or stainless steel doors for one, two, three or four kegs. Portable units also available. Dimensions: 24 3/ 4"Dx34 1/ 2"H. For stainless steel models; replace suffix letter "B" with a "S".

Model Description DP32B Portable - 1 Keg, 32"L DS32B Undercounter - 1 Keg, 32"L DS60B Self Contained - 2 Kegs, 60"L DS60S Self Contained - 2 Kegs, 60"L Stainless Steel DS72B Self Contained - 3 Kegs, 72"L DS72S Self Contained - 3 Kegs, 72"L Stainless Steel DS84B Self Contained - 4 Kegs, 84"L DS84S Self Contained - 4 Kegs, 84"L Stainless Steel

C

E. Slant Top Bottle Coolers.

The “Slant Top” has 15% more capacity than traditional bottle coolers—without using more bar space! The Slant Top offers a wide array of options from 4- and 6-ft. models to stainless or black vinyl coated exteriors. Built to last, the Slant Top is dentresistant with heavy-gauged doors, contains 2" foamed-in-place walls which saves on energy costs and adds strength to the unit.

Extremely efficient, the Slant Top provides a balanced refrigeration system, plug-in installation and no drainage is necessary.

Comes standard with a quiet running, high-efficiency compressor and a stainless steel interior.

Model Description ST48B 4-Ft. Black, Holds 20 cs. (12 oz. bottles) ST72B 6-Ft. Black, Holds 32.5 cs. (12 oz. bottles) ST48S 4-Ft. S/S, Holds 20 cs. (12 oz. bottles) ST72S 6-Ft. S/S, Holds 32.5 cs. (12 oz. bottles)

B. Electric Glass Washers & Accessories.

Bar Maid Glass Washers get glassware cleaner, faster using less water and chemicals than most other glass washing systems. Both models install in seconds and require virtually no maintenance. Five spinning brushes scrub inside and out removing tough stuff like lipstick and fruit pulp. Combine with Bar Maid LoSUDS Detergent, sanitizer and test strips and you have the ultimate glass washing system!

Model Description A-200 Upright SS-100 Submersible DET-200 LoSuds Detergent, 4 gal. per cs.

DIS-201 Sanitizer Tablets, 6 bottles/cs, 150 tablets/bottle DIS-202 Quaternary Test Strips, 12 dispensers/cs, 100 tests/dispenser DIS-302 Chlorinated Test Strips, 12 dispensers/cs, 100 tests/dispenser

E

35

36.11_28.new 5/15/11 8:45 PM Page 1

BEVERAGE/BAR EQUIPMENT A

B A. Direct Draw Beer Dispensers.

Cabinets designed to accommodate all types of beer kegs.

Easily maintains 33째F to 38째F. All stainless steel countertop.

Interior stainless steel floor with 1/2" lip and heavy galvanized steel walls. Environmentally friendly forced air refrigeration system. Foamed-in-place, high density polyurethane insulation. 3" diameter insulated beer columns with stainless steel tubes.

Incandescent interior lighting (for all units except TDD-1). Door locks. Optional multiple faucet draft arms available. Shown in Black. Stainless steel also available.

Model TDD-2 shown.

Model Description TDD-1 311/4"x39 3/4"x231/2"L, 1 Door TDD-2 271/8"x37"x587/8"L, 2 Doors TDD-3 271/8"x37"x 691/8"L, 2 Doors TDD-4 271/8"x37"x903/8"L, 3 Doors

B. Back Bar Coolers.

Attractive, wear-resistant laminated heavy duty black vinyl exterior. Stainless steel countertop. Forced air refrigeration system. Interior stainless steel floor with half inch lip and heavy galvanized steel walls. Maintains cold 33째F to 38째F product temperatures. Shown in black. Also available in stainless steel and glass doors.

Model Descri pti on TBB-2 273/4"x37"x587/8"L, 2 Doors, 4 Shlvs Cap.: 134 6-pks TBB-3 273/4"x37"x691/8"L, 2 Doors, 4 Shlvs Cap.: 161 6-pcks TBB-4 273/4"x37"x903/8"L, 3 Doors, 6 Shlvs Cap.: 209 6-pcks TBB-24-48 24 1/2"x355/8"x491/8"L, 2 Doors, 4 Shlvs Cap.: 82 6-pcks TBB-24GAL-48 233/4"x341/4"x477/8"L, 2 Doors, 4 Shlvs Cap.: 82 6-pcks TBB-24-60 237/8"x355/8"x611/8"L, 2 Doors, 4 Shlvs Cap.: 133 6-pks TBB-24GAL-60 233/4"x341/4"x597/8"L, 2 Doors, 4 Shlvs Cap.: 94.5 6-pks TBB-4-PT 31"x37"x903/8"L, 6 Doors, 6 Shlvs Cap.: 193 6-pcks

C

D C. Glasswashers.

Perfect for bars and tight spaces. Champion glass washers clean and sanitize up to 2,000 glasses per hour. Choose from their rotary or pass-through unit, both providing up to 12" of clearance for taller stemware. The three-pump injection system provides precise chemical dispensing. Upper and lower wash and rinse arms produce sparkling clean glasses every time. Fresh, cool water sanitizes glasses in the final rinses so they are ready for immediate use. Model CG shown.

Model Description CG Rotary-Type CG4 Pass-Thru, 381/2"Hx48"W CG6 Pass-Thru, 381/2"Hx72"W

E

D. Horizontal Bottle Coolers.

Unique, conditioned, air circulation is forced evenly over the top row of products for ideal chilling of bottles. Standard features include stainless countertop and lids, durable black vinyl exterior (stainless exterior available), and vinyl-coated storage dividers. Interiors feature long lasting, heavy-duty, galvanized steel.

Large evaporator coil runs the length of the cooler for efficient, balanced cooling.

Model Description TD-36-12 265/8"x333/8"x363/4"L, - 2 bin dividers Cap.: 11 cs / 14.5 cs TD-36-12-S 265/8"x333/8"x363/4"L, - 2 bin dividers Cap.: 11 cs / 14.5 cs TD-50-18 265/8"x333/8/8"x495/8"L, - 3 bin dividers Cap.: 16 1/2 css / 24 cs TD-65-24 265/8"x333/8"x645/8"L, - 4 bin dividers Cap.: 22 cs / 32 1/2 cs TD-65-24-S 265/8"x333/8"x645/8"L, - 4 bin dividers Cap.: 22 cs / 32 1/2 cs TD-95-38 265/8"x333/8"x953/8"L, - 7 bin dividers, Cap.: 37 1/2 cs / 55 cs TD-95-38-S 265/8"x333/8"x953/8"L, - 7 bin dividers, Cap.: 37 1/2 cs / 55 cs TD-24-7 265/8"x333/8"x243/4"L, - 2 bin dividers Cap.: 4.5 cs / 6 cs

E. Stainless Steel Beverage Carts.

Eliminate the need for serving tables by transporting and serving from these attractive carts. Spacious top for coffee urns, cups, snack trays and more. Large drop leaves with rigid swing-out positive locking supports provide extra serving area. Large waterproof and stain resistant laminate top has built-in rails. Stainless shelves and interior provide extra storage. Standard finish is Walnut. Optional finishes: Black, Light Maple and Red Maple. Available in three sizes.

Model Description 672 21"W x 383/8"H x 33"L (leaves down) and 48"L (leaves up) 675 24"W x 383/8"H x 441/8"L (leaves down) and 72"L (leaves up) - w/ doors, Victorian Cherry 676 24:W x 383/8"H x 613/4"L (leaves down) and 96"L (leaves up)

36

37.11_28.new 5/15/11 8:48 PM Page 1

BEVERAGE/BAR EQUIPMENT

A

C

A. Ice Bins.

Complete line of ice bins available in 12" or 15" depths with or without built in 7 circuit high volume solid cast aluminum cold plate for soda systems.

12" deep bin depth is the most popular. For cold plate option add -7 to end of model number.

Features 304 series stainless steel cove corner liner with center drain. Removable bottle racks included. NSF. Shown with optional speed rails.

Model Description 18-24 12"Dx24"L 18-24DP 15"Dx24"L 18-36 12"Dx36"L 18-36DP 15"Dx36"L 18-30 12"Dx30"L 18-24-7 12”D x 24”L w/Built In Cold Plate 18-36-7 12”D x 36”L w/Built In Cold Plate Model BC48-BG BC48-SS BC72-BG BC72-SS BC96-BG BC96-SS BC48-SS BC72-SS

C. Blender/Dump Sink.

The ultimate blender station with large 10"x14"x10" deep sink bowl which can be used as a dump sink or hand sink. Large step down shelf below for Blender and bar accessories. Stainless steel sides. Faucet and drain included.

Available in 12" and 18" widths.

NSF. Model Description 18-12BD 12" Sink 18-18BD 18" Sink

B

B. Royal Series Slide Top Bottle Coolers.

High quality, heavy duty units n 4', 6' and 8' models.

Features include 24" front-to-back to match underbar, stainless steel floors on all units, heavy duty doors and center bar construction for durability, rugged grab bar handles and locks on all doors, easy-to-clean coved corner construction inside, floor drain connected to condensate evaporator pan, easy to service, 5 year compressor warranty. Available in black, stainless steel and all stainless steel exteriors. 115V, Single phase, 60 Hz. Description Case Cap. (12 oz. bottles) Black Vinyl Ext., 4 ft. w/2 divider racks 14.5 Stainless Steel Ext., 4 ft. w/2 divider racks 14.5 Black Vinyl Ext,, 6 ft. w/3 divider racks 25.5 Stainless Steel Ext., 6 ft. w/3 divider racks 25.5 Black Vinyl Ext., 8 ft. w/4 divider racks 35.5 Stainless Steel Ext., 8 ft. w/4 divider racks 35.5 Stainless Steel Ext. & Int., 4 ft. w/ 2 divider racks 14.5 Stainless Steel Ext. & Int., 6 ft w/3 divider racks 25.5

E

D. Closed Glass Storage.

End the storage problem with a 24" wide cabinet that holds three 20"x20" glass racks below.

Stainless steel cabinet with 1" drain on bottom. Also available with solid middle shelf. NSF. Model 18-GSB1

D

F. Royal Series Underbar.

Deluxe line of standard and custom underbar equipment features heavy duty construction built for durability. Full autocad layout and design available. High quality built in sound deadened speedrails. Stainless steel sides and legs. High quality cartridge valve faucets. NSF.

E. Underbar Sinks.

Complete line available in 18" and 21" front to back depth. Features 304 series stainless embossed drainboards, Large 10"x14"x10" deep drawn bowls with rear corner drains. Comes complete with drains, overflows and faucets.

NSF. Shown with optional speed rails.

Model Description 1800 Series 18-33 38" 3-Comp. Sink, No Drainboard, Faucet 18-43L or R 48" 3-Comp. Sink w/Bowl on Left or Right, Faucet 18-53C 60" 3-Comp. Sink w/Bowl in Center, Faucet 18-63C 72" 3-Comp. Sink w/Bowl in Center, Faucet 18-64C 72" 4-Comp. Sink w/Bowl in Center, Faucet 18-73C 84" 3-Comp. Sink w/Bowl in Center, Faucet 18-74C 84" 4-Comp. Sink w/Bowl in Center, Faucet Additional models available.

F

37

38.11_28.new 5/15/11 8:54 PM Page 1

BEVERAGE/BAR EQUIPMENT A. Cambar Designer Series.

Cambro’s Designer Series offers optional appearance upgrades to add to any ambience. Choose from three decor packages. Each package includes an upgraded appearance with in-laid front and side panels and a granite patterned countertop. The Designer Series has all the same features you’ve come to expect — Made of durable polyethylene which won’t dent, crack, rust, chip or break.

Model Description BAR540DS 54"Lx257/8"Wx461/8"H, w/Decorative Cntrtop.

BAR650DS 671/2"Lx281/2"Wx471/2"H, w/Upgraded Decor BAR730DS 723/4"Lx26"Wx48"H, w/Upgraded Decor

B

A

C

C. Maximizer™ Portable Bar. Two-step bar and countertop designed for ease of drink preparation and serving. Molded-in barmat well and built-in cutting board. Sliding storage drawer accommodates mixers, sodas or bus boxes. 15 gallon ice bin with integrated drain and water trap. 5" non-marking casters with brakes.

Fully assembled. 473/4"Hx571/8"Lx255/16"W. Black countertop, skirt and stanchions. Front and side panel colors: Cherry Wood (094), Strainless Steel (44), Traditional Grey (23) or Black Duragrain (03).

Model Description 7550 Maximizer Portable Bar 7555 Maximizer Vinyl Bar Cover

B. Kleen-Plug™.

Helps keep beer taps clean! This durable brush and plug keeps fruit flies out of beer taps. It also removes yeast and sediment for a fresher, better tasting beer. Stepped design fits all tap sizes and can be chained together for ease of use.

Eliminates the time and waste of wrapping beer taps overnight, as required by health codes.

Model Description KLP200 Blister 5-Pack KLP250 Bulk, 50 pcs.

E D. Delta 1200.

12" vertical clearance accommodates taller stemware, glasses and mugs and cleans up to 1,200 glasses per hour. Composite carousel rack prevents damage to glassware. Efficient 1/10 hp wash motor.

Single-switch, auto-fill, auto-stop operation.

Adjustable rinse control allows hot or cold water final rinse for flexible sanitizing methods. Three built-in chemical pumps and convenient onboard chemical storage. Durable 304 stainless steel construction with double-wall insulated cabinet for quieter operation and less heat loss. NSF and c-UL-us listed.

E. Delta 5 Glass Washer.

ENERGY STAR® qualified and rated by NSF as both a dishwasher and glasswasher. Cleans up to 40 racks (1,440 glasses) per hour. Built-in chemical pumps for detergent, rinse aid and sanitizer. 90-second operating cycle with 11 1 / 2 " clearance that accommodates taller wares. Push button start.

Integrated sustainer heater keeps wash water hot between cycles. Easy-to-clean wash arms with removable end caps. Built-in scrap accumulator prevents drain from clogging. Durable 304 stainless steel construction. Adjustable bullet feet. NSF and c-UL-us listed.

D

F. Glass Washers/Handling Stations.

Total glassware efficiency, right under the bar. In only six feet of space, a bartender can prepare, wash and store up to 250 glasses. The Glass Preparation Cabinet provides a sink, spray hose, space for storing racks of dirty glassware and convenient chemical storage. The PKBR24 Glasswasher generates clean sanitary glassware in a quick two minute wash cycle. Glass Storage Cabinets can house up to six racks of clean glassware within arms reach.

Model Description GHS72 Glass Handling Station PKBR24 Glass Washer

F

38

39.11_31.new 5/16/11 11:49 AM Page 1

Cooking Equipment Ranges Convection Ovens Steam Equipment Ventilation Fryers Microwaves Toasters Deck Ovens vs. Conveyor Ovens A deck oven lends itself to a wide variety of menu items.

It is simply designed and usually requires less servicing.

The deck oven requires a higher skill level to operate.

Conveyor ovens reduce bake times and out-produce deck ovens due to the dynamic of forced air. They also offer increased consistency. Because no tending is necessary, conveyor ovens can be used by lesser skilled employees.

The most important piece of equipment in any pizza operation is the oven. Pizza ovens deliver high heat, rapid temperature recovery and a high production environment. These “specialty” ovens range in size from countertop to large, multi-level floor models. The oven is an expensive investment, and selecting the proper one is crucial.

Some things to consider when selecting the right pizza oven for your operation: • How big a footprint is available for an oven?

• What is the volume production necessary during the busiest shift?

• What is the budget for equipment purchases?

• Will more than one oven be needed, or is the unit stackable?

• What is the skill level of the operator?

• What is the available power source?

• Will a ventilation system be required?

A A. XL Series Wolf Challenger Restaurant Ranges.

Stronger. Faster. Better. Stainless steel front, sides, backriser with lift off highshelf and 6" adjustable legs. All welded frame construction. 30,000 BTU/hr open top burners with lift-off burner heads. Flashtube pilot ignition system.

Extra deep pull-out crumb tray. Full size models offer a 35,000 BTU/hr standard oven. Baker’s depth standard oven holds sheet pans front to back and side to side. Adjustable thermostat from 250°F to 500°F. One oven rack, two sets of rack guides and four rack positions. One year limited parts & labor warranty. 24", 36", 48", 60" and 72" size ranges available in a variety of open burner and griddle top combinations.

Model Description C24S-4 24" Space-Saver Oven w/4 Open Burners, 140,000 BTU C36B-4FT12 36" Cabinet Base w/4 Open Burners, 140,000 BTU C36B-FT36 36" Cabinet Base w/36" Fry Top, 60,000 BTU C36C-4FT12 36" Conv Oven w/4 Open Burners, 12" Fry Top, 175,000 BTU C48C-8 48" Conv Oven w/8 Open Burners, 275,000 BTU C48S-2FT36 48" Std Oven w/2 Open Burners, 36" Fry Top, 155,000 BTU C48S-4FT24 48" Std Oven w/4 Open Burners, 24" Fry Top, 195,000 BTU C60CB-10 60" (1) Conv (1) Cab Base w/10 Open Burners, 335,000 BTU Additional models available.

B. S-Series Restaurant Range.

The S-Series restaurant range offers a quality, versatile range for commercial foodservice applications. 24", 36", 48", and 60" widths and a number of top configurations are available. Configurations include combinations of open burners, griddles and hot tops.

Model S36D shown.

Model S36D S36A S36C S24E S24C S48EE S48DC S48AC S60DD S60AA S60AD S60DC S60AC S60CC

39

Description 36" RR, 6 Brnrs, STD Oven 36" RR, 6 Brnrs, CO Oven 36" RR, 6 Brnrs, Cabinet 24" RR, 4 Brnrs, STD Oven 24" RR, 4 Brnrs, Cabinet 48" RR, 8 Brnrs, Dual STD Ovens 48" RR, 8 Brnrs, STD Oven/Cabinet 48" RR, 8 Brnrs, CO Oven/Cabinet 60" RR, 10 Brnrs, Dual STD Ovens 60" RR, 10 Brnrs, Dual CO Ovens 60" RR, 10 Brnrs, STD Oven/CO Oven 60" RR, 10 Brnrs, STD Oven/Cabinet 60" RR, 10 Brnrs, CO Oven/Cabinet 60" RR, 10 Brnrs, Cabinet/Cabinet

B

40.11_28.new 5/16/11 11:50 AM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

A

A. Ultimate 400 Series Restaurant Ranges.

Heavy-duty, versatile solution for commercial food service applications. Meet the needs of any operation with 24", 36", 48" and 60" widths and hundreds of combinations, including the only 5 burner configuration in the industry, stainless steel construction, snap action oven thermostat, 45K BTU standard oven, 32K BTU convection oven, heavy duty counter balance oven door. Choice of cast iron nonclog (33K BTU) burners, star/saute burners (27K BTU) or pyromax (40K BTU) burners. Available with wavy or standard grates, metal knobs with manual gas shut off valve. No charge for optional electronic piezo ignition on open burners and oven. New Charbroiler configurations available in 24" and 36" (32K BTU). Model 4365A shown.

Model 4241-E 4361-D 4361D-2G 4362-D

Description 4 Non-Clog (33K BTU) Burners w/1 Economy Std. Oven 6 Non-Clog (33K BTU) Burners w/1 (45K BTU) Std. Oven 2 Non-Clog (33K) Burners w/24" Griddle & 1 (45K BTU) Std. Oven 6 Non-Clog (27K BTU) Burners w/Wavy Grates & 1 (45K BTU) Std. Oven 4363-D 6 Star/Saute (33K) Burners w/1 Std. Oven 4366-D 2 Pyromax (40K) Burners (rear), 3 Non-Clog (33K) Burners w/1 (45K BTU) Std. Oven 4601-DD 10 Non-Clog (33K BTU) Burners w/2 (45K BTU) Std. Ovens 4601DD-2RR 6 Non-Clog (33K BTU) Burners, 24" Raised Griddle Broiler w/2 (45K BTU) Std. Ovens 4606DD-2GL 3 Non-Clog (33K BTU) Burners, 2 Pyromax (40K BTU) Burners (rear), 24" Griddle (left) & 2 Std. Ovens

B B. Restaurant Series Counter-Top Line.

New countertop line delivers the performance and optimal response time required for professional chefs. Each cooktop is stainless steel, gas operated, provided with an LP conversion kit, and has 4" adjustable legs for easy height variation.

Griddles feature embedded snap-action thermostat, pilot safety valves and thick deep plate for increased production capacity. Charbroilers equipped with 27" chassis with cast iron burners, top grates and radients. Unique underburner deflector system creates a cool zone in the tray and drip areas. Hotplate runs at peak efficiency and has a full-width, easy to empty front crumb tray. Two-piece burner allows ease of cleaning and minimizes impact of spills. Models shown— VCRH36 (left), VCRG36T (middle), VCRB36 (right).

Model Description VCRG24-M1 24" Manual Griddle VCRG36-M1 36" Manual Griddle VCRG48-M1 48" Manual Griddle VCRG24-T1 24" Thermostatic Griddle VCRG36-T1 36" Thermostatic Griddle VCRG48-T1 48" Thermostatic Griddle VCRH12-1 12" Hot Plate, 2 Burner VCRH24-1 24" Hot Plate, 4 Burner VCRH36-1 36" Hot Plate, 6 Burner VCRB25-1 25" Charbroiler VCRB36-1 36" Charbroiler VCRB47-1 47" Charbroiler

C C. Platinum Sectional Ranges.

Designed to withstand the rigors of high-volume restaurants, hotel and institutional kitchens. Heavy duty ranges, griddles, charbroilers, hot tops, fryers and broilers can be combined for a custom line-up to fit the needs of any operation. Heavy duty, stainless steel welded grates; stainless steel front, sides and shelf; front and rear gas; porcelain oven interior fits full size pans in either direction; 2-year parts and labor warranty.

Model Description P32D-BBB SECT 32" 6 Brnr/STD Oven P32D-BBB-SU SECT 32" 6 Brnr/STD Oven, Step-up P32D-CC SECT 32" Chbrlr/STD Oven P32D-GG SECT 32" M-GRID/STD Oven P32D-GRAD SECT 32" GRAD, STD Oven P32D-HH SECT 32" Hot Top/STD Oven P32D-XH-RE SECT 32" 2 Brnr/Hot Top Rear STD Oven P32D-XX SECT 32" 4 Brnr,STD Oven, Pyromax P32-RAD 32" Salamander Radiant Broiler

E

D

Model Description 24-BP-4BS-20 24", 4 Burner, 20" Standard Oven 24-BP-2B-G12-S20 24", 2 Burner, 12" Griddle, 20" Std Oven 36-BP-6B-S30 36", 6 Burner, 30" Standard Oven 36-BP-4B-G12-S30 36", 4 Burner, 12" Griddle, 30" Std Oven 48-BP-8B-S20 48", 8 Burner, 20" Std Oven Additional models available.

E. HDO Series Counter Range.

Available in 2, 4 and 6 burner models. Step-up models provide additional flexibility when working with skillets, and are available on 4 and 6 burner models. Features: 33,000 BTU cast-iron burners with lifetime guarantee against clogging, all stainless steel construction, heavy-duty cast iron split grates, flush top design. 4" stainless steel legs. Fully insulated for zero clearance. Full-width crumb tray. Model HDO24 shown with standard electronic ignition. New rounded front rail to match the Ultimate Restaurant Range!

40

D. Restaurant Series Ranges.

Comes standard with many “best in the industry” features. These ranges are available in multiple configurations to meet every kitchen specification. Features 40,000 BTU burners, 1" thick griddle option, 7" landing ledge, 5 rack positions. Wide variety of cooking chamber sizes include 30" wide ovens and 15" high oven.

Model HDO-12 HDO-24 HDO-24SU HDO-36SU HDO-36

Description HD Counter Open Top,12" - 2 Burner HD Counter Open Top, 24" - 4 Burner HD Open Top Step Up, 24" - 4 Burner HD Open Top Step Up, 36" - 6 Burner HD Counter Open Top, 36" - 6 Burner

41.11_13 5/16/11 11:51 AM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT A. Xcel Premium Convection Ovens.

Blodgett XCEL will ensure your perfect bake time after time ... every time! The Dual Flow Gas system combines direct and indirect heat while the Mark V Xcel wrap-around configuration of electric heating coils enables the blower to distribute heat more uniformly. Standard features include: Fully welded angle iron frame; Double sided porcelain baking compartment liner; Stainless steel front, top and sides; Dual pane thermal glass window(s); Triple-mounted dependent doors; 5 chrome-plated racks (11 rack positions); Stackable. 2 year parts and 1 year labor warranty, 5 year limited warranty on door. Optional casters not included in price.

Model Description DFG100XCEL Sgl Single Gas DFG100XCEL Dbl Double Gas MARK VXCEL Sgl Single Electric MARK VXCEL Dbl Double Electric

A

Model VC44ED VC4ED VC44GD VC4GD VC66ED VC6ED VC6GD VC66GD

C. CNVX/BCX/BX Series Combi/Convection Ovens.

Want the capacity and versatility of both convection and combi?

The Blodgett CNVX/BCX provides both a combi and convection oven in the same compact footprint. The BCX14 Combi offers increased production while decreasing your labor and maintenance. Exclusive “Deliming Indicator” tells you when to delime, with the Deliming Pump, you simply push a button to delime. For more versatility, stack with our CNVX-14 Companion Convection Oven. With the same footprint as the BCX and BX ovens the CNVX is the ideal convection/combi stack. Model BCX-14E shown on CNVX-14E. Optional casters not included in price.

Model BCX-14G BCX14G/CNVX14G BCX-14E BCX-14E/CNVX14E BX-14G BX-14E

Description Gas Combi Gas Combi/Conv. Oven Electric Combi Electric Combi/Conv. Oven Gas Combi (Boilerless) Electric Combi (Boilerless)

B. VC Series Full Size Convection Ovens.

A consistent flow of hot air throughout the oven cavity delivers superior baking and roasting performance.

Choice of two control systems: Solid-state temperature control (D models) adjusts from 150°F to 500°F or electronic control (electric C B models only) with digital time and temperature readout; “Roast & Hold” cycle for unattended cooking; shelf I.D. programming for separate time settings on each rack. One-year limited parts and labor warranty.

Model VC44GD shown.

Description Dbl Electric w/Solid State Controls Sgl Electric w/Solid State Controls Dbl Gas w/Solid State Controls Sgl Gas w/Solid State Controls Dbl Deep Depth Elec. w/Solid State Controls Sgl Deep Depth Elec. w/Solid State Controls Sgl Deep Depth Gas w/Solid State Controls Dbl Deep Depth Gas w/Solid State Controls

C

E

D

Model DFG50 Sgl DFG200 Sgl DFG100 Dbl DFG100 Sgl

D. DFG Standard Convection Ovens.

41% efficiency rating! DFG ovens feature a Dual Flow™ system making the most of the heat by using it twice. Burners below the bake compartment heat exterior air, in turn heating liner walls and generating heat inside the oven. Then, a unique dual blower wheel pulls the hot air from outside the liner into the oven, mixing it with the hot air already present for excellent convection cooking. The DFG200 features an extra-depth baking compartment to accept full-size baking pans.

Description Dual Flow Gas Half-Size Convection Oven, 27,000 BTU Single Dual Flow Gas Full Size Convection Oven, 60,000 BTU Standard Double w/6" S/S legs, draft diverter & flue connector Standard Single w/25" legs & draft diverter

41

E. SG Series Convection Ovens.

Lower profile, ergonomically designed to fit under today’s lowest hoods at comfortable working height. 60,000 BTU/hr. direct fired combustion system in conjunction with exclusive Power Level Control allows operator to adjust heat input to match the oven load. Solid state temperature control is adjustable from 200°F to 500°F. 1/3 HP two speed fan motor. Stainless steel front, sides, top, legs and doors with windows. One year limited parts and labor warranty. Model SG4D shown. Additional options available.

Model SG44D SG4D

Description Double Deck Single Deck

42b.11_28.new 5/16/11 11:53 AM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT A. Marathoner Gold Convection Ovens.

Patented soft heat mixing zone and inshot burners for perfect baking everytime. Ovens available in standard or bakery depth, single or double deck, with standard, cook and hold, programmable controls. 90,000 BTU for both standard and bakery depths. Electric models 11kW per deck. Stainless steel front, sides, legs, top and door seals. Interchangeable control panels. Solid state controls. 140° to 500° thermostat range.

Porcelain enamel interior. 64"H (double deck)—lowest height in the industry! Model GS/15SC shown.

Model Description EH-10SC Electric Single Half Size (Std. Controls) EH-20SC Electric Double Half Size (Std. Controls) ES/10SC Electric Single Full Size (Std. Controls) ES/20SC Electric Double Full Size (Std. Controls) GS/15SC Gas Single Full Size (Std. Controls) GS/25SC Gas Double Full Size (Std. Controls)

A

C. Hydrovection™ .

Move your product from the kitchen to the table quickly with the new Hydrovection™ by Blodgett. The new Hydrovection oven

by Blodgett unites hot air cooking with moisture to produce a quality product faster than standard convection ovens. Its innovative air distribution system combines a multi speed bi-direction/bi-functional blower wheel designed to form a unique air flow pattern resulting in a high quality bake, with increased product yields that generate savings for you. Casters are optional. Model HV-100E

C

D

D. Lang Chef Series™ Convection Ovens.

The most advanced ovens in the industry. Standard features include one shot and pulse steam injection, even baking without rotating pans, cook and hold feature, 6 wire racks with 12-position pan slides, simultaneously opening doors with large, double-pane glass windows and a porcelainized cooking compartment. The Chef Series ovens offer 2 control options (a knob control or a fully programmable, icon-driven control) and can be double stacked for maximum capacity.

Model Description ECSF-ES1 Electric-Full w/EnviroStar Control, 208/240V GCSF-ES1 Gas-Full w/EnviroStar Control, Natural or LP

E. HDC Series Counter Charbroiler.

Charbroil with briquettes or radiants and with the new Southbend design, also grill on an optional griddle.

Features: Two-position, two-sided cooking grids, 40,000 BTU per foot, wide or narrow branding by inverting grates, wide front grease trough. Stainless steel front and sides. 5" stainless steel flue riser. 4" stainless steel legs. Fully insulated for zero side clearance. Field convertible from radiant to briquette cooking, no tools required. Model HDC24 shown with standard electronic ignition. New rounded front rail to match the Ultimate Restaurant Range!

Model Description HDC-24 Counter Chbrlr, 24", Radiant HDCL-24 Counter Chbrlr, 24", Briquettes HDC-36 Counter Chbrlr, 36", Radiant HDCL-36 Counter Chbrlr, 36", Briquettes HDC-48 Counter Chbrlr, 48", Radiant HDCL-48 Counter Chbrlr, 48", Briquettes

B

B. SilverStar Convection Ovens.

Patented soft heat mixing zone and patented inshot burners give operators perfect baking everytime. With 72,000 BTU per deck, SilverStar is available in several sizes to accommodate various kitchen needs. Ovens are available in standard or bakery depth, single or double deck, standard or cook and hold controls and with a variety of interchangeable control panels. Energy star qualified for standard depth convection oven. 60-day money back guarantee. Model SLGS/22SC shown.

Model Description SLES/10SC Electric Single (Std Controls) SLES/20SC Electric Double (Std Controls) SLGS/12SC Gas Single (Std Controls) SLGS/22SC Gas Double (Std Controls)

Charbroiler Tips Use the appropriate grate for the menu selection. Some grates help drain away fat while giving the characteristic charbroiled markings.

Season the grates before the first use by preheating them to open the pores and brushing them with oil.

Be sure to pre-heat the grates before cooking. The hotter the better. This helps reduce sticking.

Dip the food product in seasoned oil before grilling. This also reduces sticking and enhances flavor.

Position the grates on an angle for charbroiling. This helps drain the grease and gives you better control over heat distribution. Well done items go to the top position, farthest away from the heat source so they cook more slowly and thoroughly. Rare items should be in the lower position so they cook rapidly on the outside and leave the inside rare.

E

Wire brush the grates after each use or batch of food product.

42

43b_28.new 5/16/11 11:54 AM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

Featured Chef Chef Gus Bootle

Pueblo Community College Pueblo, CO

Gumbo Ya-Ya 1 cup vegetable oil 1 cup all purpose flour

A

12 cups chopped yellow onion

A. Hearthbake Series Countertop Ovens.

Compact by design, high-volume and inexpensive. Engineered for fast pre-heat and quick recovery, Hearth Bake series ovens deliver precise and balanced cooking and baking results for an unequaled variety of menu items. Ideal for baking, roasting, retherming, warming and holding of pizza, meat, vegetables, breads, deserts, fish and chicken. Bake directly on the hearth deck, on screens, or on baking sheets. Choose gas or electric.

Ovens are stackable. Optional brick lining now available.

Model Description GP-51 Gas Sgl w/2 Decks, 40,000 BTUH GP-52 Gas Dbl w/4 Decks, 80,000 BTUH GP-61 Gas Sgl w/2 Decks, 45,000 BTUH GP-62 Gas Dbl w/4 Decks, 90,000 BTUH P18S Elec Dbl Deck 18"x18" P22S Elec Dbl Deck 21"x21" P44S Elec Four Decks 21"x21" Dbl Oven BK-18 Elec Sgl Deck 18"x18" P22-BL Bricked Lined Dbl Deck 21"x21"

6 green bell peppers, chopped 8 celery stalks, chopped 15 garlic cloves, chopped 11/2 tsp. cayenne pepper 1 cup dry white wine 1/2

cup fresh thyme, chopped

5 bay leaves 1 #10 can of diced tomatoes, drained 1 qt. shrimp stock or clam juice 1 qt. chicken stock 4 lb. Andouille sausage, sliced 3 lb. pulled chicken meat, white and dark 2 lb. sliced frozen okra 4 lb. 26/30 shrimp, peeled & deveined

B. Infrared & Radiant Broilers.

Used by some of the best steakhouses in the world! Intense energy quickly penetrates meat, locking in natural juices and reducing broiling time as much as 50%. Broil in half the time with 1/3 less gas for fuel savings up to 66% over ordinary broilers. Schwank tiles preheat to 1650°F in 90 seconds. Warming oven above broiler. Stainless steel front, sides, and top. 674 sq. inches per rack.

Grease filtration system for clean air intake.

Available with 45,000 BTU standard oven or convection oven.

Heat oil to almost smoking. Add flour and stir constantly until roux is a dark reddish brown. Add onions, peppers and celery. Cook until onions are soft, stirring continually. Add garlic and cayenne. Cook 2 minutes. Add wine, thyme and bay leaves. Bring to boil. Add tomato, shrimp stock, chicken stock, sausage and chicken. Simmer until chicken is cooked through. Add okra, cook to tender. Add shrimp and cook to just tender. Season with salt and pepper. Serve over white rice with chopped parsley garnish.

Note: In New Orleans, “Ya-Ya” refers to “everything in the pot.”

B Model 170 171 P32A-171 270 P32D-3240 P32C-32B P32A-171 P32A-3240

Description Single Deck Infrared Single Deck Infrared w/Warming Oven Sectional Match, Single Deck Infrared w/Std. Range Oven, Warming Oven Double Deck Infrared Sectional Match, Radiant, Single Deck w/Std. Oven Base, & Warming Oven Base Sectional Match, Radiant Single Deck w/Cabinet Base, Warming Oven Sectional Match, Single Deck Infrared w/Warming Oven & Convection Oven Base Sectional Match, Radiant, Single Deck Convection Oven Base & Warming Oven Base

43

C C. Countertop Convection Ovens.

Small Footprint — Large Production! High performing countertop convection ovens are highly reliable and feature stainless steel exterior and interior. Optimum thermal insulation along with advanced airflow design provides uniform baking on all points of all pans!

Model OV-013 shown.

Model Description OV-023 Holds (4) Half Size Pans OV-013 Holds (3) Half Size Pans OV-003 Holds (3) Quarter Size Pans

44.11_13 5/16/11 11:56 AM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

Featured Chef Chef Elizabeth Acevedo Beanwood Coffee Bordentown, NJ

A Tres Leche Cake A. WOLF Achiever Counter Equipment.

For more than 70 years, Wolf equipment has provided the foodservice industry with simple, trouble-free performance, exceptional durability and outstanding energy efficiency. Our Achiever Series AGM Series Griddle offers manual ignition with manual gas valve control fully welded chassis. New bullnose design stays cool in hot kitchens with heavy production needs. Charbroiler features longer landing area for plating dishes, heavy cast iron char-radiant grates and burner dividers which minimize heat transfer to enhance multi-zone cooking capability. Hot Plate has one infinite heat control valve for each burner and easy clean lift-off heads. For a unified look, all share a common backsplash height and labor saving easy clean features.

Model AHP212 AGM36 SCB36 SCB25 SCB47 SCB60 AGM24 AGM48

Description 12" 2-Burner Hot Plate 36" Manual Griddle 36" Charbroiler 25" Charbroiler 47" Charbroiler 60" Charbroiler 24" Manual Griddle 48" Manual Griddle

Model AGM60 AGM72 AHP424 AHP636 AHP848

Description 60" Manual Griddle 72" Manual Griddle 24" 4-Burner Hot Plate 36" 6-Burner Hot Plate 48" 8-Burner Hot Plate

6 large eggs, separated 2 cups granulated sugar 2 cups all-purpose flour 2 teaspoons baking powder ½ cup whole milk 1 teaspoon vanilla extract Cream topping: 1- 14 ounce can evaporated milk 1- 14 ounce can sweetened condensed milk 1 cup heavy cream Icing: 3 tablespoons water ¾ cup granulated sugar 3 large egg whites 1 ripe mango, peeled, seeds removed and thinly sliced Preheat the oven to 350° F. Lightly grease and flour.

Beat egg whites on low speed until soft peaks form.

Add the sugar gradually with the mixer running and peak to stiff peaks. Add the eggs yolks 1 at a time, beat well after each addition. Sift together the flour and baking powder and add to the egg mixture, alternate with milk. (Do this quickly so the batter does not lose volume). Add the vanilla. Bake until golden brown 25 minutes. In blender combine all of the ingredients of the cream topping at high speed. Remove cake from oven and while still warm pour the cream. Let cool to room temp. Cover & refrigerate for at least 4 hrs. For the icing, in a saucepan combine the water and sugar.

Bring to a boil. Cook until the mixture reaches the soft ball stage 235-240° F. Remove from heat. In a medium bowl, beat the egg whites to soft peaks. While beating, add the hot syrup in a stream.

B. Low Temperature Cook & Hold Ovens.

Gently recirculated heated air moves uniformly and consistently around food product. Optional Touch-Matic control lets you cook, roast, bake, rethermalize and hold a wide variety of menu items with the same consistent results every time. Cook by time or use the meat probe to monitor internal cooking temperature and automatically switch the oven from cook to hold mode at the pre-selected temperature. All stainless steel construction. Set of four 5" casters. Choose from Institutional or Restaurant Series.

Model VCH16 shown.

Model VCH16 VCH8 VCH88

Description Holds (16) 18"x26" or (32) 12"x20" Pans Holds (8) 18"x26" or (16) 12"x20" Pans Holds (8) 18"x26" or (16) 12"x20" Pans, 2 Section Oven

C

Model VCCB25 VCCB36 VCCB47 VCCB60 VCCB72

Description 25" 36" 47" 60" 72"

B

C. Low Profile Gas Charbroilers.

Stainless steel front, sides, top rim, backsplash and full width front grease collection drawer. Heavy cast iron radiants, reversible 51⁄4" wide cast broiling grates. Cast-in pitched grease trough in each grate blade. One 14,500 BTU burner for each broiling grate and one control valve for each burner. 4" legs with adjustable feet. 3⁄4" rear gas connection and pressure regulator. Many options available. AGA design certified and NSF listed.

44

D. Electric Countertop Griddles.

Perfect for lighter cooking applications. Available in 24'' and 36'' widths, both D with 13'' depths. Two 70°575°F thermostats. Easy on/off switch for each element. 31/2'' stainless steel adjustable feet. Removable, easy-to-clean, stainless steel catch tray (4 1/ 2 cup cap.).

Griddle plates welded to stainless steel frame. 3/ 8'' plate thickness. 23/4''W grease trough. 31/2'' splash guard Model PG24E shown.

Model Description PG24E 24"W PG36E 36"W

45.11_13 5/16/11 10:26 AM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

A A. Gas Countertop Equipment Unsurpassed performance, combining proven control systems with Wells quality and durability. All units shipped with natural gas configuration. Constructed of 300 series stainless steel for added durability and easy clean up. Available in 3 popular sizes.

Charbroilers feature 25,000 BTU every 6" of grill width. Griddles feature 30,000 BTU per 12" section. Hot Plates feature 26,000 BTU per burner.

C. Griddles.

The perfect addition to your kitchen countertop! Large, heavy cast non-stick griddle has a 21"x12" cooking surface. Its high tech non-stick surface, removable stainless steel grease tray and splash guard make it easy to clean. Even heating throughout griddle surface up to 450°F. On/Off switch with indicator light, power light indicates griddle is turned on. UL Safety and Sanitary approved.

Model CG-10 shown.

Model Description CG-10 21"x12", 120V, 1500 Watts, 120 volts CG-20 21"x12", 220V, 1500 Watts, 220 volts

Model HDHP1230G HDHP2430G HDHP3630G HDCB2430G HDCB3630G HDCB4830G HDGB2430G HDGB3630G HDGB4830G

Description Hot Plate, 2 burner Hot Plate, 4 burner Hot Plate, 6 burner Charbroiler, 24" Charbroiler, 36" Charbroiler, 48" Griddle, 24" Griddle, 36" Griddle, 48"

B B. Underfired Charbroilers.

Bakers Pride charbroilers are renown for durability, reliability and performance. Choose from a wide variety and broad selection of gas underfired charbroilers. Over 70 models available from low-profile countertops to exceptional, large floor models. Features include an array of sizes, optional top grates and dozens of accessories.

Available in radiant, glo-stone, natural or LP gas.

Model XX-10 shown with optional condiment rail.

Model Description XX-10 58" Heavy Duty Counter Top XX-4 26" Heavy Duty Counter Top XX-6 36" Heavy Duty Counter Top XX-8 48" Heavy Duty Counter Top XX-12 69" Heavy Duty Counter Top

C

D

D. Star-Max® Counter Equipment.

This complete line of ruggedly constructed gas and electric griddles, charbroilers, fryers, and hot plates deliver heavy-duty performance and excellent results. One year parts and labor warranty. Heavy gauge stainless steel construction. UL, AGA, NSF. Model Description 536TGD 36" Electric Griddle 36"Wx277/8"Dx151/2"H 624MD 24" Gas Griddle 24"Wx273/4"Dx151/2"H 648TD 48" Thermostat Griddle 48"Wx273/4"Dx151/2"H 5124CD 24" Electric Char-Broiler 24"Wx255/8"Dx141/4"H 6036CBD 36" Gas Char-Broiler 36"Wx253/4"Dx151/2"H Additional models available.

F E E. HDG Series Thermostatic Counter Griddles.

Perfect for the high volume kitchen with the exclusive NO COLD Zone. New snap-action thermostatic controls provide precise temperature settings of 150°F to 400°F. A 1" thick steel griddle plate means quick recovery and even heat on even the fullest loads. New rounded front rail to match the Ultimate Restaurant Range! 30,000 BTU Model Description per foot. Wide spatula-width grease trough for easy HDG-24 24" cleaning. Stainless steel front and sides. Flame HDG-36 36" failure safety device standard. 4" stainless steel HDG-48 48" legs. Fully insulated for zero clearance. Model HDG-60 60" HDG24 shown w/standard electronic ignition.

45

F. Electric Griddle.

Perfect for your busy kitchen—Quickly prepare chicken, beef, fish and grilled vegetable dishes. Constructed of heavy duty stainless steel. Temperature control switch adjusts from 120°F to 570°F. Large 15 1/ 2 "x16" cooking area and 3" front and back splash for protection. Bottom mounted removable grease collection pan for easy cleaning. 120V. 1750 Watts. One year warranty. NSF and CE approved.

Model GRID-16 shown.

Model Description GRID-16 16" Electric Griddle GRID-24 24" Electric Griddle GRID-30 30" Electric Griddle

46.11_13 5/16/11 11:57 AM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

A

A. 900 Series Bake & Roast Deck Oven.

Stainless steel front, top, sides and back; 42"Wx32"D baking compartment; counter balanced doors, heavy chrome plated tubular steel door handle; angle iron frame, aluminized steel combustion chamber and baking compartment; mechanical thermostat and steel deck. Model 961 Single

B

C. Pizza Deck Ovens.

Fully welded angle iron frame ovens with bottom air intake have a full width, dual spring, counter balanced and stainless steel baking door. Oven compartment interior has aluminized steel baking compartment liner. Features two free-floating, easily removable duplex-tube burners.

85,000 BTU’s per section. Temperature control range of 300°F to 650°F. Stainless steel front, sides, and top. 3 year parts and 1 year labor warranty, 5 year limited door warranty. (US and Canada).

Model 1048 Single

B. Creation Express™ Mobile Cooking Cart.

Attractive and compact with a designer flair. Built-in induction stoves for energy efficient cooking. Available with three-stage cooking exhaust filtration system. Stainless steel cabinet and top surface are easy to clean and sanitize. Exterior is laminate over stainless steel, in a choice of standard or custom finishes. Induction stoves are 115VAC with 1500 Watt output.

Power management system (standard) requires 220 VAC 50 amp power supply.

Model Description 2065 Filtration Included, 34"Lx22"Wx401/2"H, 1 stove, 1 filter 2075 Filtration Included, 34"Lx22"Wx401/2"H, 2 stoves, 1 filter 2085 Filtration Included, 48"Lx22"Wx401/2"H, 3 stoves, 2 filters 2060 34"Lx22"Wx351/2"H, 1 stove 2070 34"Lx22"Wx351/2"H, 2 stoves 2080 48"Lx22"Wx351/2"H, 3 stoves

C

D. Holman Ultra-Max® Gas & Electric Conveyor Ovens.

Designed for high volume foodservice operations with limited space. Ovens use hot air under pressure delivering unmatched performance and speed. Air impingement seals in moisture and flavor providing superior food quality. 18" conveyor belt, 24" baking chamber and 4" product opening accommodate a variety of products from 18" pizzas to sub sandwiches.

Stainless steel conveyor belts available in 33" or 50" lengths.

Model Description UM-1854 Gas, 18"Wx54"L Belt, 40,000 BTU/hr.

UM-1833A Electric, 18"W33"L Belt UM-1850A Electric, 18"W50"L Belt ES-UM-1854 Equipment Stand

D

E. BCP Series Combi Ovens.

Reward your staff, customers, owners, and yourself with a Blodgett BCP Combi oven and help reduce labor, energy, and water consumption while increasing the quality, yield, and speed of the food your culinary team produces. The BCP Combi Optima takes control after you set the temperature, humidity, and time or internal temperature and gives you reproducible results, time after time. When it comes to automatic cleaning, no need for proprietary chemicals! Only in a Blodgett. Model BCP-101E shown.

Model BCP-102E BCP-101E BCM-102E BCM-101E

Description Full Size (Base Section Only), Programmable, Holds (16) 12"x20"x21/2" Pans Half Size (Base Section Only), Programmable, Holds (8) 12"x20"x1/2" Pans Manual, Holds (16) sheet pans Manual, Holds (8) sheet pans

E 46

47.11_13 5/16/11 12:05 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

A

B. Artisan Stone Deck Bakery Oven.

Choice of 1, 2, 3 pan wide and up to 4 chamber high with proofer below, or with stainless steel stand. Baking chamber heights–6", 8", 10" and 12". 1" thick refractory stone decks. Independent baking chambers with independent steam each chamber. Energy miser control panel. All stainless steel construction. ETL & ETL Sanitation listed. 1 year parts & labor warranty.

Model Description 1T1 1-Pan Cap., 341/4"Wx44"D 2T1 2-Pan Cap., 561/4"Wx44"D 3T1 3-Pan Cap., 75"Wx44"D 4T1 4-Pan Cap., 75"Wx51"D (Side Load)

B

A. CA Series “Mini” Rack Bakery Ovens.

Exclusive patented fan reversing motor is known for its 100% uniform baking. Made of heavy duty stainless inside and outside. Full view glass doors are brightly lit and come with digital temperature and timer controls. Uniform steam injection system includes an electronic timer which will give you a precise mist everytime for a better quality product (crusty breads, bagels, french baguettes, etc.).

Available in gas or electric. NSF, ETL & ETL sanitation listed. 1 year parts & labor warranty.

Model Description CA6 6-Pan Cap. CAOP6 6-Pan Cap. Proofer: 18-Pan Cap. CA12 12-Pan Cap. CAOP12 12-Pan Cap. Proofer: 32-Pan Cap.

C. Ovens & Oven Proofers.

Compact oven gives high quality hearth bake in a minimum of space. Natural convection and radiant heat design does not dry out product. Each deck individually thermostatically controlled. Stainless steel construction easily cleaned and maintained. Positive magnetic door closure. Bake right on the deck or use full or half size sheet pans.

Model Description OP-4H 4 Half Pan Oven, 8 Half Pan Proofer OP-3 3 Pan Oven, 9 Pan Proofer OP-3SL 3 Pan Oven, 9 Pan Proofer Slim Line DO-PB-G 6 Pan Oven, 16 Pan Proofer DO-PB-9-G 9 Pan Oven, 24 Pan Proofer DO-PB-12-G 12 Pan Oven, 32 Pan Proofer NCO-2H 2 Half Pan Oven, (21"Dx28"Wx21"H) DO-2H-CT 2 Half Pan Oven, (28"Dx261/2"Wx311/4"H) DO-3-CT 3 Pan Oven DO-6 6 Pan Dbl Oven DO-12-G 12 Pan Dbl Oven DO-16-G 16 Pan Dbl Oven DO-18-G 18 Pan Dbl Oven

C

Featured Chefs

Chef Will Mooney The Brothers Moon Hopewell, NJ

D D. Y Series Deck Ovens.

Designed for high volume, quality pizza baking. Features hearth decks and unique microslide top and bottom heat controls. Gas powered at 120,000 BTU per oven and may be stacked two high. Stainless steel exterior. Deck size: 60"x36".

Bakes six large pizzas at a time. DSP models are designed for display kitchens, decorated with brick, tile or stone finishes.

Natural or LP gas. Model Y-602 shown with optional casters.

Other models available in gas or electric. Optional brick lining now available.

Model Description Y-600 Single, 6 Lg. Pizzas/ 120,000 BTUH Y-602 Double, 12 Lg. Pizzas/ 240,000 BTUH Y-602-DSP Double, Built-In Display Ovens/ 240,000 BTUH

Honey and Almond Glazed Salmon Serves 8 3 lb. Salmon fillet, cut in 6 oz. portions 4 Tbsp. honey 4 Tbsp. sliced almonds 2 Tbsp. soy sauce 1 tsp. sesame oil 1 tsp. grated ginger Salt and pepper to taste Combine honey, almond slices, soy, sesame and ginger. Rub onto salmon fillets. Bake in pre-heated 350-degree oven for 9 minutes.

47

48.11_28.new 5/16/11 11:59 AM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

B A

B. Griddle Tops and Broilers.

Ideal for restaurant, school and institutional use. Portable griddle tops (2-burner and 4-burner) are made of heavy gauge 3/16" steel and include heat resistant handles. Add-on griddle tops (2-burner and 4-burner) are made of heavy gauge 3/16" steel. Each includes a removable stainless steel grease drawer and specially designed rear flue. The add-on broiler (2-burner) is made of 10 gauge steel with a grid constructed of 1/4" steel rods. Includes a removable stainless steel grease drawer.

Model Description 133-1002 Griddle, Add On (2 Burner) 133-1003 Griddle, Add On (4 Burner) 133-1008 Griddle, Portable (2 Burner) 133-1009 Griddle, Portable (4 Burner) 133-1207 Broiler, Add On (2 Burner)

A. Impinger II Express.

Electric baking/finishing oven is self-contained, conveyorized and stackable up to 3 high. Temperature range of 250°F to 575°F. Adjustable conveyor speed from 1 to 30 minutes cooking time. Solid front door with access opening allows product to be placed on moving conveyor inside the baking chamber when a shorter cook cycle is desired. Crumb pans located below the conveyor belt outside the baking chamber. And don’t forget about the Impinger® Express new frontloading easy to remove conveyor. Available with optional FastBake™ technology.

Model Description 1116-000-U Nat. Gas, U.S. AGA/CGA-120V, 7 Amp, 1Ph, 60Hz 1117-000-U L.P. Gas, U.S. AGA/CGA-120V, 7 Amp, 1Ph, 60Hz 1130-000-U Electric, UL/CSA-208V, 48 Amp, 1Ph, 60Hz, 10kw 1131-000-U Electric, UL/CSA

C

C. Digital Countertop Impinger (DCTI).

Small. Versatile. Powerful. Large-oven capacity almost anywhere you need it. Lincoln’s Digital Countertop Impinger is small enough to fit on most commercial countertops but has capacity capability to replace a half-sized convection oven or up to five microwaves. And now with new updated digital controls, reversing conveyor direction, adjusting speed and temperature are now controlled with the push of a button.

The Digital CTI new controls also feature four pre-set menu buttons that include digital time and temperature display. Uniform heating/cooking of food products offer a wide tolerance for rapid baking of varied menu items at varied temperatures. The possibilities are endless.

Model Description 2501/1353 Electric, Stackable 2 High, 208V, 30amp, 1Ph, 60Hz, digital control panel w/ 31" standard conveyor 2502/1353 Electric, Stackable 2 High, 240V, 30amp, 1Ph, 60Hz, digital control panel w/ 31" standard conveyor 2501/1346 Electric, Stackable 2 High, 208V, 30amp, 1Ph, 60Hz, digital control panel w/ optional 50" conveyor 2502/1346 Electric, Stackable 2 High, 240V, 30amp, 1Ph, 60Hz, digital control panel w/ optional 50" conveyor

D

D. Heavy Duty Griddles.

Expanded temperature control range 200°F to 550°F. Dual ignition (automatic electric and manual). 1" thick polished steel griddle plate with welded back and side splashes. 27,000 BTU/hr U-shaped aluminized steel burners every 12". One pilot safety valve for every two burners; safely shuts off gas supply if pilot extinguishes. 120V, 50/60 Hz, 1 Amp. Model 960RX shown on optional stand with casters.

Model Description 924RX 24" 936RX 36" 948RX 48" 960RX 60" 972RX 72"

48

49.11_13 5/16/11 12:00 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

A

A. Roller Grills.

These roller grills are sure to help you roll in the profits with 360° of rotation! Available in 5, 7 and 9 rollers, we offer a size for large and small establishments. The 7 and 9 roller models offer two independent knobs to control front and back rollers. Body constructed of 304 stainless steel with a high torque motor providing reliability, long life and low maintenance. Easy to clean. 120V/50Hz. Sneeze guards available.

Model RG-07 shown.

Model Description RG-05 5-Roller Grill, Holds 12 Hot Dogs (223/4"x81/2"x8") RG-05/COV Acrylic Sneeze Guard for RG-05 RG-07 7-Roller Grill, Holds 18 Hot Dogs (223/4"x12"x8") RG-07/COV Acrylic Sneeze Guard for RG-07 RG-09 9-Roller Grill, Holds 24 Hot Dogs (223/4"x151/3"x8") RG-09/COV Acrylic Sneeze Guard for RG-09

B B. Sterno Butane CulinaryJet. Ignite the Art of Fine Dining™ — with a Butane Innovation! This sleek, portable jet-flame burner brings cooking out of the kitchen and offers you a world of dynamic, new possibilities for meeting guest dining desires. Stainless steel body with heat-resistant handle. Heavy-duty, tip-free base and cooking stand. One-hand, instant start Piezo ignition with safety button. Fingertip adjustable flame. Refills with Sterno ® Butane Fuel in 25 seconds—up to 90 minutes of continuous use.

Built-in safety features provide a great opportunity for a more interactive, engaging dining experience. Model ST06005

D. Mini JetStar™ 4 oz.

Popcorn Popper.

The mini JetStar™ can be placed in small kiosks, coffee shops, small business lobbies, break areas, rental facilities and other small foodservice operations. Four ounce popper is perfect for your home theater, office, recreation room, kitchen or whenever you might want to pop and dispense popcorn. 157/8"Wx147/8"Dx233/4"H.

C C. Hot Dog Steamer & Bun Pan Warmer.

Constructed of stainless steel, this hot dog steamer will steam your dogs to perfection! Features all day steaming with a 6 quart capacity water pan and adjustable thermostat. Convenient humidity control system in bun compartment keeps buns fresh while your hot dogs steam.

Tempered glass on both sides provides excellent merchandising.

Capacity: 100 standard hot dogs and 36-48 buns. 120V, 1000W, 8.3 Amps. CE approved and ETL listed. Model HDS-1000W.

D

F. Butane Products.

Foodservice professionals can’t beat the selection of Butane Equipment and Fuel options from Candle Lamp Company.

Commercial-quality portable butane stove features 8,000 BTU, solid brass burner, auto piezo ignition switch and boilto-simmer heat range. Carrying F case included. Butane Torch helps add the perfect touch to créme brulées and other specialty desserts.

Long Reach Lighters provide the safe way to light candles, chafing fuels and other professional equipment.

Model Description M0001-12 CLC Butane Lighter M0003 CLC Butane Fuel M0014 Butane Torch M0010 Butane Stove

E E. Grill-Max® Electronic Roller Grills.

Star’s patent-pending electronically controlled roller grills provide the latest technology for heating and holding hot dogs and other specialty products designed for roller grills. Electronic controls significantly improve multi-zone temperature control throughout entire grill surface.

This technology breakthrough significantly improves food safety and minimizes product waste as a result of accurate temperature control.

LED display provides temperature reading for both the cook and hold cycles.

Model Description 30CBDE 30 Hot Dog/32 Bun Cap., Chrome 30CE 30 Hot Dog Cap., Chrome 30SCE 30 Hot Dog Cap., Duratec 50CBDE 50 Hot Dog/48 Bun Cap., Chrome 50CE 50 Hot Dog Cap., Chrome 75CBDE 75 Hot Dog/48 Bun Cap., Chrome 75CE 75 Hot Dog Cap., Chrome 75SCBDE 75 Hot Dog/48 Bun Cap., Duratec Additional models available.

49

50.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:01 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

A

A. Ultra-Max Heavy Duty Cooking Equipment.

Heavy-duty back-kitchen equipment designed for high volume operations. All Ultra-Max equipment features welded steel frame construction with heavy duty stainless steel front and side panels.

Radiant charbroilers available in 5 sizes and feature 20,000 steel tubular BTU burners every 6" of grill width. Griddles available in 5 sizes, 2 griddle surfaces and 3 temperature control systems. Hot Plates available in 4 sizes. 1 year parts and labor warranty; 3 year warranty on charbroiler steel radiants.

Model Description 824M 24" Griddle (Manual Control) 836M 36" Griddle (Manual Control) 824T 24" Griddle (Throttling Thermostatic Control) 836T 36" Griddle (Throttling Thermostatic Control) 824TS 24" Griddle (Snap Action Thermostatic Control w/Safety Pilot) 836TS 36" Griddle (Snap Action Thermostatic Control w/Safety Pilot) 848TS 48" Griddle (Snap Action Thermostatic Control w/Safety Pilot) 824TSCHS 24" Griddle (Chromium Plate w/Snap Action ) 836TSCHS 36" Griddle (Chromium Plate w/Snap Action ) 8124RCB 24" Charbroiler (Radiant) 8136RCB 36" Charbroiler (Radiant) 802H 12" Hot Plate, 2 Controls, 60,000 BTU 804H 24" Hot Plate, 4 Controls, 120,000 BTU 8036CB Charbroiler 36" (Lava Rock) Additional models available.

Determining If Your Fryer Can Keep Up With Demand Fryer productivity is usually measured by pounds of product per hour. Generally, a fryer that will handle a minimum of 80 pounds of French fries per hour is sufficient. In smaller, less demanding environments a 65 lb. fryer may be sufficient.

Frying Oil Life The life of the frying oil can be indefinitely prolonged by filtering the fat twice every day (or at the end of every shift) and then adding 10% new oil which is enough to rejuvenate the original oil.

(If less than 10% of the oil was absorbed by the fried products, dip out enough to permit the addition of the 10% new oil. The oil removed can be used on the griddle or for other cooking needs.)

For example, for a 35 lb. fryer, 31/2 lbs. of fresh oil must be added. With this method, high annual savings in fat costs can be realized.

B B. Roller Grills.

Cooks hot dogs, brats and sausages!

• Two convenient, easy-to-use sizes • 11x chrome plated rollers • Stainless steel construction • Energy regulator control for front and back rollers • Individual heating element within each roller • Individual 360º roller rotation • Removable, easy-to-clean, stainless steel catch tray • Non-slip rubber feet • 4-foot power cord • Optional sneeze guard cover available.

Model RG50 shown.

Model Description RG30 Holds 30 hot dogs RG50 Holds 50 hot dogs

C

C. Ventless Fryers, Griddles & Cooktops.

GO VENTLESS—The impossible is possible with Wells Ventless hoods.

These appliances use an exhaust hood that is not directly connected to the outside. Self contained ventilation system includes an integral fire suppression system that solves challenging traditional ventilation problems (high rises, historical locations, sports venues, etc.).

Selections include base models with convection oven, drawer warmers or cabinets. Cook-top with fryers, griddles, hotplates or combinations to meet your needs. Model WVO2HFG shown.

Oil Filters

If you fry breaded, watery or battered products in large quantities, you will need to filter more often. Remember to rinse well. Soap residue is the number one enemy of cooking fat as it accelerates cooking fat breakdown.

Oil Breakdown

According to several master fry chefs, water is one of the major causes of rapid breakdown of cooking oil. Ideally, if a balance can be maintained between the frying of dry items (i.e. breaded products) and wet items (i.e. frozen French fries) the life of the cooking oil can be considerably extended. When this is not possible, and most or all of the fried items are wet, several slices of dried bread can be nested between the twin baskets periodically, and “fried” to absorb the water which has been added by the wet products.

Model Description WVF866RW-208 Dual Auto-Lift Fryers & Dual Drawer Warmer Base, 208/3 WVF866RW-240 Dual Auto-Lift Fryers & Dual Drawer Warmer Base, 240/3 WV02HSG 24" Griddle, 2 Spiral Cooktop w/Convection Oven Base, 208/3 WV04HF 4 French Plate w/Convection Oven Base, 240/3 WVO4HS WVO4HS 4 Spiral Hot Plates w/Convection Oven Base, 208/3 WVG1363 Gridddle Top & Cabinet Base WV4HF WV4HF 4 French Plate Cooktop & Cabinet Base WV4FRW 4 French Plate Cooktop & Dual Drawer Warmer Base WV4HS WV4HS 4 Spiral Plate Cooktop & Cabinet Base WV4HSRW 4 Spiral Plate Cooktop & Dual Drawer Warmer Base WVPE-30F 30 lb Fryer Electric Timer, 208 WVAE55F 55 lb Fryer Electric Timer, 240 Additional models available.

50

51.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:02 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT A. MJ Performance Gas Fryers.

Master Jet Series Performance gas fryers are designed for high-volume frying and controlled performance. The open-pot design is easy to clean. Master Jet burner system distributes heat evenly around the frypot. The reliable, centerline fast-action temperature probe ensures accurate temperatures right where the food is being cooked. Millivolt controller is standard and requires no electrical connection. Controller and built-in filtration options are available.

Shown with optional casters.

Model Description MJ45E-SD 122,000 BTUH, thermostat controller, signal lights, on-off switch S/S Pot/Door, Enam Cab, 50-lb. Oil capacity, 69-lbs. fries/hr.

MJ35E-SD 110,000 BTUH, thermostat controller, signal lights, on-off switch,S/S Pot/Door, Enam Cab, Signal Lights, 40-lb. Oil capacity, 57-lbs. fries/hr.

MJCFE-SD 150,000 BTUH,thermostat controller, signal lights, on-off switch S/S Pot/Door, Enam Cab,80-lb. Oil capacity, 80-lbs. chicken/hr.; 100-lbs. fish/hr.

Additional models available.

A

C. Standard Open-Pot Gas Fryer.

Standard gas fryers are designed for versatile frying production and solid performance. Open frypot design is easy to clean. Master Jet burner’s durable metal targets create a large heat-transfer area for reliable, even heat distribution. Deep cold zone with sloping bottom and 11/4" IPS ball-type drain valve. Durable temperature probe senses temperature changes and activates burner response. Shown with optional casters. LP also available.

Model Description GF14-SD 100,000 BTUH, millivolt controller 40-lb. oil cap., 65-lbs. French fries/hr.

GF40-SD 122,000 BTUH, millivolt controller 50-lb. oil cap., 80-lbs. French fries/hr.

D

C

D. Portable Oil Filters.

Easy-to-use portable filters are specifically designed to extend oil life and maintain food quality by filtering out sediment and oil breakdown by products. Compatible with most fryers, comes standard with a gravity drain (S models). Available with a reversible pump feature (R models). Powerful 4 GPM steel gear pump (1/3 HP motor) filters 50-lbs. of oil in 5 minutes.

5' hose reaches frypot to wash down crumbs from walls and bottom and return filtered oil to the frypot. Comes standard with cover and fold-down handles. UL. NSF. CE. Model Description PF50S 50 lb. cap., Std. Gravity Drain PF50R 50 lb. cap., Reversible Pump MF90OU/80LP 80 lb. cap., Low Profile, Gravity Drain

E. Pasta Magic™ Gas Cookers.

Endless pastabilities for your operation! State-of-the-art features and benefits for quick, consistent and perfect pasta every time. Open, easyto-clean cookpot design. Stainless steel cookpot, front and door, enamel sides and aluminized-steel bottom. High-efficiency, infrared burners; 80,000 Btu/hr. 18"x24"x8" cooking area. 14 gallon (53 liter) water capacity. Programmable timer controller. Electrical components are separated from the heating source and protected from moisture. Large overflow drain. Auto-fill/skim. Model GPCSD w/Enamel Cabinet shown with optional casters.

E

Model GPCSD GPCBSD

Description Pasta Cooker,w/timer controller, auto-fill/skim, S/S cookpot, front and door, enamel sides Pasta Cooker w/automatic timed Basket Lifts, timer controller, auto-fill/skim, S/S cookpot, front and door, enamel sides GPCRSD Pasta Cooker w/Rinse Tank timer controller, auto-fill/skim, swing-away hot/cold rinse faucet, S/S cookpot, front and door, enamel sides GPCRBSD Pasta Cooker w/Basket Lifts & Rinse Tank, timer controller, auto-fill/skim, swing-away hot/cold rinse faucet, S/S cookpot, front and door, enamel sides

51

B B. Shortening Disposal Units.

Shortening Disposal Units are designed for safe and easy removal of waste oil from the kitchen to the disposal container.

Available in 50-lb, 90-lb and 100-lb capacities. Low center of gravity provides stability when transporting or operating the unit. Heavy-duty manual pump can empty 50-lbs. of oil in less than 60 seconds.

One-way check valve for easy priming of pump. Large 6" high-strength wheels provide easy transporting of oil, even across parking lots, and no lifting is necessary.

Model Description SDU50 50 lb. Oil Cap. SDU90 90 lb. Oil Cap.

F. High-Efficiency, Open-Pot, Gas Fryers.

High efficiency open pot gas premium fryers.

ENERGY STAR® rating saves thousands of dollars annually on energy costs. Standard features include 50-lb. oil cap., 14"x15" fry F area, 80,000 BTUH, infrared burner, analog controller, electronic ignition, melt cycle, boil-out mode, and signature open-pot design is easy to clean. And, Frymaster’s patented built-in FootPrint Filtration System puts filtration where it’s most convenient to use—right within the fryer—eliminating the need for additional floor and storage space.

Shown with optional built-in filtration, CM3.5 controller and casters.

Model H55SD Model Description H55SD 80,000 Btu/hr.,full pot with analog controller w/o filtration, 68-lbs. fries/hr.

FPH55SD 80,000 Btu/hr.,full pot with analog controller w/built-in filtration, 68-lbs. fries/hr.

52.11_28.new 5/16/11 9:39 AM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

Featured Chef

Chef Sholem Potash Owner of Culinary Depot Monsey, NY

Potato Pudding (Kugel) *Traditional Jewish Soul Food

A

Yield: 12 pieces 5 lb. bag Idaho potatoes 2 medium size onions 9 eggs

A. Single and Double Deep Fryers w/Faucet.

Cook up to 25 lbs. of food per hour per tank in Adcraft’s new deep fryers with faucet. Each tank has a faucet which allows for worryfree removal of oil. Constructed of heavy duty stainless steel for durability, each tank comes with a heavy duty fryer basket.

Temperature control switch adjusts from 120°F to 375°F. Each tank has a capacity of 6 liters. The double fryer includes two cords so one fryer can be used at a time. 208V, 3250W per tank.

Model Description DF-12L/2 25 lbs./hr. Double Tank w/Faucet DF-12L 25 lbs./hr. Single Tank w/Faucet

8/9

cup of canola oil

1/4

cup water

1 Tbsp. salt 1/4

tsp. black pepper

Preheat oven to 500 degrees. Peel potatoes, onions and grate extra fine (by hand or food processor). In a separate bowl combine eggs, oil, water, salt & pepper; beat well. Combine the potato- onion mixture to the egg mixture & mix well. (Act quickly because letting the potatoes sit will cause them to get brown) Grease 9 x 13 pan and bake at 500 degrees for 20 minutes then lower to 350 degrees and bake for an additional 11/2 hours. Top of potato kugel should be golden brown.

Remove from oven, cut 3 x 3 squares & serve Hot!

B

B. Single and Double Deep Fryers.

Cook up to 15 lbs. of food per hour per tank in Adcraft’s new deep fryers.

Constructed of heavy duty stainless steel for durability, each tank comes with a heavy duty fryer basket. Temperature control switch adjusts from 120° to 375°. Each tank has a capacity of 6 liters and includes small handles for easy cleaning. The double fryer includes two cords so one fryer can be used at a time. 120V, 1750W per tank.

Model Description DF-6L/2 15 lbs./hr. Double Tank Fryer DF-6L 15 lbs./hr. Single Tank Fryer

C. High Efficiency Tube-Type Gas Fryers.

High efficiency gas tube-type fryers designed for high-volume frying and maximum energy efficiency. Thermo-Tube design ensures high-efficiency heat transfer system and Thermatron™ controller ensures quick burner response to temperature changes. Robust, RTD 1° compensating temperature probe for pinpoint oil temperature accuracy.

Wide cold zone and forward-sloping bottom help collect and remove sediment from the frypot to safeguard oil quality and make routine frypot cleaning easy. Shown with optional CM3.5 controller and filtration.

Model HD50G HD60G HD63G HD65G CFHD60G/MC

Description 95,000 BTUH, 50-lb. oil cap., 14"x14" fry area, 4" cooking depth, 72-lbs. fries/hr.

125,000 BTUH, 80-lb. oil cap., 18"x18" fry area, 4" cooking depth, 107-lbs. fries/hr.

125,000 BTUH, 90-lb. oil cap., 18"x18" fry area, 5" cooking depth, 99-lbs. fries/hr.

125,000 BTUH, 100-lb. oil cap., 18"x18" fry area, 6" cooking depth, 78-lbs. fries/hr.

125,000 BTUH, 80-lb. oil cap., 18"x18" fry area, 4" cooking depth-w/85UFF filtration system and matching cabinet, 107-lbs. fries/hr

52

C

53.11_13 5/16/11 12:03 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT Fryer Maintenance Routines •

Filter the oil frequently, at least once a day.

•

Maintain oil temperature around 340°F. Oil will break-down at double the rate for every 10° over 350°F.

•

Keep your oil free of any contaminants such as: Water–never load frozen foods over the fry pot.

Soap–clean, rinse and dry the pot extremely well.

Salt–never salt your food over the oil.

Food particles–Frequently skim off floating particles using a skimmer screen and remove particles that fall into the cold zone with a fryer scoop.

A. GR Series Fryers.

Choose the fryer you need to fit your menu. GR Series Gas Fryers set the standard for productivity, ease of use and time-saving convenience. Select a 35, 45, 65 or 85 lb. fry compound capacity model. Stainless steel front and sides. 16 gauge stainless steel tank. 53% efficiency, 867°F flue temperature. 1" full port drain valve for faster draining and less clogging. Hi-limit gas shut-off. Twin fry baskets with plastic coated handles for easy handling.

“GR” Series Fryers are available filter ready or in batteries with the KleenScreen Filtration System.

Model GR65 shown.

Model Description 1GR35M Millivolt, 90,000 BTU, 35 lb. cap.

1GR45M Millivolt, 120,000 BTU, 45 lb. cap.

1GR65M Millivolt, 150,000 BTU, 65 lb. cap.

1GR85M Millivolt, 150,000 BTU, 85 lb. cap.

Additional models available.

Air & Light–cover the fryer at night or when not in use.

French Fries Si ze

Desi red Conditi on

Fry Time

1

/4 cut

Raw to done

5 min.

1

/4 cut

Blanched

21/2 min.

3

/8 cut

Raw to done

6 min.

3

/8 cut

Blanched

3 min.

B. KleenScreen Filtration System.

GR series gas stainless steel fryers are top performers that can match the demands of any size operation. The Kleenscreen Plus Filtration System saves time and extends oil life. 304 stainless steel fry tank with twin baskets. 53% thermal efficiency. 1" full port drain valve (1 1/ 4" on 85 lb models). 1/2" rear gas connection (single fryers) or 11/4" rear gas connection (batteries). Available with Millivolt, Solid State or Computer controls. Electronic ignition standard on (D) and (C) controls.

Model Description 2GR45CF 2 Fryer Battery w/KleenScreen Computer Controls, 45-50lbs. Cap. per tank 2GR45DF 2 Fryer Battery w/KleenScreen Solid State Controls, 45-50 lb. Cap. per tank 2GR45MF 2 Fryer Battery w/KleenScreen Millivolt Control, 45-50lbs. Cap. per tank Additional models available.

B D

C. Super Marathon Standard Tube-Type Gas Fryers.

Designed for versatile frying production and solid performance.

Thermo-Tube heat transfer system ensures outstanding reliability and durability. Oil capacity options accommodate a wide range of frying needs—everything from French fries to bone-in chicken. Durable temperature probe ensures accurate temperature for reliable heat-up, cook and recovery. Wide cold zone and forward-sloping bottom collect and remove sediment from frypot to safeguard oil quality and make routine frypot cleaning and oil filtration convenient. Millivolt controls require no electrical hookup. Shown with optional casters.

C

Model SM60G SM40G SM50G SM80G SM20G-2

A

Description 150,000 Btu/hr., 75-lb. Oil Cap, 86-lbs. fries/hr.

105,000 Btu/hr., 43-lb. Oil Cap, 57-lbs. fries/hr.

120,000 Btu/hr., 50-lb. Oil Cap, 60-lbs. fries/hr.

165,000 Btu/hr., 100-lb. Oil Cap, 104-lbs. fries/hr.

50,000 Btu/hr., 23-lb. Oil Cap. (Half-Size)

53

D. Countertop Fryers.

Deep fries product in limited quantities, including French fries, onion rings, chicken, donuts, fish fillets, shrimp...and more!

• Stainless steel construction • 70˚F to 375˚F thermostat • Thermal limit control with “Hi Limit” control and reset • Removable, easy-to-clean control box and element • 31/2'' stainless steel adjustable feet • Removable, easy-to-clean oil pan • Two chrome-plated fry baskets with insulated handles • Built-in nesting hooks • Swing-up element • Easy-to-lift out fry pot with handles • 4-foot power cord (dual power cords on CPF32) Three sizes to choose from—10 lb., 16 lb., 32 lb.

Model PF32E shown.

Model PF10E PF16E PF32E

Description 10 lb. oil cap.

16 lb. oil cap.

32 lb. oil cap.

54.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:04 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT A. Solstice FD Filter Drawer/Frying System.

The new Filter Drawer System adds 40-50% to your oil life. Faster cooking and more cooking power for quality production and increased profits. New burner design improves efficiency over 13%. Two-step filtering makes for ease of filtering. Filter drawer designed to fit under fryers; no extra space required under hood. Upgraded controls aid the cooking process by controlling cooking times and temperatures for a more consistent product.

Model Description SG14S-SSTC/FD-FFF 3 Full Tank Fryers, Solid State Control, 110,000 BTU/40-50 lb.

14"x14" Frying area, w/Filter Drawer under fryer filtration SG14S-D/FD-FFF 3 Full Tank Fryers, Digital Control, 110,000 BTU/40-50 lb.

14"x14" Frying area, w/Filter Drawer under fryer filtration SG14S-C/FD-FFF 3 Full Tank Fryers, 12 Computer Control, 110,000 BTU/40-50 lb.

14"x14" Frying area, w/Filter Drawer under fryer filtration SG14S/FD-FFFF 4 Full Tank Fryers, Millivolt Control, 110,000 BTU/40-50 lb.

14"x14" Frying area, w/Filter Drawer under fryer filtration SG14S-SSTC/FD-FFFF 4 Full Tank Fryers, Solid State Control, 110,000 BTU/40-50 lb.

14"x14" Frying area, w/Filter Drawer under fryer filtration Additional models available.

A

B. Solstice Supreme High Efficiency Fryer.

Pitco Solstice Supreme series offers the Energy Star rating on these models resulting in gas savings, energy efficiency, and faster production. A self-cleaning burner (patent pending) is a 30 second automatic cycle that engages each time the fryer is turned on which allows the operator maintenance free service for the life of the fryer. Also, a Down Draft Protection (patent pending) system is standard that prevents errors from ventilation issues. Safe-Efficient-Low cost of ownership!

Model Description SSH55-SSTC-SS Full Tank, 80,000 BTU,14"x14" Fry Area, SS Cabinet SSH55T-SSTC-SS Twin, 40,000 BTU ea., 7"x14" Fry Area, SS Cabinet SSH75-SSTC-SS Full Tank, 105,000 BTU, 18"x18" Fry Area, SS Cabinet SSH60-SSTC-SS Full Tank, 80,000 BTU, 14"x18" Fry Area, SS Cabinet SSH60W-SSTC-SS Full Tank, 100,000 BYU, 18"x14" Fry Area, SS Cabinet

C. Solstice™ Gas Fryers.

Solstice fryers allow you to cook more product, more efficiently and provide an improved operating environment with cooler flue temperatures. Less labor and downtime.

Choice of two nickel-plated, oblong, wire-mesh baskets or one nickel-plated, square, wire-mesh basket. Self cleaning burners standard on solid state and computer controls. Available with Filtration System.

B

Model Description SG14 50 lb. Oil Cap., 110,000 BTU, 14"x14" Fry Area (Stand Alone) SG18 90 lb. Oil Cap., 140,000 BTU, 18"x18" Fry Area (Stand Alone) SG14R 50 lb. Oil Cap., 122,000 BTU, 14"x14" Fry Area (Stand Alone) SG14RS Full Tank (s/s) Millivolt 14"x14" SG14RS-D Full Tank (s/s) Digital 14"x14" Fry Area SG14S Freestanding Full Tank (s/s) Millivolt 14"x14" Fry Area SG18S 90 lb. Oil Cap., 140,000 BTU, 18x18 Fry Area (Stand Alone) Millivolt SG14RS-C Computer-Full Tank (s/s) 12 Computer 14"x14" Additional models available.

C

D. Economy Fryers.

Pitco quality at value price. High temperature alloy S/S heat baffles mounted in heat exchanger tubes provide maximum heating and combustion efficiency. Thermostat maintains 200°F to 400°F. Standing pilot light provides a ready flame when heat is needed. Gas control valve prevents gas flow to main burner until pilot is established and shuts off all gas automatically if the pilot goes out.

Front 11/4" drain for quick draining. S/S tank, front and door with galvanized sides and back. AGA, CGA, NSF, MEA. Model 35C+ shown.

Model 35C+ 45C+ 35C+S 45C+S 65C+ 65C+S

Description Mild Steel Tank, 63 lbs. Fries/Hr., 90,000 BTU Mild Steel Tank, 85 lbs. Fries/Hr. 122,000 BTU S/S Tank, 63 lbs. Fries/Hr., 90,000 BTU S/S Tank, 85 lbs. Fries/Hr. 122,000 BTU Mild Steel Tank, 105 lbs. Fries/Hr., 150,000 BTU S/S Tank, 105 lbs. Fries/Hr., 150,000 BTU

54

D

55.11_13 5/25/11 5:12 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT A. Doughnut Fryers.

Atmospheric burner system combined with stainless steel heat tubes utilizes high temperature alloy stainless steel baffles. Thermostat maintains temperature between 200°F and 400°F. Fryer has a deep cool zone; minimum 20% of total oil capacity to trap burnt particles, crumbs and black specks. Accessories include wire mesh tube screen, mesh doughnut screen with handles, submerger screen with grip handles, doughnut turner stick, drain clean-out rod, drain nipple, heat deflector and drainboard.

Model Description 24P 150 Oil Cap., 120,000 BTU 34P 210 Oil Cap., 110,000 BTU

B

A

B. Safety-Set™ Placement System.

If safety and consistent equipment placement are priorities in your kitchen, Safety-Set™ is the solution for you! Safety-Set™ allows equipment to be returned to its design specified location after cleaning or maintenance. Satisfies NFPA codes 17A (5.6.4) and 96 (12.1.2.3).

Open floor design allows casters to rest level on the floor to ensure even cooking. Fast, easy installation with choice of adhesive foam tape or thumb screw hardware pack (both included). Compatible with 4", 5" and 6" casters. Withstands 1,000 lbs. of crush force. Certified to NSF/ANSI Standard 169—Special Purpose Food Equipment and Devices Model SafetySet

C. SwivelMAX™ Gas Connector Fittings & Kits.

The patented functionality of the Dormont SwivelMAX 360° rotation fitting cannot be matched. Enables easier movement of the caster-mounted appliances at angles, back-and-forth, and from side-to-side, while relieving stress at the ends of the hose.

Required by code in many states for both caster and fixed leg mounted gas-fired cooking equipment that is moved on a regular basis for cleaning, service or facility maintenance. Prevents premature failure of the connector. Provides more aisle space in a commercial kitchen by allowing the appliances to be positioned closer to the wall. Available with one or two Swivel Max fittings. CSA and NSF design certified.

Model 16100KIT2S48 16125KIT2S48 1650KIT2S48 1675KIT2S48 SM100 SM125 SM50 SM75

Advantages of using flexible gas appliance connectors

Description 1"x48" Gas Connector kit, 2 Swivels 11/4"x48" Gas connector kit, 2 Swivels 1 /2"x48" Gas connector kit, 2 Swivels 3 /4"x48" Gas connector kit, 2 Swivels 1" SwivelMAX™ fitting 11/4 SwivelMAX™ fitting 1 /2" SwivelMAX™ fitting 3 /4" SwivelMAX™ fitting

C

• Improves sanitation and safety. Equipment can be easily moved and cleaned on a regular basis–reducing dirt and grease build-up. That means improved cleanliness and reduced fire hazards. In most traditional installations, there are 6-9" of dead space behind stoves and grills. That space is blocked from cleaning and can fill with debris and grease, causing unpleasant odors and attracting insects and rodents.

• Increases aisle work space and decreases the space needed behind equipment.

• Easier movement makes servicing and cleaning easy.

• Longer product life because torsion stress is greatly reduced.

E. Gas Connector Kits.

Specifically engineered for the commercial kitchen. Kits feature the Blue Hose™ flexible stainless steel gas connector with Stress Guard Technology™ and anti-microbial PVC coating.

Snapfast™ one-handed quick disconnect with thermal shutoff, restraining cable with hardware, full port valve and elbows included.

With a limited lifetime warranty the Dormont gas connector kits are designed for use in all commercial kitchen applications. CSA and NSF design certified.

D D. SafetyQuik™ Gas Connector Fitting.

The first and only Quick-Disconnect Valve combination fitting designed for the foodservice industry, meets the safety and operational needs of commercial kitchens. SafetyQuik™ does the work of both the quick-disconnect and the valve. The SafetyQuik™ QDV fitting, with its innovative safety-sleeve, incorporates added safety design features. With SafetyQuik™, the gas connector cannot be disconnected until the gas valve is shut off, and cannot be opened until the gas connector is attached. Includes automatic safety thermal shut-off that stops gas flow if temperature exceeds 350°F. Model Description 16100KITCF48 1" Gas Connector Kit w/SafetyQuik QDV CF100 1" SafetyQuik QDV 1 /2" Gas Connector Kit w/SafetyQuik QDV 1650KITCF48 1 CF50 /2" SafetyQuik QDV 3 1675KITCF48 /4" Gas Connector Kit w/SafetyQuik QDV 3 /4" SafetyQuik QDV CF75

Model 16100KIT48 16125KIT48 1650KIT48 1675KIT48

55

Description 1"x48" Gas connector kit 11/4"x48" Gas connector kit 1 /2"x48" Gas connector kit 3 /4"x48" Gas connector kit

E

56.11_13 5/16/11 12:07 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

Featured Chef Chef/Owner Eric Williams

Momocho mod mex restaurant Cleveland, OH

Braised Beef Brisket (Machaca) 5 Ib. piece beef brisket 2 cups red wine 20 oz. tomato juice 1/4

cup lime juice 1 cup red wine vinegar

1/2

cup salt

A. E4 Electric Fryer Series.

Exceed ENERGY STAR ® standards and qualify for energy-saving rebate programs. Models have a 50 lb. oil cap. and 14"x15 1/ 2 " frying area. Self-standing, swing-up elements ensure energy efficiency with ASTM ratings greater than 83%. Open frypot design is easy to clean. And, models with Frymaster’s patented FootPrint filtration make filtration convenient and quick—filtration cycle complete in less than 5 minutes.

Rail-mounted Teflon glides allow for easy handling of large-capacity filter pan. Gravity drain design of the filter pan allows for minimal residue oil after filtering.

Shown with optional computer controls, built-in filtration and basket lifts.

Model RE14-SD

Description 14kw full pot with analog controller w/o Filtration 208/240V, 68-lbs. fries/hr.

RE17-SD 17kw full pot with analog controller w/o Filtration 208/240V, 70-lbs. fries/hr.

RE14TC-SD 14kw TC full pot w/CM3.5 controller w/o Filtration w/Insul Frypot & Pulse Power Tech, 68-lbs. fries/hr.

Additional models available.

A

1/2

cup chopped garlic 2 Tbsp. black pepper 4 Tbsp. ancho powder or 2 whole chiles 1 Tbsp. cinnamon

1/2

cup coffee, ground (guatamalan bean preferred) 2 bay leaves 1 spanish onion, rough cut Season brisket with coffee, ancho powder and salt.

Grill/sear beef to caramelize. Cut beef into similar size pieces (3). Put in large braising pan or metal hotel pan with all remaining ingredients. Add enough water to cover brisket. Cover with foil and place in 300 degree oven for 3-4 hours. Discard whole onions and bay leaves.

Remove brisket from liquid and pull all meat. Reserve liquid to reheat.

B

B. Gas Pasta Cookers.

Solstice high efficiency burner technology. Self cleaning burner. Solid state cooking controls integrated into the digital control. Programmable simmer temperature. Separate rinsing/hold tanks equipped with drain and overflow. Swing away faucet. Stainless steel cabinet.

Cooker and rinse station constructed of marine grade 316 stainless. Automatic basket lift.

Cooking rack accommodates smaller baskets. Quick opening 1 1/ 4" drain valve in each tank.

Tank design features a self skimming 1" overflow drain in each tank. AGA, CGA, NSF, MEA.

C C. Gas Appliance Connector & Installation Kits.

A gas connector is only as safe as its weakest link. Gas connectors and installation kits assure safe installation of your gas appliance. Includes AGA-certified foodservice gas ball valve, 90° street elbow and all necessary hardware for complete installation. SureLink adjustable restraining cable and a SwiveLink gas connector swivel provides the most reach with shortest hose, reduces stress on the hose and keeps gas flow unrestricted. New Posi-Set wheel placement system ensures proper relocation of equipment after moving, cleaning or repairs.

Model HG-4D-48SK HG-4D-36SK HG-4D-60SK HG-4D-72SK

Model Description SSPG14 Gas Pasta Cooker Only SSPG14/SSRS14 Gas Pasta Cooker System (Complete) SSRS14 Rinse Station Gas Rinse Tank Only

HG-4D-24SK Posi-Set

56

Description Kit w/Quick Disconnect 3/4" NPT and 48" Hose w/SwiveLink Fittings Kit w/Quick Disconnect 3/4" NPT and 36" Hose w/SwiveLink Fittings Kit w/Quick Disconnect 3/4" NPT and 60" Hose w/SwiveLink Fittings Kit w/Quick Disconnect 3/4" NPT and 72" Hose w/SwiveLink Fittings Kit w/Quick Disconnect 3/4" NPT and 24" Hose w/SwiveLink Fittings Wheel Placement System

57.11_13 5/16/11 12:08 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

A A. Eclipse Braising Pans.

Ergonomic tilting braising pan is a griddle, oven, holding and thawing oven, kettle and steamer all in one. Whether you choose the 30- or 40-gallon model—in gas or electric, with manual tilt or power tilt—you’ll get a fast, high-capacity braising pan that will get the job done.

Features cam actuator lift mechanism, an improved gear and worm drive tilt mechanism and a more powerful drive motor. BPP shown with optional pantry faucet.

Model Description TD/FPCM 10-Gal, Table Top, Man. Tilt, Configurable BPM-30EM 30-Gal, Man. Tilt, Electric, Etch Marks, Configurable BPP-30EM 30-Gal, Power Tilt, Electric, Etch Marks, Configurable BPM-40EM 40-Gal, Man. Tilt, Electric, Etch Marks, Configurable BPP-40EM 40-Gal, Power Tilt, Electric, Etch Marks, Configurable BPM-30GM 30-Gal, Man. Tilt, Gas, Etch Marks, Configurable Additional models available.

B. Modular Tilting Braising Pans.

Stainless steel exterior, frame and flanged feet.

Stainless steel pan with embossed gallon markings and pouring lip strainer. Watertight controls and enclosure. Electronic ignition (gas models). Stainless steel hinged cover with drip edge. Stainless steel drop-down food receiving pan support. Solid state temperature controls adjust from 50°F to 425°F. One year limited parts and labor warranty.

Model Description VE30 30 gal. Electric VE40 40 gal. Electric VG30 30 gal. Gas (90,000 BTU/hr) VG40 40 gal. Gas (120,000 BTU/hr)

B

C. Rotating Rack Oven.

Mini-rotating rack oven does the work of a full-size model at half the size. Standard features include a continuously rotating 8-pan rack and unique airflow system. Internal steam production for bagels or similar products. In-shot burner technology provides energy efficiency with low maintenance. Rack and slides can be removed without tools for servicing and easy dishwasher cleaning. Digital programmable controls. The 12 pan stand provides storage for baking pans and supplies. Model XR8-G (shown with optional stand)

C

D D. Mini Combi Oven-Steamers.

Affordable Mini Combi-Oven can do it all, automatically!

Steam, bake and fry all in one compact model. Attract more customers and increase sales by featuring aromatic and visually appealing fresh cooked food. The multi-faceted “mini” combi oven significantly improves the quality of food and speed of preparation so you can now offer a greater selection of healthy food choices for your customers. EasyToUch™ controls are easily programmed for most frequently served foods, offer service diagnostics and HACCP logging! Model OES 3.10 shown. Also available are our OES 6.10 Mini 2-in-1 and OES 10.10 Mini Combi.

Model Description OES-10.10 MINI Elec Boilerless, 10 Pans (21/2") OES6.10 Elec Boilerless, 3 Pans (21/2") OES-6.10 2-in-Mini 2-in-1 Elec Boilerless, 6 Pans (21/2")

E

E. ComboEase Combi Oven.

Simple to operate. Easy to maintain. Energy efficient. Affordable. The ComboEase Combination Steamer-Oven is a full size, gas, combination oven that brings simplicity to the traditionally complex world of combination cooking. Featuring Groen’s new and exclusive boilerless steaming reservoir system, the ComboEase addresses the needs of institutional and commercial food service operators for easy steam, convection and combination cooking that provides maximum, energyefficient performance at an affordable price. Shown on optional stand.

Model Description CBE-10G 10-Pan Gas, Triple Reservoir, Configurable 152055 Regular Stand w/Casters 152045 Short Stand w/Casters

57

58.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:09 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT A. Countertop Kettles.

Great for sauces and soups!

Available in electric, gas and direct steam. Type 304 stainless steel kettle and supports.

Jacket rated at 50-psi with safety valve. Complete with solid state water level, temperature and safety low water A power cut-off. LED indicators and marine lock standard.

Capacity from 1 to 20 gallons.

Model Description KDT-12-T 12 gal., Direct Steam KDT-3-T 3 gal., Direct Steam KDT-6-T 6 gal., Direct Steam KET-12-T 12 gal., Electric KET-3-T 3 gal., Electric KET-6-T 6 gal., Electric KDT-1-T 1 gal., Direct Steam KDT-20-T 20 gal., Direct Steam Additional models available.

B. SteamChef™ Boilerless Steamers.

Finally, a boilerless convection steamer that cooks fast, stays clean and is easy to maintain. Patented KleanShield™ cooking compartment eliminates foaming, contamination of water reservoir and flavor transfer. High speed convection steam for fast cooking. Easy to operate SureCook™ timer automatically compensates for the volume of food being cooked. Easy to clean—simple vinegar cleanup. New design saves water and energy. Ideal for heavy batch cooking and medium volume a la carte style cooking.

Energy Star™ rated energy-saving performance.

Model 22CET6.1 shown.

Model Description 22CET3.1 Electric, (3) Pan Cap., 9kW 22CET6.1 Electric, (6) Pan Cap., 13.5kW 22CGT3.1 Gas, (3) Pan Cap., 45,000 BTU 22CGT6.1 Gas, (6) Pan Cap., 62,000 BTU

B

C. SteamCub Boilerless Steamer.

Energy Star approved. One compartment steamer. 60 minute mechanical timer or solidstate digital controls. Low water indicator and alarm. Heat on indicator light. 9kw power rating.

Capacity for up to five 21/2" deep full size steam table pans. 14 gauge stainless steel construction.

Two piece compartment door.

Model Description 1SCE SteamCub Plus 1SCEMCS SteamCub

C D D. SteamCraft® Steamers.

Available in gas, electric and direct steam generators. Steam generator with automatic water fill on start up, automatic boiler blowdown, electronic spark ignition, and generator stand-by for instant steam. 60 minute mechanical timer or electronic controls. Manual bypass operation mode. Patented cold water condenser design. Type 304 stainless steel construction. Two piece door design. Capacity for three, five, six, and ten 21/2" deep full size steam table pans.

Model Description 21CET16 5 Pan Cap. (Electric) 21CET8 3 Pan Cap. (Electric ) 21CGA5 5 Pan Cap. (Gas) 24CDP10 10 Pan Cap. 2 Comp. (Direct Steam) 24CEA10 10 Pan Cap., 2 Comp. (Electric) 24CGP10 10 Pan Cap., 2 Comp. (15 psi Boiler) ES2446 2-Shelf Stand for CET8 or CET16 Unistand34.1 34"H Stand (for CET8 or CET16)

F

E. Short Series Kettles.

Rim height is 35" on this Short Series Kettle Floor Model. Type 304 stainless steel construction and supports. Fully steam jacketed, 50-psi steam jacket rating. Available in tilting and stationary models. Gas and electric have splash proof solid E state temperature controls.

Model Description KGL-40-SH 40 gal. Gas, Stationary SH Series KGL-40-TSH 40 gal. Gas, Tilting SH Series KGL-60-SH 60 gal. Gas, Stationary SH Series KDL-40-TSH 40 gal. Direct Steam, Tilting SH Series KDL-60-TSH 60 gal. Direct Steam, Tilting SH Series KDL-80-TSH 80 gal. Direct Steam, Tilting SH Series KDL-40-SH 40 gal. Direct Steam, Stationary SH Series Additional models available.

F. Intek Connectionless Steamer.

The best possible combination of cooking speed (productivity), efficiency and reliability of any steamer on the market today. The Intek product line from Groen is a high performance boilerless and connectionless electric or gas steamer available with single or double stacking stands, as a counter top unit and with or without an auto water fill system. All units are ENERGY STAR rated and LEED compliant due to their superior design. With (4) and (6) pan cavity capacities on the electric models and a (5) pan capacity on the gas model, they are a perfect fit for nearly every application. All units also covered by a full two year warranty. Model XS-208-14-3 shown.

Model Description XS4 Electric, 4-pan cap.

XS Electric, 6-pan cap.

XSG-5 Gas, 5-pan cap.

58

59.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:10 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

Featured Chef

A. Tilting Braising Pan/Skillets.

Braise, roast and grill meats and seafood.

Batter foods. Steam vegetables and seafood. Prepare soups, sauces and chili.

All stainless steel construction complete with thermostatic and safety controls; Gallon markings; Stainless steel clad; 5/8" “bead blasted” cooking surface prevents food sticking to surface; Power tilt or manual hydraulic hand tilt (please specifiy); Spring assist cover with adjustable vent.

No clearances required. Choose from Electric/Gas-30 and 40 gal. models. NSF. Model SEL40TR shown.

Model SEL30TR SEL40TR SGL30TR SGL40TR

Chef/Proprietor Allan Philip Russo Sette Cucina Italiana Bernardsville, NJ Sformato di Cipolle (Savory Onion Tart) 1/4 sheet

of puff pastry

1 whole egg 50ml. heavy cream

Description 30 gal. Electric skillet, R-Series 40 gal. Electric skillet, R-Series 30 gal. Gas skillet, R-Series 40 gal. Gas skillet, R-Series

A

1/2

cup grated fresh Parmesan Reggiano cheese

1/2

sweet white onion

1/2

cup extra virgin olive oil

Nutmeg Salt & pepper 1 tsp. butter

B

B. PowerPan Tilting Skillets.

Grill, braise, steam, boil and so much more!

Most versatile piece of cooking equipment on the market. Available in 30 and 40 (115 and 150 liter) gallon capacities. Open base design for easy cleaning and maintenance. 5/8" thick cooking surface. Splash proof controls. Low 35" rim height for easy operation. Model SGL40T1 shown.

Model Description SGL30T1 30 Gal. Gas SGL40T1 40 Gal. Gas SEL30T1 30 Gal. Electric SEL40T1 40 Gal. Electric

C. Convotherm.

It’s a convection oven or convection steamer. Better yet, it’s a convection oven and steamer (COMBI) at the same time!

The Advanced Closed System +3 takes the guesswork out of cooking. Prepare menu items faster and efficiently increasing overall yield and eye appeal.

Even browning eliminates need to rotate pans during cooking. Crisp and Tasty feature removes moisture for crisp, golden results without deep frying. Press and Go buttons offer foolproof one touch cooking.

Disappearing door frees up aisle space.

ConvoClean feature cleans and sterilizes the interior automatically. Choose with or without a boiler. UL. NSF. Models OEB2020 and OES1020 shown. Try our Electric Mini Combi!

Preheat oven to 375°. Slice white onion finely and begin to slowly pan fry with extra virgin olive oil. Once onions begin to caramelize, strain them and let rest.

Spread the 1 tsp. butter on a baking sheet tray, and add the puff pastry using a fork to press into the center and sides of puff pastry.

(This will allow air to be released as it bakes.) Bake for 5 minutes.

In a container, whisk whole egg and slowly add heavy cream.

Incorporate caramelized onions and parmigiano reggiano cheese with a spatula. Add salt, pepper and a pinch of nutmeg to taste.

Remove puff pastry from oven and let rest. Add the mixture and spread evenly using a spatula. Continue to cook for an additional 10 minutes.

Let rest and serve warm along with mixed organic greens.

D

C

D Countertop Skillets.

High efficiency heating system for fast heat-up and recovery time. Type 304 stainless steel construction. Splash proof. “Bead blasted” cooking surface prevents food sticking to surface.

Self-locking marine type tilt mechanism prevents accidental tilting.

Standard with thermostatic safety and main power controls with lighted indicators. Lift off cover with condensate vent standard.

Choose from electric 10 and 15 gal. models for tabletop or stand mounting. 208/240V, 60 Hz, 3 Phase. UL, CSA and NSF. Model Description SET10 10 gal.

SET15 15 gal.

Model Description OGS-10.10 Half Gas Boilerless, 10 Pans (21/2") OES-6.20 Full Elec Boilerless, 14 Pans (21/2") OGS-6.20 Full Gas Boilerless, 14 Pans (21/2") OEB-6.20 Full Elec w/Boiler, 14 Pans (21/2") OGB-6.20 Full Gas w/Boiler, 14 Pans (21/2") OEB-6.10 Half Elec w/Boiler, 6 Pans (21/2") Additional models available.

59

60.11_28.new 5/15/11 4:17 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT A. Space-Saving Combination Steamer/Kettle.

Pressureless cooking with forced convection steam holds up to six 12"x20" pans. Solid state controls operate water level and safety functions. Each compartment equipped with 60-minute mechanical timer. Durable 14 gauge stainless steel construction with removable 6-gallon tilting kettle made of 304 stainless steel. 2/3 jacketed kettle includes trunnion mounted steam control valve 50-psi pressure rating.

Lift-off cover. Double pantry faucet with swing spout included.

Available in gas or electric.

Model Description 24CEM24 2 Comp., 6 Pans, Electric, 24kW 24-CGM-200 2 Comp., 6 Pans, 200,000 BTU 24CSM 2 Comp., 6 Pans, Steam Coil Boiler 36CGM300 2 Comp., 6 Pans, 300,000 BTU 42CKEM24 2 Comp., 6 Pans, Electric, 24kW 42-CKSM 2 Comp., 6 Pans, Steam Coil Boiler 42CKGM200 2 Comp., 6 Pans, 200,000 BTU 42CKGM300 2 Comp., 6 Pans, 300,000 BTU

A B

C. Gemini™ 6 Gas-Fired Steamer.

Independent power burner steam generators. Each steam-cooking compartment is independently operated and controlled by a separate stainless steel steam generator, gas valve, power on/off control levers and an exclusive, remote probe-type water level control. Exclusive Gemini drain/power control system: Manual 1/2" “Ball Valve” type drain controls main power on/off and automatically fills generator. 304 stainless steel construction. CSA (AGA, CSA) and UL/NSF#4. Model 24CGA10.2 shown.

Model Description 24CGA10.2 10 Pan Cap. 24CGA6.2S 6 Pan Cap.

C D. Blodgett Steam Equipment.

Gas steamers feature high output steam injectors, 316 stainless steel liner, slammable doors with 5 year door warranty and auto steam generator. Electric tilting kettles feature 316 stainless steel kettle liner, 2/3 jacketed with hemispheric design and up to 50-psi for quick recovery. Manual tilt braising pans feature 304 stainless steel and manual tilt mechanism with side trunnion pivots. Unique finned heat distribution and electronic ignition standard on all gas models.

Model Description SC-7GH 7 pan Steamer SC-10GH 10 pan Steamer KLT-20E 20 gal. Electric Tilting Kettle KLT-30E 30 gal. Electric Tilting Kettle KLT-40E 40 gal. Electric Tilting Kettle BLT-30E 30 gal. Tilt Braising Pan (Electric) BLT-40E 40 gal. Tilt Braising Pan (Electric) BLT-40G 40 gal. Tilt Braising Pan (Gas) Additional models available.

E

B. SteamPro XVI Gas Large Capacity Steamers.

Two compartment steamers. Electric, gas, and direct steam boilers. Pressure/convection modes with no restrictions as to any combination of modes. Solid state controls operate timing, water level and safety functions. Automatic water fill on start up and automatic blowdown with additional manual drain valve. 60 minute mechanical timer or electronic controls. Manual operation mode and patented cold water condenser. Type 304 stainless steel construction. Model 36PCGM300 shown.

Model Description 36PCEM48 16 Pans, Electric 48kW 36PCGM300 16 Pans, Gas, 300,000 BTU 36PCSM 16 Pans, Steam Coil

D F

E. SX Series Counter Steamers.

Its small 24"W profile doesn’t take up much counter space, yet it can quickly steam cook a wide variety of food, thanks to its powerful heating element and boilerless design. Durable stainless steel steam generators are easily accessible for routine maintenance. Stainless steel construction for maximum corrosion resistance and coved interior corners for easy cleaning. Model R24-5 shown with optional S/S stand.

Model Description R24-3 3 Pan Cap. R24-5 5 Pan Cap. Stand-18" 18" S/S Stand Stand-28" 28" S/S Stand Stand-34" 34" S/S Stand SX5 5 Pan SX3 3 Pan

60

F. Steamers.

Steam is generated by the product being cooked, which greatly reduces water usage.

Reduced water means reduced mineral deposits, plus utility savings. Standard features include: 18" narrow footprint design, manual fill, electromechanical controls, constant steam feature, 304 stainless steel construction and 316 stainless steel cooking chamber with coved corners. 3- and 5-pan models available.

Model EZ18-3 shown.

Model Description EZ18-3 3-pan cap.

EZ18-5 5-pan cap.

61.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:11 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

Featured Chefs Chef Will Mooney The Brothers Moon Hopewell, NJ Shrimp and Pea Risotto Serves 8-10

A A. Boilerless/Connectionless Steamer.

This single compartment electric connectionless steamer with efficient steam generating system requires no water or drain connection. Stainless steel exterior and cooking compartments with coved interior corners. Features manual controls with constant steam feature. Equipped with heavy duty door and latch mechanism.

EnergyStar Certified.

Model Description C24E03 21"Wx25"Dx23"H - Pan Cap.: (6) 1", (3) 21/2", (2) 4" C24E05 21"Wx25"Dx29-1/2"H - Pan Cap.: (10) 1", (5) 21/2", (3) 4"

How Steam Cooking Works Steam is an extremely efficient heat transfer medium. It carries a great deal of energy which readily transfers directly to food (in steamers) or indirectly through a heat transfer surface (such as a kettle wall) and then into food. Steam is water (a liquid) that has been converted to its gaseous state by the application of heat energy. Heat energy typically is measured in British Thermal Units (BTU). The BTU is defined as the amount of energy required to raise the temperature of one pound of water by one degree Fahrenheit at sea level. It takes only 180 BTUs to raise the temperature of one pound of water from 32°F (0°C) to 212°F (100°C), the point at which it starts to boil.

However, to evaporate that same pound of boiling water into steam requires 970 BTUs. As a result, steam carries many times the energy of boiling water. Steam readily gives up that energy load when it condenses back into water (condensate) upon contact with the food.

1/2

medium onion, diced small

B

2 stalks celery, diced small 1 carrot, diced small 2 Tbsp. olive oil

B. Convection Combo™ Steamer Ovens.

Uses a unique combination of fan-forced heat and super heated steam for quick, cooked to perfection results. The programmable panel lets you save up to 50 recipes into memory. Bakes and roasts like a convection oven and steams and poaches like a convection steamer; wet roasts, crusty bakes and reheats foods without drying them out. All models UL listed or AGA design certified and NSF listed. Features solid state operating controls with digital time and temperature display. Self-diagnostic troubleshooting, pre-programmed cleaning cycle, easy access steam generator deliming and glass door standard. Insulated, field reversible door for right or left swing. 200°F-575°F temperature range.

Model Descriptio 138832 10-Pan, Electric, 208/60/1, Lh Door, Stand, Bf 138835 2 X 10-Pan, Electric, 208/60/1, Lh Door, Stand, Bf

C 61

1 cup Arborio rice 1 bay leaf 3 cups hot vegetable stock, shrimp stock or hot chicken stock To taste salt and pepper 2 Tbsp. butter 3 cups chopped shrimp (raw) 11/2 cups frozen (or fresh) peas 1/2

cup Parmesan Reggiano cheese, grated

2 Tbsp. chopped parsley Sweat onions, celery and carrot in olive oil till translucent. Add Arborio rice and bay leaf, stir to coat all. Add 1 / 3 of desired stock. Stir continuously. Add salt and pepper. Once above liquid is absorbed add another 3 of stock. Keep stirring!

Add final amount of stock, once all previous fluids are absorbed. Stir and cook some more, then add the chopped shrimp (this gives it time to cook). Add butter, cheese, peas and parsley.

Adjust seasoning with salt and pepper.

C. SmartSteam 100 Boilerless Steamer.

Groen has combined the convenience of boilerless steamers with twice as much cooking power for heavy-duty a la carte and production steaming. Different foods can be cooked simultaneously with no transfer of odors or tastes. Whether you choose gas or electric, you’ll get a fast, high-performance steamer that’s easy to install, operate and maintain. Automatic water fill and drain are standard for easy, convenient operation. UL listed or AGA design certified and NSF listed.

Model Description (2)SSB-10GFM- 2x10-Pan Gas Boilerless, Stnd Mount, Configurable SSB-3E 3-Pan, Elec Boilerless, Lh Door, 208V/60Hz/3-Ph SSB-3EM3-Pan, Electric, Boilerless, Configurable (2)SSB-3EFM- 2x3-Pan Elec Boilerless, Stnd Mount, Configurable SSB-5E 5-Pan, Elec, Boilerless, Lh Door, 208V/60Hz/3-Ph SSB-5EM5-Pan, Electric, Boilerless, Configurable (2)SSB-5EFM- 2x5-Pan Elec Boilerless, Stnd Mount, Configurable SSB-10EFM10-Pan, Electric, Boilerless, Configurable (2)SSB-10EFM- 2x10-Pan Elec Boilerless, Stnd Mount, Configurable SSB-3GM3-Pan, Gas, Boilerless, Configurable Additional models available.

62.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:12 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

Featured Chef Executive Chef Mark Vannasdall A. Fully Jacketed Gas Kettles.

Mounted on 2" legs with adjustable flanged feet. Stainless steel dome shaped cover with drop type handle and insulated knob. Dish shaped interior bottom slopes to the front for smooth product flow. Mounted, tapered, A 2" plug type food product draw-off valve includes draw-off opening strainer. Furnished with a 15-psi relief valve, vacuum relief valve, thermostat with combination gas control valve and electronic ignition, low water cut-off control and a pressure limit switch and pressure gauge.

Model Description GL40E 40 gal., 160 qt. cap., 105,000 BTU GS60E 60 gal., 240 qt. cap., 135,000 BTU GL80E 80 gal., 320 qt. cap., 135,000 BTU

The Restaurants at Chesapeake Oklahoma City, OK Lobster White Gazpacho 3 - 8 oz. lobster tails 20 red grapes, cut in half ½ cup toasted almonds 1½ cups cold water 1½ qt. heavy cream ½ cup cucumber, seeded and peeled 1½ cups coconut milk ½ cup Coco Lopez 1 cup white bread, crusts removed 1 Tbsp. sea salt 1 clove garlic 1 Chipotle pepper 1cup olive oil 1 bunch chives 1 cup olive oil

B B. ScaleBlocker™ Water Filtration System.

No more deliming needed– because there is no scale to delime!

The ScaleBlocker™ reduces the harmful effects of hardness minerals that can short out your steamer’s probes and heating elements and clog water related components. Patented technology safely reduces limescale build-up and corrosion. Patented ceramic media filter traps larger particulates while using diffusion technology that breaks down calcium and magnesium into nanocrystal gels.

Gels are flushed out of equipment.

Model Description SPS600V 7,500 Gallon Service Life SPS620V 15,000 Gallon Service Life

Toast almonds Set a few aside to garnish final dish. Soak the rest of almonds in water (overnight is best). Place almond mixture in blender and puree. Add in cucumbers, coconut milk, bread, and garlic. Blend until smooth.

Reduce heavy cream by half and set aside to cool. Add cream and coco lopez to mixture and season with salt. Strain liquid to remove almonds.

Add quarter of almond puree back in. Place in refrigerator to chill.

Remove lobsters from shells and slice into small pieces. Saute in butter until “Barely” done. They should be really tender. Make chipotle oil and chive oil by pureeing ingredients together. Place oils in squeeze bottles.

Place lobster and 4 grape halves in Martini glass or glass bowl. Top with 2-3 ozs. of sauce. Garnish with drops of each oil and a few slivers of almonds.

Hopefully from each bite you will get rich taste of the lobster, sweetness of the coconut, a little tart from the grape, some crunch from the almond and a little heat from the chili oil. Enjoy!

C. OneFlow™ Scale System.

Oneflow™— the effective, economical, eco-friendly scale solution. Designed to protect equipment and the supporting utility supplies and drains from the negative effects of water hardness, commonly known as scale. OneFlow™ controls scale by neutralizing the elements in water (calcium and magnesium) that cause scale so they travel through the system without attaching themselves to equipment components.

OneFlow™ does not remove anything from the water like water softeners and does not add chemicals to the water like phosphate systems. OneFlow™ is a green solution requiring no electricity, water-wasting regeneration or backwashing.

Model Description DOR-OF110-1 1 Cartridge, 1 GPM 1/2" FNPT DOR-OF120-2 1 Cartridge, 2 GPM 1/2" FNPT DOR-OF140-4 1 Cartridge, 4 GPM 3/4" FNPT DOR-OF210-1 2 Cartridge/Filter, 1 GPM 1/2" FNPT DOR-OF220-2 2 Cartridge/Filter, 2 GPM 1/2" FNPT DOR-OF240-4 2 Cartridge/Filter, 4 GPM 3/4" FNPT DOR-OF817-8H-B Tank (Hot Water), 8 GMP, 1" FNPT Additional models available.

62

OF110

OF240

OF817

C

63.11_13 5/25/11 5:08 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

Featured Chefs

A. PowerSteam™ Pressureless Convection Steamers.

Patented capability super-heats the steam before it enters the cooking compartments to 235°F, resulting in faster cook times. Two compartment steamer is constructed of 304 series stainless. Two high output stainless steel generators in electric models. Gas models feature 125,000 BTU stainless steel generator.

Each compartment has separate manual controls. Split water line connection. One year limited parts and labor warranty. NSF, UL.

Owner Marco Antonini Chef Ubaldo Ponce Dusals Italian Restaurant Milltown, NJ

A Baked Seafood Canelloni An authentic italian dish served as a special in my restaurant. Canelloni revers to a pasta shell with a homemade filling, that is usually baked. This dish is actually a homemade pasta crepe stuffed with a seafood mixture, baked, and served in a creamy pink sauce.

Crepe: 11/2 cups milk

Model Description C24GA10-DLX 10-Pan Deluxe Gas w/Cab Base, 125,000 BTU (Professional Control Pkg, Super Heated Steam Sys) C24GA6-DLX 6-Pan Deluxe Gas w/Cab Base, 125,000 BTU (Professional Control Pkg, Super Heated Steam Sys) C24EA10-DLX 10-Pan Deluxe Elec w/Cab Base, 30 kW (Professional Control Pkg, Super Heated Steam Sys) C24EA6-DLX 6-Pan Deluxe Elec w/Cab Base, 17kW (Professional Control Pckg, Super Heated Steam Sys) C24EA3-DLX 3-Pan Deluxe Elec Ctr. (Professional Control Pkg, Super Heated Steam Sys) C24EA5-DLX 5-Pan Deluxe Elec Ctr. (Professional Control Pkg, Super Heated Steam Sys)

1 cup flour 2 eggs 1 tablespoon of oil Blend all ingredients together, then spread 4 oz. of batter on a hot, lightly greased 8" pan.

Making both sides golden brown.

Stuffing: 1 lb. jumbo or baby shrimp 3 8 oz. portioned salmon filets 1 lb. canned or imitation crab meat

How Much Steamer Do You Need?

Meals Served Per Hour

1-200 201-400 401-600 601-800

No. of Steamers

One One One Two

No. of Compartments per Steamer

One Two Three Two

This information assumes that each compartment holds three to four 12"x20"x21/2" food pans, or two to three 12"x20"x4" food pans.

2 cups ricotta 8 oz. shredded mozzarella cheese 1/4

cup heavy cream

Saute all seafood with some garlic, chopped onion, olive oil, butter, salt, pepper, sprinkle tarragon, and sprinkle nutmeg until all is soft and tender. Then cool. Blend cooled sauteed seafood with remaining ingredients.

Now stuff with seafood mixture and roll crepes. Bake at 375°F 15-20 min. Melt some fresh mozzarella on top for better presentation and serve with a homemade cream sauce or plum tomato sauce with a touch of cream.

It’s an instant hit and customers will really enjoy it!

B

B. Exhaust Fans.

Built for endurance, Captive-Aire’s heavy duty, weather-proof fans are available with belt or direct drive motors. Captive-Aire’s exhaust fans are manufactured so that forced fresh air through the motor compartment cools motor and ensures long motor life, along with a quick release latch that allows for easy access to the motor. All units come with a standard disconnect switch.

63

64.11_28.new 5/16/11 11:47 AM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT Kitchen Ventilation Systems A. Utility Distribution System.

Captive-Aire’s utility distribution system (UDS) provides unequaled cooking line versatility, flexibility and convenience. The UDS provides gas, water, steam and electrical connections to accommodate for kitchen cooking appliance needs.

Each UDS system is designed with spare connection points allowing for future cooking equipment expansion.

ETL and NSF listed. Model UDS

A

TIPS FOR THE SELECTION AND USE WHEN SELECTING: 1. Know what your local codes require for ventilation.

2. Know what your growth plans are. It is easy to buy a little extra now but difficult to add on later.

3. Know how the ventilation system is designed to perform. An improperly designed ventilation system will dramatically affect your monthly utility bills, as well as create an uncomfortable, and possibly dangerous, working environment.

4. Use Listed products. UL or ETL listing on hood, duct, and fans may result in substantially lower insurance rates. Ask your underwriter for an assessment.

WHEN OPERATING: 1. Always service your fans. A loose fan belt or clogged intake filter on the supply air fan will affect the performance of the system. Results of letting this maintenance lapse can be anything from a lack of capture ability, resulting in smoke and grease escaping into the surrounding area, to the fans shutting down completely, or worse. Set up a regular maintenance schedule at the same time you have your Heating/Air Conditioning units checked. The same company can perform both maintenance functions.

B. Exhaust Hood w/PSP. Captive-Aire’s next generation exhaust hoods provide superior low exhaust flow rates with exceptional capture and containment of cooking vapors.

Constructed of stainless steel and double wall insulated front, CaptiveAire’s exhaust hoods are essential for your kitchen ventilation needs. Features include heavy duty grease baffle filters, grease drain systems, pre-punched hanging angles and pre-wire lighting. ETL, NSF. Model ND2-PSP shown.

B

2. Always keep the exhaust duct clean. A regular cleaning schedule should be set up with a cleaning company. Frequency of cleaning is dictated by the type and volume of cooking—in some cases every 30 days; in other cases, every 6 months. You must make the determination.

3. Clean the grease filters as often as necessary.

They are made to be cleaned in most commercial dishwashers or the pot sink. If they are not cleaned regularly, the performance of the system suffers.

4. To help in maintaining the surface appearance, coat all stainless surfaces with a LIGHT covering of mineral oil, then wipe dry. This soaks into the pores of the metal and makes clean-up easier. Do not use mineral oil on the stainless grease filters. It is not necessary to coat the stainless every time you clean, only to keep a film of oil on the surfaces.

C C. Direct Fired Heated Make-Up Air Units.

Captive-Aire’s ETL-listed modular make-up air units are available in a variety of models—each constructed of galvanized metal and designed for easy service access. The gas-fired (direct or indirect) and electric make-up air units offer various tempering options via DX cooling, steam, hot water, chilled water coils and evaporative cooling. Industrial heaters—in vertical and horizontal configurations and compact heaters—are also available.

64

The key to all of the above is maintenance. The ventilation system is more than just the stainless box that you see in your kitchen. It includes the grease filters, grease duct, exhaust fan, supply fan, supply fan filters, supply fan duct, electrical or gas controls, motors and belts, and design. If properly sized and properly maintained, it will save you money on your utilities. However, if the system is neglected, it will cost you each and every day of operation. The first cost of an improperly designed system may be lower, but the long term effect on Heating/Air Conditioning equipment, as well as the energy usage, will soon catch up with your bottom line.

65.11_28.new 5/25/11 5:55 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT A. Sonic Steamer.

No water line, no drain line or vent hood to worry about. Holds two full-size 4" steam table pans with covers.

Connectionless steamer features include 4 heating elements, 8 programmable memory A pads with 16 memory capability, programmable or dial timer, 5 power levels, 3-stage cooking and removable center shelf. See-through oven door is drop down counter style.

Model Description NE-2180 2100 Watts NE-3280 3200 Watts

B. Soup Merchandisers.

Select from a variety of styles to match your décor and options such as backboards and canopies. The TSM-27 rethermalizing base unit is NSF4 listed for hot holding and rethermalizing previously cooked and chilled food. Recessed controls prevent accidental temperature changes and improve merchandising appeal. Features twin 7 qt. wells with individual controls for merchandising soups with different temperature requirements. Allows for improved product quality and menu flexibility.

Model 7203001 7203002 7203103 7203104 7203205 7203206 7203207

Description TSM-27 Base Unit only, Style: Ladles TSM-27 Base Unit only, Style: Tuscan TSM-27 Base Unit w/Menu Board, Style: Country Kitchen TSM-27 Base Unit w/Menu Board, Style: White Bowl TSM-27 Base Unit, Menu Board, Canopy w/light, Style: Seaside TSM-27 Base Unit, Menu Board, Canopy w/light, Style: Homestyle TSM-27 Base Unit, Menu Board, Canopy w/light, Style: Variety

B

Featured Chef Chef Elyissia Wassung Chick-in-Charge 2 Chicks with Chocolate South River, NJ

C

Dark Chocolate Coffee Truffle Yield: around 4 dozen

C. Pro I Microwaves.

These Panasonic Pro I commercial microwave ovens are equipped with top and bottom energy feed, a “grab & go” door handle and 60 programmable pads. Using the 2100 Watts (NE-2157 *208/230V-240V Single), 1700 Watts (NE-1757 *208/230V-240V Single) and 1200 Watts (NE-1257/NE-1258 *120V Single) of power, these models are the definition of the word “durable”.

Model Description NE-1258R 1200 Watts NE-1757R 1700 Watts NE-2157R 2100 Watts NE-1257R 1200 Watts

1 cup cream 1 Tbsp. coffee 1 ¾ cup dark chocolate melted chocolate-as needed cocoa powder-as needed Boil the cream, remove from the heat and add the coffee. Add the dark chocolate and stir until smooth and well combined. Portion in to desired shape. Allow to harden then coat in melted chocolate and cocoa powder.

Store in the freezer until ready to use.

Tip: Take big risks in your kitchen, but always deliver an amazing flavor that people can immediately recognize.

D D. Commercial Microwave Ovens.

Perfect for restaurants, c-stores, vending and office coffee service use. NE-1054F offers electronic keypad; including 6 power levels, 2- and 3-stage cooking, 10 programmable memory pads and a 20-memory capability. NE-1024F has a 6-minute timer. NE-1064F stainless steel cabinet and cavity has 3 power levels and 2- and 3-stage cooking. 1,000 Watts.

120V. 60Hz. Single phase. Model NE-1054F shown.

Model Description NE-1064F S/S Interior/Exterior, 3 power levels NE-1054F S/S Exterior, 6 power levels NE-1024F S/S Exterior, 6-minute dial timer

65

66.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:15 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT A. HDC Series Microwaves.

Compact, Flexible, Powerful Value! C-Max™ heavy-duty ovens offer powerful heating performance in a space saving design. Durable and stackable, these ovens are ideal for hard-use, high-volume operations and feature a unique method of energy distribution to provide superior even-heating. .6 cubic foot capacity with 11 power levels and 100 program memory. Four-stage X2 multiple quantity pad.

Choice of 1200W; 1800W or 2100W. Full 3 year warranty.

Ext.: 131/2"Hx163/4"Wx223/4"D; Int.: 63/4" Hx13"Wx12"D. Model Description HDC18 1800 watts HDC21 2100 watts HDC12A 1200 watts

C

A B

C. RC Series Microwaves.

Stainless steel ovens feature 11 power levels, 4-stage cooking, 100 program settings and a 3-year full warranty. Ideal for quick service chains, bars, convenience stores and family restaurant foodservice operations and more.

Great for steaming! Quantity pad to automatically adjust cooking time for up to 8 portions. Exclusive automatic voltage sensor for easy installation. Multi-level feed system for heating uniformity. Time entry option for non-programmed cooking.

Ext.: 191/4"Wx18"1/4"Hx261/4"D; Int.: 13"Wx81/2"Hx15"D. Model RC17S RC22S RC30S

Description 1,700 watts 2,200 watts 3,000 watts

D. RCS Series Microwaves.

Durable stainless steel construction for years of reliable foodservice use. Stainless steel construction cabinet and cavity are durable and professional looking. Stackable design maximizes cooking space.

Air filter protects oven components from grease laden air. Its 1.2 cubic foot capacity accommodates a 14" platter. Model RCS10TS features 5 power levels, 4-stage cooking option, 100 program memory, multiple quantity pad and time entry option for added flexibility. Model RCS10DS (shown) features 6-minute timer.

Model Description RCS10MPA 5 power levels,10 program pads RCS10MPSA S/S, 5 power levels, removable air filter, X2 qty pad, 10 program pads, 1000W RCS10DA 6-minute timer

E

B. RFS Series Microwave.

Extra power, reliability and value. Stainless steel ovens can be customized for every application from snack bars and restaurants to hospital food stations. 5 power levels-Hold, Defrost, Med., Med-High and Full. 100 program memory, 4-stage cooking for additional preparation sophistication and capacity. Digital display with countdown timer for at-a-glance monitoring. Upgraded models feature control panel graphics/icons rather than words to eliminate language barriers. 1.2 cubic ft. cap.

1200W or 1800W. Full 3 year warranty.

Ext.: 141/4"Hx213/4"Wx201/4"D; Int.: 9"Hx141/4"Wx163/8"D. Model Description RFS12MPSA 1200 watts RFS18MPS 1800 watts

D

E. High Speed Ovens.

High speed combination ovens feature a small footprint with a generously sized interior. Model AXP20 combines directed air, radiant and microwave cooking technologies while the ACE14 combines convection and microwave cooking technologies. Ergonomic, easy-to-clean design is simple-to-use with programmable controls. Intelligent design details including the ability to use standard metal pans.

Operators achieve amazing results in a fraction of the time of traditional cooking methods.

Model Description ACE14 Convection/Microwave Technologies 150°F to 475°F convected heat; 1400 watts microwave power Ext.: 181/4"Hx191/4"Wx261/4"D; Int:. 101/2"Hx13"Wx15"D AXP20 Directed Air/Radiant/Microwave Cooking Technologies 3,000 watt radiant element; 2,200 watts microwave power Ext.: 201/4"Hx25"Wx253/8"D; Int.: 10"Hx16"Wx15"D

66

67.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:16 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

A A. RMS Series Microwave Ovens.

These dependable ovens are easy to use for fast, convenient operation.

Model RMS10D features user-friendly 6-minute dial timer with illuminated digits and end of cycle audible signal. Model RMS10T/RMS10TS features 10 touch pad programs for up to 20 menu items, 5 power levels and 3 cooking stages. Ovens feature stainless steel exterior wrap and a white powder coat painted interior (RMS10D/RMS10T) or stainless steel interior (RMS10TS) and 0.9 cubic ft. capacity accommodates a 12" platter.

Model Description RMS10D 1000W, 6-minute timer RMS10T 1000W, 5 power levels, 10 program pads, 3-stage cooking RMS10TS 1000W, All S/S, 5 power levels, 10 program pads, 3-stage cooking

B B. LineChef Digital Convection Oven w/Humidity.

Expect the same cooking performance as our digital convection ovens, except with manual controls! Advanced airflow design with patented baffle. Manual controls (time & temperature). Heat settings from 175° to 500°F. 60-minute timer. Humidity feature on half and full size models. Heavy duty stainless steel construction. Interior halogen light. 3" between shelves. Cool-touch double wall glass door. Oven cavity wrapped in high “R” value insulation. Designed to accommodate stacking. NSF, UL through CSA standards.

Model XAF-193 shown. (Pans not included).

Model Description XAF-103 Quarter Size, Holds (3) 1/4 size sheet pans XAF-113 Half Size w/Humidity, Holds (3) 1/2 size sheet pans XAF-133 Half Size w/Humidity, Holds (4) 1/2 size sheet pans XAF-183 Full Size w/Humidity, Holds (3) full size sheet pans XAF-193 Full Size w/Humidity, Holds (4) full size sheet pans

C C. Rice Cookers.

Easy-to-use and clean. The Panasonic electric rice cooker has a 23-6 oz. cup cooking capacity and can produce up to 74–3oz. portions in approximately 30 minutes. Rice is cooked safely and effectively with push-button operation. 120 VAC, 60 Hz. 40-cup capacity also available.

Model SR-42HZP shown.

Model Description SR-42HZP 23 Cup - UL/ NSF SR-GA721 40 Cup - UL/ NSF SR-2363Z 20 Cup - UL/ NSF

E. Rice Cooker.

Trigger Handle: Press button & lift to open. Heated/Lined Lid: Ensures even cooking and has a removable liner for easy cleanup.

No-Mess Serving: Moisture cup collects water so it won’t drip on counter. Insulated, Double-wall stainless steel. Construction: Holds in heat to keep contents moist and warm for hours.

Automatic Keep Warm: Automatically shifts to warm mode when food has finished cooking. Measuring Cup and Paddle. NSF. Model 37560

D

D. Rice Cooker.

Cooks up to 25 one-cup servings.

Stainless steel body and lid.

Removable, non-stick coated pot.

Single switch for Cook/Warm cycle. 1600 Watts for cooking.

Overheat protection with manual reset. Measuring cup and scoop included. 4-1/2 foot power cord and NEMA 5-15 plug. Model RC1 shown.

F

F. Twin 4 Quart Rethermalizer.

This twin well four quart rethermalizer with individual controls is perfect for merchandising soups with different temperature requirements. Coated aluminum wells offer easy cleaning and longer life. Holds two 41/8 quart insets. 6' power cord attached on underside of unit provides ease of countertop placement. Meets NSF4 performance standards.

Model Description 72045 Twin Well 4 Qt. Rethermalizer 72040 Twin Well 4 Qt. Rethermalizer Package includes two insets & two hinged covers

E

67

68.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:17 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT A. Grill Express™ Two-Sided Sandwich Grills.

The Grill Express™ two-sided grills provide high performance at an affordable price. Heavy-duty cast iron platens, available in smooth or grooved, provide long life and superior performance to meet your menu requirements. Thermostat is rated from 175°F to 550°F and provides accurate sensing of temperature. Superior heat distribution, fast recovery, effortless operation and consistent results. Removable grease trough allows easy clean up.

Model Description GX10IG 153/4"Wx197/8"Dx107/8"H Iron Grooved GX10IS 153/4"Wx197/8"Dx107/8"H Iron Smooth GX14IG 193/4"Wx197/8"Dx107/8"H Iron Grooved GX14IS 193/4"Wx197/8"Dx107/8"H Iron Smooth GX20IG 283/4"Wx197/8"Dx107/8"H Iron Grooved A GX20IGS 283/4"Wx197/8"Dx107/8"H Iron Grooved/Smooth GX20IS 283/4"Wx197/8"Dx107/8"H Iron Smooth

C

B

Model CPPGS1 PG14 PG14-2 CPSGS1 SG14

B. Panini & Sandwich Grills.

Evenly distributed cooking temperatures for upper and lower plates allow you to grill both sides without flipping! Heavy duty stainless steel construction with a temperature control switch adjusts from 120°F to 570°F. Removable stainless steel oil tray and brush for easy cleaning. Double sandwich grill includes two cords so one grill can be used at a time. Single dimensions: 8"x8" (upper), 81/2"x91/4" (lower). Double dimensions: 8"x8" (upper), 19"x91/4" (lower). Panini dimensions: 13"x83/4" (upper), 131/4"x91/4" (lower). 120V. 1750W. Model Description SG-811 Ribbed Sandwich Grill SG-811/F Flat Sandwich Grill SG-811E Ribbed Panini Grill SG-811E/F Flat Panini Grill SG-813 Double Sandwich Grill

D

D. Star Pro-Max® Two-Sided Sandwich Grills.

Distinctive grid pattern creates attractive sear marks on Panini sandwiches, hamburgers, chicken breasts and other food products. Eurostyle design is built to deliver years of maintenance free operation. Star’s new “pro lift”™ hinge design provides superior durability, performance and safety. Pro lift is designed to operate over two million cycles and our unique design provides the only true level floative system on the top platen for improved fantastic performance.

C. Panini & Sandwich Grills.

Perfect for cuban sandwiches, quesadillas, burritos, ham & cheese sandwiches, veggies and Philly steak sandwiches. Seasoned, heavy duty, cast iron griddle plates. Panini grills have grooved plates. Sandwich grills have smooth plates. Machine-finished cooking surface. Stainless steel construction.

On/Off switch. Handles for easy toting. Heavy duty hinge. 31/ 2'' stainless steel adjustable feet. Removable, easy-to-clean, stainless steel catch tray. 4-foot power cord. Models shown—SG14 and PG14.

Description Small Panini, 18.3"Lx17.6"Wx10.7"H Panini, 120V, 17.5"Lx17.9"Wx10.1"H Panini, 208/240V, 17.5"Lx17.9"Wx10.1"H Small Sandwich Grill, 18.3"Lx17.6"Wx10.7"H Sandwich Grill, 17.5"Lx17.9"Wx10.1"H

E E. Induction Cookers.

New induction cookers are a perfect addition to your front of the house work stations. These induction cookers combine high efficiency cooking with instant heat. Only drawing heat when a pan is placed on the cooking plate, they provide a more economical way of cooking.

Have a safer and cooler working environment by using flameless cooking. Offering fast and easy cleanup, units are available in popular sizes and voltages.

Model IND-A120V IND-C120V IND-C208V IND-WOK IND-WOK120V IND-WOK208V IND-B120V

Model Description CG14B 195/8"Wx243/4"Dx131/2"H Aluminum Grooved CG10IB 161/8"Wx211/8"Dx131/4"H Iron Grooved CG10IE 161/8"Wx211/8"Dx131/4"H Iron Grooved w/Timer CG14E 195/8"W x243/4"Dx131/2"H Aluminum Grooved w/Timer GR10B 161/8"Wx211/8"Dx131/4"H Aluminum Smooth Additional models available.

68

Description Slim Design Cooker, 120V, 1800W Manual Control Cooker, 120V, 1800W Manual Control Cooker, 208V, 3000W Wok w/Cover Wok Cooker, 120V Wok Cooker, 208V Full Size Cooker, 120V, 1800W

69.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:18 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT A. Panini Grills.

Evenly distributed cooking temperatures allow you to grill both sides without flipping! Constructed of heavy duty brushed stainless steel with an adjustable thermostat to 570°F. Hinged, autobalancing top plate to suit foods up to 3" thick.

Power and ready indicator lights. Heat-resistant handles. Limited one year warranty. UL. NSF Model WPG150 WPG250 WPG300 WFG150 WFG250 WFG300

Description Ribbed 91/4"x151/2"x111/2" Ribbed 91/2"x171/2"x16" Ribbed Dual 91/4"x151/2"x183/4" Smooth 91/4"x111/2"x151/2" Smooth 91/2"x16"x171/2" Smooth Dual 91/4"x183/4"x151/2"

C

B B. Countertop Induction Range.

Powerful countertop cooking at its best—16 power levels and 31 different temperatures. 4 digital LED display, normal key-press control panel. 150 minute timer. Automatic empty pan shut-off safety. 16 power levels, 300-1800W. 31 temperature settings from 150°F to 450°F. Error code alert with display. 8 protection functions. Stainless steel construction. Adjustable foot for level control. Easy-to-clean, Schott Ceran™ glass HOB surface. 51/2 foot power cord. Model IR10 shown.

A

C. Induction Cooker.

Stainless steel electric Induction Cooker with ceramic top features push-button operation with a temperature range of 140°F to 464°F. 1800 Watts, 120 volt. ETL listed. 151/2"Lx12"Wx41/4"D, 1800 watts. Model IC-1800W

D. Induction Ranges.

Wide selection of induction ranges available in Commercial, Professional and Ultra Series. The new Mirage® series expands the selections of both Countertop and Drop-In units. Just a few of the many features include over-heat protection, pan-auto detection and auto shut-off function. 18 gauge 304 stainless steel constructed case frame with ceramic top. Push button controls. UL, FC, NSF. Parts and labor warranty: 1 year on Mirage and Commercial, 2 year on Professional and Ultra Series.

Model Description 6950020 Commercial Cntrtop,15AMPS, 120V 6954301 Professional Cntrtop, 10.8AMP, 208/240V 69520 Professional Cntrtop,12.1AMP, 208/240V 69522 Professional Dual Hob Cntrtop, Front to Back, 24.1AMP, 208/240V 69523 Professional Dual Hob Cntrtop-Side by Side, 24.1AMP, 208/240V Additional models available.

E Model TPT-120 TPT-208

G

E. 4-Slot Toasters.

For the golden toast you want and the quality that you need. Evenly toasts a variety of bread products including bagels, Texas toast, waffles and English muffins.

Features durable stainless steel construction, individual toasting controls and removable crumb tray for easy cleaning.

Description 220 slices per hr., 11/2"W slots 320 slices per hr., 13/8"W slots

D

F

F. Hot Plates.

Single and double burner hot plates will save you counter space because of their compact size. Cadco’s Hot Plates are the newest models available. Industrial rated hot plates have high speed tubular elements and come with a one year warranty. Heavy duty stainless steel construction. Robertshaw thermostat with infinite heat control.

On/Off rocker switch. Power light(s) indicates burner is turned on. UL Safety and Sanitary, C-UL. Model CSR-3T shown.

Model Description CSR-1T Single, 6" Burner, 1100 Watts CSR-3T Single, 8" Burner, 1500 Watts CDR-1T Double, 6" Burners, 825 Watts/Burner

G. Conveyor Toaster Oven.

Conveyor toaster perfect for continuous light to dark toasting. Toasts up to 300 slices per hour. Stainless steel construction. Metal upper and lower elements. 3 function power levels- toast both sides, toast one side, and energy saver. Variable conveyor speed control for light to dark toasting. 31/2'' stainless steel adjustable feet.

Removable, easy-to-clean, stainless steel catch tray. Toast front return. Continuous delivery of toasted breads and thick bagels. 2'' clearance over conveyor, 10''W conveyor. 4-foot power cord. Model TC1 shown.

69

70.11_13 5/16/11 12:20 PM Page 1

COOKING EQUIPMENT

A

Model TQ-10 TQ-400 TQ-400BA TQ-800 TQ-800BA TQ-800H TQ-800HBA TQ-1200

A. Toast-Qwick速 Conveyor Toasters.

Precise control and improved performance. State-of-the-art electronic controls precisely regulate top and bottom heating elements. Patented Colorguard sensing system (TQ-400, 800 and -1200 models) monitors and adjusts speed during high usage periods to assure uniformity. Power save mode with indicator light saves energy and money during slow periods. Capacities range from 350 to 1200 slices per hour.

Standard and bagel models as well as versions with a taller opening and a high-speed model are available.

Model TQ400 shown.

Description Economy, 141/2"Wx173/4Dx133/4H, 5 slice cap.

141/2"Wx173/4"Dx147/8"H, 6 slice cap.

141/2"Wx173/4"Dx147/8"H, 6 slice cap.

141/2"Wx223/4"Dx165/8"H, 14 slice cap.

141/2"Wx223/4"Dx165/8"H, 14 slice cap.

141/2"Wx223/4"Dx165/8"H, 13 slice cap.

141/2"Wx223/4"Dx165/8"H, 14 slice cap.

141/2"Wx223/4"Dx165/8"H, 20 slice cap.

B B. Toasters.

A standout on any countertop or serving area. Four 13/8" wide slots hold a variety of breads from English muffins to bagels to thick homemade slices. Features electronic browning controls, four self-centering bread racks and removable crumb trays. Brushed chrome steel housing.

Limited one year warranty. UL, CUL, NSF. 2 slot models also available.

Model Description WCT702 2 Slot Light Duty (60 slices per hr.)

WCT704 2 Long Slot (4 Pcs. of bread) Light Duty (80 slicer per hr.)

WCT708 4 Slot Medium Duty (150 slices per hr.)

C. QCS/QCSe速 Series Conveyor Toasters.

No matter how you slice it, consistent quality, high capacity and energy efficiency is ... a piece of toast. Holman's forced convection system keeps the toaster cool to the touch and increases productivity by circulating pre-heated air into toasting chamber. Quartz infrared heaters provide faster, more consistent heating than traditional heating elements. Heat on demand in only 30 seconds. Adjustable belt speed controls. Power consumption is reduced by 75% in standby mode.

Crumb tray included.

D

Model Description QCS1-350 350 Slices/Hr., Compact Conveyor QCS1-500B 500 Slices/Hr., Bagel Conveyor QCS2-500 500 Slices/Hr. QCS2-600HA 600 Slices/Hr. QCS2-800A 800 Slices/Hr. QCS2-1200B 1200 Slices/Hr., Bagel Conveyor QCS3-1000A 1000 Slices/Hr., High Volume Additional models available.

E

C

E. Conveyor Toaster.

Rapidly heats to optimal temperature. Heavy duty stainless steel adjustable speed conveyor features 10" wide belt, pull out crumb tray for easy cleaning and front or rear discharge chutes. Single or dual side toasting option. 280-300 slices per hour.

Available in 120V/2200W or 240V/2200W models.

One year warranty. NSF approved.

Model Description CYT-120 280-300 Slices/Hr., 120V, 2200 Watts, 18 Amps CYT-240 280-300 Slices/Hr., 240V, 220 Watts, 9 ams

D. Heavy Duty Toasters.

Uniformly toasts regular bread, Texas toast, bagels, frozen waffles and many other foods. WCT800/RC/805/805B- Four 11/8" regular toast slots. WCT810/815/815B- Two 11/8 regular toast slots and two 15/8" extra wide slots for bagels. Easily replaceable industrial heating plates. Electronic browning controls. Carriage control lift lever. Dishwasher-safe crumb tray. ETL, NSF, UL, CUL approved.

Model WCT800 WCT810 WCT815 WCT805B WCT815B WCT800RC

F. Extra-Wide Slot Commercial Toasters.

Easily accommodates bagels, waffles and gourmet breads. Proctor Silex Toasters feature extra wide 11/2" slots. Automatic toast boost makes small slices easy to reach. Bagel function toasts the cut side and warms the outside. Front crumb tray Model slides out for quick cleanup. Durable brushed chrome resists fingerprints. Available 24850 22850 in 2- or 4-slot toaster. NSF, cULus. Model 24850 shown.

70

Description 4 Slot Heavy Duty, 300 Slices hr. 120V 4 Slot Combo (Toast/Bagel) 300 Slices hr. 120V 4 Slot Combo (Toast/Bagel) 380 Slices hr. 240V 4 Slot, 380 Slices hr. 208V 4 Slot Combo (Toast/Bagel), 380 Slices hr. 208V 4 Slot , 240 Slices hr. 120V

Description 4 Slice Extra Wide Toaster 2 Slice Extra Wide Toaster

F

71.11_31.new 5/13/11 1:32 PM Page 1

Holding Equipment Holding Cabinets Warmers Display Cabinets Serving Lines

A. Flav-R-Savor Holding Cabinet (Portable).

Improve holding capabilities with Hatco’s portable holding cabinet, built specifically to slide under lower work counters.

Accommodates up to six full size sheet pans or up to twelve 21/2" deep hotel pans. Also available, model FSHC-17W1, new tall humidified holding cabinet for a wider variety of menu items or larger quantities of food. Holds 17 sheet or Gastronorm pans, or up to 34 steam table pans.

A

Model FSHC-6W1 FSHC-17W1

Safely Holding Food for Service

B. C5™ Series 9 Controlled Humidity Cabinets.

By controlling both temperature and humidity, operators can be assured that their product will come out as delectable as it went in.

Temperature and relative humidity are constantly measured, maintained and displayed. Available in the configuration to fit your application. Full height, 3 / 4 height, 1 / 2 height, under counter sizes with full length, Dutch, solid and clear door options. Passthru models also available. High-quality components and construction provide a long life of worry-free use. 120V, 20 amp.

In many foodservice operations, food is cooked to order.

Food that is stored, prepared, cooked properly and then served immediately is less likely to cause illness.

However, even in operations that cook to order, many menu items are cooked and held for service. This is a perfectly acceptable practice as long as safety guidelines are followed.

Hot Foods 1. Never use hot-holding equipment to reheat food if it is not designed to do so.

2. Only use hot-holding equipment that can keep food at an internal temperature of 135°F or higher.

3. Stir food at regular intervals to distribute temperature evenly.

4. Keep food covered.

5. Check internal food temperatures every two hours.

6. Discard potentially hazardous food after 4 hours if it has not been held at or above 135°F. 7. Never mix freshly prepared food with food being held for service.

8. Prepare food in small batches so it will be used faster.

Cold Foods 1. Only use cold holding equipment that can keep food at 41°F or lower.

2. Do not store food directly on ice.

3. Check internal food temperatures every two hours.

4. Protect food from contaminants with covers or sneeze guards.

Description Holds (6) Full Size or (12) 21/2" Pans Tall, Holds (17) Full Size or (34) 21/2" Pans

B Model Description C599-SFS-U Full Solid Door, Univ Slides C599-SFS-L Full Solid Door, Lip Load Slides C599-SDS-U Full Dutch Solid Door, Univ Slides C599-SDS-L Full Dutch Solid Door, Lip Load Slides C599-SFC-U Full Clear Door, Univ Slides C599-SFC-L Full Clear Door, Lip Load Slides Additional models available.

C. hotLOGIX Humidified Holding Cabinets.

Ideal for extended holding of bulk, uncovered foods, such as baked chicken, steamed vegetables, pasta and more! Large-capacity, humidified, heated holding and proofing cabinets feature stainless steel construction and digital controls for heat and humidity settings. Large removable water reservoir is located away from the food zone and is inexpensive to replace. For versatile holding, they can be used with or without humidity. HWC series has angle slides for 18"x26" sheet pans. HWU series has universal slides for 12"x20 and 18"x26" pan sizes.

Model HWU14S1XM-D shown.

C Model Description HWU8S1XE LOGIX10, 1/2 Ht., Elec. Controls, (16) 12"x20" or (8) 18"x26", Universal Slides, Insulated, 5" Casters, ENERGY STAR® HWC28S1XE LOGIX10, 3/4 Ht., Elec. Controls, (28) 18"x26", Fixed Angle Slides, Insulated, 5" Casters, ENERGY STAR® HWU14S1XE LOGIX10, 3/4 Ht., Elec. Controls, (28) 12"x20" or (14) 18"x26", Universal Slides, 5" Casters, ENERGY STAR® HWP36S1XE-D LOGIX10, full Ht., (36) Pizza In-Box up to 16", (18) 18"x26", Dutch Doors, ENERGY STAR® HWC36S1XE LOGIX10, full Ht., Elec. Controls, (36) 18"x26", Fixed Angle Slides, Insulated, 5" Casters, ENERGY STAR® Additional models available.

71

72.11_28.new 5/16/11 11:43 AM Page 1

HOLDING EQUIPMENT A. C5™ 6 Series Heated Holding Cabinets.

Designed for the rigors of everyday use in the demanding professional foodservice environment. Basic temperature control and an “always on” analog thermometer provide simple yet effective control over the internal temperature of the cabinet and is ideal when power must be interrupted for transport. C5™ 6 Series is available in aluminum and stainless steel and in 3/4 height, full height, pass thru, 1 / 2 height and under the counter models. Dutch solid or clear door options available.

A

B. C5™ 8 Series Controlled Temperature Heated Holding Cabinets.

Designed to precisely maintain food temperature.

Intelligent temperature control takes the guess work out of holding your food product. Set the desired cabinet temperature and the proprietary C5™ 8 Series controller does the rest by continuously monitoring, maintaining and displaying the internal temperature.

Precise control gives professional results. Available in stainless steel or aluminum and full height, pass-thru, 3/4 height, 1/2 height and under counter. Dutch solid or clear door options available.

Model Description C589-SDS-U SST Dutch Solid Door C589-SDC-U Tall Dutch Clear Door, Univ Slides C589-NDS-U AL Tall, Full Solid Door C589-NDC-U AL Tall, Clear Door C585-NFS-U AL Half, Solid Door C583-SFS-U UnderCtr, S/S Full Solid Door, Univ Slide Additional models available.

B

Model Description C569-SDS-U Full Dutch Solid Door C569-SDC-U Full Dutch Clear Door C569-SFS-U Full Solid Door C567-SFS-U 3/4 Solid Door C565-SFS-U 1/2 Solid Door Additional models available.

Featured Chef Chef Chris Roderique Piggy's Restaurant La Crosse, WI

C. Holding & Transport Cabinets.

Designed to keep foods hot and delicious from cooking to serving. Accommodates a wide variety of pan sizes.

Cabinets feature all welded stainless steel construction, full perimeter high impact bumpers and reusable cold cartridges. Available in a wide variety of sizes to accommodate virtually any volume. Designed to fit through any standard door. 120V, 208V and 240V heaters.

Model VHP15 VBP13I VBP15I VHP7

Description Holds (15) 12"x20"x21/2" Pans Holds (13) 12"x20"x21/2" or 18"x26"x1" Pans Holds (15) 12"x20"x21/2" or 18"x26"x1" Pans Holds (7) 12"x20"x21/2" Pans

(4) 6 oz. salmon filets, cleaned 2 oz. molasses 2 oz. grain mustard 1 oz. red wine vinegar 1 tsp. salt

C D. G-Series Hot Food Cabinets.

Even holding temps. Lower utility cost. Fewer heater and gasket replacements. These are what you get when you choose a Traulsen Hot Food Cabinet. Even holding temps means better product quality and reduced shrink—less food cost. ENERGY STAR® means lower utility bills.

Microprocessor control for greater accuracy and reliability. All-metal heating element means reduced lifetime service costs. Gasket and door pan design reduces replacement frequency.

Self-closing/stay open doors provide operator convenience. Factory installed shelving saves installation time and money. Warranty: One year parts & labor, lifetime door handle and hinge, ten year door.

Minnesota Apple Wood Smoked Salmon with Molasses Glaze and Roasted Butternut Squash Salsa

½ cup small diced butternut squash 1 Tbsp. olive oil ½ cup peeled, seeded and diced roma tomatoes 1 shallot, minced 1 garlic toe, minced 1 Tbsp. chopped cilantro 1 seeded and minced serrano pepper ½ lime, juiced Salt to taste

D

Model Description G14300 1-Section Solid Half Door, HR G14301 1-Section Solid Half Door, HL G14310 1-Section Solid Full Door, HR G14311 1-Section Solid Full Door, HL G24300 2-Section Solid Half Door, HL/R G24302 2-Section Solid Half Door, HR/R Additional models available.

72

Thoroughly clean salmon filets, including removal of the blood line (brown meat running down the center of the filet on the skin side) using a “V” cut. Combine molasses, mustard, vinegar and salt and mix well. Pour over salmon filets and refrigerate for 1 hour. While salmon is marinating, get charcoal good and hot and when ready, add apple wood chips to begin smoking. For salsa, toss squash in olive oil and a little salt and pepper. Roast in 450°F oven until just tender, cool. In a bowl toss tomatoes, shallot and garlic, flavor with cilantro, serrano and lime juice. Check seasoning for salt and let flavors marry. Set salmon filets on grill and slow smoke until cooked through, but not dry. Stripe salmon with fresh salsa.

73.11_28.new 5/13/11 2:23 PM Page 1

HOLDING EQUIPMENT A. F Series Display Cases.

Display exterior sides are made of 18-gauge stainless steel. Galvanized steel reinforced ABS plastic interior sides with molded shelf supports. Four adjustable epoxy coated wire shelves. On/off switch A for the display section light(s). Top mount coil with multiple fans circulates the air throughout the cabinet. Display section runs from thermostatic control. Sliding and removable self-closing 1/2" thick argon filled, low-E, warm edge insert, thermopane glass doors with left and right vertical gasket. High density environmentally friendly, Kyoto Protocol Compliant, Non ODP (Ozone Depletion Potential), Non GWP (Global Warming Potential) polyurethane foam throughout unit. Environmentally friendly HFC-404A refrigerant. One year parts and 90 day labor standard warranty.

Model Description F5MC48N 24"D, 48"L Self-Contained Drop-In Refrigerated Display Case with Single Service Display and Mirrored Back F5SC48N 24"D, 48"L Self-Contained Drop-In Refrigerated Display Case with Single Service Display and See-Thru Back F5PC48N 24"D, 48"L Self-Contained Drop-In Refrigerated Display Case with Single Service Display and Pass-Thru w/ Glass Doors (Both Sides) F5MR48N 24"D, 48"L Remote Drop-in Refrigerated Display Case with Single Service Display and Mirrored Back Additional models available.

D

B

C

D. Glo-Ray Buffet Warmer.

Ideal for holding hot food safely on buffet lines or temporary serving areas. Featuring infrared heat above and thermostatically controlled heat below. Shatter-resistant incandescent lights enhance food appeal. Breath protectors provide safe serving environment. Designer color insert panels complement décor. Other sizes available. Model GR2BW-30

F. C5™ 1 Series Non-Insulated Heated Holding & Proofing Cabinets.

C5™ 1 Series heated cabinets deliver reliable performance in a tried and true design. Choice of combination holding/proofing, holding or proofing control modules.

Three slide styles for maximum holding capacity: universal slides, fixed slides, and lip-load slides for sheet pans.

Removable water pan and easy-to-clean drip trough.

Model Description C519-CFC-4 Full Combo-Clear Door, Fixed Slides C519-CFC-L Full Combo-Clear Door, Lip Load C519-CFC-U Full Combo-Clear Door, Univ. Slides C519-HFC-U Full-Clear Door, Univ. Slides C519-HFC-L 3/4 Combo-Clear Door, Univ. Slides Additional models available.

B. Cook & Hold Cabinets.

Gentle circulating air browns your roasts while sealing in juices and maximizing flavor. Features increased yield over convection oven roasting, better tasting tender roasts and low installation cost.

Hood not required in most areas. Stainless steel construction, full range thermostats, and removable heating system for easy cleaning. Cooking to 325°F; holding to 200°F. Automatically goes into hold mode after cooking and stays in hold until new cook cycle is started or is turned off. Model CH18 shown.

Model Description CH18 Holds (18) 18"x26" pans CH6 Holds (6) 18"x26" pans CH9 Holds (9) 18"x26" pans CH6/6 Two CH6 Units w/ Stacking Kit CH6/9 One CH6 and one CH9 w/ Stacking Kit C. Heated Display Cases.

Show off your product with this designer merchandiser. Exclusive infrared heat pattern combined with heated base keeps food at that “just made” taste and temperature. Curved tempered-glass styling and incandescent lighting. Stainless steel construction. Dual shelf warmer is available in two or three pan models, with and without humidity. Models are shipped with 4" adjustable legs and factory attached 6' cord and plug. Available in Hunter Green, Warm Red, Black, White Granite, Navy Blue, Gray Granite, Antique Copper.

Model Description GRCD-1P 205/8"L, 410 Watts GRCDH-1P 205/8"L, 660 Watts GRCD-1PD 205/8"L, 860 Watts GRCD-2PD 321/2"L, 1210 Watts GRCDH-2PD 321/2"L, 1460 Watts GRCD-3PD 451/2"L, 1710 Watts GRCDH-3PD 451/2"L, 1960 Watts E. C5™ 3 Series Heated Holding & Proofing Cabinets.

Exclusive cool-to-touch Insulation Armour insulates and protects employees from hot surfaces. Built-in hand holds make cabinet easy to handle for mobile applications. Choice of combination holding/proofing or holding module. Available with the new moisture module. Three slide styles for maximum holding capacity: Universal on 1 1/ 2" increments with SiteSelect, fixed on 3" increments and lip-load for sheet pans. Removable water pan and drip trough. Standard colors red, blue and gray. Custom colors also available. Energy Star approved.

Model C539-MDC-U shown.

Model C537-HFS-U C537-HFS-U-GY

Description Holding, Full Solid Door, Univ. Slides 3/4 Holding, Full Solid Door, Univ Slides, Gray C539-HDC-U Full Holding, Dutch Clear Door, Univ. Slides C539-MDC-U Full Moisture, Dutch Clear Door, Univ. Slides C539-MDS-U Full Moisture, Dutch Solid Door, Univ. Slides Additional models available.

F 73

3/4

E

74.11_28.new 5/13/11 2:36 PM Page 1

HOLDING EQUIPMENT

A A. Holding Cabinets.

Keep food hot, fresh and ready for easy assembly. Single and four bin models available for all your holding needs. Each bin is sealed to prevent moisture loss and is independently controlled with easy-to-operate digital controls and temperature display. MHC’s utilize conduction heat that transfers directly from both top and bottom providing consistent quality, improved freshness and extended hold times. Go ahead, prepare and hold food prior to the rush, your customers will notice and appreciate it. UL, CE approve Model 86002/MHC-22 86009/MHC1

Description 4-Bin Single-Bin, Right Hand Controller

B. Fried Food Holding Station.

Reduce waste, improve profits by extending the life of your foods. Solid stainless steel construction for exceptional durability, aesthetics and cleanability. Constant circulation of hot air over and through the food controls moisture, maintains crispness and extends product retention up to 3 times.

Longer hold times result in less waste, which equals increased profits for operators. Fry tray, grease tray and product dividers are all easily removed—making the FFHS a snap to clean.

Model Description 27000/FFHS-27 13"Hx27"Wx24.6"D, 208V, 30 Amps 27007/FFHS-16 13"Hx15.8"Wx24.6"D, 120V, 15 Amps 27019/FFHS-10 13"Hx10.4"Wx24.6"D, 120V, 15 Amps

D. Hot Food Merchandisers.

Perfect for merchandising sandwiches, cookies or any day part menu in 12" or 15" of counter space.

Interior thermometer. Bottom control panel houses on/off switch and temperature knob for ease of operation. Constructed with heavy duty aluminum corner posts. Glass panel body construction with a 3/16" thick glass door with one-piece full length hinge and handle. Forced air system circulates air throughout cabinet. Includes 6' lead in cord with NEMA 5-15P. CUL, UL, UL sanitation and NSF 4 approved.

Model Description 12MC 127/8"Wx14"Dx187/8"H (2 Perforated Shelves) 15MC 153/8"Wx161/2"Dx247/8"H (3 Perforated Shelves) 18MCP 187/8"Wx20"Dx247/8"H (2 S/S Solid Shelves)

C

C. Infrared Food Warmers.

Keep foods hot without allowing food to dry out or become discolored. Lengths up to 12' (aluminum housing only) and up to 8' (stainless housings). Heating elements guaranteed against burnout and breakage for 2 years. Available in various lengths and mounting configurations in both standard and high wattage. 120V, 208V and 240V. Warmers are available in seven designer colors and five gloss finishes. Model GRAH shown in Hunter Green.

Model Description GRAH-30 Aluminum Food Warmer, 30" GRAH-36 Aluminum Food Warmer, 36" GRAH-48 Aluminum Food Warmer, 48" GRAH-60 Aluminum Food Warmer, 60" Additional models available.

B

D

F E

F. Serv-Rite™ Portable Buffet Warmers.

Designed to keep prepared foods at optimum serving temperatures without affecting quality. They’re perfect for self-serve buffet areas and customer serving points. All Serv-Rite Buffet Warmers feature a thermostatically controlled heated base with digital temperature indicating display, durable stainless steel construction, sturdy aluminum extrusions and a 6' cord with plug. Shown with optional overhead halogen heat that is controlled by a base mounted standard toggle switch.

E. Hot & Cold Merchandisers.

These merchandising cabinets provide self-service for a wide variety of foods, while displaying them attractively in a way sure to attract customers. The refrigeration and heating systems are carefully engineered to hold the cold foods at temperatures optimized for protection of their safety and appearance, in accordance with the latest food safety standards.

Model Description OTH-1 341/4"W, 1140 Watts, 3 Heated Shelves OTH-2 531/8"W, 1800 Watts, 3 Heated Shelves OTH-3 61"W, 2300 Watts, 3 Heated Shelves OTH-4 743/4"W, 2930 Watts, 3 Heated Shelves Additional models available.

Model SRB-1 SRBW-1 SRG-1 SRGBW-1

74

Description Shelf w/Food Pans Buffet Warmer w/Food Pans Shelf w/Black Glass & Food Pans Buffet Warmer w/Black Glass & Food Pans

75.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:22 PM Page 1

HOLDING EQUIPMENT

A

A. Decorative Carving Station.

The Decorative Carving Station combines the Hatco Decorative Heat Lamp with the Swanstone Heated Base to create an attractive carving display. Patent-pending telescoping and pivoting stem gives you flexibility, style and quality for your chef station. Decorative posts and lamps available in bright brass, bright nickel and antique bronze.

Choose free-standing or with a rounded or rectangular heated stone base available in gray granite, bermuda sand, night sky and sawgrass. Carving station units come with matching cutting board (except DSC400-1) keeping juices contained and tablecloths clean.

Model Description DCS400-1 Brass (1) Post/Shade DCSB400-R24-1 Bronze (1) Post/Shade w/Night Sky Base DCSB400-2420-1 Nickel (1) Post/Shade w/Night Sky Base DCSB400-3624-2 Brass (2) Posts/Shades w/Night Sky Base

C. Glo-Ray® Narrow Halogen Foodwarmers.

Great for use in tight spaces. Foods do not dry out or become discolored. Slim line heaters are only 2.13"H and 4"D, making your food the center of attention.

Halogen heat source is controlled by a dimmer switch. Xenon bulbs light food product when no heat is required.

Available in widths from 18" to 72" for GRN4 models and 24" to 72" for GRN4L C models. Sturdy continuous housings Description available in stainless steel, 7 designer Model colors, 6 gloss finishes and 6 plated GRN4-18 18"W finishes.

GRN4-24 24"W GRN4-30 30"W Additional models available.

B. Thermo-Finisher™ Food Finishers.

3 seconds! That’s how quickly this ThermoFinisher™ performs from “standby” to “full temperature”. Some foods can be processed in as little as 12 seconds. Perfect for melting toppings, toasting buns or finishing soups and foods like Mexican entrees, nachos and potato skins. It can also be used to thermalize frozen foods such as appetizers, French fries and pizza.

Model Description TF-1919 1 Upper/1 Lower Element, 208/240V, Single Phase TF-4619 4 Upper/1 Lower Element, 208/240V, Three Phase

Model Description GRN4-36 36"W GRN4-42 42"W GRN4-48 48"W

E

D. Portable Foodwarmers.

Specially designed stand keeps food holding pans up off the work area and allows access from three sides. The ceramic heating element allows a greater distance between heat source and food product, making it ideal for use next to fry stations and service areas that require frequent and easy access. Available with metal sheathed elements or ceramic elements.

Model Description GRB Heated Base, Metal Sheathed Element GRFF Portable Foodwarmer, Metal Sheathed Element GRFFL GRFF w/Lights, Metal Sheathed Element GRFFB GRFF w/Heated Base, Metal Sheathed Element GRFFBL GRFFB w/Lights, Metal Sheathed Element UGFF Ceramic Heating Element UGFFL UGFF w/Lights, Ceramic Heating Element UGFFB UGFF w/Heated Base, Ceramic Heating Element UGFFBL UGFFB w/Lights, Ceramic Heating Element

F

B

D

E. Cayenne® Heat Strips.

Cayenne® Heat Strips unique heating design disperses heat more evenly over the entire food holding area. End-to-end heating minimizing 6" to 9" cold zones found in other models. The 33% larger “food safe” zone allows you to hold more food at safe, consistent temperatures.

Medium wattage units ensure maximum performance at the desired operating height.

Mounting brackets and Kool-Touch trim offered as options.

Model Description 36" Hard Wire w/Lights, Medium Wattage, Single, Toggle Control 72711119 120V 72711129 208V 72711139 240V Additional models available.

F. Food Shields.

Choose Self-Service, Cafeteria Style or Cook/Carving Food Shields. Adjustable with brackets—No tools required. 1/4" thick heat-tempered glass. Includes two 18"Wx153/8"H glass side panels. Heavy duty stainless steel shelving available in 12" or 15" widths with 15/8" stainless steel tubing. NSF.

75

Model Description Self-Service w/12" Shelf SG-12-36 36" SG-12-48 48" SG-12-60 60" SG-12-72 72" SG-12-84 84" SG-12-96 96" Additional models available.

76.11_28.new 5/13/11 3:24 PM Page 1

HOLDING EQUIPMENT A. Transport Cabinets.

Built extra-strong to withstand the rigors of transporting bakery and foodservice products. A welded bottom ensures rigidity as well as permits forklift loading and unloading. Heavy duty plate casters promote easy mobility, and with many sizes to choose from, storage space will never be a problem. Piper’s Superior Foundation featured on our toughest racks: Two 12 gauge aluminized steel reinforcing channels support our .090" thick aluminum bottom panel. The edges are formed and rolled to create a built-in bumper. Heavy duty plate casters make this the strongest foundation in the industry.

Model Description 918 Holds (18) 18"x26" Sheet Pans 922 Holds (22) 18"x26" Sheet Pans 926 Holds (26) 18"x26" Sheet Pans 933 Holds (33) 18"x26" Sheet Pans Additional models available.

C. LiquiTec Cold Pans.

Using patented eutectic fluid technology, LiquiTec cold pans far surpass traditional methods of cold pan operation. LiquiTec creates up to 100% more refrigerated surface coverage generating a supercooling effect allowing pans and food to be flush with the countertop while maintaining NSF 7 safe food temperatures. Additionally, the super-cooling effects result in energy savings.

D

B

A

B. Dual Heat Lamp.

Fully adjustable to the operator’s needs. This attractively styled dual heat lamp is constructed of heavy duty aluminum. Shades designed with flared shape for strength and even heat distribution. On/off switch located on arm away from heat zone. Arm easily adjusts from 15" to 21". Ceramic insulated sockets with nickel plated contacts to prevent fusing.

Includes two 250 watt clear bulbs. 120V. UL approved. One year warranty. Model HL-2

C Model 8118-EF 8132-EF 8145-EF 8159-EF 8172-EF 8186-EF

Description Holds (1) 12"x20" Pan Holds (2) 12"x20" Pans Holds (3) 12"x20" Pans Holds (4) 12"x20" Pans Holds (5) 12"x20" Pans Holds (6) 12"x20" Pans

D. Cayenne® Heat ‘N Serve Rethermalizers.

Take prepared food from frozen or refrigerated to piping hot, and thermostatically hold the food at proper serving temperature. Exclusive thermoset well and element design uses 25% less energy and keeps the stainless steel exterior cooler. Indicator light denotes low water level. Brushed stainless steel exterior and gray granite well. Round rethermalizers: 120 AC, 800 Watts, 6.7 amps, 5-15 plug. Full size rethermalizer: 120AC, 1000 Watts, 8.3 amps, 5-15 plug.

Made in USA, NSF and UL Listed. Model 72017 shown.

Model Description 72017 7 qt. Unit Only 72018 7 qt. Package w/Inset, Cover & Hinge 72021 11 qt. Unit Only 72009 11 qt. Package w/Inset, Cover & Hinge 72020 Full-Size Rethermalizer

E E. Hot Modular Drop-Ins. Unique energy-efficient design available in multiple wattages. Deep drawn 63/8" stainless wells allow for full size and fractional pans. Drip-free flange contains moisture and spills to prevent food contamination.

Full perimeter gasket. Pre-assembled cord and plug configuration eliminate the need for electrician.

Standard individual well drain or optional manifold drain offers flexibility in cleaning and operation. Auto fill option available. NSF 4. 1-year parts and labor warranty.

Model Description 3646601 1 Well 1000W 120V D/I 3646701 1 Well 1000W 240V D/I 36466 1 Well 100-120V D/I 3646681 1 Well 100-120V Therm 1000W 3646610 1 Well 100-120V Therm Additional models available.

F F. Food Warmers.

Heavy duty stainless steel construction both inside and out for excellent durability. Available in both a square and round design and are fitted to accommodate most standard size pans. Maintains food temperature in excess of 140°F (the requirement for safe foodservice). Easy to clean. Square models available in 1200 and 1500 watts and round model comes in 1200 watts. All models are NSF and UL approved.

Model FW-1200W FW-1200WR FW-1500W

Description Rectangle, 1200 Watts Round, 1200 Watts 4/3 Size, 1500 Watts

G 76

G. Soup Kettle.

Excellent for delis, dining rooms, cafeterias and food counters. The premium kettle holds up to 11.4 quarts of liquid with a heavy duty stainless steel insert and lid complete with a piano hinge for ease of use. The outside shell is constructed with a scratch and dent resistant shell. The economy models hold up to 11 quarts and are available in black powder and stainless steel shells. Premium model is ETL listed and ecomony kettles are UL listed and UL sanitation.

Model Description SK-500W 11.4 qt., 500W (Black Powder Shell) SK-600 11 qt., 400W (Black Powder Shell) SK-800 11 qt., 400W (All Stainless Steel)

77.11_28.new 5/13/11 3:39 PM Page 1

HOLDING EQUIPMENT

A A. Drawer Warmers.

Ideal for casseroles, pot pies, rolls, nacho chips, potatoes, vegetables, poultry, meat and desserts. Each positive-closing drawer has nylon rollers, a recessed thermostatic control and temperature monitor. Stainless steel slides and removable drawer bodies make cleaning easy. Available in 1, 2, 3 and 4 drawer free-standing or built-in units and the new Split Drawer Warmer expands holding capabilities by accommodating more pans in the same space as a standard single drawer model.

Model Description HDW-1 Freestanding, 450W, 1 Drawer, 291⁄2"Wx225⁄8"Dx11"H HDW-2 Freestanding, 900W, 2 Drawers, 291⁄2"Wx225⁄8"Dx211⁄8"H HDW-3 Freestanding, 1350W, 3 Drawers, 291⁄2"Wx225⁄8"Dx311/4"H HDW-4 Freestanding, 1800W, 4 Drawers, 291⁄2"Wx225⁄8"Dx 413/8"H HDW-1N Freestanding Narrow, 450W, 1 Drawer, 2013⁄16"Wx27"Dx11"H HDW-2N Freestanding Narrow, 900W, 2 Drawers, 2013⁄16"Wx27"Dx211⁄8"H HDW-3N Freestanding Narrow, 1350W, 3 Drawers, 2013⁄16"Wx27"Dx311/4"H HDW-1B Built-In, 450W, 1 Drawer, 281/8"Wx225/16"Dx93/4"H Additional models available.

B B. Glo-Ray® Drop-In Heated Shelves.

Ideal for pass-through areas, buffet lines or as a heated work shelf. Drop-in heated shelf has a hardcoat aluminum top and blanket type foil element for uniform heat. Fiberglass insulation keeps heat at the holding surface while a built-in adjustable thermostat controls surface temperature from 80°F to 200°F. Comes with an illuminated on/off switch and mounting brackets. Can be mounted remotely up to 3' from the unit. The 3/4" flanged edge allows the unit to fit into a countertop opening.

Model Description GRSBF-24-I 550 watt, 251/2"W GRSB-36-I 780 watt, 36"W GRSBF-36-I 780 watt, 371/2"W GRSBF-48-I 1000 watt, 491/2"W

C. Drawer Warmers.

Keep heated foods at serving temperature. Each drawer fully insulated with its own thermostatic control. Available in one, two or three drawer models. Holds all standard steam table pans to 6" deep. Easy-to-clean completely removable drawers. Cordset with freestanding units. Overall dimensions: 291/4"Wx211/2"D. Available in 120V or 208/240V. Specify voltage when ordering. Built-ins also available. Also available in narrow widths–only 201/4" wide.

Model Description RW-1HD One Drawer, 107/8"H (w/o Legs) RW-2HD Two Drawers, 21"H (w/o Legs) RW-3HD Three Drawers, 311/8"H (w/o Legs)

C

D

E

D. Built-In Modular Food Warmers.

Heavy duty warmers are designed for installation into a metal counter fixture. Accommodates a standard 12"x20" pan up to 6" deep in each module section. Suitable for wet or dry operation. Controlled by individual thermostat. Signal light indicates when power is on. Shipped three phase and are field convertible to single phase. Models available with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 pans, with individual drains (D models).

Manifolds optional.

Model Description MOD200 Infinite Controls 2 Well MOD300 Infinite Controls 3 Well MOD300D Infinite Controls, 3 Well, Individual Drains Additional models available.

E. Smart Fabrication™.

Your design, your specs! Advance Tabco standardizes Custom Fabrication by pairing catalog items with hundreds of stock modifications and accessories that meet your specifications. Consistent quality all within your time and budget constraints is the reason Smart Fabrication™ is the only fabrication you will ever need. Contact our customer service department for assistance.

77

F

F. Insta-Therm™.

The perfect solution for adding the finishing touches to entrees and appetizers—instantly! No pre-heating required as the Insta-Therm™ is contact actuated for energy savings and heats instantly. The menu applications are endless.

Model 16001/IT-18

78.11_28.new 5/16/11 12:23 PM Page 1

HOLDING EQUIPMENT A. Hot & Cold Drop In Units.

Randell’s expertise on the refrigerated side is married together with their renowned hot food well performance to offer a matching line of drop-ins. Available in selfcontained/mechanical coldwall units, ice cooled and frost top units for the cold side and individual well and water bath models on the hot side. For those who are torn between the two, they offer a combination hot/cold unit that allows you to do both in the same space.

A Model Description 9918SCA(s) Self-Contained Refrigerated Coldpan, (1) 12"x20" Pan Capacity 9928SCA(s) Self-Contained Refrigerated Coldpan, (2) 12"x20" Pan Capacity 9943SCA(s) Self-Contained Refrigerated Coldpan, (3) 12"x20" Pan Capacity 9718IC Ice-Cooled Refrigerated Coldpan, (1) 12"x20" Pan Capacity 9728IC Ice-Cooled Refrigerated Coldpan, (2) 12"x20" Pan Capacity 95802-208Z Drop-In Combination Electric Hot/Cold Food Well, (2) 12"x20" Pan Capacity 95803-208Z Drop-In Combination Electric Hot/Cold Food Well, (3) 12"x20" Pan Capacity Additional models available.

C. Versa Food Service System.

New Versa Food Bars feature countless configurations for any situation. Fully portable system keeps food cold for hours. Easy care and unmatched durability. Sneeze guards are compliant with 2011 NSF requirements. Use the straight or corner connector to connect Food Bars, Work Tables and Cashier C Stations to create a professional, uniform look. Connect two Versa Food Bars to merchandise snacks and beverages. Join a cashier station with a food bar for faster check-out and improved traffic flow. Connect the cashier station to a work table to create a snack or beverage station. Maximize space by connecting two Food Bars with the corner connectors....the possibilities are endless!

Model Description VBR5 5' Food Bar w/Sneeze Guard w/Std Caster VBRHD5 5' Food Bar w/Sneeze Guard w/Hvy Duty Caster VBRL5 5' Food Bar, Low, w/Sneeze Guard w/Std Caster Additional models available.

B B. Glo-Ray® Heated Stone Shelves.

Ideal for use on buffet lines and as hors d’ouevre displays. Features a thermostatically -controlled heated base that extends food holding times. Available in portable or built-in models, these unique foodwarmers will safely hold food hot while blending into your décor.

Built-in models include a remote box with a 3' conduit and 6' cord and plug. Colors: Sawgrass, Gray Granite, Night Sky, Bermuda Sand. Other sizes and styles available.

Model Description GRSSB-2418 22"x18" Built-In GRSS-2418 24"x18" Free Standing GRSSB-3018 30"x18" Built-In GRSS-3018 30"x18" Free Standing GRSSB-3618 36"x18" Built-In GRSS-3618 36"x18" Free Standing Additional models available.

D. Heated & Refrigerated Drop-In Wells.

Built-in wells give you reliable performance and keep your food hot or cold— without the guesswork! Heated models feature remote thermostat with separate lighted power switch. Exclusive long-life heating element design with 2-year warranty. 1-year parts and on-site labor warranty. Choose the number of wells in modular/ganged, from 1 to 6 configurations, as well as voltage, fill, drain and mounting options. Top- and bottom-mount full rectangular with or without insulation, 4/3 sizes, 4 qt., 7 qt., 11 qt. in low, standard and high watt models. New NSF-7 approved Refrigerated Drop-In features top mount with 1 to 6 pan configurations, electronic controller with auto-defrost and green-friendly insulation throughout.

Model Description HWBL-FUL Heated Full Size 12"x20" (750 watt) HWB-FUL Heated Full Size 12"x20" (1200 watt) HWBH-FUL Heated Full Size 12"x20" (1650 watt) HWBL-FULD Heated Full Size 12"x20" w/Drain (750 watt) HWB-FULD Heated Full Size 12"x20" w/Drain (1200 watt) Additional models available.

D

E

E. Aerohot Steam Tables.

Available in 2, 3, 4 and 5 section units. Each hot food well is individually controlled (Wetbath models excluded). Stain and corrosion resistant top is heavy gauge type 300 series stainless with high nickel content. Stainless steel body. Carving board is high-grade poly with rounded corners. Mounted on stainless steel support base and die stamped brackets—easily removed for cleaning. 120V, 208V or 240V as well as natural or propane gas. Electric unit available in exposed and sealed well design.

UL. NSF. AGA. Model Description Model Description E302 Electric, (2) wells 302 Gas, (2) wells E303 Electric, (3) wells 303 Gas, (3) wells E304 Electric, (4) wells 304 Gas, (4) wells E305 Electric, (5) wells 305 Gas, (5) wells Additional models available.

78

79.11_28.new 5/13/11 3:55 PM Page 1

HOLDING EQUIPMENT

B

A Classic Mobile Equipment.

A. Signature Design individual serving line units or complete line-ups in minutes.

Choose from hundreds of material, color and equipment options. Driven by your specifications, these units are designed to fit your unique application needs with a mix of custom and standard options to achieve the optimum functionality and pricing. Contact our customer service department for assistance.

Server®

B. ServeWell® Hot Food Tables.

Innovative design in value-priced mobile serving equipment.

Exclusive thermoset material cannot pit or rust. Dome heating elements mounted inside well. Each well equipped with individual drain. A non-refrigerated cold food table of the same solid construction available. Stainless steel ice well is designed to accommodate standard 12"x20"x6" steam table pans and accessories. Made in the USA. NSF. Model 38003 with optional Service Side Poly Cutting Board w/Mounting Kit shown.

Model Description 38102 2-Well Hot, 700 watts/well, 120V, 11.7A 38103 3-Well Hot, 700 watts/well, 120V, 17.5A 38104 4-Well Hot, 700 watts/well, 120V, 23.3A 38003 3-Well Hot, 480 watts/well, 120V, 12A 38005 5-Well Hot, 480 watts/well, 120v, 20A 38013 3-Pan, Non-Refr. Cold, 371/2" Well 38014 4-Pan, Non-Refr. Cold, 501/4" Well Additional models available.

C C. Electric Hot Food Tables.

Hot food tables are heavy duty, fully assembled, stainless steel and designed for the most demanding applications. Available in electric wet/dry, individual well and electric wet water bath models. Options include counter protectors, enclosed back (for island configurations), tray slides, casters and overshelves. Solid welded stainless steel construction. Die stamped individual 12"x2" raised sanitary rim openings.

Each well has its own thermostatic control for accurate food temperature.

Model 3512-120 3513-120 3514-120 3515-120 3612-120 3613-120 3614-120 3615-120

Description 33"L, 2 Wells Dry (w/Spillage Pan) 48"L, 3 Wells Dry (w/Spillage Pan) 63"L, 4 Wells Dry (w/Spillage Pan) 78"L, 5 Wells Dry (w/Spillage Pan) 33"L, 2 Wells Wet (w/Drains & Manifold) 48"L, 3 Wells Wet (w/Drains & Manifold) 63"L, 4 Wells Wet (w/Drains & Manifold) 78"L, 5 Wells Wet (w/Drains & Manifold)

D E D. Shelleysteel™ Mobile Cafeteria Equipment.

Shelleysteel combines the long-lasting durability of stainless steel with the design of mobile, modular cafeteria systems. Cost-effective and easily modified to work in any application. Hot units, cold units or combination units give you the ability to provide a full-service menu in a limited amount of space. Optional laminate finish and graphics can be added. Tray slides, counter protectors, cutting boards, open understorage and overshelves are optional. Contact our customer service department for assistance.

E. Shellyglas® Mobile Equipment.

Rearrange your equipment whenever you want. Steel reinforced fiberglass base is lighter than stainless steel. Match your décor—25 standard colors or custom colors available. An easy to use stainless steel interlock system allows units to be connected. Tray slides, counter protectors, cutting boards, open understorage and overshelves are optional. Heated wells, cold pans or combination counters are available.

Low maintenance refrigeration systems and top-notch materials and workmanship. Contact our customer service department for assistance.

79

80.11_28.new 5/13/11 4:04 PM Page 1

HOLDING EQUIPMENT EconoMate®

A. Buffet Units.

Heavy gauge steel bodies, with 12 powder coat paint colors to choose from.

Economical, heavy gauge steel construction–built to last. Clear acrylic canopy is standard. Units are also available in tabletop models. When ordering optional storage bases precede model number with an “O” for open base or “D” for closed base.

“T” signifies table top unit. Canopy adds 12" to width and 20" to height of units. UL and NSF listed. Hot foods units comply with NSF Standard 4–safety first.

B

A

Model DPAH-1H2C

Description 443/8"L Body, with (1) Hot Food Well and 197/8"x26"x5"D Cold Pan Liner, Exposed Elements and Ice Pan, Closed Base DPAH-1H3C 583/8"L Body, with (1) Hot Food Well and 197/8"x40"x5"D Cold Pan Liner, Exposed Elements and Ice Pan, Closed Base DPAH-2-CP 303/8"L Body and 197/8"x26"x5"D Cold Pan Liner, Ice Cooled, Closed Base Additional models available.

C

C. Heritage Buffet Units.

Can be instantly transformed into a beautiful dining and serving area using one unit, a combination of units or the complete lineup.

New laminate patterns and new sneeze guards are available. Each hot food well is an individually controlled sealed well. The hot/cold combination is available in one body for areas with limited space. Please order the finish for the body, sneeze guards and tray slides at the time of the order. UL and NSF listed. Shown with optional tray slides and sneeze guards. Contact our customer service department for assistance.

B. Servings Systems.

Duke Serving Systems deliver some of the fastest return on investments in the foodservice equipment industry. Can be configured to fit virtually any footprint and customer need.

Increased participation and profits are assured by bringing the atmosphere of a mall food court to a foodservice operation. Complete with counters, distinctive signage, adaptable front decor panels, transition merchandising shelving and decorative soffits, pylon and graphics systems.

Engineered to give the designer flexibility in developing a form and function unique to the location. Standard base features are stainless steel interiors and Formica exteriors.

NSF 7 cold pans are standard. Contact our customer service department for assistance.

D E. Thurmaduke Serving Systems.

An upscale “traditional” serving system perfect for elementary schools, middle schools and high schools. Thurmaduke means quality at an affordable price. Now with internal locking devices, it’s even easier to put a line-up together and break it apart when needed for menu changes or multiple functions. From start to finish, Thurmaduke is your institutional systems leader. Contact our customer service department for assistance.

E

F

D. Drop-Ins, Hot/Cold Convertible.

Have the option of switching your unit from hot to cold, and back! These stainless steel units are insulated on all four sides and the bottom, with a 1" brass drain, and adjustable, removable adapter bars and brackets. The efficient electric immersion heaters meet NSF standard 4, and the self-contained system meets NSF standard 7 operation, with one control switch to change from hot to cold operation.

Model Description ADI-2HC 2 Wells (Hot/Cold Convertible) ADI-3HC 3 Wells (Hot/Cold Convertible) ADI-4HC 4 Wells (Hot/Cold Convertible) ADI-5HC 5 Wells (Hot/Cold Convertible) ADI-6HC 6 Wells (Hot/Cold Convertible)

F. CamKiosk® Carts & System.

Durable polyethylene carts are lightweight and won’t dent, crack, bubble, chip or break.

Holding cabinets have thick foam insulation and externally mounted thermometers.

Sneeze guard meets food preparation requirements. Molded-in handles and 6" swivel casters make transport easy. Optional hand sink cart w/towel and soap dispenser makes hand washing convenient or work station w/towel dispenser provides additional space for preparing food or completing sales transactions.

80

Model KVC854 KVC854C KVC854U KVC856 KVC856C KVC856U KSC402 KWS40

Description Kiosk 4 Pan Kiosk 4 Pan w/ Canopy Kiosk 4 Pan w/ Umbrella Kiosk 6 Pan Kiosk 6 Pan w/ Canopy Kiosk 6 Pan w/ Umbrella Hand Sink w/Towel and Soap Dispenser Work Station w/Towel Dispenser

81.11_28.new 5/13/11 4:05 PM Page 1

HOLDING EQUIPMENT A. E-Chef™ Custom Fabrication.

A flexible and cost effective approach to chef counter and production center needs.

Delfield’s new E-Chef modular offering combines a new freestanding hot food table, open shelving unit, overshelf, sink, soup well and ice pan fabrication with their 4400, 4500 and PTB refrigeration products, creating an efficient, economical solution to meet the changing operational needs in the foodservice kitchen.

A

C B

B. Mobile Serving Lines.

Mobile, yet retaining the superior Randell design and technology—reliable refrigeration, hinged louver with easy access to drain and temperature controls.

Exclusive electrical distribution system allows the banking of several units together providing a common connection point. Features heated/cold well units, shelving units, display case units and cashiers and tray stands. Stainless steel, laminates, solid surfaces and powder coated materials available. Contact our customer service department for assistance.

C. RanChef Custom Products & Chef Tables.

Designed to fit your application and budget. From heavy duty to the budget constrained, Randell works with you to provide just the right blend of premium performance standard products and custom fabricated shelving units, overshelves and accessories. Our modular, pre-designed units allow you to start with the basic modules and then create your very own Center-Island Chef’s Counter, Server Stations or Cafeteria Counters. NSF 7 and UL. Contact our customer service department for assistance.

D

D. Elite-500 Serving System & Reflections Cashier Stand.

Elite-500 units feature durable, easy to care for stainless steel (or optional formica)...and come in beautiful pizzazz powder coating colors—one is sure to meet your décor demands. All Elite-500 units are designed for modular installation. The Reflections Cashier Stand is ideal for use in cafeteria/buffet school line-ups. Choose from 8 standard, high gloss gel coat colors that coordinate beautifully with our graphic options.

Model Description 2-HF-HIB 2-Well Heated Base, 32"Lx28"Wx36"H, 2000W 3-HF-HIB 3-Well Heated Base, 46"Lx28"Wx36"H, 3000W 4-HF-HIB 4-Well Heated Base, 60"Lx28"Wx36"H, 4000W 5-HF-HIB 5-Well Heated Base, 74"Lx28"Wx36"H, 5000W 6-HF-HIB 6-Well Heated Base, 88"Lx28"Wx36"H, 6000W 2-HF 2-Well Unheated Base, 32"Lx28"Wx36"H, 2000W 3-HF 3-Well Unheated Base, 46"Lx28"Wx36"H, 3000W 4-HF 4-Well Unheated Base, 60"Lx28"Wx36"H, 4000W 5-HF 5-Well Unheated Base, 74"Lx28"Wx36"H, 5000W 6-HF 6-Well Unheated Base, 88"Lx28"Wx36"H, 6000W 2HFSL 2-Well Unheated Base-Slim Line, 19"Wx50"Lx36"H, 2000W Additional models available.

81

E E. Component Crafted Custom Equipment.

Configurations include refrigerated prep tables, counter display cases, utility cabinets, equipment stands, upright refrigerators and freezers, hot food tables and more.

Whatever you need can be built to your size and layout requirements, whether simple or complex. Each drawer system features our exclusive Full Extension Plus Drawer System which is incredibly smooth and has no metal to metal contact, no corrosion. Best of all the drawer tracks are backed by a 10 year warranty. Contact our customer service department for assistance.

82.11_28.new 5/11/11 4:19 PM Page 1

Kitchen Prep Slicers Mixers Food Processors Scales Work Tables

A

How much money will a food processor save you?

A. TRS Vegetable Cutters.

Guaranteed to cut your prep time. The new and improved TRS vegetable cutter has an increased hopper for more input and quicker output of processed vegetables; can process up to 850 lbs. per hour. The large selection of 32 cutting blades makes it possible to realize more than 80 different types of cuts without being an expert chef. New stainless steel lever arm and hopper, and plastic components in contact with food are dishwasher friendly. Selfbraking motor stops automatically when hopper and lever arm are raised. Smooth surfaces and rounded corners make cleaning easy.

Model Description 603355 TRS22-1 speed - S/S version, 1/2 HP 603343 TRS23-1 speed - S/S version, 2/3 HP 603356 TRS24-1 speed - S/S version, 1 HP

Use the following formula based on actual figures for your operation.

1. Total length of time to process all items (items that are now processed by hand and the number of people and hours that are required for completion of those functions by hand).

2. The length of time these same functions will take one person using a food processor.

3. Subtract the lessor time (#2) from the greater time (#1).

4. Multiply the number of hours saved by the hourly wage paid to get the daily savings.

5. Multiply the daily savings by the number of operating days per year. This will give you gross first year savings.

6. Subtract the cost of the food processor from the gross first year savings. This gives you a net first year savings.

Each year thereafter the savings is the full amount.

Finding A Slicer That Will Make The Cut Things to consider when selecting a slicer: Performance, Consistency and Construction.

When considering performance, one true test of a slicer is its ability to slice tough products. Cheese is actually considered to be a tough product. The knife motor needs to be powerful enough so that it will not slow or get bogged down when the blade makes contact with the cheese.

Another aspect of performance is the consistency and precision of the cut. All slicers can create thick slices but only a high quality slicer can create slices so thin you could read a paper through it. Why is that important?

Thin slices enhance the taste and tenderness of the meat. Also, for sandwich operations, thin slices fold more, which create an appearance of a much larger amount of meat.

B

B. Shelleymatic速 Salad Ace. Get fresh, crisp and appealing salad products with no damage to the foods. Removes moisture from lettuce and other vegetables through efficient spin-action. Motor is completely enclosed and water-tight. Adjustable on/off timer. Standard with polyethylene inner liner and locking casters. 20 gallon capacity. Stainless steel outer shell provides durability and long-life. Model SALD-1

You should also consider the construction of a slicer. It will affect both the cleanability and the sanitation of the slicer. The metal of choice for the foodservice industry is stainless steel. Stainless is resistant to corrosion and pitting which is caused by many acidic foods.

Questions you should ask yourself: What types of product I will be slicing? How many hours will the slicer be used per day? What safety features are important?

How much do I have budgeted for the slicer? Also look at the out of warranty costs to maintain and use the unit.

82

83.11_13 5/13/11 10:35 AM Page 1

KITCHEN PREP

Featured Chef Chef Tory Miller L’Etoile & Graze Madison, WI

A

B

A. Economy Slicers.

Durable anodized aluminum construction. Top mounted knife sharpener is all metal, 2 stone type. Hard chromed, special alloy hollow ground knife. One piece base, removable easy-to-clean chute, slice deflector, knife cover and sharpener.

115/60/1. ETL, NSF listed. One-year parts & labor warranty. Models C12 and G10 shown.

Model Description C9 9" Knife, 1/4 HP (Compact Manual) C10 10" Knife, 1/4 HP (Compact Manual) C12 12" Knife, 1/3 HP (Compact Manual) G10 10" Knife, 1/3 HP (Medium Duty) G12 12" Knife, 1/2 HP (Medium Duty)

Braised Beef Short Ribs With Mashed Potatoes And Port Wine Jus B. Chefmate Medium Duty Slicer.

Stainless steel knife maintains a razor sharp edge for high yield slicing.

Precision mechanism slices from tissue thin to 7/8" thick. Metal top mounted knife sharpener. Knife ring guard protects non-slicing portion of the knife in operation and cleaning. Knife cover interlock prevents slicer from operating when knife cover is removed. 1/3 HP motor, gear driven knife. One-year parts & labor warranty. ETL. NSF. Model GC512

Serves: 6 For the Short Ribs: 5 lbs. beef short rib on the bone 1 carrot 1 stalk of celery 1 medium onion 1 head of garlic Bouquet garni (Herb stems, 2 sprigs of thyme, 2 bay leaves, 1 Tablespoon black peppercorns) 2 cups of port wine 2 Tablespoons tomato paste

C

C. Automatic/Manual Slicers, “P” Series.

Features a 13" PreciseEdge knife for increased cutting capacity and a clean cut, a premium gear drive system, an EZ-Glide table for a smooth and easy slicing stroke and 58% more base clearance. Powerful 1/2 HP 7 amp motor and stainless steel construction. Automatic models can be disengaged for manual operation.

Models 4600P and 4975P additional features include home position start, table lockout, automatic shut off and return to home chute (4975P only). Two-year parts, one-year labor warranty. ETL, NSF. Model 3600P shown.

C Model 3600P 4600P 3850P 3975P 4975P

Description Manual Manual 2-Speed, Chute Speed-40 to 60 spm 9-Speed, Chute Speed-20 to 60 spm 9-Speed, Chute Speed-20 to 60 spm

10 cups of low salt beef stock or broth Canola oil Salt and pepper Heat a heavy bottomed pan (large enough to hold at least 4 quarts of liquid) and add enough canola oil to cover the bottom of the pan. Season the short ribs on all sides with salt and pepper.

Brown the short ribs on all sides and remove from the pan. Discard the fat from the pan, and then add the carrot, celery and onion and sauté for 2 minutes. Add the garlic, bouquet garni and port, and then reduce the mixture by half. Add the tomato paste and beef stock and return the meat to the pan. Bake at 300°F for about 3 hours or until the meat is fork tender. Remove the meat and strain liquid and reserve for later use.

For the Mashed Potatoes: 1 cup of heavy cream 1 cup of half and half ¼ lb. of butter 5 lbs. of Yukon gold potatoes

Slicer Care • Running butter through the meat grinder before grinding onions, meats, cheese, nuts or raisins will make cleaning easier.

• After using the electric meat grinder, put several slices of bread through the grinder.

This will aid in cleaning fat and grease out of the grinder.

• It is important to clean your slicer thoroughly before and after sharpening your knife.

• Employing high school students? Federal law prohibits slicer operation by persons under 18.

83

Cook the potatoes until they are tender. Drain and place in a low oven (as low as your oven goes) for about 25 minutes. Place the heavy cream, half and half, and butter in a pan and bring to a simmer. Remove the mixture from the heat.

Remove the potatoes from the oven and mash.

Fold in the cream and butter mixture, then season to taste with salt and pepper.

84.11_13 5/11/11 3:34 PM Page 1

KITCHEN PREP A. Food Processor—CL50E. Prepare 1200 plus servings in 3 hours or less. All metal continuous feed unit is designed for quality slicing, dicing, shredding, grating, julienne and French fry cuts. Generous selection of 38 discs available for a variety of cuts and product processing. Control panel with “on-off’’ switch and magnetic safety switch for user safety. Feed unit removes for optimum sanitation. Round and kidney shaped feed openings.

Includes 2 cutting discs. 120V, 60Hz, 12 amps, single phase, 1-1/2 HP motor. 1 year parts & labor warranty.

Model CL50E

A

C. R2N Commercial Food Processor.

Prepare 850 servings in 3 hours or less!

Includes motor base unit with “on-off” pulse switch, 3 qt. cutter bowl with stainless steel “S” blade, continuous feed unit with discharge disc, one medium 5/ 64" grating disc and one 5/ 32" slicing disc. Selection of 21 stainless steel discs available for large variety of cuts and product processing. Attachments easily removed for optimum sanitation. Cutter bowl shown in clear; gray plastic also available. 1HP motor. 3 year motor warranty, 1 year parts & labor warranty.

Model Description R2N Single Phase R2NCLR Single Phase, Clear Bowl

B

B. R 1 0 0 Commercial Food Processor.

For light duty vegetable prep. Ideal for preparing special diets, limited quantity menu items and salad bar complements.

Comes equipped with 21/2 qt. mixing bowl with handle, stainless steel cutting blade, vegetable slicer lid with internal ejection, one slicing and one grating disc.

Accommodates 21 different discs for large variety of cuts and product processing.

Single speed (1725 RPM) 7 amps, Single phase motor. 1 year parts & labor warranty.

Model Description R100 Gray Bowl Unit R100CLR Clear Bowl Unit R100Plus Clear Bowl Unit w/Pulse

D. R301 Ultra Food Processor.

Prepare 600 to 800 servings in less than 3 hours! Vegetable prep attachment designed for quality, continuous feed slicing, shredding, grating and julienne. Accommodates 21 different processing discs. Bowl attachment designed for vertical cutting, mixing, chopping, purees and blending. Stainless steel “S” cutting blade. Continuous feed unit with attached large feed pusher. 2 processing discs. 1-1/2 HP (1725 RPM), 120V-60Hz., single phase, 9 amps. 1 year part & labor warranty. Model R301 Ultra

C

D

E

E. R2 Dice Commercial Food Processor.

Continuous Veg. Prep. Attachment for dicing, slicing, grating, or julienne cuts or use the 3 qt. gray polycarbonate cutter bowl for chopping, mixing and to prepare purees. Includes cutter bowl attachment, stainless steel “S” blade, vegetable prep attachment with external ejection, 27577 (5/64") grating disc, 27265 (3/8") dicing kit and 27566 (5/32") slicing disc. Model R2DICE

F. Planetary Mixers.

From delicate meringues to bagel dough, Globe mixers give you that perfect blend. Powerful gear-driven motors, rugged construction and dependable operation provide years of value at a fraction of the cost of competitive mixers. Mixers range from 5 quart to 80 quart capacity. Removable bowl guard available on seven models. Flat beater, stainless steel wire whip, spiral dough hook and stainless steel bowl included. Two-years part, oneyear labor warranty. NSF. ETL. Model SP20 shown.

Model Description SP10 10 qt. Countertop, 1/3 HP SP20 20 qt. Countertop, 1/2 HP SP30 30 qt. Floor, 1 HP SP30P 30 qt. Pizza Floor, 1 1/2 HP Additional models available.

F

84

85.11_13 5/11/11 4:06 PM Page 1

KITCHEN PREP A. Power Mixers ®.

The Robot Coupe Power Mixers perform a host of culinary feats. The mixer attachment will allow you to make soups, vegetable purees and pulps while the whisk attachment is ideal for making pancake batter, mayonnaise, beaten egg whites, chocolate mousse, butter sauces, whipped cream or smooth fromage frais. The variable speed function will enable you to adjust the speed to suit each preparation and to start the processing at a lower speed in order to reduce splashing. The power mixer is easily assembled and disassembled for maintenance and cleaning.

Model Description MP350 Turbo 14" Shaft, 1 HP/660W MP450 Turbo 18" Shaft, 1.1 HP/720W MP550 Turbo 21" Shaft, 1.2 HP/840W MP600 Turbo 23" Shaft, 1.5 HP/920W MP800 Turbo 29" Shaft, 1.6 HP/1000W MP350 Turbo VV 14" Shaft, Variable Speed, 1 HP/660W MP450 Turbo VV 18" Shaft, Variable Speed, 1.1 HP/720W MP350 Turbo Combi 14" Shaft & 10" Whisk Attachment, 1 HP/660W MP450 Turbo Combi 18" Shaft & 10" Whisk Attachment, 1.1 HP/720W MP450 Turbo FW 10" Whisk Attachment, Variable Speed, 1.1 HP/720W

A

B. Variable Speed Mixers.

Always the right mixing speed for the job. Easy lift and lock on floor models to reduce back strain. Includes stainless steel bowl, flat beater, wire whip and spiral dough hook. All ball and needle bearings are sealed to protect from foodstuff and moisture damage. Extensive use of stainless steel on top lid, planetary cover, bayonet shaft, all agitator shafts, bowl, whip wires and control handles. Models range from 5 qt. to 150 qt. Thirty-day money back guarantee.

Stainless steel flat beaters standard on all 20 qt. mixers! UL and NSF listed.

Model W20A shown with new S/S column.

Model W20J W20A W20SF W30A W40A W40P W60A W60P W80A W100PL W150PL

Description 20 qt., 1 HP 21 qt., 1 HP 21 qt., 1 HP (Street Fighter) 32 qt., 2 HP 42 qt., 2 HP 42 qt., 3 HP (Pizza) 63 qt., 3 HP 63 q., 4 HP (Pizza) 80 qt., 4 HP 105 qt., 4 HP 150 qt., 5 HP

B

C

C. Variable Mixer - 5 qt.

A .4 HP drive with proven variable speed transmission provides plenty of torque at the beater shaft for maximum batch sizes. Twist lock bowl removal and tilt head allows for easy access to bowl and agitators. Aluminum frame for strength and rigidity. Sealed bearings protect from foodstuff and moisture damage. Stainless steel planetary cover, agitator shaft, bowl, bowl screen, flat beater, whip and dough hook. 115V, 60HZ, single phase, 3 amps.

91/2"Wx153/4"Hx211/4"D. UL. NSF. Model W5A

E. Big Stik™ Heavy Duty Immersion Blenders.

Unlimited speed adjustment from 5,000 to 18,000 RPM’s provides full control and consistency, from light mixing to pureeing and emulsifying. Features heavy duty, high efficiency 1 HP variable speed motor, 750 Watts. Rubberized comfort grip and second handle allow for safe and controlled operation.

Completely sealed stainless steel shafts are easily removable and dishwasher safe.

Available in five sizes, all interchangeable with one universal motor housing. NSF/ETL approved.

Model Description WSB50 27"H Mixer w/12" Shaft WSB55 29"H Mixer w/14" Shaft WSB60 31"H Mixer w/16" Shaft WSB65 33"H Mixer w/18" Shaft WSB70 36"H Mixer w/21" Shaft

E

D D. Bermixers.

Perfect for salsas, sauces, pureed vegetables, soups, salad dressings, pancake batters, pastries, applesauce and mashed potatoes (reconstituted). The new B3000 Series offers 350 Watt, 450 Watt and 660 Watt models with a choice of 16", 20" and 24" cutter tubes or a 10" beater attachment. New features include: Digital Variable Speed Controls, Ergonomic easy to handle body, and Fully Disconnectable Cutter Tube for easy cleaning and storage. ETL listed for USA and Canada.

85

86.11_13 5/11/11 4:16 PM Page 1

KITCHEN PREP

Featured Chef

A. Redco EaziClean® Can Openers.

Patented “Quick Release System” allows for easy removal of blade carrier and stainless steel blades without tools. Stainless steel blade with dual fixing profiled for easy can piercing, smooth openings with no sharp edges. Composite base unit with integral pillar bearing for secure mounting and smooth operation. Carbon steel 1" and 11/2" helical gear wheels turn cans without damage or slipping. Metal pillar adjusts easily for can height. Can heights up to 14" or 21". Dishwasher safe. NSF. Model Description BCO-20 Up to 14" can height, 1" gear BCO-50 Up to 14" can height, 11/2" gear, Compst Hdl BCO-30 Up to 21" can height, 1" gear BCO-60 Up to 21" can height, 11/2" gear, Compst Hdl BCO-70 Up to 21" can height, 11/2" gear, S/S Hdl

Chef Guy Fieri The Food Network— Guy’s Big Bite Guy Off The Hook Diners, Drive-Ins & Dives CEO, Johnny Garlic’s Inc. Santa Rosa, CA

A

Jambalaya Sandwich

B. NSF Certified Manual Can Openers.

Openers that will keep up in a demanding kitchen.

Model S-11 is the premier NSF manual can opener on the market. Opens most shapes/size cans up to 14" tall. Standard cast S/S base, S/S clamping base optional. Dishwasher safe, 5 year warranty. Easy to change knife and gear assemblies. Model G-2 is a NSF version of the light duty #2; features S/S shaft, easy to change S/S knife and gear. The melonite arbor and redesigned plated steel base reduce friction, making the unit easier to use. The U-12 models are similar in construction to the G-2, but are closer in size and design to the S-11. Both U and G models have quick change knife and gear assemblies.

¼ lb. thick-cut bacon, diced 1 lb. pork butt / pork loin, cut into 1" cubes 1 lb. smoked sausage, cut into ½" slices ½ lb. andouille sausage, cut into ½" slices 1 red onion, chopped 1 cup thinly julienned red bell peppers 1 lb. boneless chicken thighs, cut into ½" cubes 2 celery stalks, thinly sliced 2 cloves garlic, chopped ¼ cup chopped parsley leaves 3/4

cup plus ¼ cup chopped green onions

B

2 tsp. cayenne, or to taste Salt and pepper ½ cup water 2 sourdough bread loaves 1 lb. Havarti cheese, thinly sliced Preheat oven to 200°F

Model G-2 S-11 S-11C U-12 U-12C U-12L

Description Light duty w/quick change s/s knife & gear Top of the line all stainless steel, w/quick change knife & gear (5 yr. war.)

Top of the line all stainless steel, w/quick change knife & gear, clamp base Quick change w/standard length bar & plated base Opener w/cast stainless steel clamp base Opener w/long bar and plated steel base

In a large cast iron pot or heavy-bottomed braising pan over medium-high heat, cook the bacon until crisp and fat is rendered. Remove bacon and drain on paper towel. Set aside.

Add pork to the pan with the bacon fat and cook on medium to high heat until pork is browned on all sides, about 5 to 6 minutes. Add the sausage, onions, and bell pepper. Cook until onions are translucent.

Next add the chicken, celery, and garlic, parsley, and 3/4 cup chopped green onions. Cook until chicken is cooked through, about 5 to 7 more minutes. Add the cayenne and season with salt and pepper, to taste.

Stir in the water, cover and let sit for 1 hour.

Cut bread lengthwise and place in oven to toast lightly. Spoon some of the pork mixture on the bread bottoms, top each with slices of cheese, the reserved bacon and the remaining green onions and finish with the bread tops. Serve immediately.

C. Electric Can Opener.

The only NSF certified Electric Can Opener for heavy volume operators. Now with a 3 year warranty. Opens up to 200 cans per day. Equipped with 2 speed motor and featuring knife and gear assemblies that can be removed without tools for easy cleaning. The slower second speed helps prevent spillage while opening smaller cans. Made in U.S.A. Model 270 shown.

Model Description #270 115V 2-Speed #270C 2-Speed w/gas shock slide bar mount 115V

C

86

87.11_13 5/13/11 9:18 AM Page 1

KITCHEN PREP Portion Control Portion control is profit control. Weigh all ingredients in a recipe to ensure accurate measurements. A 1/2 oz. overweight on 100 portions/day can lead to thousands of dollars in profits lost each year. If a 1 / 2 oz. overweight occurs with each serving and 400 students are served this extra 1/2 oz. that day, 121/2 pounds of additional food have been used. In this example if the product cost $1 per pound, the loss over the year would be $3,000.

A. Portion Control Scale, DFG Series.

New Precision Portion Scale offers all of the features operators having been asking for, now at our LOWEST PRICE EVER! With more corrosion protection, 6"x6 3 / 4 " removable stainless steel platform, NSF certification, dual-voltage power supply, larger LCD display, and decimal ounce, fractional ounce, and gram functions all included, this scale leaves the competition “weigh” behind.

Model DFG160 shown.

Model Description DFG160 160 oz. x .1 oz.

DFG160-OP 160 oz. x .1 oz. (includes oversized 10"x7" platform) DFG160-FF 160 oz. x .1 oz. (includes French fry platform) DFG160-IC 160 oz. x .1 oz. (includes ice cream platform)

B. Knife Sharpener.

Designed to increase the life of the knife by maintaining the original integrity of the knife-edge. This Electric Knife Sharpener offers an easy to master, friendlier guidance system. Certified by NSF and UL commercial, it features a removable, replaceable and dishwasher safe thermoplastic guidance system. No magnets to magnetize the blade and contaminate food with metal shavings. Specially designed motor will shut down if too much pressure is applied during operation. 115V. Model 401

A

B

C C. Mechanical Portion Control Scales, Premier Series.

Now dishwasher safe, no disassembly required! Our popular line of portion control scales have features no import scale can match. All stainless steel construction, including the internal mechanism, field calibrateable and NSF certified. Our DR-2OP has an oversized platform and air dashpot that stops needle bounce fast for quicker, more accurate readings. Made in the U.S.A. Model Description DR-2OP Air Dashpot, 32 oz.x1/4 oz.

DR-34C Air Dashpot, 34 oz./1000 gm.x1/4 oz./5 gm.

SF-2 32 oz.x1/4 oz.

SR-1 1 lb.x1/8 oz.

SR-2 2 lb.x1/4 oz.

SR-5 5 lb.x1 oz.

SR-10 10 lb.x2 oz.

SR-25 25 lb.x4 oz.

SR-1000C 34 oz./1000 gm.x1/4 oz./5 gm.

D

D. Poseidon™ Submersible Scale.

Self-calibrating so you don’t need to send it back. Submersible so it’s easy to keep clean. Rugged waterproof design so the unit can be dunked in a pot sink to clean. All stainless steel body has “Dual Housing Technology” providing twice the moisture resistance against corrosion. Its “Scale Within a Scale” design helps protect internal components against damage due to accidental shock. Six capacity display options. Programmable, so users can select length of time for battery-save feature, change gravity settings and turn off specific weighing modes to reduce confusion. NSF and CE certified.

Model Description WSC-10 6"x63/4" S/S Platform WSC-10OP 7"x83/4" S/S Platform

E. Portable Heavy Duty Scale.

Ideal for bars, restaurants and anywhere kegs are used. Great for loading docks and receiving areas, too! Rugged construction withstands cold environments and moisture. Low profile makes it easy to tip kegs on and off. Connects directly to a printer. Simple to operate.

Digital display in ounces, pounds or kilograms. Accurate to .1% of weight. Counts by .2 lb. increments. Tare feature. Includes cross reference weight-to-gallons chart, AC adaptor, 4 AAA batteries, wall bracket for display and standard serial pin printer cable. Model 280-1564

87

E

88.11_13 5/13/11 9:57 AM Page 1

KITCHEN PREP

Featured Chef A

Executive Chef Jeremy Martindale Omni New Haven at Yale New Haven, CT Braised Short Ribs Serves: 4 5 lbs. beef short ribs 2 carrots roughly chopped 4 shallots roughly chopped

A. EasyWash Mechanical Portion Control Scales.

Dishwasher safe because nothing is more important than the safety of your customers. Dishwasher safe for easy cleaning and complete sanitation. Requires no tools to assemble and disassemble, which means no loose parts to misplace.

Rotating dial for easy tare and multiple ingredient weighing. Premium stainless steel construction for strength, which will not rust. Platform may be used as a handle. Alignment notch for precise and quick zero reset. Angled dial features easy-to-read graphics and color-coded center identifies capacity. NSF. Model Description FG632SRW 32 oz.x1/4 oz., 6"x51/4" Platform (Rotating Dial) FG832SRW 32 oz.x1/8 oz., 9"x9" Platform (Rotating Dial) FG605SRW 5 lb.x1/2 oz., 6"x51/4" Platform (Rotating Dial) FG625SRW 25 lb.x2 oz., 6"x51/4" Platform (Rotating Dial) FG820SW 20 lb.x1 oz., 9"x9" Platform (Fixed Dial) FG632SRWQ 32 oz.x1/4 oz., 6"x51/4" Platform (QuickStop) FG605SRWQ 5 lb.x1/2 oz., 6"x51/4" Platform (QuickStop) FG805SRWQ 5 lb.x1/2 oz., 9"x9" Platform (QuickStop)

12 sprigs thyme 1 cup red wine 2 cups veal demi glaze or beef stock Bottled water Salt and black pepper Season the ribs with salt and pepper. Sear the ribs, on high heat, until golden brown on all sides, in a heavy braising pan with a lid. Remove the ribs from the pan and sauté carrots, shallots and thyme in the leftover fat from the short ribs, then add red wine and reduce until almost dry.

Place the ribs back in the pan and cover with beef stock and water (they need to be completely covered in the liquid; depending on your pan, you may need to add more stock and water). Place lid on pan and place in the oven at 275°F for three hours or until they are tender. Remove the short ribs and reduce the liquid on the stove top until sauce consistency, then strain Enjoy!

B B. High Performance Digital Portion Control Scales.

Save money on high cost foods with digital portioning. Scales have dishwasher safe, removable stainless steel platforms for easy cleaning. Scales read in fractions, decimals and grams and have temperature compensated load cells for use in refrigerated prep rooms. 250 lb. overload protection provides ultimate durability. Includes AC adaptor, can also be used with 9V battery (not included) for up to 25 hours of use. 50 hour rechargeable battery now sold separately. NSF approved. Available in 2 lb., 6 lb. and 12 lb. sizes.

Model Description FGFS2P88 2 lb.x1/8 oz.

FGFS688 6 lb.x1/8 oz.

FGFS1288 12 lb.x1/8 oz.

FGFSBAT 50-Hr. Rechargeable Battery (for FS-2, 6, 12)

Red Cabbage

Roasted Sweet Potatoes

Serves: 4

Serves: 4

¼ red cabbage

4 sweet potatoes

2 strips bacon

Salt and white pepper

2 shallots ½ cup seasoned rice wine vinegar

Roast sweet potatoes in 350°F oven until cooked through, cool, peel (skin will detach from sweet potato during cooking) and slice into ¾" pieces lengthwise.

Season with salt and white pepper, sear on two sides and place in 350°F oven for 10 minutes just before serving.

1 Tbsp. brown sugar Salt and white pepper Shred cabbage as thinly as possible. Cook bacon in medium sauté pan, remove bacon, sauté shallot in bacon fat then add cabbage. Sauté cabbage for ten minutes, stirring often, then add rice wine vinegar, sugar and season to taste.

88

89.11_13 5/13/11 10:14 AM Page 1

KITCHEN PREP A. Work Tables.

Features include heavy gauge stainless steel top, adjustable plastic bullet feet for durability and galvanized, adjustable undershelf. Front and rear ends rolled and hemmed, square sides.

Other models available with 11/2" and 5" backsplash. Legs are 15/8" diameter galvanized steel with galvanized gussets. Available in 2' to 8' lengths and 24" and 30" widths. Made in the USA. Model Description Model Description ELAG-303-X Flat Top, S/S, 30"x36" ELAG-242-X Flat Top, S/S, 24"x24" ELAG-304-X Flat Top, S/S, 30"x48" ELAG-243-X Flat Top, S/S, 24"x36" ELAG-305-X Flat Top, S/S, 30"x60" ELAG-244-X Flat Top, S/S, 24"x48" ELAG-306-X Flat Top, S/S, 30"x72" ELAG-245-X Flat Top, S/S, 24"x60" ELAG-308-X Flat Top, S/S, 30"x96" ELAG-246-X Flat Top, S/S, 24"x72" Additional models available.

ELAG-248-X Flat Top, S/S, 24"x96"

A

C. Wood Top Worktables.

Hard rock maple work surface, flat top or riser, either open base or with lower shelf, stainless steel or galvanized base.

In sizes 36" long thru 120" long x 24", 30" and 36" wide, available in 11/2", 13/4" and 21/4" thickness. Ships knocked down.

Model Description JNS02 48"x24"x11/2" w/SCT-O & Shelf JNS03 60"x24"x11/2" w/SCT-O & Shelf JNS09 48"x30"x11/2" w/SCT-O & SHF JNS10 60"x30"x11/2" w/SCT-O & Shelf JNS04 72"x24"x11/2" w/SCT-O & Shelf JNS11 72"x30"x11/2" w/SCT-O & Shelf Additional models available.

C

B. Deluxe Work Tables.

Ships knocked down. Deluxe Work Tables feature 16 gauge, 300 stainless steel top with two galvanized hat channels for increased strength. Choose from stainless steel or galvanized adjustable undershelf. Adjustable plastic bullet feet for durability.

36" working height. NSF certified. A wide variety of sizes are available. Tables larger than 72" have 6 legs.

Model Description WT24S30-STGX 24"x30" Flat Top Galv. Adj. Undershelf & Legs WT24S48-STGX 24"x48" Flat Top Galv. Adj. Undershelf & Legs WT24S60-STGX 24"x60" Flat Top Galv. Adj. Undershelf & Legs WT24S72-STGX 24"x72" Flat Top Galv. Adj. Undershelf & Legs WT24S96-STGX 24"x96" Flat Top Galv. Adj. Undershelf & Legs WT24S36-STSX 24"x36" Flat Top S/S Adj. Undershelf & Legs WT24S48-STSX 24"x48" Flat Top S/S Adj. Undershelf & Legs WT24S60-STSX 24"x60" Flat Top S/S Adj. Undershelf & Legs WT24S72-STSX 24"x72" Flat Top S/S Adj. Undershelf & Legs WT24S96-STSX 24"x96" Flat Top S/S Adj. Undershelf & Legs

B

Work Table Height Correct working height of work tables reduces fatigue and permits an even flow of work.

There should be 4" to 6" between the work surface and the bend of the elbow of the worker.

The immediate work area may be adjusted to the proper height by: using a 2" wooden chop board across a 12"x20" pan (the depth of the pan will depend upon the height the work area needs to be raised).

D. Stainless Steel Work Tables with Sink.

Stainless steel work table/prep table with sink bowl on left. Features 16 gauge 300 series stainless steel top w/ 6" riser, galvanized legs and undershelf.

Model EPT6R6-3060GSK-L EPT6R6-3060GSK-R EPT6R6-3072GSK-L

D

EPT6R6-3072GSK-R

Description 30"x60" Table w/16"x20"x10" Sink Bowl w/ 4" Deck Mount Faucet, Bowl Mount-Left 30"x60" Table w/16"x20"x10" Sink Bowl w/ 4" Deck Mount Faucet, Bowl Mount-Right 30"x72" Table w/16"x20"x10" Sink Bowl w/ 4" Deck Mount Faucet, Bowl Mount-Left 30"x72" Table w/16"x20"x10" Sink Bowl w/ 4" Deck Mount Faucet, Bowl Mount-Right

89

90.11_28.new 5/25/11 5:14 PM Page 1

KITCHEN PREP

A

A. Modular Equipment Stand.

This all purpose stand is perfect for countertop cooking as well as holding or serving equipment. Removable heavy duty 12 gauge aluminum top and optional under shelf lift off for easy cleaning and are fully supported by the all welded, heavy duty frame. Marine edge provides easy cleaning and equipment stability. Adjustable posts allow for quick stabilization and easy leveling on stationary units while 5" stem type casters provide smooth transportation for mobile units. Lifetime guarantee against rust and corrosion. Five-year guarantee against material defects and workmanship.

Model Description 12436GSC Mobile, 24"Dx24"Hx36"L 12436GSCU Mobile w/Undershelf, 24"Dx24"Hx36"L 12460GSC Mobile, 24"Dx24"Hx60"L 12472GSC Mobile, 24"Dx24"Hx72"L 13036GSC Mobile, 30"Dx24"Hx36"L 12436GS Stationary, 24"Dx24"Hx36"L 12460GS Stationary, 24"Dx24"Hx60"L 12472GS Stationary, 24"Dx24"Hx72"L Additional models available.

B

B. Slicer Mixer Stand.

Designed for a multitude of standard food preparation applications, these Slicer Mixer Stands are indispensable in the kitchen. Use as a slicer or mixer stand, mobile work surface or to transport trays. Model 99217 equipped with four platform, swivel casters with locks on all four wheels. Model 98179 has all swivel casters two with brakes. Both models have a lifetime warranty against rust and corrosion.

Model Description 99217 6-Pan Cap., 233/8"Wx30"Hx20"D, 3" Sp. 98179 8-Pan Cap., 231/4"Wx37"Hx26"D, 3" Sp., w/ Retractable Work Shelf (NSF) 98000 12-Pan Cap., 231/4"Wx311/4"Hx26"D, 11/2" Sp. (NSF) 98001 16-Pan Cap., 231/4"Wx37"Hx26"D, 11/2" Sp. (NSF) 99738 Mixer Stand w/Accessory Tree, 29"Wx70"Hx23"

Featured Chef

C. Mixing Bowl Dolly.

This dolly is designed to hold an 80 quart stainless steel mixing bowl. It is designed at working height to minimize uncomfortable working situations. Great for mixing large quantities of any product! Lifetime warranty against rust and corrosion. Mixing bowl not included. 30"Wx30"Hx30"D, 29 1 / 2 " ring diameter. Model 98716

Chef Lamar Thomas Athens, GA Cookbook Author “Ginger, Lily & Sweet Fire” and “Southern View of World Cuisine”

C

D. Equipment & Mixer Stands.

Choose from a wide variety of Equipment and Mixer Stands with a 16 gauge 300 series stainless steel top. Legs and undershelf available galvanized or stainless steel. Mixer stands feature adjustable feet. Equipment stands come with a 2" turn-up on three sides.

NSF. Model Description Mixer Stands MS24S24-STGX 24"x24", Galv. Legs & Undershelf MS24S30-STGX 24"x30", Galv. Legs & Undershelf MS30S30-STGX 30"x30", Galv. Legs & Undershelf MS24S24-STSX 24"x24", S/S Legs & Undershelf MS24S30-STSX 24"x30", S/S Legs & Undershelf MS30S30-STSX 30"x30", S/S Legs & Undershelf Equipment Stands SES30S36-STGX 30"x36", Galv. Legs & Undershelf SES30S48-STGX 30"x48", Galv. Legs & Undershelf SES30S60-STGX 30"x60", Galv. Legs & Undershelf SES30S72-STGX 30"x72", Galv. Legs & Undershelf SES30S36-STSX 30"x36", S/S Legs & Undershelf SES30S48-STSX 30"x48", S/S Legs & Undershelf D SES30S60-STSX 30"x60", S/S Legs & Undershelf SES30S72-STSX 30"x72", S/S Legs & Undershelf

90

Apple Grain Mustard 1 teaspoon dry mustard 1 teaspoon honey 6 ounces sweet apple, peeled and seeded 1/4 teaspoon crushed mustard seed 3 tablespoons apple cider vinegar 1 tablespoon red wine vinegar 1/3 teaspoon salt 1/2 clove garlic, very fine grated 1/3 teaspoon turmeric 1/3 teaspoon paprika Combine and puree to smooth.

91.11_31.new 5/15/11 9:14 PM Page 1

Sanitation Dishwashers Disposers Sinks & Faucets Hoses, Nozzles, Drains Trash Containers A

What Size Dishwasher Do You Need?

To help determine what size dishwashing machine you will need, you must first determine how many racks of dishes per hour you will generate. Here’s an equation that may help: # of pieces per person x # of persons per hour ÷ 20 pieces per rack = racks per hour required

Temperature Requirements

Nationwide, health inspectors require that dish machine rinse temperatures be verified to reach between 170°212°F, the range sure to kill bacteria.

Things to Consider When Buying Dishwasher Racks

• What size are your glasses?

• Do you plan on using the racks for storage also?

It is very important to consider these points. Purchasing improper dishwashing racks can result in more breakage.

Ask us for help in selecting the proper racks.

A. Undercounter Dishwashers w/Built-In Booster Heater.

ENERGY STAR Partner! Significantly reduce your water and energy consumption with our new exclusive features. Shear Energy—reduce energy requirements while maximizing performance. Multi-Phase—allows for infield conversion from single to three phase with ease. Multi-Volt—allows infield conversion 208-240 volt. Rinse Sentry—extends the cycle time to ensure 180°F final rinse. Soft Start —protects dishes and glasses from chipping and breaking. The compact efficiency and versatile design make it the perfect choice for small kitchens, bars and nursing homes, ideal for under the counter or freestanding installations. NSF, ETL rated. Model UH200B shown.

Model Description UH-100 38 gal/hr./1.8 gal/rack, 21 racks/hr. w/o Booster UH-100B(40) 38 gal/hr./1.8 gal/rack, 21 racks/hr. w/40° Rise UH-100B(70) 38 gal/hr./1.8 gal/rack, 21 racks/hr. w/70° Rise UH-170 28.2 gal/hr./.9 gal/rack, 30 racks/hr. w/o Booster UH-170B(40) Energy Star–28.2 gal/hr./.9 gal/rack, 30 racks/hr. w/40° Rise UH-170B(70) Energy Star–28.2 gal/hr./.9 gal/rack, 30 racks/hr. w/70° Rise UH-200 28.2 gal/hr./.9 gal/rack, 30 racks/hr. w/o Booster UH-200B(40) 28.2 gal/hr./.9 gal/rack, 30 racks/hr. w/40° Rise UH-200B(70) 28.2 gal/hr./.9 gal/rack, 30 racks/hr. w/70° Rise

Clean-up Tips When Washing Dinnerware:

Use recommended detergents only. Some detergents can attack glazed surfaces. Ask your dinnerware resource for names of preferred detergents. Detergent concentrates also should be considered. Whenever possible, detergent should be automatically dispensed.

B. TempStar™ Dish Machines.

The perfect choice for value-conscious customers seeking a combination of resource efficiency, exceptional performance and ease of operation. Built-in booster with Sani-Sure™ ensures proper sanitation every cycle. Includes normal 58-second automatic cycle plus deliming and extended wash cycles. Built-in PRV comes standard. Field convertible from straight-thru to corner, from 3-phase to single phase, and vice versa. Durable 304 stainless steel construction. NSF and cUL-us listed. HH model accommodates larger trays and sheet pans. TempStar model shown.

B Model TempStar

Description High Temp Elect 58 racks/hour., .89 gal. water/rack: ENERGY STAR TempStar HH High Temp Elect High Hood, 53 racks/hour, 1.36 gal. water/rack TempStar S Steam 50 racks/hour, .94 gal. water/rack TempStar HH S High Hood Steam, 53 racks/hour., 1.36 gal. water/rack TempStar® GPX Gas 57 racks/hour., 1.0 gal. water/rack TempStar® HH GPX High Hood Gas53 racks/hour., 1.36 gal. water/rack

91

92.11_28.new 5/15/11 9:17 PM Page 1

SANITATION

A A

B

C A. Avenger® Undercounter Dishmachines.

Everything you need in an undercounter dishmachine. Features push-button start, auto-fill, pumped drain, above-water scrap basket and a manual override for extended wash cycles and deliming. Self-draining stainless steel pump eliminates soil and detergent carryover between wash and rinse cycles. Built-in chemical pumps ensure proper chemical usage. LT model is ENERGY STAR® qualified and features a sustainer heater and low product alarm system. HT model has built-in booster heater with Sani-Sure™ technology, which ensures proper sanitation every cycle. NSF and c-ULus listed.

Model Description Avenger® HT High Temp, 24 racks/hr ® Avenger LT Low Temp, 24 racks/hr ENERGY STAR®

B. JFT Flight Type Dishmachines.

New design cleans 11,094 dishes using only 58 gallons of water per hour.

Insulated double-wall construction provides whisper quiet operation with low heat radiation to the dish room. High-efficiency wash arm system powers off the toughest soils and V-tank construction minimizes soil build-up and provides easy access for cleaning and maintenance.

Specifically sized and outfitted with options to accommodate your foodservice operation. NSF and ETL listed. Contact our customer service department for assistance.

D. CREW™ Conveyor Series.

Jackson has set a new standard of excellence in warewashing from appearance to performance to cost of ownership! The CREW® is loaded with best-in-class energy-saving features built around the largest wash tank in the industry. The WISR™ Cleaning System provides one-pass cleaning performance while reducing water consumption to an industry leading 0.32 gallons per rack CREW lowers water, chemical and energy costs while always getting wares Clean the First Time™. 44" model is ENERGY STAR® qualified. NSF and ETL .Model Description CREW® 44-Electric 218 racks/hour; ENERGY STAR® CREW® 44-Steam 218 racks/hour CREW® 44-Chem/Electric 218 racks/hour; ENERGY STAR® CREW® 66-Electric 218 racks/hour CREW® 66-Steam 218 racks/hour CREW® 66-Chem/Electric 218 racks/hour

C. AJX Vision Series Conveyors.

AJX conveyors are ENERGY STAR® qualified for both high and low temp operation! 25" clearance accommodates oversized sheet pans and other large items. Patented Adjust-A-Peak™ feature allows operator to adjust conveyor speed for cleaning flexibility. Exclusive EnergyGuard™ system saves water by operating wash and rinse sections only when a rack is being washed or rinsed. NSF and c-UL-us listed.

Model Description AJ-64CE Electric, 287 racks/hour AJ-64CS Steam, 287 racks/hour AJ-86CE Electric, 287 racks/hour AJ-86CS Steam, 287 racks/hour AJ-100CE Electric, 287 racks/hour AJ-100CS Steam, 287 racks/hour AJ-64CGP Gas, 287 racks/hour AJ-86CGP Gas, 287 racks/hour AJ-100CGP Gas, 287 racks/hour AJ-44CGP Gas, 248 racks/hour AJ-66CGP Gas, 248 racks/hour AJ-80CGP Gas, 248 racks/hour AJX-80CE Electric, 225 racks/hour (hi-temp), 209 racks/hour. (chemical), ENERGY STAR® AJX-80CS Steam, 225 racks/hour AJX-54CE Electric, 225 racks/hour (hi-temp), 209 racks/hour (chemical), ENERGY STAR® AJX-54CS Steam, 225 racks/hour Additional models available.

D E. High Temp Straight Door Style Dishwasher w/Booster Heater.

Economical to operate. Uses only .96 gallons of water per cycle. ENERGY STAR APPROVED! Heavy duty stainless steel construction for years of trouble free operation. Built-in chemical resistant 5kW heater. Spray arm system has upper and lower stainless steel wash arms with reinforced end caps. Pull-pins allow wash arms to be removed for cleaning.

Auto/start/stop makes operation safe and easy. Automatic soil purging system filters wash water and traps debris into an external tray that can be easily removed for dumping. Water tight top mounted control box includes rack counter, extended wash/delimer switch and easy to read temperature gauges.

Model CMA-180SB

Description 30 racks/hr., Specify 40° rise (=1 min. cycle/60 racks/hr.) or 70° rise (=2 min. cycle/30 racks/hr.)

92

E

93.11_28.new 5/15/11 9:20 PM Page 1

SANITATION

A

C

A. Chemical Sanitizing Single Rack Dishwasher.

All stainless steel construction assures long life and years of trouble free operation. Top mounted controls include built-in chemical pumps and deliming system that assures proper chemical usage.

Power Drain saves space, eliminates noisy solenoid and external sump—drains quickly. Straight application. Integrated scrap tray prevents food soil from entering drain system. Auto start/stop.

Unique sanitizing system provides instant sanitation and eliminates chlorine damage to the machine. Energy Star approved.

Model Description EST-AH Straight, 40 racks, 160 covers/hr.

EST-C Corner

B

C. High Temperature Undercounter Dishmachine.

Front loading design for sparkling clean dishes—30 racks/120 covers per hour. Built-in detergent and rinse chemical pumps assure proper chemical usage. Pump drain system allows for multiple installation, including elevated drains. Safe-T-Temp feature assures 180°F final sanitizing rinse. Built-in 4kW booster heater and 2kW wash tank heater. Top mounted detergent and rinse-aid prime switches. Door safety switch and extended wash cycle switch. Removable stainless steel wash and rinse arms allow for easy cleaning. Includes (1) peg and (1) flat rack. 208/230V. Single phase. Energy Star approved.

Model Description UC50E .8 gallons of water per rack UC65E .8 gallons of water per rack

D. Versa Clean Door Machine.

Its in-field adjustable, all in one design, allows it to be installed either 208 or 240 volt, single or three phase, straight or corner configurations and operate with a 40°/70°F rise booster. No kits or parts needed, all options are built into this single unit. A high-temp, ENERGY STAR® qualified machine with a high efficiency 1 HP pump, .90 gal. per rack, 55 racks per hour. Standard features include Rinse Sentinel to ensure 180°F final rinse, auto start and automatic drain. Model DH-2000

B. Rack Conveyor Dishwasher.

ENERGY STAR® qualified! Now you can save over 55% on water and utilities. When your dish room space is limited, rack conveyors facilitate high-volume dishwashing. New exclusive DualRinse Technology ensures wares are fully rinsed with more than 300 gallons per hour while actual fresh water consumption is only 112 gallons per hour. Additional savings are found in the 40°F rise booster which only requires 12 kW (optional 70°F rise requires 22 kW). New digital control panel for easy viewing. Rinse saver activates rinse only when dishes are present.

Stainless steel one-piece upper and lower spray arms provide excellent washing results and ease of cleaning. Internal removable scrap basket and two-piece scrap screen. Model 44DR shown.

Model Description 44-WS Single tank, water saver 66-PW 44" single tank w/22" prewash 80HDPW Dishwasher, Rack Conveyor, 44" single tank w/36" prewash 80WSHDPW 44" single tank w/36" prewash water saver 70FFPW 44" single tank w/26" prewash front feed Additional models available.

D E. Door-Type Warewashing Machine.

Champion’s ENERGY STAR® qualified machines significantly reduce energy and water consumption. Built-in electric booster provides 180°F final rinse water (standard 40°F or optional 70°F rise). These powerful stainless steel machines are designed to provide high production in small dishroom space. Choose from high temperature, low temperature, with or without built-in boosters, or our extended hood model with dual NSF listing as a dishwashing and pot/pan/utensil dishwasher.

Model D-HB-S D-H1T-S D-H1T-E D-H1-E D-LF D-H1-G(40) D-H1-G(70) D-H1-S D-HBT-E(40) D-HB-E(40) D-HB-E(70) D-HBT-E(70) D-HBT-S

Description High Temp., Steam w/Booster, 55 racks/hr.

Extended Hood, Steam, w/o Booster Extended Hood, Electric w/o Booster High Temp, Electric w/o Booster, 55 racks/hr.

Low Temp. Chemical Sanitizing High Temp, Gas w/40° rise, 55 racks/hr.

High Temp, Gas w/70° rise, 55 racks/hr.

High Temp, Steam Heat w/o Booster, 55 racks/hr.

Extended Hood, Electric w/40° Rise Booster Extended Hood, High Temp w/ 40° Rise Booster, 55 racks/hr.

Extended Hood, High Temp w/ 70° Rise Booster, 55 racks/hr.

Extended Hood, Electric w/70° Rise Booster Extended Hood, Steam w/Booster

93

E

94.11_28.new 5/15/11 9:20 PM Page 1

SANITATION

A A. Sanitizing Sink Heaters/Hydro Rethermalizers/Bain Marie Heaters.

Ideal for three- or four-compartment sinks, pot and pan sinks and bar sinks, Hatco Sanitizing Sink Heaters make manual warewashing safe and sanitary. The state-of-the-art, high efficiency Hydro-Heater uses a combination of free flow technology and advanced electronic controls for circulating hot water.

Model Description 3CS-9 Sink Heater, 21"-25" Sq. Sink Area, 9KW 3CS2-3 Hydro-Htr 3KW, 15" or less Sink Area 3CS2-4 Hydro-Htr 4KW, 16"-18" Sq. Sink Area 3CS2-6 Hydro-Htr 6KW, 19"-21" Sq. Sink Area FR2-3 Hydro-Htr Food Rethermalizer/ Bain-Marie Htr, 3KW FR2-4 Hydro-Htr Food Rethermalizer/ Bain-Marie Htr, 4KW Additional models available.

B. Water Booster Heaters.

The Hatco Electric Hot Water Booster provides the high temperature final rinse water required to sanitize and flash-dry your dishes, glasses and flatware. 180°F sanitizing rinse water is always available when you need it to kill dangerous bacteria and remove unsightly residue from dishware. 100 models available to ensure that your booster water heater is perfectly sized. Why take risks when a 180°F sanitizing rinse water eliminates those dangerous germs.

Model Description C-12 208V/3 Phase Compact Electric-6 Gal., 4-57KW PMG-100 Gas-5 Gal., 105,000 BTU, 24 KW PMG-200 Gas-5 Gal., 195,000 BTU, 45 KW PMG-60 Gas-3.2 Gal., 58,000 BTU, 13.5 KW S-57 208V/3 Phase Imperial Electric-16 Gal., 6-57 KW C-12 240V/3 Phase Compact Electric-6 Gal., 4-57KW

B

C. Ultra Systems.

No Wait. No Waste. The Ultra system heats, stores and dispenses warm water entirely at the point of use, this eliminates "wait time", reduces installation and energy costs. The 2/3 gallon tank is connected to the cold water supply eliminating the need for a long pipe run and plugs into a standard 115 volt outlet. With such an easy installation the Ultra system is ideal for food prep areas, restroom sinks and service stations.

Model UW

C F

D D. Floor Troughs.

A safe addition fixture to any commercial kitchen or dish area, conveniently catching and draining excess water from the floor thus preventing accidents. Constructed of 14 gauge 304 stainless steel and include 3/16"x1" stainless steel subway grating to catch any large objects preventing drainage problems.

Includes stainless steel waste cut with removable stainless steel basket for up to 3" waste pipe. Available widths in 12" and 18". Lengths from 24” to 72”. Custom sizes also available.

Model Description FTG-1224-X 12"x24"x4" FTG-1230 12"x30"x4" FTG-1236 12"x36"x4" FTG-1242 12"x42"x4" FTG-1248 12"x48"x4" FTG-1254 12"x54"x4" FTG-1260 12"x60"x4" FTG-1272 12"x72"x4" FTG-1824-X 18"x24"x4" Additional models available.

E

E. Hot Water Dispenser.

In a rush for hot water? The C1300 can instantly provide 200°F near-boiling water which can be used to prepare up to 100 cups of hot water per hour for tea, coffee, soups, sauces and more. This quick serving time is ideal for restaurants, cafeterias, coffee shops and convenience stores. This system is easy to install, comes with a chrome finished dispenser which connects to a cold water supply and the 2/3 gallon tank which plugs into a standard 115 volt outlet.

Model C1300

94

F. Point of Use Water Heaters.

Looking for ways to simplify new and retrofit installations? Point-of-Use electric water heaters are compact for easy installation under a sink, on a wall or where ever you need hot water without the long pipe runs.

Come in 2-1/2 gallon or 4 gallon capacity tanks, have an adjustable thermostat (110° to 170°F), are pre-wired with a 115 volt cord, are supplied with a wall mounting bracket and can provide an ample supply of hot water for lavatories or other low demand foodservice applications.

Model Description W-152 21/2 gallon Water Heater W-154 4 gallon Water Heater

95.11_28.new 5/15/11 9:23 PM Page 1

SANITATION

A

Model C111 C122 C123 C135 C185 RCB

A. Opticlean™ Glass/Dish Rack Systems.

Newave Racks hold 20% more glasses than comparable racks while lowering chemical usage and labor costs. Increases storage by 20%. Unique open side wall design promotes superior washing and thorough drying. Easy handling racks are incredibly strong.

Racks drain quickly to reduce spotting/drying; no flat surfaces to trap water or loose food particles. Full dividers in base rack offer complete protection for glass rims. Sure-Lock™ extenders allow for fast and easy modification without screws, fasteners or tools.

Baskets, rack dollies and rack cover available.

Description Half Size Flatware Rack 8-Comp. Cup Rack 10-Comp. Cup Rack Half Size Open Bowl/Cup Rack 18-Comp. Glass Rack 41/2"H Coffee Bowl Rack

Model Description RE Open Extender RF Combination/Flatware Rack ROP Open Side Peg Rack RP All Purpose Plate & Tray Rack Additional models available.

C. Camracks.

Wash, store and transport—All-in-one! Closed system means glasses stay clean! Pre-assembled or custom built to fit your dishrack needs now and as they change. Universal 4-way tracking system drives Camracks through all washers from any side to offer greater speed. Unique closed wall design and protective splash guard preserve water and costly dishwashing solutions while thoroughly cleaning your dishes.

Many sizes and variations available. New Camrack IceExpress Water Glass Filler makes quick work of a time-consuming banquet chore by enabling 25 glasses to be filled with ice simultaneously, rather than one at a time.

Model Description PR314 Peg 9"x9" FR258 Flatware Full 25S638 25-Comp. 67/8"H 25S534 25-Comp. 61/8"H 8FB434 Flatware 8-Comp. Basket w/Handle 25S738 25-Comp. 73/4"H 25S800 25-Comp. 81/2"H 25S434 25-Comp. 51/4"H BR258 Base Full 25/8" 25S318 25-Comp. 35/8"H Additional models available.

B. Disposable Poly Aprons.

Our aprons are available in white and clear. High quality, tear resistant with extra long ties for ease and comfort. Box dispenser adds to the convenience. Available in various sizes.

Model 11-004 250-FH10 250-FH20 250-FH3L 250-FH3L-CP 250-FH4L 250-FH4L-CP

B

Description Wall Mount Rack for Aprons, 10 pk 24"x42" White Dispenser Box, 10/100 pk 28"x46" White Dispenser Box, 5/100 pk 28"x46" Heavyweight White Dispenser Box, 10/50 pk 28"x46" Heavyweight White Dispenser Box, 4/50 pk 28"x46" Heavyweight Clear Dispenser Box, 10/50 pk 28"x46" Heavyweight Clear Dispenser Box, 4/50 pk

E C

D

D. Warewashing Racks.

Vollrath’s “Warewashing Systems” offer a complete selection of racks and accessories. 4-way tracking for fast loading. Peg corner design provides secure stacking.

Color-coding for quick identification.

Colors include: Light Green (1), Cocoa (2), Red (3), Light Blue (4), Gold (5), Gray (6), Royal Blue (7), and Burgundy (9). NSF. Outside Dimensions: 19-3/4"x19-3/4". Full Size Glass/Compartment Racks, Full Size Flatware Rack, Full Size All Purpose Plate and Tray Rack, Full Size Cup Racks, Full Size Open Racks.

Model 52674 52677 52682 52668

Description 16-Cup Short Rack 45/16"x45/16"x23/4" 20-Cup Medium Rack 37/16"x45/16"x41/8" Open Rack X-Tall 18"x18"x613/16" Plate Cover Rack, Closed End, for covers 10" to 101/8" dia.

52712 25-Comp X-Tall RacksComp Size 31/2" sq. Inside Ht. 71/8" 52720 16-Comp X-Tall RacksComp Size 43/8" sq. Inside Ht. 71/8" 52725 49-Comp XX-Tall RacksComp Size 27/16" sq. Inside Ht. 81/2" 52729 9-Comp XX-Tall RacksComp Size 57/8" sq. Inside Ht. 81/2" 52805 8-Cup Rack Half-SizeComp Size 43/8"x45/16" Inside Ht. 27/8" 52819 32-Comp Half-Size MediumComp Size 21/16" sq. Inside Ht. 49/16" Additional models available.

95

E. Disposers.

Looking to remove waste from the bottom line? Install an environmentally responsible food waste disposer system. InSinkErator® food waste disposer systems in restaurants and institutional settings not only eliminate food waste, they provide outstanding environmental benefits, significant cost reductions and increased staff efficiency. Saving money while being green. InSinkErator has eleven models available ranging from the LC50 to the large capacity 10hp.

Model Description LC50 Light Duty Commercial Disposer SS100 1 HP Disposer (Base Unit Only) SS125 11/4 HP Disposer (Base Unit Only) SS150 11/2 HP Disposer (Base Unit Only) SS200 2 HP Disposer (Base Unit Only) Additional models available.

96.11_28.new 5/15/11 9:26 PM Page 1

SANITATION

B. Hand Sink.

Space-saving, one piece seamless deep drawn 17" wide stainless steel unit with a rectangular 10"x14"x5" deep sink bowl. Includes splash mounted faucet, basket drain and mounting bracket. NSF. Model 7-PS-60-1X

A

A. FC Fabricated Sinks.

Standard with stainless steel H legs and feet. Available in 2 bowl sizes, 18"x18"x14" or 24"x24"x14" both with a 3/4" radius. Available in 1, 2 and 3 compartments with or without drainboards. Top and bowls constructed of 16 gauge type 304 series stainless steel. Tile edge design of backsplash allows for ease and convenience when installing FC fabricated sink. Rolled edges on 3 sides ensure strength and durability. Include 11/2" IPS stainless steel basket type waste drains. Supply is 1/2" IPS hot and cold. Faucet holes on 8" centers (faucets not included). NSF. Model Description FC-1-1818-18RorL-X 381/2" Sink FC-1-1818-X 23" Sink FC-1-2424-X 29" Sink FC-2-1818-X 41" Sink FC-3-1818-18RL-X 90" Sink FC-3-1818-18RorL-X 741/2" Sink FC-3-1818-X 59" Sink FC-3-2424-24RL-X 120" Sink

B

C. Dishtable.

16 gauge 300 series stainless steel dishtable with 36” long galvanized legs.

Dishtable system consists of soil and clean sections. Seamless construction for unsurpassed strength and integrity.

10” extra large bold looking backsplash with 2” return and tile edge.

Model DTC-S60-36LorR-X

C

D. Regaline NSF Sinks.

NSF three compartment Regaline Sink with 18” right and left drainboards and 14” deep bowls. One piece deep drawn sink bowls feature 14 gauge 304 stainless steel bowls, side rolls and splash.

Welded leg assembly ensures stability and furnishes direct support of the column load requirement for the entire sink unit. Tile edge for ease of installation.

Model 94-3-54-18RL

D

E

F

E. Stainless Steel Compartment Sinks.

Type 304 - 16 gauge stainless steel construction, fabricated bowls with fully welded front apron, standard with stainless legs and bracing. Available in 1, 2, 3, or 4 bowls configuration; 3 and 4 bowl sinks standard with 2 sets of faucet holes.

NSF. Also available in 14 gauge and 14” deep.

F F. Task Master Power Wash Sink System This continuous powered wash sink is the perfect solution for the scullery. A unique rear-mounted jet produces maximum agitation in all areas of the wash compartment. Optional built-in tank heater mounts outside of the compartment maximizing wash capacity. Many options and custom configurations available.

Model PP-3.

Model Description 3PB1824 3-18"x24"x12" No Drainboard 3PB1824-1D18 3-18"x24"x12" w/18" Drainboard 3PB1824-2D18 3-18"x24"x12" w/18" Drainboard L&R 3PB1824-2D24 3-18"x24"x12" w/24" Drainboard L&R 3PB18-2D18 3-18"x18"x12" w/2-18" Drainboards Additional models available.

96

97.11_28.new 5/15/11 9:30 PM Page 1

SANITATION A. Standard Series Compartment Sinks.

12" Standard Series Sinks feature 16 gauge, 300 series stainless steel top and 12" deep tubs with 3/4" coved radius corners. 2" dividers between tubs.

Basket strainers included. 15/8" dia. galvanized legs with 1" adjustable plastic feet. Faucets not included.

NSF. A variety of sizes are available both with and without drainboards.

B

A B. 14" Deep Standard Sinks.

14" Standard Series Sinks feature 16 gauge, 300 series stainless steel top and 14" deep welded tubs with 3/4" coved corners and 2" dividers between tubs. Basket strainers included. Galvanized legs with adjustable feet. Faucets not included. NSF. A variety of sizes are available both with and without drainboards.

Model Description 14-1C16x20-0-X 16" x 20" x 14", 1 Comp., no drain board 14-1C16x20-L-18X 16" x 20" x 14", 1 Comp., 18" left drain board 14-1C16x20-R-18X 16" x 20" x 14", 1 Comp., 18" right drain board 14-2C24x24-R-24X 24" x 24" x 14", 2 Comp., 24" right drain board 14-3C16x20-0-X 16" x 20" x 14", 3 Comp., no drain board 14-3C18x24-L-24X 18" x 24" x 14", 3 Comp., 24" left drain board 14-3C24x24-0-X 24" x 24" x 14", 3 Comp., no drain board Additional models available.

Model Description 1C18X18-2-18X 18" x 18", 1 Comp. Sink w/2 drainboards 1C18X18-L-18X 18" x 18", 1 Comp. Sink w/left drainboard 1C18X24-R-18X 18" x 24", 1 Comp. Sink w/right drainboard 2C18X18-R-18X 18" x 18", 2 Comp. Sink w/right drainboard 2C18X18-L-24X 18" x 18", 2 Comp. Sink w/left drainboard 2C18X24-L-24X 18" x 24", 2 Comp. Sink w/left drainboard 2C18X24-2-24X 18" x 24", 2 Comp. Sink w/2 drainboards 3C18X18-0X 18" x 18", 3 Comp. Sink 3C18X18-2-18X 18" x 18", 3 Comp. Sink w/2 drainboards 3C18X18-2-24X 18" x 18", 3 Comp. Sink w/2 drainboards 3C24X24-2-24X 24" x 24", 3 Comp. Sink w/2 drainboards Additional models available.

C D

C. Waste Xpress Food Waste Reduction System.

The Waste Xpress® by InSinkErator® helps you reduce labor and waste handling costs while increase kitchen efficiency. The kitchen waste, consisting of food and non-food items is ground into small particles in the disposer grind chamber. This ground waste is then transferred to the dewatering unit where the liquids are extracted and sent down the drain line, the compressed waste is then dispensed through the chute into a standard 10-gallon trash can. This reduces the volume by 85%. Model WX300-18-A

E

E. Aqua Saver™ Systems.

Reduce your water bills by 70% instantly! Install an AquaSaver® control with an InSinkErator® Disposer and use up to 70% less water. AquaSaver automatically senses the waste load through the disposer and regulates water flow.

When less is needed, less is used! Easy to install, made with stainless steel and backed by a 3year warranty when purchased as part of a compete disposer package. InSinkErator a waste-handling solution that reduces your energy, water and sewer costs year after year. Model AS101.

97

D. Grease Interceptors.

Epoxy coated steel constructed grease interceptors are Plumbing and Drainage Institute certified. Full line of sizes available for: Cooking/Prep Sinks, Pot, Pan and Scullery Sinks and Dishwasher applications.

Model Description WD-10 20 lb. Cap., 2" Connection WD-15 30 lb. Cap., 2" Connection WD-20 40 lb. Cap., 3" Connection WD-20L 40 lb. Cap., 3" Connection (Low Profile) WD-25 50 lb. Cap., 3" Connection WD-35 70 lb. Cap., 3" Connection WD-35L 70 lb. Cap., 4" Connection Low Profile) WD-4 8 lb. Cap., 2" Connection WD-50 100 lb. Cap., 4" Connection WD-7 14 lb. Cap., 2" Connection

F F. Hot Water Hoses.

Premium hose is specially constructed for hot water usage. All rubber jacket resists abrasion and is durable under any condition. Available in 25', 50' and 75' lengths and 5/8" or 3/4" inside diameter.

Model 724-311

98.11_28.new 5/15/11 9:39 PM Page 1

SANITATION

C

A A. Point of Purchase Faucets.

All Fisher faucets have stainless steel seats guaranteed for life, with 2 part swivel stems for lower maintenance. EZ-Install adapters allow you to replace any major brand without removing the sink from wall, replace a faucet within minutes. Don't forget about our stainless steel models too!

Model 64769 shown.

Model Description 64769 POP 8" c/c Backsplash Faucet w/12"Swing Spout 64777 POP 8" c/c Backsplash Faucet w/14"Swing Spout Additional models available.

D

B. Ultra-Spray™ Valves.

Reduce your water and energy costs!

Discover what municipal water conservation managers all agree upon...that retrofitting your pre-rinse units with the efficient Fisher Ultra Spray can save you thousands of dollars in water and energy costs each year! 1.6 Gallons per minute, fits all brands of pre-rinse units.

Also available in Stainless Steel, Model #71307. Model 2949

D. Glass Filler.

Outstanding functional design gives busy operators a free hand. Field-tested for durability, strength and service. Easy to install and maintain. Also available in Stainless Steel, Model #54186. Model 1007

F. Pre-Rinse Hose.

When you are in need of a replacement pre-rinse hose, trust Fisher to deliver the only 3 ply aircraft hydraulic hose. It will last 3 times longer than any other brand and yes, it fits all makes of pre-rinse units! Model 2918

I

B

F

G. Add-on Faucet with 12" Swing Spout.

Purchase this handy faucet and install it as part of your pre-rinse units for added kitchen flexibility. Fits on all brands of pre-rinse units.

Also available in Stainless Steel, Model # 71366+. Model 2901-12

I. Single Deck Dual Mounted Pre-Rinse Unit.

This pre-rinse unit features stainless steel seats guaranteed for life, 2 part swivel stems for lower maintenance and the water conservation Ultra Spray Valve. Also available in Stainless Steel, Model # 53007. Model 2110-WB

C. DrainKing™ Waste Valves.

DrainKing is a revolutionary design engineered to withstand the harsh conditions found in today's foodservice operations. DrainKing features a stainless steel ball valve, a design used for natural gas where NO LEAKS are tolerated and has less moving parts, typical of any ball valve. The ball valve is held in a leak-proof socket and sealed by two life long Teflon seals. The 11/2" and 2" outlet threads means no adapters are required. This simple design requires no disassembly.

Model 22209 22306 22349 22365

Description Drain with Flat Strainer Drain with Flat Strainer, 19"x21" Overflow: Chrome Drain with Locking Basket Strainer Vandel Resistant Drain with Flat Strainer w/Additional VR Lever Handle 22314 Drain with Basket Strainer, 19"x21" Overflow: Chrome Additional models available.

E. Pre-Rinse 8" Wall Mount.

Designed to meet the rigorous needs of today's commercial kitchens and proven long lasting performance.

Model 64793 is an 8” c/c Backsplash Mount Pre-Rinse Unit with Wall Bracket and EZ Install Adapters for mounting on existing hardware.

(Interchangeable with all brands) 36' 3-Ply Aircraft hydraulic hose, internal spring loaded check stems, Ultra Spray Valve with 1.16 gpm @ 60psi.

Also available in Stainless Steel, Model # 52922. Model 29459

H

G

J

E

H. Twist Waste Valve with Drain Adapters.

Made of heavy wall cast bronze. Sink contact components, including the strainers, are stainless steel. Adapters convert 2" NPT drain outlet to a 11/2" NPT drain. Furnished with overflow cap. 3" sink opening. Model B-3940

J. Low Flow Spray Valves.

EPAct 2005 mandates all commercial pre-rinse spray valves have a flow rate of not more than 1.6 gpm at 60 psi when used with commercial dishwashing and warewashing equipment. The water conserving B-0107-C and B-0107 spray valves meet EPAct standards and are in full compliance of the mandated legislation guidelines. New fast-rinsing and EPAct compliant B-0108 and B-0108-C JeTSpray valves offer power and efficiency with flow rates of 1.48 gpm and 1.2 gpm respectively.

98

99.11_31.new 5/15/11 9:42 PM Page 1

SANITATION A. Glass Fillers.

T&S glass fillers are available in a variety of mounts and are NSF certified.

Model B-1210.

A

B. Mini Pre-Rinse Units.

The water conserving Mini Pre-Rinse Units meets EPAct standards and are in full compliance of the mandated legislation guidelines. Single deck mount base mixing faucet features add-on faucet, 6" swing nozzle, compact spring and flexible hose, 6" wall bracket and lever handles and B-0107 spray valve for power and efficiency with a 1.42 gpm flow rate. Wall mount also available.

Model Description MPZ-2DLN-06 Single Hole Deck Mount MPZ-8WLN-06 8" Wall Mount

B

C C. ChekPoint Electronic Faucets.

Hands-free faucet is a revolutionary breakthrough in handwashing technology—greatly reduces risk of contamination! Sensor-operated faucets conserve water. Features adjustable temperature control for user comfort and control. Proven electronic technology tested to exceed 450,000 washes. Check valves for cross-flow prevention in all models. AC/DC control module. New Hydro-Generator models store its own power with the flow of water and is a totally self-contained power source—no transformer or batteries needed. Can be retro-fitted to any second-generation ChekPoint Electronic Faucet.

May qualify toward credits for LEED certification.

Model Description EC-3100 Deck Mount, Gooseneck, AC/DC Control Module EC-3101 Wall Mount, Gooseneck, AC/DC Control Module EC-3102 Deck Mount, Single Hole Spout, AC/DC Control Module EC-3103 Deck Mount, 4" Centerset, AC/DC Control Module EC-3100-HG Deck Mount Gooseneck w/ Hydro-Generator Power Supply EC-3101-HG Wall Mount Gooseneck w/ Hydro-Generator Power Supply EC-3102-HG Deck Mount, Single Hole Spout w/ Hydro-Generator Power Supply EC-3103-HG Deck Mount, 4" Centerset w/ Hydro-Generator Power Supply

D D. Kitchen Single Lever Faucets.

Single lever faucet with side spray equipped with 9” spout, deckplate, two 16” stainless steel flexible supply hoses, 2.2 GPM aerator and ceramic cartridge with lifetime warranty. Features temperature limit stop, forged brass body and solid brass stem. ADA compliant. Also available without side spray.

Model Description B-2730 Single Lever Faucet w/Side Spray B-2731 Single Lever Faucet

E

F. Royal Series Pre-Rinse Units.

Built for high volume usage and durability. Heavy duty 1/4 turn ceramic cartridge valves. Built in internal check valves. Parts interchangeable with most brands. Wall mount pre-rinse shown with recommended add-on faucet with 12" spout.

Model Description 17-108W Wall Mount Pre-Rinse 14-812 Wall Faucet w/12” Spout 17-202W Deck Mount Pre-Rinse 17-109W Wall Mount Pre-Rinse w/Add-on Faucet 14-808 Wall Faucet w/8" Spout

E. Retractable Hose Reel & Spray.

Features all heavy duty stainless steel construction. Ratcheting system holds the length of the hose until a slight tug retracts automatically.

Available with 35 ft. or 50 ft. hose.

Model Description B-7132-01 Open, S/S, 35' Hose, 3/8" ID B-7122-C01 Enclosed, S/S, 30' Hose, 3/8" ID B-7142-C01 Enclosed, S/S, 50' Hose, 3/8" ID

F

G. Wall Signs.

Provide directions, warnings and notices at a glance with clear and simple signage solutions. These stainless steel signs have self-adhesive backing for easy mounting.

G 99

100.11_28.new 5/15/11 9:46 PM Page 1

SANITATION

A

A. Slim Jim® Containers & Lids.

Efficient size and shape fit tight spaces. Durable, all-plastic construction B is easy to clean and provides long life. Now available with Venting B. Plaza™ Container.

Channels to reduce force required to lift full can liner by up to 68%.

Vented Slim Jim containers have 4 can liner cinches to eliminate knot Plaza® Containers have contemporary styling with side opening door for tying. New lids: Swing offers 61% more unobstructed disposal area; no-lift unloading. Spring-loaded doors help contain odors. Can be used Hinge swings 270° to fit flat against container, but remains securely with a rigid liner or with a can liner. Includes bolt-down capability. attached during use. New stainless steel Dolly adds mobility with 3" Available with or without a tray top to accommodate up to 15"x20" trays. casters and is dishwasher safe.

Available with or without an ashtray insert. When used with a rigid liner (#3958), container is FM/CSFM approved. Colors: Beige, Black, Dark Model Description Green.

FG267360GRAY Swing Top (Blue, Brown, Gray) FG268888YEL Handle Top (Gray, Yellow) Model Description FG269288RED Bottle/Can (Brown, Gray) FG395800GRAY Square Container, 191/2" sq x 275/8" h FG270388BLUE Paper Recycling (Blue) FG396300BLA 50 Gal. Container w/Tray Top ( Beige, Black) FG354000BLA 23 Gal. Container (Gray, Beige) FG396400BLA 50 Gal. Container, (Black, Green, Beige) FG355188BLA Trolley FG396500BLA 50 Gal. Container w/Ashtray (Beige, Black, Green) FG354060BLA 23 Gal. w/Vent Channels (Blk, Gray, Bge) FG354007DGRN Recycling w/Vent Channels (Grn, Blue) FG267400BLA Hinge Top (Black) C. Brute® Round Containers, Lids & Dolly.

FG355300SSSTL Stainless Steel Dolly BRUTE® Round Containers are durable, heavy-duty containers for a variety of uses. All-plastic, professional grade construction will not rust, chip, or peel and resists dents. Strong, snap-on lids provide secure, stable stacking. Gray, white and yellow containers are USDA and NSF approved. Brute® Containers are available in 10, 20, 32, 44 and 55 gallon capacities. Variety of lids (snap-on, funnel or dome) and accessories are available.

Model Description FG260900DGRN Flat Lid (fits 2610) Gray, White FG261000DGRN 10 Gal., Gray, White FG261960BLA Flat Lid (fits 2620) Gray, White, Yellow FG262000BLUE 20 Gal. Gray, White, Yellow, Dk. Blue FG263100GRAY Flat Lid (for 2632) Gray, White, Yellow, Red FG263200GRAY 32 Gal. Gray, White, Yellow, Red, Dk. Blue C FG264000BLA Dolly (for 20, 32, 44, 55 Containers) Black FG264200YEL Caddy Bag (for 32, 44 Containers) Yellow FG264300GRAY 44 Gal., Gray, White, Yellow, Red, Blue FG264560BLA Flat Lid (for 2643) Gray, White, Yellow, Red, Black Additional models available.

E D D. Tilt Trucks.

Durable construction for transporting and dumping heavy loads with ease. Smooth surface is easy to clean and resists pitting and corroding. Easy to handle and maneuver. Constant force design allows for controlled dumping by 1 person. Inset wheels protect walls and fixtures. Constructed with USDA and FDA compliant materials. Optional hinged lid sold separately.

Model Description 1 FG130500BLA /2 cu yd Tilt Truck, 850lb capacity, Black, Yellow, Red, Blue FG130573BLUE 1/2 cu yd Tilt Truck, 850lb capacity, Blue with Recycle Symbol FG130700BLA Tilt Truck Lid (fits 1305 and 1305-06), Black

E. Glutton® Recycling Station.

This 46 gallon recycling station is capable of separating up to 2 waste streams. Unit comes complete with 1 Glutton® Receptacle, 2 Slim Jim® Receptacles, 1 lid frame, choice of 3 opening shapes (circle, slot, square), and label pack.

Model Description FG256T73BLUE 2 Stream Glutton Station 1792339 2 Stream Glutton Station

100

101.11_28.new 5/15/11 9:51 PM Page 1

SANITATION

A A. Huskee SuperKan™ Receptacles.

From food prep to foundries, from refuse to bio-hazard waste, the Huskee™ receptacle keeps on working. Molded of engineered resins with seamless construction, the Huskee™ receptacle is a strong, long lasting receptacle used by virtually every industry. Bag cinch 32, 44 and 55 gallon eliminates the need to tie knots in the polyliner to keep it secure around the receptacle rim!

Stackable with lid on, nestable with lid off. Sizes 10-44 gallon are NSF approved.

Model Description 2000 20 Gal. (Grey or White) 3200 32 Gal. (Grey, Red, White, Yellow) 4444 44 Gal. (Grey, Red, White, Yellow) 5500GY 55 Gal. (Grey) 2001 Lid for 20 Gal. 3201 Lid for 32 Gal. 4445 Lid for 44 Gal. 5501 Lid for 55 Gal. C. Wall Hugger™ Receptacles & Dolly.

Continental’s sleek Wall Hugger design holds 23 gallons of waste, but protrudes less than one foot from the wall. The line includes a version with built-in handles to provide ease of transport and a secure grip when lifting and dumping. Match with color-coded Recycling Lids for easy identification, encouraging users to sort their recyclables. Use with a Dolly for a complete mobile system. Compatible with (7325) Drop Shot Lid, (7318) Push Door Lid or our new (8320) Wall Hugger Dolly.

Model Description 8322 23 Gal (Beige, Black, Brown, Grey, Blue or Green Recycle) H8322 23 Gal w/Hdls (Beige, Black, Brown, Grey, Blue or Green Recycle) 7325 Drop Shot Lid (Black, Brown, Beige, Grey) 8320 Dolly for 8322 & H8322 8320-4 Quad-Collection Dolly for 8322 & H8322 7316 Recycle Lid w/Hole for Cans & Bottles (Blue, Green, Yellow) 8316 16 Gal (Beige, Black, Brown, Grey) H8316 16 Gal w/Hdls (Beige, Black, Brown, Grey) Additional models available.

D

E

B B. Step-On Receptacles.

Commercial grade step-on waste receptacles designed for convenient and hygienic disposal of various waste types under heavy use. Lid is activated by foot pedal. Smooth plastic will not rust, chip or peel like metal cans.

Unique notch holds standard size polyliners. Optional rigid liners also available. Available in 18 and 23 gallon sizes, in White (WH), Beige (BE) and Red (RD). The 23 gal size has wheels for mobility and a stainless steel wire frame for extra durability.

FM and CSFM approved.

Model Description 15 Rigid Plastic Liner (fits #18) 18 18 Gallon 19 Rigid Plastic Liner (fits #23) 23 23 Gallon

C

D. Bronco™ Waste Containers.

Heavy duty construction with double reinforced stress ribs and drag skids for ultimate durability. Ergonomic Comfort Curve™ handles for easy handling. Reinforced lids have tab locks—snaps down tight.

Available in 5 colors for HACCP support. Support community recycling programs or your own green initiatives with 2-sided "Recycle" imprinted containers (except the 345050REC). The Roll-Away Container (Grey only) has heavy duty axle and oversize traction wheels for hauling heavy loads. Sturdy hinged lid flips open 270° for easy access.

Model Description 341032 32 Gal. 341033 32 Gal. Lid 341044 44 Gal. 341045 44 Gal. Lid 341132 32 Gal. w/Dolly 341144 44 Gal. w/Dolly Additional models available.

E. Trimline™ Waste Containers.

Trimline™ fits neatly beside work tables or in narrow spaces. Heavy duty plastic construction for easy cleaning. Corner tabs keep bags secure and helper handle on bottom makes lifting and dumping easier.

Available in brown, gray and black. New Recycle container displays the recycle symbol on both sidesavailable in blue and green. New Compost green container addresses city requirements for compost food waste. To make waste management discrete, both swing top and handled lids can be purchased in any color. Wire Frame Dolly (sold separately) makes waste collection more efficient and safer for employees.

Model Description Model Description 342023 23 gal. Container 36920-103 Trimline Dolly 342024 23 gal. Container Swing Top Lid 342023REC 23 gal. "Recycle" Blue or Green 342025 23 gal. Container Handled Lid 342023CMP09 23 gal. "Compost" Green

101

102.11_28.new 5/15/11 9:53 PM Page 1

SANITATION A. Safety Cone & Barricade System.

Cones available in 36" and 25" heights. OSHA and ANSI Compliant colors and graphics. Imprinted with hazard messages in multiple languages.

Barricade System features a 72" self-retracting yellow and black stripe tape. Wet Floor Signs are lightweight, versatile signs for effective safety communication and fold for easy storage.

Model Description FG627600YEL Safety Cone 36" w/ Multi-Lingual “Caution” FG627700YEL Safety Cone 25" w/ Multi-Lingual “Caution Wet Floor” FG628400BLA Weight ring for 36" safety cones FG628700YEL Portable Barricade System FG611200YEL 25" Floor Sign, Caution Imprint, 2 sided FG611477YEL 37" Floor Sign, 4 sided, “Caution Wet Floor”

A

B. Duo-Sweep® Angle Brooms.

Duo-Sweep® Angle Brooms are designed to provide general purpose sweeping, reaching into corners, along walls or into hard to reach areas for fast, efficient cleaning. Excellent balance to reduce sweeping fatigue. Two handle holes; one angled, one upright. 8" and 12" bristle flare, 54" coated metal handle is lightweight yet durable.

B

Model Description 36861 36" Lobby Angle Broom w/8" Flare Polypropylene Bristles (Flagged w/Wood Handle) 36865 54" Medium Duty Angle Broom w/12" Flare Polypropylene Bristles (Flagged w/Wood Handle) 36885 54" Heavy Duty Angle Broom w/12" Flare Polypropylene Bristles (Flagged w/Wood Handle) 36866 Replacement Angle Broom w/8" Flare Polypropylene Bristles (Head Only) (Flagged) 3686700 Replacement Medium Duty Angle Broom w/12" Flare Polypropylene Bristles (Head Only) (Flagged) 36868 Replacement Heavy Duty Angle Broom w/12" Flare Polypropylene Bristles (Head Only) (Unflagged) 41082 Sparta® Spectrum® 54" Angle Broom w/Polypropylene Bristles (Flagged w/Fiberglass Handle, Blue-14, Brown-01, Green-08, Red-05, Yellow-04, White-02, Tan-25) 41083 Sparta® Spectrum® 54" Angle Broom w/Polypropylene Bristles (Unflagged w/Fiberglass Handle, Blue-14, Brown-01, Green-08, Red-05, Yellow-04, White-02, Tan-25)

C C. Re-Run Can Liners.

Re-Run can liners are formulated from a blend of their own recycled virgin resin and the highest quality postconsumer resin. The result is an environmentally sound, versatile, and 100% recyclable can liner at a competitive price. Re-Run can liners are manufactured with up to 80% recycled content and can be used to earn LEED credit. Available in a wide range of strengths and sizes.

D. Linear Low and High Density Disposable Can Liners.

All your can liner needs from one source.

Model Tru-Mil Buff Bag White Star Vu-Thru Food & Utility Shark Skin Mighty Tough High Density Deja-Vu Black Star

Description Full gauge bag for extra heavy use Maximum film strength, tear resistant White liner for heavy to heavy plus use Clear, max. film strength, tear resistant low liner High clarity food storage bag RX Series Linear low density coreless roll system White liner for heavy plus applications MR Series Ideal for heavy, wet refuse & temp. extremes Recycled Economical linear low liner

102

G

F

103.11_28.new 5/25/11 5:52 PM Page 1

SANITATION A. Vacuums Clean more effectively, improve productivity, and protect worker well-being with the new heavy-duty, commercial-grade vacuum line. Rubbermaid vacuums provide effortless maneuverability, easy maintenance and on-board intelligence. They are powerful for one-pass cleaning and offer multi-stage filtration. Rubbermaid vacuums are CRI Green Label Certified for clean air standards and effective cleaning. Vacuum models include: Power Height Upright, Manual Height Upright, Backpack, Ultra Light Upright, Traditional Upright, Wet/Dry and DVAC. Models shown (left to right)—DVAC, MH12, UL12, BP06 and WD16.

Model Description FG9VUL120000 12" Ultra Light Upright FG9VCV120000 12" Traditional Upright FG9VCV160000 16" Traditional Upright FG9VWD120000 121/2 g cap. Wet & Dry FG9VWD160000 16g cap. Wet & Dry FG9VBP060000 6 qt. Backpack Vacuum FG9VBP100000 10 qt. Backpack Vacuum FG9VMH120000 12" Manual Height Upright FG9VMH150000 15" Manual Height Upright FG9VPH120000 12" Power Height Upright FG9VPH150000 15" Power Height Upright FG9VBH100000 10 qt. Cap. HEPA Backpack Vacuum

A

Sanitation and Preventing Potential Problems.

Stay on top of cleaning, even during busy hours. Clean up all spills immediately, and keep counter tops and floors free of crumbs and food residue. Use organic cleaners to regularly clean drains and grease traps, which are breeding grounds for flies. At the end of a long and busy shift, thorough cleaning is essential to warding off pests.

B B. Lobby Pro™ Upright Dust Pan. Stylish pan design. Durable rear wheels improve wear resistance. Will not stain or discolor, helps absorb odors. Self opening and closing lid (on 2532 and 2533) conceals unsightly dirt and debris. Adjustable handle grip enhances user comfort (standard on 2533). Pans and C brooms sold separately.

Model Description FG253100BLA Upright Dust Pan, 123/4"Lx111/4"Wx5"H FG253200BLA Upright Dust Pan w/Cover, 123/4"Lx111/4"Wx5"H FG253300BLA Deluxe Upright Dust Pan with cover and adjustable handle grip FG253600BLA Lobby Broom, Synthetic Fill FG637300BRN Lobby Broom, 100% Corn C. Microfiber HYGEN™ Cloths & Wet/Dry Mops.

FG637400BLA Lobby Dust Pan Broom, Polypropylene Fill Innovative solutions and proven superior performance for maintaining healthy, safe environments. Best-in-Class Microfiber delivers superior cleaning performance and durability.

Color coded products help reduce cross contamination by differentiating area of use. Zig-zag scrubbing strips and high quality D knitting for better absorption and debris pickup. Cleans 25% better than conventional microfiber and traditional cotton cloths D. Mop & Broom Rack. and up to 500 launderings. Bleach safe. Available in Green, This 16" one-piece rack offers 6 hangBlue and Red. Q610 - Yellow Cloth, Q630 - Blue Glass Cloth. ing hooks and 5 tool clips for all your Model Description storage needs. Holds eleven mops Q610 16"x16" Bathroom (Yellow) and brooms. Mounts easily with Q620 16"x16" General Purpose (Red, Blue and Green) included hardware. Model MBR-16 Q640 20"x20" Spill Cleanup & Lg Area Cleaning (Green) Q630 16"x16" Lint-Free Cleaning Glass/Polished Surfaces Q810 Microfiber Scrubber Mop 18" Q820 Microfiber Wall/Stair Damp Mop 11" Q560 Quick Connect Wed/Dry Frame 18" Q775 Quick Connect Extension Pole 6'-18' Additional models available.

103

104.11_28.new 5/15/11 9:59 PM Page 1

SANITATION

A. Economy Cotton Mop. Cut-end cotton mops are for general, all-purpose cleaning.

Cut-end rayon mops are for finish application. Available in narrow (1") or wide (5") headbands.

Economy mops contain 100% post-industrial cotton. Available in #16, #20, #24, and #32 sizes.

12/carton.

Model FGV11600WH00 FGV11700WH00 FGV11800WH00 FGV15600WH00 FGV11900WH00 FGV15700WH00 FGV15800WH00 FGV15900WH00 FGV41600WH00 FGV41700WH00 FGV41800WH00 FGV41900WH00

A

Description Cotton Mop, #16 size, 1" Headband Cotton Mop, #20 size, 1" Headband Cotton Mop, #24 size, 1" Headband Cotton Mop, #16 size, 5" Headband Cotton Mop, #32 size, 1" Headband Cotton Mop, #20 size, 5" Headband Cotton Mop, #24 size, 5" Headband Cotton Mop, #32size, 5" Headband Rayon Mop, #16 size, 1" Headband Rayon Mop, #20 size, 1" Headband Rayon Mop, #24 size, 1" Headband Rayon Mop, #32 size, 1" Headband

B B. WaveBrake™ Mopping System.

WaveBrake Mop Bucket reduces splashing by 40%. High-efficiency wringer requires 18% less effort to wring mop and has been tested to last 58 times longer than comparable wringers. Premium tubular steel and structural web molded plastic. Optional dirty water bucket (#9C74) shown for sortation of clean and dirty water. Available models: Mopping Trolleys, 35 qt. Side Press Combo, 35 qt. Down Press Combo, Institutional combos, or purchase separate buckets and wringers. Colors: Yellow, Brown, Green, Red, Blue.

Model Description FG612788YEL Side Press Wringer, Cap. 12-32 oz. mops, Yellow FG747000YEL Bucket w/Caster Kit, 26 qt. capacity, Yellow FG748018YEL Side Press Combo, Pallet Pk, 26 qt. cap. Yellow FG757088YEL Bucket w/Caster Kit, 35 qt. capacity, Yellow FG757188YEL Bucket. (No Casters), 35 qt., Yellow, Red, Green, Blue FG757588YEL Down Press Wringer for Bucket, 12-32 oz. mops, Yellow FG757788YEL Down Press Combo, 35 qt., (Yellow or Brown) FG757888RED Down Press Combo, 35 qt., (Red, Green, Blue) FG758088YEL Side Press Combo, 35 qt., (Yellow or Brown) FG758888RED Side Press Combo, 35 qt., (Red, Green, Blue) FG759088YEL Institutional Combo, 35 qt., (Yellow) FG767700YEL Dual Water Down Press Combo, 35 qt., (Yellow) FG768000YEL Dual Water Side Press Combo, 35 qt., (Yellow) FG777700YEL Mopping Trolley Down Press, 35 qt., (Yellow) FG778000YEL Mopping Trolley Side Press, 35 qt., (Yellow) FG9C7400RED Dirty Water Bucket for 35 qt. Combos, 18qt., Red, Yellow FG9C7300BLA Quiet Caster Dolley, 22.4"L, Black

C. Pulse™ Mopping Kit. Clean more square feet in less time with the new Rubbermaid Pulse™. Industry-best microfiber, onboard reservoir, and user-controlled release of solution means cleaner floors faster, easier, and more effectively. Red ergonomic trigger handle dispenses three streams of cleaning solution with each press. High-capacity refillable reservoir holds 21 oz. of solution to clean up to 850 sq. ft. of floor space. 18" Quick-Connect Frame included. Use a Q410 Microfiber Wet Pad, not included. Model FGQ96900YL00.

C

D. Unibody Mopping System.

The 35 qt. Unibody™ Mopping System is the most efficient side-press wringing system available. The one-piece design results in a positive transfer of force, removing more water per stroke. Five color options for color-code programs and cross contamination prevention. Ergonomic handle reduces fatigue and back injury. Bucket interior clearly indicates with graduated steps, quarts and liters for dilution measurements. Holds a variety of caution signage. Self draining spigot prevents heavy lifting and back injury.

Sediment screen traps dirt, keeping water cleaner longer.

Model 351BL 351BZ 351GN 351RD 351YW

D

104

Description Blue Unibody Bronze Unibody Green Unibody Red Unibody Yellow Unibody

105.11_28.new 5/15/11 10:04 PM Page 1

SANITATION

Hotel Size Soap Pads

Scrubber Sponges

B

AntiMicrobial Scouring Pads

A

Grill Cleaning Supplies

Stainless Steel Scrubbers

A. Professional Cleaning Products.

Grill Cleaning Supplies: Grill Screens, Griddle Polishing Pads, Holders and Grill Bricks make grill cleaning fast and easy.

Stainless Steel Scrubbers: Available in “300” Series, wide band for more cutting power and “400” Series corrosion resistant wire. 35 and 50 gram and a variety of pack sizes. USDA and FDA accepted.

Anti-Microbial Scouring Pads: Available in medium and heavy duty abrasive. Great for cleaning everything from fine china to pots and pans.

Scrubber Sponges: Nylon scouring pad laminated to a pure cellulose sponge. Available in light and medium duty.

Hotel Size Soap Pads: Made of fine steel wool and fully saturated with cleaning formula for greater sudsing and more cleaning power.

Model Description GB12-TSH Grill Bricks, 1/12 ct.

SC200 6"x3" MD Scrub Sponge, 8/5 ct.

10-100 50 gm. S/S Scrubber 86-606 6"x9" HD Green Nylon Pad, 1/20 ct.

96-601 6"x9" MD Green Nylon Pad, 1/20 ct.

24-002TSH Steel Wool Soap Pads, Hotel Size Boxed, 12/10 ct.

ISP01PB Steel Wool Soap Pads, Hotel Size Poly Bag, 12/10 ct.

24-005B Tough Scour Nylon Soap Pads, 31/2"x31/2", 4/5 ct.

C

B. Scour Pro Cleaning System.

One Piece Scrubber and the all new Scour Pro™ by Scrubble®.

Compact innovative design fits in the palm of your hand. Sealed switch and parts extend tool life. Hook and loop fastening system for easy pad changes. Lithium-ion battery out performs and outlasts any other. You will never clean another grill by hand again. The innovative iron shape allows you to get in corners like no other product! System comes complete with Scour Pro unit, starter pads and battery charger. Replacement pads sold separately.

Model Description 20-682TSH Open-Mesh Screen 617-6 Maroon Pad, Medium 676 Grill Pad Holder 98-606 White Pad, Fine GB12-TSH Grill Bricks, 1/12 ct.

GP100 4"x6" Polishing Grill Pad GP406 Black Pad, Coarse GS106 Griddle Screen, Xtra Coarse SPP-06 Scour Pro Unit, Starter Pads, Battery Charger

Brooms, Brushes & Mops Guide to Floor Brush Selection: Fine: Hard finished floors, wood, marble, terrazzo and ceramic tile.

Medium: Resilient smooth floors, asphalt, vinyl, rubber, tile, linoleum and smooth concrete.

Coarse: Rough unfinished surfaces, wood, rough concrete, paved and blacktop.

Germs collect quickly. Throw old and particularly dirty used brooms and brushes away. Hang brooms and brushes when not in use to keep bristles off floor.

C. Brooms & Mops.

Scrubble’s assortment of brooms and mops will sweep you away. Natural Fiber Corn Brooms constructed of 100% corn fiber. Or choose blends, which are made up of corn fiber on the outside and stiffer Yucca fiber on the inside. Angle Brooms constructed of flagged synthetic filaments are perfect for retail stores, foodservice, offices and general cleaning. Each broom comes protected with a poly sleeve. Available in full upright or shorter lobby type. Scubble's Rayon and Blend Mops are very durable and provide quick absorption. Choose wood handle or high strength fiberglass. Each features non-corrosive hardware.

Model Description Model Description M8702 Cotton Blend Natural, Med. M8910 Wood Handle M8703 Cotton Blend Natural, Large M8911 Plastic Quick Change Fiberglass Handle M8706 Blue Blend Wide Band, Med. (5 color-safe endcaps also available) M8707 Blue Blend Wide Band, Large B404 32# Warehouse Corn Broom (Blend) M8824 Rayon Wide Band, Large B406 28# Warehouse Corn Broom B406 28# Warehouse Corn Broom (Blend) B408 18# Maids Corn Broom (Blend) B410A Plastic Large 12" Angle Broom B410 16# Maids Corn Broom (Blend) B441L Plastic Small 71/2" Angle Broom

105

106.11_28.new 5/15/11 10:10 PM Page 1

SANITATION

B A A. Tek-Tough Jr.™ Anti-Fatigue Mat. Molded-in beveled edge improves safety and makes cart traffic easy. 1/2" thick. Lighter weight makes handling a snap and cleanup easier. Four sizes and two rubber formulations available.

Available in 3'x5', 3'x10', 3'x15' and 3'x20'.

Model Description 436-931 3' x 5' Black Grease-Resistant 436-932 3' x 5' Red Grease-Proof 436-971 3' x 5' Grey Grease-Proof 437-434 3' x 10' Black Grease-Resistant 440-446 3' x 10' Grey Grease-Proof 440-447 3' x 10' Red Grease-Proof 440-448 3' x 15' Black Grease-Resistant 440-449 3' x 15' Red Grease-Proof 440-450 3' x 15' Grey Grease-Proof 440-451 3' x 20' Black Grease-Resistant 440-452 3' x 20' Grey Grease-Proof 440-453 3' x 20' Red Grease-Proof

D

B. Ridge Scraper Mat. Perfect for entrances and C-stores. Its 3/ 8" durable molded rubber construction provides an excellent slip resistant surface.

Raised-edge contains spills. Available in 21/2'x3', 3'x5', 3'x10', 4'x6' and 6'x8'.

Model Description 0065-587 3'x5' 4468-246 4'x6' 4468-247 3'x10' Additional models available.

C. Super Flow Mats.

Super Flow Floor Mats Are Reversible!

Unique lightweight matting with molded-in beveled edges for easier handling. Non-skid textured surface for sure traction to prevent slips and falls. Provides superior anti-fatigue qualities in a thin profile construction.

Drainage holes for wet areas. Excellent grease-resistant properties. Ideal for Kitchens, Behind Bars, Food Processing Areas, Work Stations, Heavy Industrial AntiFatigue, Machine Shops, Walk-In Freezers.

D. TCell Dispensers and Fragrances.

The world’s first continuous odor control that delivers a precise dose of pure designer fragrance and odor neutralizer for 60 days without the use of batteries.

One dispenser covers approximately 3 to 4 toilets or urinals and a wide array of fragrances are available.

Model Description FG402150 DSP TCELL KEY3 BK TC FG402498 TCELL Pure K3 TC FG402110 TCELL Wakening Spring K3 TC FG402111 TCELL Polar Mist K3 TC FG402112 TCELL Blue Splash K3 TC FG402113 TCELL Citrus K3 TC FG402187 TCELL Crystal Breeze K3 TC FG402369 TCELL Mango Blossom K3 TC FG402470 TCELL Cucumber Melon K3 TC FG402472 TCELL Tropical Sunrise K3 TC FG402473 TCELL Summer Sorbet K3 TC

E E. Element™ Roll Towel Dispenser.

Economical, flexible and sanitary dispensing. It’s 33% smaller than a standard lever roll towel cabinet but still accommodates a standard 800' 8" roll towel. This compact, highcapacity dispenser accepts any brand or quality of roll towel paper. Newly designed Bio-Pruf® lever inhibits bacteria growth. Available in Black Pearl (TBK) and Artic Blue (TBL). Model T950TBK

106

C

Model 100-2250 100-2251 T18-U0046-BL T18-U0046-RD

Description 3x5 Black Grease Resistant 3x5 Red Grease Proof 4x6 Black Grease Proof 4x6 Red Grease Proof

F

F. Ultrafold Fusion™ Towel Dispenser.

The first of its kind folded towel dispenser that ships disassembled in 6 easy to assemble pieces. Ships in a box that is more than 50% smaller than the average folded towel dispenser box, which increases available warehouse space and reduces transportation costs. The Present® System offers a touchless, smooth, one-at-a-time towel presentation of C-Fold or Multi-fold towel that eliminates tabbing and creates a pleasing and positive image. Available in Black Pearl (TBK) and Artic Blue (TBL).

Model T1755TBK

107.11_28.new 5/15/11 10:19 PM Page 1

SANITATION

A. SuperFoam Mats.

Non-absorbent closed cell nitrile rubber is 80% lighter than conventional mats. Will not absorb liquids.

Molded-in beveled edge improves safety and makes cart traffic easier. One piece construction; no connectors needed. Excellent choice for fighting fatigue at cooking lines, check-outs, prep stations, service counters and other areas where employees stand on non-give surfaces. Available in 3'x2', 3'x3', 3'x4', 3'x5', 3'x6', and 3'x8' sizes; Grease-Resistant Black.

Dishwasher safe.

A Model 065-547 065-548 065-549

Description 3'x2' 3'x3' 3'x4'

Model 065-550 065-551 065-552

Description 3'x5' 3'x6' 3'x8'

B. VIP Red Cloud Floor Mat, Anti-Fatigue.

VIP RED CLOUD is a revolutionary light-weight, grease proof rubber mat made of a unique closed-cell nitrile compound offering the ultimate in comfort and performance. Standing on this product makes you feel like your “standing on a cloud”. At only 10 lbs. for a 3'x5' section, it’s extremely easy to handle and clean, and its textured surface and tapered edges promote anti-slip and anti-tripping safety. 5-year guarantee against breakdown from grease. Not recommended for use in areas with excessive water. Model 5000-R35

Things to Consider When Buying Floor Mats

Be sure to first measure the area the mats will be used in. Will you use the mat in a wet or dry area? Do you need anti-fatigue or grease proof styles? Ask us! We can help you determine which mats will meet your needs.

C. Topdek Floor Mats.

For non-heavy use in non-grease and light-grease areas, TOPDEK has become the most popular rubber floor mat, combining good quality and excellent value. Choose from our heavier “senior” version or lighter weight “junior” weighing about 20 lbs. for a 3'x5' mat. The “molded-on” bevel ramp prevents trips while the aggressive anti-slip surface creates a safer working environment. Easy to handle and clean floor mats are available in general purpose black or grease resistant red.

Model Description 2522-C5 Senior, 3'x5' Black (25 lb.)

2522-C10 Senior, 3'x10' Black (50 lb.)

2522-C15 Senior, 3'x15' Black (75 lb.)

2522-C20 Senior, 3'x20' Black (100 lb.)

2530-C5 Junior, 3'x5' Black (20 lb.)

2530-R5 Junior, 3'x5' Red (20 lb.)

2530-C10 Junior, 3'x10' Black (40 lb.)

2530-C15 Junior, 3'x15' Black (60 lb.)

2530-C20 Junior, 3'x20' Black (80 lb.)

C 2530-R10 Junior, 3'x10' Red (40 lb.)

2530-R15 Junior, 3'x15' Red (60 lb.)

2530-R20 Junior, 3'x20' Red (80 lb.)

2522-R15 Senior, 3'x15' Red (75 lb.)

2522-R20 Senior, 3'x20' Red (100 lb.)

2522-R5 Senior, 3'x5' Red (25 lb.)

2522-R10 Senior, 3'x10' Red (50 lb.)

E. Infinity® Smoking Management.

New Infinity® Smoking Management Solutions offer a stylish, all-metal construction for efficient smoking litter management. High capacity receptacles reduce frequency of emptying. Stainless steel snuff plates and 360° disposal area. Domed tops for weather resistance.

Integrated padlock tabs for security against tampering and theft. FM Approved. Available models: Traditional, Base Mount, Wall Mount and Ultra-High Capacity. Colors: Black, Bronze, Pewter.

Model Description FG9W3100SSBLA Base Mount, 1500 cigarette cap., S/S FG9W3200SSBLA Wall Mount, 700 cigarette cap., S/S FG9W3300AGBRNZ Traditional Receptacle, 5000 cigarette cap., Black, Bronze, Pewter FG9W3400AGBRNZ Ultra-High Cap., 8000 cigarette cap., Black, Bronze, Pewter

B

D

D. Scraper Mats.

Choose from two scraper mat series—The “Finger Top” flexible raised finger mat features 5/8" thick durable molded rubber and is beveled on all four sides for safety.

The “RidgeScraper” reduces slips and falls with its tapered edge, raised rubber pattern and cleated backing. Durable 3/8" rubber mat also adds resilience for worker comfort.

Both are easy to clean—just shake or hose off. Color: Black.

Model Description 35-2432 Finger Top, 24"x32" 35-3239 Finger Top, 32"x39" 35-3672 Finger Top, 36"x72" 1625-35 Ridge Scraper, 3'x5' 1625-310 Ridge Scraper, 3'x10'

E 107

108.11_31.new 5/16/11 11:47 AM Page 1

Storage & Transport Shelving Racks Carts Food Storage A clean, well kept food storage area is very important.

However, cleaning and maintenance of shelving can be a very time consuming process. Choosing the right shelving for your food storage area can eliminate a lot of headaches and grief. Shelving that can be cleaned quickly and easily will more likely be done more often and will not take too much time away from other job responsibilities.

Cleaning Open Wire Shelving

Equipment Needed: Brushes, Sponges, Towels, Buckets, Hoses, Mild Detergent Est. Time: 30 min. once a month=6 hours per year Labor Cost x 6 hours = cleaning cost per year Cleaning Steps: 1.

Remove all products.

2.

Move shelving unit to outside area or area away from food products. (Note: do not contaminate food product with cleaning chemicals) 3.

Hose shelving unit to loosen grease and dirt.

4.

Use water, mild detergent and sponges to clean shelves.

5.

Use brushes to clean between wires and remove stubborn residue.

6.

Hose off unit again to remove cleaning chemicals and loose dirt.

7.

Towel dry unit and move back.

8.

Place product back on shelf.

A. Super Erecta™ Shelving.

Advancing the standard. Super Erecta is versatile, yet secure. Shelves are adjustable and available in a wide range of sizes. NSF. 14" and 24" sizes and a full line of posts are available. Stainless steel also available.

Shelving comes standard with Microban antimicrobial product protection built into the shelf mats to inhibit stain and odor causing bacteria growth. Available with MetroSeal 3, Chrome or Bright finish.

A Brite 1824BR 1830BR 1836BR 1848BR 2424BR 2430BR 2448BR

Chrome 1824NC 1830NC 1836NC 1848NC 2424NC 2430NC 2448NC

Metroseal 3 1824NK3 1830NK3 1836NK3 1848NK3 2424NK3 2430NK3 2448NK3

Posts Chrome Metroseal 3 13P 13PK3 33P 33PK3 54P 54PK3 63P 63PK3 Additional models available.

Size 141/2" 341/2" 549/16" 629/16"

B. Super Adjustable 2™ Super Erecta Shelving Super Adjustable 2™ Super Erecta Shelving is easy to adjust with new and improved rigidity. To re-position the shelf, just pull the quick release lever on each shelf corner. Posts are grooved at 1" increments and numbered at 2" increments. Posts are double grooved every 8" for easy identification. Metroseal 3 finish shown is coated with Microban antimicrobial product protection to inhibit stain and odor causing bacteria. Also available in Chrome (NC) and Brite Finish (BR).

Cleaning Removable Polymer Shelving Equipment Needed: Dish machine or pot sink

Est. Time: 10 minutes once a month=2 hours per year Labor Cost x 2 hours = cleaning cost per year Cleaning Steps: 1.

Shift products on one end of shelf.

2.

Remove polymer mats.

3.

Place in dish machine or sink to clean.

4.

Replace mats and repeat for other side of unit.

B

Brite A1824BR A1830BR A1836BR A1842BR A1848BR A1860BR A2424BR A2430BR A2436BR A2442BR A2448BR

108

Size 18"x24" 18"x30" 18"x36" 18"x48" 24"x24" 24"x30" 24"x48"

Metroseal 3 A1824NK3 A1830NK3 A1836NK3 A1842NK3 A1848NK3 A1860NK3 A2424NK3 A2430NK3 A2436NK3 A2442NK3 A2448NK3

Size 18"x24" 18"x30" 18"x36" 18"x42" 18"x48" 18"x60" 24"x24" 24"x30" 24"x36" 24"x42" 24"x48"

Posts Chrome Metroseal 3 Size 13P 13PK3 141/2" 33P 33PK3 341/2" 54P 54PK3 549/16" 63P 63PK3 629/16" Additional models available.

STORAGE & TRANSPORT A. Camshelving®.

A new dimension in shelving. Rustproof shelving holds anything anywhere! Camshelving can be used in walk-in refrigerators and freezers as cold as -36°F. Steel core for strength and a polypropylene exterior for easy cleaning. System is based on 6 easy to use, easy to assemble parts. Lifetime guarantee. Easy-to-assemble wall shelves feature virtually indestructible I-beam shelf supports and reinforced polypropylene to support up to 150 lbs. per shelf. High Density Storage System (new) increases storage capacity up to 40% by eliminating aisles and utilizing all available space. Ideal for operations with limited space.

Floor track system provides safe and easy access to stored product. Heavy weight loads roll securely on raised floor track. Contact our customer service department for assistance.

Model Description CS1836VK Shelf Kit 18"x36" Vent CS1848VK Shelf Kit 18"x48" Vent CS1860VK Shelf Kit 18"x60" Vent CS2436VK Shelf Kit 24"x36" Vent CS2448VK Shelf Kit 24"x48" Vent CS2460VK Shelf Kit 24"x60" Vent CSA44367 Add-On 4S 24"x36"x72" Additional models available.

B

A

B. iQ™ Storage System.

Now available with polymer posts and solid bottom shelves meeting the most stringent of standards in the healthcare environment. MetroMax i™ and MetroMax Q™ are interchangeable making the iQ System adaptable to your specific application. Corrosion proof MetroMax i™ has an innovative polymer design and the performance of stainless steel at half the cost. MetroMax Q™ polymer and and epoxy coated design offers superior performance versus wire shelving.

Shelves can be cleaned in a fraction of the time of wire for improved productivity and ROI. The iQ Systems have removable polymer mats that are easily cleaned in sinks or dish machines.

Comes standard with Microban antimicrobial product protection. Contact our customer service department for assistance.

Model Description MX1836G MetroMax i 18"x36" Grid Shelf MX1848G MetroMax i 18"x48" Grid Shelf MX1860G MetroMax i 18"x60" Grid Shelf MQ1836G MetroMax Q 18"x36" Grid Shelf MQ1848G MetroMax Q 18"x48" Grid Shelf Additional models available.

C. Top-Track™ Storage System.

Overhead track system compensates for uneven floors and makes access easy, with no underfoot tracks to stumble over or trap dirt.

Mobile and stationary units attached to overhead tracks increase storage capacity by as much as 50%. Designed for Super Erecta, MetroMax Q, MetroMax and MetroMax i shelving systems. Available in a variety of sizes. Contact our customer service department for assistance.

C

D. HD qwikTRAK Storage System.

Increase storage capacity by 50%. Guiding track is assembled and positioned on the floor to provide a smooth and level surface for mobile units. End stationary units can anchor the system and the guiding track to the floor. Mobile units are positioned between stationary units and a single aisle can be opened between any 2 units as needed. Holds up to 2000 lbs. per unit for Super Erecta and MetroMax Q and up to 1200 lbs. per unit for MetroMax i. Includes 74"H posts. Also available in MetroMax Q. Model BTEC BTAC BTMC

D

109

Description Stationary End Unit Kits Stationary Intermediate Unit Kits Mobile Unit Kits

110.11_28.new 5/16/11 11:51 AM Page 1

STORAGE & TRANSPORT A. Green Epoxy Coated Shelves & Posts.

Shelves and posts constructed from heavy-duty steel with a zinc plated undercoating. Optimal thickness of green epoxy applied to insure long lasting performance, even in the toughest wet environments. For fast and easy set up, posts are grooved in 1" increments, double grooved every 8" and numbered every 2" for faster reference.

Shelving carries a 12 year warranty against naturally occurring rust. NSF. Model Description Model FF1424G 14"x24" Shelf Posts FF1430G 14"x30" Shelf FG007G FF1436G 14"x36" Shelf FG013G FF1442G 14"x42" Shelf FG033G FF1448G 14"x48" Shelf FG054G FF1824G 18"x24" Shelf FGN007G FF1830G 18"x30" Shelf FGN013G FF1836G 18"x36" Shelf FGN033G FF1842G 18"x42" Shelf FGN054G FF1848G 18"x48" Shelf Additional models available.

Description 7" Stationary 13" Stationary 33" Stationary 54" Stationary 7" Mobile 13" Mobile 33" Mobile 54" Mobile

A

A

C. Security Cages.

Opens 270º for faster and easier loading and unloading.

Easy to assemble chromate finish panels have open wire construction. Locking bar provides protection for valuable products and minimizes shrinkage. Cage only contains 2 front panels, 2 side panels, 2 back panels, back panel assembly hardware and top loop assembly hardware.

Purchase just the cage only, or select a stationary or mobile kit version (includes top/bottom shelves and 4 posts). Recommended to be used with at least three shelves to maximize storage capabilities. Stationary model FSSEC2448 shown with 2 additional shelves, sold separately.

Model Description FMSEC1836 18"x36"x63" (Mobile) FMSEC1848 18"x48"x63" (Mobile) FSSEC1836 18"x36"x63" (Stationary) FSSEC1848 18"x48"x63" (Stationary) FSEC183663 18"x36"x63" (Cage Only) FSEC184863 18"x48"x63" (Cage Only) Additional models available.

C

D

D. Super Erecta Pro™.

Durable and cleanable. The original—re-innovated.

Removable polymer shelf mats protect against abrasive containers and sharp edges; dishwasher safe. Shelves can be adjusted at 1" increments to maximize the use of available vertical storage space. Microban anti-microbial protection is built into shelf mats and the epoxy coating; helps keep product “cleaner between cleanings”. Robust construction is classic Super Erecta; holds up to 800 lbs. per shelf—2000 lbs. per stationary unit.

Available in a variety of sizes; interchangeable with existing Super Erecta ® shelf systems. Models shown—(5) PR2448NK3, (4) 63UPK3, (4) 5MP. Model Description PR1836NK3 Shelf (K3) 18"x36" PR1848NK3 Shelf (K3) 18"x48" PR1860NK3 Shelf (K3) 18"x60" 54PK3 Post (K3) 54" Post (Stationary) 54UPK3 Post (K3) 54" Post (Mobile) Additional models available.

110

B. Camshelving®, Elements Series.

Advanced materials and innovative design provides extraordinary strength, increased durability and enhanced food safety. An affordable solution without compromise! Innovative, strong composite material is as strong as steel—78" traverse is the longest and strongest in the industry; supports loads up to 600 lbs. per shelf. Up to 60% lighter B in weight than steel; easy to set up, adjust and change configurations. Withstands temperatures from -36°F to 190°F making it ideal for wet, dry, cold or hot environments. Impervious to moisture, salt and chemicals—won’t peel, dent or warp; lifetime warranty against corrosion and rust. Removable shelf plates for thorough dishwasher cleaning. Camguard ® antimicrobial protection is permanently embedded in shelf plates.

Model Description ESU183672 Starter Unit, 18"x36"x72" ESU184872 Starter Unit, 18"x48"x72" ESU186072 Starter Unit, 18"x60"x72" ESU213672 Starter Unit, 21"x36"x72" Additional models available.

Standard NSF Requirements for Food Prep and Storage Equipment.

Food contact and food-splash surfaces must be easy to reach, easy to clean, non-toxic, non-absorbent, corrosion resistant, non-reactive to food or cleaning and should not leave a color, odor or taste to food.

Should be rounded with tightly sealed edges and corners.

Should be designed with solid and liquid waste traps that are easy to remove.

Consider replacing items if: They’re worn out.

They no longer meet local health codes.

They are no longer time or cost effective.

They make it more difficult to adhere to your operation’s HACCP plan.

E. Lifetime Series Bun Pan Rack.

The Lifetime series withstands the abusive transportation and storage needed in institution, correctional and hotel use. NSF certified all welded construction.

Features ergonomically friendly “D” radius uprights and 6"x2" casters. Lifetime warranty.

E

Model 4330 4331 4333

Description 30-Pan Cap., 211/2"Wx73"Hx26"D, 2" sp 20-Pan Cap., 211/2"Wx73"Hx26"D, 3" sp 12-Pan Cap., 211/2"Wx73"Hx26"D, 5" sp

111.11_28.new 5/16/11 9:40 AM Page 1

STORAGE & TRANSPORT Things to Consider When Choosing a Rack or Cabinet

A. Economy Aluminum Bun Pan Rack.

All heli-arc welded or knock down construction. All welded angle pan slides accommodate 18"x26" full or 13"x18" half size pans. 1" square tubular aluminum frame for years of reliable service. Lifetime guarantee against rust and corrosion. 5" all swivel non marking casters. Front and side load models available. 64" height available to fit inside walk-in boxes. All welded models available with pan stops and/or corner bumpers.

Model Description 401AC Front Load, 20 Pan Cap., 701/2"H 406AC Front Load, 18 Pan Cap., 64"H 411AC Side Load, 20 Pan Cap., 701/2"H 416AC Side Load, 18 Pan Cap., 64"H Additional models available.

A

B. Heavy Duty Pan Rack.

Lifetime warranty. This heavy duty bun pan rack is part of the Limetime Tough Series. Heli-arc welded aluminum construction features 1"x11/2"x.10 double welded angle pan slides to accommodate 18"x26" bun pans. 11/4"x11/4" thick tubular frame is strong enough to manage all day-today chores in any kitchen and to provide a lifetime of reliable service.

Extra heavy duty 5"x2" all swivel, non-marking polyurethane plate casters for easy mobility. Front load for easy access. 2" to 8" spacing available as well as 64"H for walk-in storage. Options include Corner Bumper, Perimeter Bumper, Heavy Duty Caster Brakes, Pan Stop, Solid Bottom, Solid Top. NSF. Model Description AXD1830 Front Load 2", 30 Pan Cap. AXD1820 Front Load 3", 20 Pan Cap. AXD1815 Front Load 4", 15 Pan Cap. AXD1812 Front Load 5", 12 Pan Cap. AXD1810 Front Load 6", 10 Pan Cap. AXD1808 Front Load 8", 8 Pan Cap. AXD1818 Front Load 3", 18 Pan Cap., 64"H

B

C. Heavy Duty Mobile Universal Racks.

Designed to accommodate the variety of food handling equipment used every day in every kitchen. No more looking for which rack fits which tray. These Universal Racks do it all and do it in style. All welded type 6063-T6 aluminum construction features a square extra heavy duty tubular frame with broad extruded aluminum angles which are heli-arc welded to the frame in four places to insure maximum strength and years of service. All swivel, 5" non-marking polyurethane casters are securely bolted to the frame. Lifetime warranty against rust and corrosion. NSF. Model Description AUR-12 12 Pan Cap., 64"Hx251/2"Wx251/2"D AUR-13 13 Pan Cap., 693/8"Hx251/2"Wx251/2"D UR-10 10 Pan Cap., 70"Hx251/2"Wx26"D UR-11 11 Pan Cap., 64"Hx251/2"Wx26"D UR-12 12 Pan Cap., 70"Hx251/2"Wx26"D Additional models available.

Model Supro-14-Color Supro-14-EC Supro-18-TW Supro-BM-Color Supro-IC-Color Supro-20-TW

• What is to be stored?

• What size can you use? Height, width and depth of kitchen space is important. You should also consider maneuvering area (ie. corners elevators, etc.)

• What capacity is needed? The most popular 63" high model holds 20 of the 18"x26" sheet pans per rack. But, a variety of configurations and sizes are available.

• What kind of spacing is needed? To maintain the integrity of your product, spacing between ledges is critical. For example, a meringue pie would not require the same amount of space as a donut.

• Do you need to load from the front or the side?

• What type of construction do you want?

Aluminum or stainless? Ask us for help!

We are happy to help you determine what rack or cabinet will fulfill your needs.

C

D. Rack & Equipment Covers.

Durable rack covers that offer food safety, sanitation and food freshness. Protecto covers keep food fresh and clean, prevent freezer burn and odor transfer. Tear-proof and flame retardant. Econo covers are transparent for easy viewing. Protects food from contamination.

Breathable mesh covers allow fresh baked products to cool quicker, frozen dough to thaw faster and moisture to dissipate. Insul covers transform an open rack into a “closed cabinet”. Prevents skin burns from hot exterior metal surfaces.

D

Description 14mil Blue, Red, Yellow, or Green, Std. Size 23"Wx28"Dx62"H w/End Load Zip Flap, Clear Window, Info Pocket & Loop 12mil Economy in Clear PVC, Std. Size 23"Wx28"Dx62"H w/End Load Zip Flap 18mil Trans. Nylon Reinforced Vinyl, Std. Size 23"Wx28"Dx62"H w/End Load Zip Flap, Clear Window, Info Pocket & Loop Breathable Mesh in 7 Colors, Std. Size 23"Wx28"Dx62"H w/End Load Zip Flap, Clear Info Pocket & Hanger Loop Insul-Cover in Blue or Green, Std. Size 23"Wx28"Dx62"H w/End Load Zip Flap, Clear Info Pocket, Hanger Loop & Bottom Insulated Pad HD 20mil Trans. White, Reinforced Vinyl, Std. Size 23"Wx28"Dx62"H w/End Load Zip Flap, Clear Window, Info Pocket & Loop

111

112.11_28.new 5/16/11 10:00 AM Page 1

STORAGE & TRANSPORT A. Proserve® Sheet Pan Racks.

Proserve ® sheet pan racks make moving and storing trays easier.

Features rugged, industrial-grade plastic base and top; heat-resistant, freezer-safe handles; rust and corrosion resistant chrome-plated side panels. PanGuard™ locking bar keeps pans in place. Holds 18"x26" sheet pans by the base, not edges, for added support. User-friendly handles and protective bumpers. NSF approved.

Temperature range: -20° to 500°F. Model FG9F9700BLA

A B. Camdollies®.

Save time and money by increasing the efficiency of transporting anything from stacks of sheet pans to catering equipment. Reduce the need for employee lifting and carrying which can lead to accidents and injuries.

Made of rugged polyethylene. Heavy duty casters are bolted into moldedin steel plates to ensure they won’t fall out. Models with an “H” have tough built-in handles that make maneuvering easy.

Model Description CDR2020 Camdolly for Camracks CDR2020H Camdolly with Handle for Camracks

Featured Chef

Chef Adam Trachtenberg E&A Hotel Restaurant Supply Plainfield, NJ Chef’s Tips Baking Powder- Out of baking powder for your recipe? Make it yourself! 1 teaspoon baking soda (bicarbonate), 2 teaspoons cream of tarter mix together “use immediately”, yields 1 tablespoon of baking powder.

Store Baking Powder- Add a level teaspoon of corn starch to every 1 oz. of baking powder to absorb moisture from the air. This will prevent the baking powder from reacting before you need to use it. Must store baking powder in an air tight container.

Baking Powder Testing for Quality- Put 1 teaspoon baking powder in a bowl of hot water, if it bubbles, it’s good and potent. If there are no bubbles, it’s bad and throw it away.

Egg Quality Test- Submerge raw eggs in cold water if they stay on the bottom, they are still good. If the eggs float to the top, they have air pockets inside the shell and are old.

Egg Quality Test 2- Crack an egg on a flat plate, if it spreads out and the yolk is flat or low, they are old and do not use. If the yolk is high and rounded and the white does not spread out, they are good and fresh.

B

Stop Crying While Slicing or Peeling Onions- Place whole onions with the skins on in the freezer for about 15 minutes (do not freeze). Or, peel onions under cold running water. Which can be tricky, but works.

Buttermilk- Need Buttermilk? But don’t have it? Make it yourself! ¼ cup whole milk and ¾ cup plain yogurt. Yields 1 cup.

C

Most Important Lesson in Cooking- Always use the best and freshest ingredients you can get. Water is the main ingredient in all cooking, whether it’s in baking products, sauces, soups or boiling pasta, etc. Use filtered or bottled water, always! The minerals and other deposits are concentrated and made stronger in taste as they reduce. Calcium, Lime, Magnesium and Iron are all commonly found minerals in city tap water.

C. Smartwall Plus Storage System.

Optimize your storage with endless combinations of MetroMax, MetroMax Q and Super Erecta shelves, accessory grids and Starsys wall cabinets. Wall tracks are designed to interface with studs and other wall surfaces. Storage options can easily be repositioned along track before securing them to the wall. Easy to clean. Corrosion resistant 304 stainless steel components and taupe epoxy components. Model SWP-G3K3 shown. Accessories ordered separately. Contact our customer service department for assistance.

E

D D. Wall Shelving.

A good addition to any washroom or foodservice establishment. E-series wall-mounted shelf features 18 gauge 430 stainless steel construction.

Available in 12" or 14" widths and lengths 24", 36", 48", 60", 72", 84" and 96". Two wall mount brackets included. NSF.

Model Description EWMS-12-24X 12"x24" EWMS-12-36X 12"x36" EWMS-12-48X 12"x48" EWMS-12-60X 12"x60" EWMS-12-72X 12"x72" Additional models available.

112

E. Racks-Pan/Can/Pizza.

Choose from a variety of aluminum pan and can racks.

Model Description CR10-162-X Full Can Rack CR10-72-X Mobile Half Can Rack PR-20-3K-X Front Load Knockdown Pan Rack, 20-pan cap.

PR-20-3W-X Front Load All Welded Pan Rack, 20-pan cap.

PZ12-X Pizza Pan Rack, 12-pan cap.

113.11_28.new 5/16/11 9:53 AM Page 1

STORAGE & TRANSPORT A. BowTie™ Dunnage Racks w/Microban Antimicrobial Product Protection.

Built-in Microban antimicrobial product protection inhibits bacteria, mold, mildew and fungi that cause odors, stains and product degradation. Racks join together without tools in “end-to-end” and “back-to-back” configurations with the exclusive BowTie™ feature.

Racks have front-to-back slots for easier loading and unloading and superior air flow which promotes longer shelf life. Rust and corrosion proof. 30" and 36"—1500 lb. cap. 48" and 60"—3000 lb. cap. NSF. Model HP2230PD HP2236PD HP2248PD HP2260PD

Description 22"x30" 22"x36" 22"x48" 22"x60"

Model HP2230PDMB HP2236PDMB HP2248PDMB HP2260PDMB

A Description 22"x30" w/Microban 22"x36" w/Microban 22"x48" w/Microban 22"x60" w/Microban

C B. Multi-Purpose Plastic Carts.

Durable, lightweight and easy to maneuver.

Get front of the house appearance with back of the house durabiltiy. Carts feature polypropylene textured shelves and handles and satin finished aluminum uprights for lightweight durablity. Three-self carts have a 300 lb. capacity and are available in black or gray.

Shipped knockdown—easy to ship and quick to assemble.

Model Description 97004 33"Lx1613/16"Wx37"H (Gray) 97005 401/4"Lx197/8"Wx37"H (Gray) 97006 33"Lx1613/16"Wx37"H (Black) 97007 401/4"Lx197/8"Wx37"H (Black)

B

D. S-Series Dunnage Racks.

Keep frozen, cold or dry inventory 12" safely off the floor. Heavyduty polyethylene will never rust, corrode or bend and is easy to clean. One piece construction combined with sturdy legs makes these racks especially durable, strong and stable. Available with solid or slotted tops, which ensure maximum air circulation around perishable products stored in coolers and freezers. Optional Camlink connectors securely lock multiple racks together. Available in dark brown or speckled gray.

Model Description Model Description DRS30 Solid 30" DRS300 Slot 30" DRS36 Solid 36" DRS360 Slot 36" DRS48 Solid 48" DRS480 Slot 48" DRS60 Solid 60" DRS600 Slot 60"

D

Model Description Mobile MQSEC53DE MetroMax Q-24"x36" MQSEC55DE MetroMax Q-24"x48" MQSEC56DE MetroMax Q-24"x60" Stationary MQSEC53E MetroMax Q-24"x36" MQSEC55E MetroMax Q-24"x48" MQSEC56E MetroMax Q-24"x60" Stationary, 6613/16"Wx381/2"Lx6613/16"H SEC53C Chrome, SEC53K3 Metroseal 3 SEC55C Chrome SEC55K3 Metroseal SEC56C Chrome Additional models available.

Storage Tips

E. Dunnage Racks.

Meets health department demands by providing sanitary off-floor storage. Heli-arc welded aluminum with plastic soles, will not rust or damage flooring.

Model DNRK-1424 DNRK-1436 DNRK-2036 DNRK-2036T DNRK-1448 DNRK-2048 DNRK-2048T DNRK-2060

C. Security Carts.

Now easier to assemble and easier to use!

Updated wire turn-key style handle for better ergonomics. Safe storage and transport system features open air construction that aids in the visibility of inventory, while it protects against pilferage. Shelving with Microban® antimicrobial product protection inhibits stain and odor causing bacterial growth. Shelving adjusts at 1" increments. Removable polymer mats can be placed in the dishwasher to make cleaning easy. NSF.

Description 24"x14"x8" 36"x14"x8" 36"x20"x8" 36"x20"x12" 48"x14"x8" 48"x20"x8" 48"x20"x12" 60"x20"x8"

E

113

Properly store all perishable products within 15 minutes of being unloaded and inspected to ensure safe food temperatures.

Keep all raw and cooked products separated to prevent cross contamination.

Ready to eat foods should be stored above raw foods and both should be properly covered.

Speed up storage of newly delivered food by using First In, First Out (FIFO) food rotation at all times.

114.11_28.new 5/16/11 10:07 AM Page 1

STORAGE & TRANSPORT A. Bussing Cart w/Silverware and Refuse Bin. Constructed of high-density Derma-Tek™ plastic and engineered aluminum. Won’t rust, dent, crack or chip.

Equipped with four 4" non-marking swivel casters and three reinforced shelves rated 200 lbs. capacity. Top shelf has raised lip on three sides and one open side.

Polyethylene silverware and refuse bins (sold separately) fit popular style utility carts and can be used for a multitude of applications.

Model Description 5810 3-Shelf Utility Cart (Black or Beige) 5811 Silverware Bin (Black) 5812 Refuse Bin (Black)

A

B B. Bussing Cart.

Its sleek ergonomic design is perfect for front of house serving, bussing or even room service applications. Durable construction will stand up to the toughest use; 300 pound capacity. Raised edges on shelves keep contents secure during transport. End panels help hide clutter. 4" heavy duty non-marking swivel casters. Trash container and silverware holder sold separately.

Model Description CC2036 22"x18" CC2243 36"x18" (Holds 2 tubs side by side) CC11TH Accessory Trash Container CC11SH Accessory Flatware Container

C. KD Service Cart & Utility Cart.

The KD Service Cart and the new large Utility Cart are economical, durable and ship “knocked down” to minimize shipping costs. Assembles out of the box in minutes. Polypropylene shelves with marine rails are strong, stain resistant and lightly textured to keep contents in place. Aluminum uprights ensure strength and stability. Powder coated stainless steel casters.

Set up cart with one or both ergonomic handles.

Service Cart holds up to 300 lbs. and Utility Cart holds up to 400 lbs.

Model Description BC340KD Utility Cart, Holds 400 lbs.

BC331KD Service Cart, Holds 300 lbs.

C

D. Tray & Silverware Cart.

All stainless steel construction with sturdy tubular frame construction. Cleans and sanitizes easily. Lower shelf is 21"x33" and will hold two tray stacks. Silverware rack holds ten silverware cylinders (not included) and features napkin shelf. All swivel 5" casters with non-marking tires. Model 213

D F E. BC Series Utility Carts.

Available with Microban antimicrobial product protection. BC Series shelves feature a 7/16" raised ship’s edge design to contain product or spills. Optional shelf adjusts on 1" increments. Polymer shelves are easy to clean and corrosion proof. Each shelf can hold up to 150 lbs.; each unit can hold up to 400 lbs. 2-shelf and 3-shelf models available in 3 popular colors: Gray (G), Blue (BU), and Black (BL).

NSF. Accessories available.

F. BC Series “Deep Ledge” Bussing Carts.

Specially designed with a 3"D shelf to contain product and spills. Optimal shelf adjusts at 1" increments. Polymer shelves are easy to clean and corrosion proof. Each shelf holds up to 150 lbs.; each unit can hold up to 400 lbs.

Available in Gray (G), Blue (BU) and Black (BL). Shelves available with built in Microban® antimicrobial product protection that inhibits them from bacteria, mold and mildew that cause odors, stains, and product degradation.

Model BC2030-2DMB shown.

Model Description BC1627-24 18"Wx28"Lx331/4"H, 2-Shelf Unit BC1627-34 18"Wx28"Lx331/4"H, 3-Shelf Unit BC2030-24 211/2"Wx333/4"Lx331/4"H, 2-Shelf Unit BC2030-34 211/2"Wx333/4"Lx331/4"H, 3-Shelf Unit BC2636-24 27"Wx391/2"Lx331/4"H, 2-Shelf Unit BC2636-34 27"Wx391/2"Lx331/4"H, 3-Shelf Unit Additional models available.

E

114

Model BC2030-2DMB BC2030-3DMB

Description 2 Shelf, 211/2"x323/4"x41" 3 Shelf, 211/2"x323/4"x41"

115.11_28.new 5/16/11 10:21 AM Page 1

STORAGE & TRANSPORT

A A. Open Sided Utility Carts.

Durable and attractive carts store and transport for front and back of house applications.

Utility Carts feature aluminum uprights and molded shelves engineered for durability and appearance. Available Models: 3 Shelf Open Sided, 4 Shelf Open Sided, 3 Shelf 2 Enclosed Sides, and 3 Shelf 3 Enclosed Sides. Heavy Duty Service Carts feature wide shelves up to 500 lb. capacity.

Model Description 409100 Open Sided, 3 Shelf (Black, Gray, Off White) 409200 Enclosed End Panels, 3 Shelf (Off White) 409300 3 Sides Enclosed, 3 Shelf (Black, Off White) 409500 w/locking Cabinet, 300 lb. cap. (Black) 409600 4 Shelf, Open Sided, 300 lb. cap. (Black) 345700 w/Lockable Doors, Sliding Drawer (Black) 335388 Refuse Bin for 3355, 3424 (Black) 335488 Silverware Bin for 3355, 3424 (Black) Additional models available.

C. Wire Shelf Utility Carts.

Durable wire construction minimizes dust build up and gives greater visibility of products plus more air circulation. Includes 4" casters (2 swivel and 2 swivel w/brakes) with bumpers. Each cart can be easily assembled with one or two U-shaped handles for greater flexibility. Chromate finish. Two popular sizes to choose from.

Model Description FFC18362CH 2-Shelf, 18"x36" FFC18363C 3-Shelf, 18"x36" FFC24362CH 2-Shelf, 24"x36" FFC24363CH 3-Shelf, 24"x36"

B

B. Enclosed Bussing Carts.

Attractive design available in a variety of stainless steel with vinyl or laminate finishes. Easy to clean stainless steel construction. Ideal for a set-up station. Leg and handle bumpers protect furnishings. Optional hinged doors.

Model Description 610 3-Shelf, Std. Duty 200 lb. Cap. 615 4-Shelf, Std. Duty 200 lb. Cap. 822 3-Shelf, Hvy. Duty 650 lb. Cap. 844 3-Shelf, Hvy. Duty 650 lb. Cap.

C

E D D. Ingredient Bins.

Store and transport a variety of bulk dry ingredients in the new Slant Top Ingredient Bins. Fits perfectly under standard height prep tables and/or countertops. Two pieced, Camwear clear polycarbonate lid is virtually unbreakable and slides up and back for easy access to contents.

S-hook on the front provides convenient location for hanging a scoop—helping operators comply with regional health codes that do not permit scoops to be stored inside bin. NSF. Made of FDA materials.

Model IBS20 IBS27 IBS37

Description 20 gal. slant 27 gal. slant 37 gal. slant

Model IB27 IB32 IB36 IB44

Description 27 gal.

32 gal.

34 gal.

421/2 gal.

115

E. Mobile Ingredient Bins.

The two-piece clear polycarbonate lid and unique sloped front let you see what’s inside without having to move the bin from under the counter. The versatile lid will tilt up or slide back for convenient access. The bin is constructed of durable Derma-Tek® smooth surface plastic. Seamless walls and round corner design make cleaning simple and thorough. NSF. Model Description 9321 21 gal.

9326 26 gal.

116.11_28.new 5/16/11 10:32 AM Page 1

STORAGE & TRANSPORT B. Ultra Pan Carriers.

Durable and versatile. Retains internal temperature and withstands tough external treatment. Foam insulated, sturdy lid with nylon latches for maximum heat retention. Holds full size pans, 12"x20" or fractional sizes with divider bars. Won’t rust. Molded handles on all four sides. Easy to clean, load and unload. NSF. Colors: Slate Blue (401), Navy Blue (186), Coffee Beige (157), Dk. Brown (131), Green (519), Black (110), Granite Gray (191) and Granite Sand (194).

A A. Camtherm™ Hot/Cold Carts.

Thick polyurethane foam insulation and polyethylene exterior maintains food temperature. Built in external thermometer. 10' commercial 3 grounded extension power cord plugs into standard outlet. Energy efficient thermo-electric technology eliminates the need for a humidifier and reduces utility bills. Equipped with 2 front 6" swivel casters with brake and 2 rear 6" or 10" rigid casters. Available in Granite Gray, Granite Sand, Green.

Model Description CMBH1826TSF Tall, Hot Fahrenheit, 6" Rear Casters CMBH1826TBF Tall, Hot Fahrenheit, 10" Rear Casters CMBH1826TSC Tall, Hot Celsius, 6" Rear Casters CMBH1826TBC Tall, Hot Celsius, 10" Rear Casters CMBHC1826TBC Tall, Hot /Cold Fahrenheit, 6" Rear Casters CMBHC1826TBF Tall, Hot /Cold Fahrenheit, 10" Rear Casters CMBHC1826TSC Tall, Hot /Cold Celsius, 6" Rear Casters CMBHC1826TBC Tall, Hot /Cold Celsius, 10" Rear Casters CMBH1826LF Hot Fahrenheit, 10" Rear Casters CMBH1826LC Hot Celsius, 10" Rear Casters CMBHC1826LF Hot/Cold Fahrenheit, 10" Rear Casters CMBHC1826LC Hot/Cold Celsius, 10" Rear Casters

Model 100MPC UPC100 UPC140 UPC160 UPC180 DIV12

B

D e s c r i ption 263/4"Wx18"Dx15"H, Holds 1-8" Pan 265/8"Wx18"Dx153/4"H, Holds 1-8" Pan 243/4"Wx173/8"Dx81/8"H, Holds 1-4" Pan 243/4"Wx173/8"Dx101/8"H, Holds 1-6" Pan 243/4"Wx173/8"Dx12"H, Holds 1-8" Pan Divider Bar 12" C. H-Series Ultra Pan Carrier and Camcart.

Energy Star approved—Uses less energy than three 100 watt light bulbs. An economical alternative to large warming cabinets. Enables HACCP compliance by maintaining safe, hot food temperatures. Gentle, 150°F to 165°F heat will not cook food and maintains food moisture. Thick foam insulation retains temperatures for hours, even when unplugged. UPCH400 models stack for storage or transporting. Heated door kits also sold separately to retrofit UPC400 and UPC800. Removable cord stows securely for transport. Can be used with Cambro HP Hot Pans.

C

D D. Ultra Camcarts® and Pan Carriers®.

Tough, one-piece seamless, double-wall, polyethylene construction is easy to maintain and won’t dent, crack, rust, chip or break. Thick polyurethane foam insulation and air tight gaskets provide top temperature holding performance. Door opens a full 270° for easy loading and unloading. May be used with Cambro H-Pans–food pans that can go from prep to cooler to oven to steam table, handling extreme temperatures of -40°F to 375°F. Model Description CD400 Camdolly for UPC400 UPC1600 Camcart, Holds 16-4"D UPC800 Camcart, Holds 8-4"D UPC600 Camcart, Holds 6-4"D UPC1200 Camcart, Holds 12-4"D UPC400 Pan Carrier, Holds 4-4"D UPCW400 Camcart Pan 4-4" 2 Std. UPCS400 261/8"x18"x25" (Multiple Pan) 400DIV ThermoBarrier (use w/UPC400/800 /UPCS400)

116

Model UPCH400 UPCHW400 UPCH800 UPCHT800

Description Htd. 1-Comp. Pan Carrier With Casters, 110V Htd. 2-Comp. Camcart Htd.Top Door, 110V

E. Proserve™ Insulated Delivery Bags.

Eliminate the headaches and backaches of transporting food and beverages.

Lightweight and stylish design. Rigid construction allows carriers to be stacked.

Durable nylon exterior resists tearing and staining.

Aluminum runners for pan support on End Load Carriers.

Available in full and half pan sizes for top and end loading.

E Model 9F3500 9F3600 9F3700 9F3800 9F3900 9F4000

Description Cap.: Two 16" Pizzas Cap.: Four 12" or Three 14" Pizzas Cap.: Four 16" or Three 18" Pizzas Cap.: Six 12" to 14" Pizzas Cap.: Six 16" to 18" Pizzas Sandwich Delivery Bag, Cap: Fifteen 12" Subs

117.11_28.new 5/16/11 10:52 AM Page 1

STORAGE & TRANSPORT

Featured Chef Chef Brad Johnson Hal Smith Restaurant Group Oklahoma CIty, OK

Mashed Redskin Potatoes 5 lbs. redskin potatoes 1 lb. Daisy sour cream 2 Tbsp. fresh cracked black pepper 1 Tbsp. kosher salt 1 cup tops of green onions, minced ½ lb. sweet cream unsalted butter Boil potatoes starting with cold water. Cook until fork tender. Drain and add all ingredients and mash up.

The ultimate comfort food!

B. Dish Caddies.

Open access for easy loading and unloading.

Molded-in handles on both ends. Polyethylene construction will not rust, crack or chip. Adjustable Dish Caddy can be adjusted to hold 45-60 plates per stack—from a small 45/8" plate to a 13" charger plate or pasta dish. Vinyl cover included. NSF. New Versa Dish Caddy holds both square and round plates!

A. ProSave™ Ingredient Management System.

ProSave Dual Action Food Box Lid slides back or flips up for 65% productivity savings. One-handed access and integrated measuring tool increases preparation efficiency.

Rectangular design improves space optimization under a prep table or in a storeroom. Integrated sliding lid for one-handed access. Clear door for quick identification of ingredients.

Integrated portioning scoop and hook provide dedicated scoop storage for safe ingredient portioning and food code compliance. Shelf bins provide FIFO (First In, First Out) barrier to aid in proper rotation of ingredients. NSF approved.

A

Model Description FG360100WHT Bin, 450 Cup Flat Top w/ Sliding Lid FG360088WHT Bin, 400 Cup Slant Front w/ 32 oz. Scoop FG360288WHT Bin, 500 Cup Slant Front w/ 32 oz. Scoop FG360388WHT Bin, 600 Cup Slant Front w/ 32 oz. Scoop FG9F7700CLR Lid w/32 oz. Scoop (for 3600) FG9F7800CLR Lid w/32 oz. Scoop (for 3602) FG9F7900CLR Lid w/32 oz. Scoop (for 3603) Additional models available.

Model ADCS DC575 DC700 DC825 DC950 DC1125 DC1225

Description Adj.-Holds 45-60 45/8"-13" Plates Holds 45-60 53/4" Plates Holds 45-60 7" Plates Holds 45-60 81/4" Plates Holds 45-60 91/2" Plates Holds 45-60 111/4" Plates Holds 45-60 121/4" Plates

C

C

C. SlidingLid™ Ice Caddies.

Indoors or outdoors, in heat or humidity, these ice caddies keep their cool and hold ice cold for days.

Polyethylene body and thick foam insulation provide optimum durability and long lasting ice storage. Sliding lid helps reduce the risk of cross contamination. Slides back and under for quick and easy access and slides shut for safe and sanitary storage. Recessed well and drain shelf keep ice out of water.

Recessed handle offers safer, more balanced lifting by two people.

117

Model ICS125L ICS125LB

B

Description 125 lb. cap., Casters: 2 Fixed, 2 Swvl, 1 w/Brake 125 lb. cap., Casters: 2 Swvl, 1 w/Brake, 2-8" EasyWheels ICS125T 125 lb. cap., Casters: 4 Swvl,1 w/Brake ICS175L 175 lb. cap., Casters: 2 Fixed, 2 Swivel, 1 w/Brake ICS175LB 175 lb. cap., Casters: 2 Swvl, 1 w/Brake, 2-10" EasyWheels ICS175T 175 lb. cap., Casters: 2 Fixed, 2 Swvl, 1 w/Brake ICS175TB 175 lb. cap., Casters: 2 Swvl, 1 w/Brake, 2-10" EasyWheels ICS200TB 200 lb. cap., Casters: 2 Swvl, 1 w/Brake, 2-10" EasyWheels Additional models available.

118.11_28.new 5/16/11 11:10 AM Page 1

STORAGE & TRANSPORT

Featured Chef Chef/Owner Eric Williams Momocho Restaurant Cleveland, OH

A

A. Cateraide™ Carriers.

Exclusive automatic self-venting system keeps foods fresher, crisper and more appetizing. Cateraide™ tough, scratch-resistant polyethylene construction is easy to clean and maintain. Integrated seal keeps food hot or cold longer. Sleek contemporary appearance; ergonomically designed for easy loading, handling, stacking and storing. NSF. Choose from Slide ‘N Seal XT-Pan Carriers or Insulated End/Top Load PC-Carriers.

Model Description XT1400 Slide ‘N Seal Top Loader 4" Carrier XT1600 Slide ‘N Seal Top Loader 6" Carrier XT1800 Slide ‘N Seal Top Loader 8" Carrier XT3000R Slide ‘N Seal End Loader Carrier PC140N Single 4" Carrier, 12 Qt. PC160N Single 6" Carrier, 18 Qt. PC188N Single 8" Carrier, 24 Qt. PC180N Combination 8" Carrier, 24 Qt PC600N Double End Loader Carrier PC300N End Loader Carrier TC1826N End Loader Sheet Pan/Tray Carrier

Employee Injuries Employee injury claims cost employers millions each year. Urge employees to transport heavy and awkward loads with carts designed for the task. This will help reduce workplace injuries and make your employees happier.

Sofrito Latin style sauce comprised of chopped onions, garlic, green chiles and fresh herbs. It has a similar consistency to a pesto or recado and can be used to flavor black beans, braised pork, grilled chicken, seafood or vegetables (green beans, potatoes, cauliflower, asparagus, tomatoes and roasted squash or pumpkin).

Yield: 2 cups 3 bunches cilantro 1 bunch scallion 1 tsp. fresh oregano 10 cloves garlic 2 shallots 1 medium/large poblano green chile

B Model 581 582 583 584 565 594 596 585 586 567 587 588 569 598

B. Tough Transport Banquet Trucks.

Ideal for banquet set-ups and clean-up.

Stainless steel, unitized welded construction gives you years of life.

Easy to clean and sanitize. Extended perimeter bumpers for added protection.

Extra load 8" casters provide a smooth, easy transport. Choose shelf style: 3 edges up, 1 down to help hold items on the shelves during transport or all shelf edges down for easy loading and unloading from all sides. Available shelf sizes are 28"x46" or 28"x62".

Description 3-Shelf, 28"x46", 3 Edges Up, 1 Down 3-Shelf, 28"x46", All Edges Down 4-Shelf, 28"x46", 3 Edges Up, 1 Down 4-Shelf, 28"x46", All Edges Down 4-Shelf, 28"x62", 3 Edges Up, 1 Down 4-Shelf, 28"x70", All Edges Down 5-Shelf, 28"x70", All Edges Down 5-Shelf, 28"x46", 3 Edges Up, 1 Down 5-Shelf, 28"x46", All Edges Down 5-Shelf, 28"x62", All Edges Down 6-Shelf, 28"x46", 3 Edges Up, 1 Down 6-Shelf, 28"x46", All Edges Down 6-Shelf, 28"x62", All Edges Down 6-Shelf, 28"x70", All Edges Down

118

1/4

cup fresh lime juice

1/4

cup water

1 tsp. kosher salt 1 tsp. ground cumin 1 tsp. ground black pepper Wash and clean all fresh herbs and trim tops to scallions. Remove stem and seeds from green chile.

Place all ingredients into blender or food processor and puree until smooth. Sofrito can be frozen or refrigerated up to 7 days in air-tight container.

Blanch fresh clipped green beans in heavily salted boiling water for 5 minutes. Shock in iced water immediately to stop cooking. Drain and cool. Heat 1 tablespoon of vegetable oil in pan. Add 2 cups green beans, silvered shallots and roasted com kernels.

Sauté on high heat until beans blister. Add 12 tablespoons of Sofrito. Toss, and serve. Substitute roasted butternut squash, blanched cauliflower or roasted potatoes for green beans. Also can be used with sauteed onions and peppers as base for black beans, soups, or stews.

119.11_28.new 5/16/11 11:20 AM Page 1

STORAGE & TRANSPORT A. Elite Series™ Enclosed Tray Trucks.

Efficient delivery solution with up-to-date design and styling. 300 series stainless steel construction.

Accommodates 14"x18" or 15"x20" meal trays. Ledge panels are removable and compartment floor features drains to facilitate cleaning. Bottom corner bumpers are standard. Casters are 6" diameter with cushion tread, “no-mark” wheels, two each fixed, two each swivel. Recessed side mounted handle grips provide easy maneuvering.

Model Description 5710 321/2"Wx27"Dx63"H 5720 441/2"Wx27"Dx63"H

A

B. EnduraHeat™ Banquet Carts.

Holds plated meals for up to 2 hours—without electricity or canned fuel. High density 2" fiberglass insulation in walls, top, floor and doors for maximum heat retention. High performance blower system in convection mode and preheat for fast heat up, recovery and even heat distribution. Completely welded turned-in seam stainless steel construction adds rigidity and eliminates raw edges for ease of cleaning and safety. Removable wire shelves with reinforced shelf clips. Model BR120 shown.

Model Capacity BR96 Up to 96 Plates (83/4" to 11" dia.)

BR120 Up to 120 Plates (83/4" to 11" dia.)

BR150 Up to 150 Plates (83/4" to 11" dia.)

BR1000 Up to 96 Plates (111/8" to 123/4" dia.)

B

C. Classic Carter™ Banquet Carts.

From 40 to 200 plate capacities ... models for standard plates up to 101/2", XL plates up to 12" and XXL plates up to 123/4" dia.—there’s a Carter for any size banquet. Features lift-out high performance heater, all-welded unibody stainless steel construction, heavy-duty aluminum bumper with non-marking gray vinyl insert and wheel-ahead caster configuration. Capacity depends on stacking height of plates and covers. Energy Star; rebates available in some states (check with your local utility company for details). Model BB96 shown.

Model Plate Capacity BB40 Holds 48 plates up to 11/2" dia.

BB48 Holds 60 plates up to 101/2" dia.

BB60 Holds 72 plates up to 101/2" dia.

BB64 Holds 64 plates up to 11" dia.

BB72 Holds 72 plates up to 101/2" dia.

BB96 Holds 120 plates up to 101/2" dia.

BB120 Holds 144 plates up to 101/2" dia.

Additional models available.

C

D D. Heated Banquet Cabinets.

Provide the control to serve meals hot and on time, every time. Superior thermal performance in both standard electric or Quad-Heat™ Dual Fuel systems. Durable construction. Ergonomic three-point-control handle. Hands-free access kick-latch. Unique control panel with thermometer, exclusive count-up/count-down timer and dry-erase clipboard all in one. Many options and accessories available. Model MBQ-180D-QH with accessories shown.

119

Model Description MBQ-72 One Door, 72 Plate Cap., Std. Electric Heat MBQ-90 One Door, 90 Plate Cap., Std. Electric Heat MBQ-120 One Door, 120 Plate Cap., Std. Electric Heat MBQ-144 One Door, 144 Plate Cap., Std. Electric Heat MBQ-180 One Door, 180 Plate Cap., Std. Electric Heat MBQ-120D Two Door, 120 Plate Cap., Std. Electric Heat Additional models available.

Quad-Heat™ Dual Fuel System models also available.

120.11_28.new 5/16/11 11:51 AM Page 1

STORAGE & TRANSPORT

Featured Chef

Executive Chef Phil Young Bridge House Restaurant Milford, CT

A. Self-Leveling Plate Dispensers.

Mobile cabinet dispensers are all-welded stainless steel.

Hand adjustable plate guides and height adjustment; no tools required. 3 1 / 4 " diameter adjustment range.

Re-engineered stainless steel Easy-Glide™ design provides quiet, non-stick operation. Each heated dispenser features its own thermostatic control. Model 925 (shown) non-heated, fits plates sizes 61/2" to 93/4". Ask us about the wide variety of heated and non-heated models available.

Model Description 915 Non-Heated, 41/4" to 71/2" Plates 917 Heated, 41/4" to 71/2" Plates 925 Non-Heated, 61/2" to 93/4" Plates 927 Heated, 61/2" to 93/4" Plates 935 Non-Heated, 83/4" to 12" Plates 937 Heated, 83/4" to 12" Plates

A

Pan Seare d S e a S c a l l o p s w i t h Warmed Corn and Bacon Salsa B. Poker Chip Dish Dollies with Microban® Antimicrobial Product Protection.

Enhanced with built-in Microban ® antimicrobial product protection. Available with adjustable, removable dividers for ease of storage and handling of plates from 41/ 2" to 11 3/ 4" dia. Chip resistant polymer shell with foam core construction has snag-proof surface. Two-handled dish access for easy retrieval and less chance of breakage.

Recessed handles and square design maximize space efficiency. 5" neoprene swivel casters (2 with brakes). Protective vinyl dust cover included. NSF. Model Description PCD8 211/16"Wx317/8"Hx211/16"D, 4 Dish Columns, 60 Dish Per Column PCD9 239/16"Wx317/8"Hx239/16"D, 4 Dish Columns, 60 Dish Per Column PCD11 269/16"Wx317/8"Hx269/16"D, 4 Dish Columns, 60 Dish Per Column PCD11A Adjustable PCD12 293/4"Wx317/8"Hx293/4"D, 4 Dish Columns, 60 Dish Per Column PCD5 237/16"Wx317/8"Hx237/16"D, 9 Dish Columns, 40 Dish Per Column PCD7 273/16"Wx317/8"Hx273/16"D, 9 Dish Columns, 40-60 Dish Per Column Additional models available.

4 U-10 sea scallops 6 ears fresh corn (roasted and cut off cob) 1/4

cup diced red bell pepper

1/4

cup diced green bell pepper

1/4

cup diced onion

1/4

cup halved grape tomatoes

1 teaspoon chopped garlic 1/4

cup cooked chopped bacon

2 Tablespoons unsalted butter Pan sear the scallops over high heat until nicely browned. Set aside the scallops, using the same pan, add the diced vegetables, cooked bacon and butter to the pan, sauteing them until they are lightly cooked and the butter is melted. Salt and pepper to taste.

B

Spoon the mixture over the scallops and serve as an appetizer, or double the recipe to make 2 entrees.

Tip: Save the bacon fat when cooking the bacon, add to the salsa mixture!

C

C. Dish Dispensers.

Cabinet style, mobile, unheated, heated or all adjustable. Reduces breakage, maximizes storage. Capacity of each tubular dispenser approximately 28 to 36 bowls or 50 to 72 plates. Frame and body constructed of all welded heavy gauge steel. All units are fitted with model AT adjustable drop-in dish dispensers.

Mounted on four 4" dia. heavy-duty, double ball bearing swivel casters with non-marking rubber tires. CSA. Optional items available.

Model Description 2AT6-ST Two Tube-Cabinet Unheated, 35"Lx20"W, Dish Size: 83/8" to 91/4" 2AT6-STH Two Tube-Cabinet Heated, 35"Lx20"W, Dish Size: 83/8" to 91/4" 2AT7-STH Two Tube-Cabinet Heated, 35"Lx20"W, Dish Size: 93/8" to 101/4" 3AT6-ST Three Tube-Cabinet Unheated, 33"Lx31"W, Dish Size: 83/8" to 91/4" 3AT75-ST Three Tube-Cabinet Unheated, 33"Lx31"W, Dish Size: 103/8" to 111/4" Additional models available.

120

121.11_11 5/9/11 9:22 AM Page 1

Dining Dinnerware Glassware Flatware Tabletop Accessories Serving Linens China Care If you notice many rim chips on your china: • Do not stack cups on one another • Check for improper washing racks • Line your soak sink • Watch for overlapped plates in rack or on belt in dish machine • Be careful about mixing heavyweight and lightweight bodied china in dish room • Look for improper bus tub loading

A

A. Espree China (Undecorated).

Graceful. Pleasing. Versatile. Food combinations are beautifully framed by these stylish curved lines and sculptured rim. Whatever your décor, Espree can satisfy it with a full selection of distinctive decorations. Fine gauge and lightweight make Espree ideal for the best dining and banquet facilities. The modest rim width provides generous serving space.

Model Description F1040000700 Bouillon, 71/2 oz.

F1040000710 Fruit, 53/4 oz.

F1040000720 Grapefruit, 111/2 oz.

F1040000740 Soup Rim Deep, 171/2 oz.

F1040000117 Plate, 61/4" F1040000125 Plate, 71/4" F1040000139 Plate, 9" F1040000149 Plate, 101/4" F1040000520 Cup Lotus, 71/2 oz.

Other items available in this pattern.

If you notice a lot of surface wear: • Minimize use of metal sponges. White plastic sponges

B

are made for ceramic and glass dinnerware.

If you notice too much breakage: • Avoid placing in soaking tubs roughly • Always hold item using handle • Check for improper rack height • Use compartment racks • Use trays to carry plates to the table (not by hand or on arm) • Watch over stacking self-levelers • Avoid thermal shock conditions • Do not heat dinnerware over an open flame

B. Monterey Collection.

Embossed pattern available in American White and American White w/Berry Band.

Model Description YEA-062 Plate, 61/4" YEA-072 Plate, 71/4" YEA-090 Plate, 9" YEA-102 Plate, 101/4" YED-084 Rim Soup, 9 oz."

YEF-070 Tall Cup, 9 oz.

Other items available in this pattern.

Traditional Sizes & Plate Names

C

Charger 13 1/2" Service Plate 12" Dinner Plate 10" Luncheon Plate 9" Salad Plate 8" Dessert Plate 7" Bread & Butter 6"

Dinnerware Care Unload dinnerware one piece at a time from the dish machine. This prevents chipping and rims clicking together. A quiet dish room is evidence of longer dinnerware and glassware life. Keep an adequate supply of dinnerware in stock. Proper rotation and careful handling will extend the service life of your dinnerware and keep replacement costs down.

C. Concentrix Collection.

Fully vitrified. Microwave safe. Oven proof. Dishwasher safe! Choose from a variety of shapes and colors—Black (CB), Blanco, (CW), Cayenne (CQ), Cilantro (CT), Cinnebar (CN), Cobalt (CC), and Saffron (CS).

Model Description CBA-062 Plate, 61/4" CBA-074 Plate, 71/2" CBA-090 Plate, 9" CBA-104 Plate, 101/2" CBA-120 Plate, 12" CBH-116 Oval Platter, 113/4"x83/8" CBH-136 Oval Platter, 133/4"x101/2" Other items available in this pattern.

121

122.11_12 5/9/11 9:56 AM Page 1

DINING

A

A. Buffalo Rolled Edge China.

Durable. Dependable. Desirable. This timeless look is defined by clean body lines and a spacious rim. This appealing shape is designed to withstand the rigors of the busiest dining operations and is recommended for diners, bistros, cafes, family restaurants or schools. The reinforced, rolled edge provides maximum resistance to chipping and allows for easier handling.

Model Description F1500000700 4" Bouillons Atlantic, 71/4 oz.

F1500000710 41/4" Fruits Re, 33/4 oz.

F2500000711 43/4" Fruits Re, 5 oz.

F1500000720 63/8" Grapefruits Re, 13 oz.

F1500000760 43/8" Bowls Jung, 91/2 oz.

F1500000761 5" Bowls Mark, 121/2 oz.

F1500000730 51/4" Nappies Re, 10 oz.

F1500000731 55/8" Nappies Re, 121/2 oz.

F1500000732 515/16" Nappies Re, 18 oz.

F1500000740 8" Soups Rim Deep Re, 15 oz.

F1500000741 9" Soups Rim Deep Re, 24 oz.

F1500000790 12" Pasta Bowls Re, 48 oz.

F1500000111 51/2" Plates Re F2500000117 61/4" Plates Re Other items available in this pattern.

C

B B. Botticelli Undecorated.

A dramatic, steep leaf embossed with handcarved textures creates an impressive showcase for food presentations. Created by award-winning European design team Queensbury-Hunt, Botticelli appeals to both casual and fine dining settings. Limited 3-year no-chip warranty. Bright white porcelain body. 9" plates have ergonomic back.

Model Description R4570000512 3" Cups, 91/2 oz.

R4570000705 21/4" Bouillons, 9 oz.

R4570000710 41/8" dia. Fruits/Condiment R4570000760 51/2" Bowls/Cereal, 15 oz.

R4570000740 91/4" dia. Soups Rim Deep R4570000785 117/8" dia. Pasta Bowls R4570000118 63/8" Plates R4570000127 71/4" Plates R4570000134 83/8" Plates R4570000139 9" Plates Other items available in this pattern.

C. Sant'Andrea Mood Dinnerware.

Mood's pleasing tactile design evokes a soothing peace of mind. This extraordinary line of smooth-cornered, asymmetric shapes is offered in the finest bright white porcelain.

Model Description R4700000950 Dishes Sauce, 4 oz.

R4700000710 Fruits, 91/2 oz.

R4700000720 Bowls Cereal, 22 oz.

R4700000729 Bowls Rice, 10 oz.

R4700000740 Soups Rim Bowl R4700000780 Soups Tureens, 102 oz.

R4700000738 Bowls Salad, 55 oz.

R4700000748 Bowls Salad, 933/4 oz.

R4700000790 Bowls Pasta, 311/2 oz.

R4700000129 Plates, 63/4" R4700000141 Plates, 91/4" R4700000163 Plates, 12" R4700000377 Plates, 133/4" R4700000347 Platters Snack, 10" R4700000371 Platters, 13" Other items available in this pattern.

E

D

D. Tundra Dinnerware Collection.

Direct. Powerful. Lasting. The wide rim of Tundra offers a more dramatic presentation and better portion control. The Vitrified High Alumina (VHA) body enhances impact and chipping resistance for long service life.

Model Description F1400000705 Bouillons 91/2 oz.

F1400000711 Fruits 5 oz.

F1400000720 Grapefruits 9 oz.

F1400000741 Soups Rim 181/2 oz.

F1400000785 Pasta Bowls 20 oz.

F1400000790 Pasta Bowls 39 oz.

F1400000117 Plates, 61/4" F1400000131 Plates, 8" Other items available in this pattern.

E. Courses Collection by Oneida.

Courses is the answer for casual dining venues looking to add a new dimension and contrast to their tabletop. Square, rectangle and triangular forms provide a refreshing break from traditional round shapes. Reinforced edges and round corners, molded in the super-durable Buffalo China body provide maximum performance in the front and back of the house. Undecorated (0000); Also available in 4 colors—Black (0911), Curacao (2211), Paprika (2209), Saffron (2210).

Model Description F1020000941 31/8" Dishes/Sauce (Triangle) F1020000764 5" Bowls (Triangle) F1020000940S 31/2" Dishes/Sauce (Square) F1020000730S 47/8" Bowls (Square) F1020000731S 63/8" Bowls (Square) F1020000111 51/2" Plates (Triangle) F1020000123 7" Plates (Triangle) F1020000137 87/8" Plates (Triangle) F1020000157 111/4" Plates (Triangle) F1020000111S 51/2" Plates (Square) Other items available in this pattern.

122

F F. Porcelain Undecorated.

An affordable assortment of contemporary bright white ranges. The unique item shapes mix nicely with other Oneida bright white and solid color dinnerware settings. Bright, white porcelain body. Hard, scratch-resistant glaze. Finely polished foot.

Model Description F5000000601M Mini Au Gratin, 11/2 oz.

F5000000610M Mini Ramekin, 2 oz.

F5000000791M Mini Lion Head Bowl, 21/4 oz.

F5000000151S Platter Square 101/2" F5000000162S Platter Square 117/8" F5000000382 Cake Tray 133/4"x61/4" F5000000115S Plates (Square) 5" F5000000127S Plates (Square) 71/2" F5000000139S Plates (Square) 9" F5000000767 Bowls (Triangle) 8" F5000000512 Cups (Low) 9 oz.

Other items available in this pattern.

123.11_12 5/9/11 10:10 AM Page 1

DINING

Featured Chefs A A. Squares.

Spice up your table with a new look. Unique square designs for the creative chef inspired to create new dishes and menu presentations. Made of fully vitrified porcelain that is safe for dishwashers and microwave ovens. A variety of color are available—White (BWH), Eggshell (BEH), Porcelain White (BPB), Black (CBH), Cilantro (CTH), Cobalt (CCH), Saffron (CSH) and Cinnebar (CNH).

Model Description BWH-0845 Plate 81/2" (White) BEH-072C Plate 71/4" (Eggshell) BEH-090C Plate 9" (Eggshell) BWH-110C Plate 11" (White) BWH-126C Plate 121/8" (White) BPH-126C Plate 123/4" (Porcelain White) BEB-160F Bowl 151/2 oz. (Eggshell) BEB-250H Bowl 25 oz. (Eggshell) BPH-105J Pasta Bowl 251/2 oz. (Porcelain White) Other items available in this pattern.

Jamie Gorey & Jill Means Two Chicks from the Sticks http://twochicksfromthesticks.com/blogs Pumpkin Bars with Cream Cheese Frosting 21/4 cups all-purpose flour 2 teaspoons baking powder 1 teaspoon baking soda 1/4

teaspoon salt

1 teaspoon cinnamon 1/2

teaspoon nutmeg

21/4 cups packed brown sugar 4 eggs, slightly beaten 1 can pumpkin or 14 ounces of fresh cooked pumpkin 1 cup canola oil 1/2

cup chopped nuts (optional)

1/2

cup chopped raisins (optional)

Cream Cheese Frosting 4 ounces cream cheese, softened

B B. Modena Collection.

New Aluma Tux—Where quality and elegance meet value and service. Not only is Modena ideal for fine dining and banquet halls, but also for those operators that want a more durable, light-weight and upscale product that can take the abuse of a fast-paced restaurant environment without breaking their budget.

Model Description AMU-005 Plate, 9" AMU-006 Plate, 10" AMU-007 Plate, 105/8" AMU-008 Plate, 115/8" AMU-009 Plate, 121/2" AMU-040 Sugar/Bouillon Cup, 8 oz.

AMU-060 Fruit Dish, 41/2 oz.

AMU-062 Rim Soup, 101/2 oz.

Other items available in this pattern.

1/4

cup butter, softened

1/3

cup milk

31/2 cups powdered sugar 11/2 teaspoons vanilla

Grease a 20"x15"x1" baking pan; set aside. Sift together the flour, baking powder, baking soda, salt, cinnamon and nutmeg. Set aside.

In a large mixing bowl, combine the pumpkin, brown sugar and oil and mix together until well combined.

Add the eggs slowly to the pumpkin mixture; mix well. Add the dry ingredients slowly to the wet ingredients. Beat together until the batter is smooth.

Stir in nuts and/or raisins by hand (optional). Pour the batter into the prepared pan. Bake at 350°F for 20-25 minutes or until a toothpick inserted near the center comes out clean. Let cool completely before frosting.

For frosting, in a medium bowl, whip the cream cheese and butter together until light and fluffy— approximately 2 minutes. Beat in the powdered sugar and milk alternating between the two until well combined. Add the vanilla. Spread over the top of the cooled pumpkin bars.

Shelf Life: 3 days Yields: 24 bars

Dinnerware Durability Typically, the higher the weight of the dinnerware, the more durable it will be.

But, consideration should also be given to your waitstaff.

How much can be carried on one tray? How far will the trays be carried?

Find a weight that provides the look you want and is comfortable for your employees.

123

124.11_12 5/9/11 3:10 PM Page 1

DINING A

B. Appetizer Collection.

Showcase your creativity with Appetizer, the new stylish, yet functional collection of dinnerware accessories. The Appetizer collection offers a variety of pieces to complement traditional tableware.

Model Description R0712 Glass Plate, 13" R0734 Mini Souffle, 23/4" R0735 Deep Square Bowl, 31/2", 41/2 oz.

R0736 Rectangular Bowl, 55/8"x23/4" R0737 Square Bowl, 33/4" R0738 Spoon, 41/8" R0739 Spirit Bowl, 51/2"x37/8" R0740 Oval Deep Bowl, 37/8", 2 oz.

R0741 Ludico Deep Bowl, 33/4", 5 oz.

R0742 Spirit Deep Bowl, 37/8", 4 oz.

A. Cypress Dinnerware.

Cypress dinnerware combines the look and feel of china with the durability of full tempering. Its distinct embossed pattern is the perfect complement to any décor.

Model Description 7437 Pasta Bowl, 38 oz.

7438 Plate (Fits Hospital Pellet System), 9" 7442 Grapefruit Bowl, 9 oz., 61/2" 7444 Fruit Dish 5 oz., 43/4" 7445 Oval Platter, 135/8" 24682 Plate, 105/8" 25755 Dessert Plate, 75/8" 26927 Plate, 91/2" 27019 Soup Plate, 9", 14 oz.

27021 Plate, 61/8" 27025 Oval Platter, 111/2" 27028 Mug, 10 oz.

27035 Stack Cup, 8 oz.

27039 Saucer, 57/8"

B

C. Intensity Dinnerware.

When table service calls for tradition and elegance, Intensity is the perfect choice. The 8-piece collection is the stately, refined personality of Zenix Dinnerware with wide rims and large surface areas perfect for in-room service, banquets and table-service restaurants.

Model Description G4395 12" Service Plate G4398 103/4" Dinner Plate G4392 10" Banquet Plate G4391 8" Salad Plate G4396 Rim Soup/Pasta Bowl, 113/4 oz.

G4394 Bread & Butter Plate, 61/4" G4395 Oval Platter, 133/4"x10" G4399 Pasta Bowl, 383/4 oz.

C

E

F D

D. Quad™ Dinnerware Collection.

Stylish yet simple. Modern with a classic touch.

The Quad collection adds glamour and appeal to any meal. The coupe profile and the soft corners make the Quad plates a user-friendly line. Microwave and oven safe.

Model Description QP-11 Bowl, 51/4", 10 oz.

QP-15 Bowl, 81/2", 10 oz.

QP-18 Soup Plate, 81/2", 16 oz.

QP-2 Saucer, 53/4" QP-20 Plate, 115/8" QP-23 Cup, 8 oz.

QP-6 Plate, 6" QP-7 Plate, 73/4" QP-9 Plate, 93/4"

E. Roma™ Dinnerware Collection.

The wide rim of the Roma collection makes it ideal for even the busiest of dining rooms. Its reinforced, rolled edge provides maximum resistance to chipping and allows for easier handling.

American white. Microwave and oven safe.

Model Description RO-105 Pasta Bowl, 101/2", 17 oz.

RO-115 Pasta Bowl, 111/2", 20 oz.

RO-120 Pasta Bowl, 12", 24 oz.

RO-13 Platter, 111/2"x81/4" RO-16 Plate, 101/4" RO-2 Saucer, 6" RO-20 Plate, 11" RO-21 Plate, 12" RO-22 Plate, 81/4" RO-33 Platter, 7"x45/8" RO-46 Bowl, 87/8", 55 oz.

RO-6 Plate, 65/8" Other items available in this pattern.

124

F. Camwear Camcovers.

Dents, dings and breakage become a problem of the past when you use Cambro’s Camwear Camcovers! Super-tough, lightweight polycarbonate construction is unequalled in strength and durability. Food stays hot and appetizing without pre-heating. Camwear Camcovers can be used in heated carts, up to 210°F. They are NSF listed and dishwasher safe. Available in Clear (152), Silver (486), Amber (153) and Beige (133).

Model Description 900CW 91/8"x23/4" 806CW 87/16"x211/16" 901CW 95/16"x213/16" 905CW 91/2"x213/16" 909CW 93/4"x23/4" 9011CW 10"x27/8"x27/8" 9013CW 10"x23/4" 1000CW 103/16"x211/16" 1005CW 109/16"x213/16" 1007CW 105/8"x23/4" 1013CW 1013/16"x211/16" 1101CW 11"x211/16" 1202CW 121/8"x23/4"

125.11_12 5/9/11 10:26 AM Page 1

DINING A

B

A. Santa Lucía™ Collection.

Infused with Old World charm and beauty, Santa Lucía’s™ hand-painted design on an ironstone background will bring flair and flavor to your table. Choose from several artfully crafted shapes and sizes to create the perfect display. Made of breakresistant, commercial dishwasher safe melamine. Dishwasher safe. NSF. Model Description ML93SL Bowl, 2 qt.

ML94SL Bowl, 3 qt.

ML95SL Bowl, 4 qt.

ML88SL Tray, 133/4"x91/2" ML90SL Plate, 12" Square ML92SL Plate, 16" Square OP618SL Oval Platter, 18"x131/2" OP630SL Oval Platter, 30"x201/4"

B. Mardi Gras Dinnerware.

Colors that celebrate and bring spirit to your dining area.

This line of heavy duty dinnerware, the Diamond line, is heavily glazed for strong stain resistance. The outstanding quality is supported by a two-year limited warranty. Made of commercial dishwasher safe melamine that is NSF approved. Colors: Peacock Blue (PB), Rio Orange (RO), Rainforest Green (FG), Tropical Yellow (TY).

Model Description WP-9 9" Wide Rim Plate B-127 71/2" Bowl, 12 oz.

WP-10 101/2" Wide Rim Plate B-454 43/4" Bowl, 41/2 oz.

WP-6 61/2" Wide Rim Plate WP-9 9" Wide Rim Plate NP-6 61/2" Narrow Rim Plate OP-950 91/2"x71/4" Oval Platter OP-120 12"x9" Oval Platter B-139 91/4" Pasta/Soup Bowl, 13 oz.

NP-9 9" Narrow Rim Plate C-107 Mug/Cup, 7 oz.

RM-400 4 oz. Plain Ramekin TP-12 12" Triangle Plate BC-170 Bouillon, 8 oz.

SU-2 51/2" Saucer for BC170 TM-1308 Stacking Mug, 8 oz. SAN Other items available in this pattern.

Dining Service Guide

C C. Oval Platter & Round Plate Covers.

Vollrath offers 41 stock sizes of round covers. Constructed of 18/8 stainless steel. Satin-finish keeps covers looking better longer; mirror-finished available at additional charge. Custom Plate Covers for plates 711/16" to 123/4" and Custom Platter Covers for platters 81/4" to 133/8" and lengths from 93/8" to 155/8" and heights from 2" to 2 3 / 4 " also available. Precision fitting styles ensures stackability for footed or non-footed plates.

Model Description 62300 Fits Plates 9" to 91/8" 62307 Fits Plates 915/16" to 10" 62308 Fits Plates 101/16" to 101/8" 62315 Fits Plates 1015/16" to 11" 62318 Fits Plates 111/16" to 111/8" 62325 Fits Plates 1115/16" to 12" 62326 Fits Plates 121/16" to 121/8" 62331 Fits Plates 1211/16" to 123/4" Additional models are available.

D

D. Melamine Display Pieces.

Top quality melamine dinnerware perfect for any table setting. 100% melamine versatile servingware is lightweight, stain, chip and break resistant. These items have the added feature of being glazed for increased longevity and have the look and feel of china. Perfect for entrées, display cases and catering venues. Dishwasher safe. Available in white and black.

Model Description DW140S2T 141/2"x7" DW210S2T 21"x7" DW115R2B 12" Round Pasta Bowl

Suggested service for 100 people. Numbers are per dozen.

DiNNerware A B C D E F Cups & Saucers 15 15 12 12 12 12 Bouillon/Sugars 6-9 3-6 6 12 6-9 0 12 0 0 12 18 0 Plates 51/2" 12 18-24 15 12 0 12 Plates 61/2"-7" Plates 8"-9" 6 12 12 12 15 12 10 3 0 12 0 0 Plates 91/2"-101/2" Bowls 10-16 oz.

3 6 6 0 6-9 9 Grapefruits 3 3 0 0 6-9 0 Fruit Saucers 12 12 12 12 12 12 TaBLeware Teaspoons 18 Soup/Dessert Spoons 6 Tablespoons 3 iced Tea Spoons 3 Coffee Spoons (aD) 3 Bouillon Spoons 6 Forks 12 Salad Forks 12 Cocktail Forks 6 Dinner Knife 12 Butter Knife 12 Knife Steel 6

18 12 0 6 0 0 12 12 3 12 0 3

18 12 0 6 0 6 18 0 0 12 0 0

18 12 3 0 0 0 12 12 0 12 0 0

18 12 0 0 0 6 18 0 0 12 0 0

18 12 0 0 0 0 12 0 0 12 0 0

GLaSSware Tumblers Juice iced Tea Milk

18 12 6 12

12 6 6 6

12 12 12 0

0 12 0 12

0 6 0 12

12 6 6 6

A=Hotels and restaurants; B=Coffee Shops; C=Cafeterias; D=Caterers for Clubs/Churches; E=Hospitals and Nursing Homes; F=Schools and Colleges

125

126.11_12 5/9/11 10:48 AM Page 1

DINING A

A. Dallas Ware® Dinnerware.

The original industry standard for melamine dinnerware. Dependability, quality and durability have been the Dallas Ware® trademark for over fifty years. Offers superior stain and scratch resistance. Reduce breakage and replacements with the Dallas Ware® reinforced rim and foot design.

Safe for temperatures up to 212°F. Dishwasher safe. NSF. Available in ten colors.

Model Description 43500 101/4" Dinner Plate 43501 9" Dinner Plate 43503 71/4" Salad Plate 43505 55/8" Bread & Butter Plate 43512 11" 3-Compartment Plate 43516 9" 3-Compartment Plate, Deep 43520 53/4" Nappie Bowl, 16 oz.

43531 41/2" Fruit Bowl, 43/4 oz.

43546 31/8" Stacking Cup, 7 oz.

43563 91/4"x61/4" Oval Platter 43546 7 oz., 31/8" Stacking Cup 43560 12"x81/2" Oval Platter Additional models are available.

C. Dayton Dinnerware.

Be kind to the environment! This new melamine dinnerware is made from 50% sustainable natural resources which are biodegradable. Dinnerware is stain, scratch, and break-resistant. Same reinforced rim and foot design as our Dallas Ware ® Dinnerware. Meets PS25-70 specifications.

Safe for temperatures up to 212°F. NSF listed and dishwasher safe. Available in Bavarian Cream, Black, Honey Yellow, Oatmeal, Pappercorn, Red, Toffee, Truffle, Turquoise, Wasabi.

Model 43850 43852 43854 43856 43858 43860 43862 43864 43866 43868 43870 43872

B B. Palette™ Designer Displayware™.

Enjoy the look and feel of china without the replacement cost. Eight new patterns have been added to the Palette Designer Displayware line. From modern to classic styles—choose one to portray the look you want.

Designer patterns are coordinated to complement many of the Palette solid colors and are a smart way to change the look of your display with just a few new decorated pieces. High quality, heavy-weight melamine is lighter than comparable ceramic or enamel pieces. Breakresistant construction reduces the cost and risks associated with broken ceramic. Safe for temperatures up to 212°F. Dishwasher safe. NSF. Model Description 44400 12" WR Square Plate 44402 14" WR Square Bowl 44404 15" WR Round Platter 44406 19" WR Round Platter 44410 17"x13" WR Oval Platter 44412 21"x15" WR Oval Platter 44414 14"x10" WR Rectangle Platter 44416 17"x13" WR Rectangle Platter 44418 22" WR Salmon Platter 43024 12" WR Dinner Plate Additional models are available.

C

Description 101/4" Dinner Plate 9" Dinner Plate 71/4" Salad Plate 55/8" Bread & Butter Plate 53/4" Nappie Bowl, 16 oz.

51/2" Rim Nappie Bowl, 14 oz.

5" Nappie Bowl, 10 oz.

57/8" Grapefruit Bowl, 10 oz.

41/2" Fruit Bowl, 43/4 oz.

33/4" Bouillon Cup, 8 oz.

31/8" Stacking Cup, 7 oz.

91/4"x61/4" Oval platter

D. Dinet® Reusable Dishware.

The perfect choice for room service systems, or simply to increase patient satisfaction. Enhance your patient tray with the new Dinet China. Available in a 9" entrée plate, 51/2" bread/dessert plate and 6 oz. fruit dish. Dinet China pieces are elegantly embossed in ivory color. Use with the new Tulip Cup and Tulip Bowl with disposable dome lids. Made of sturdy, crystal clear plastic in a decorative, contemporary style to accent the patient tray.

Model Description DX5CBPB02 China Dessert Plate, 51/2" DX5CFNB02 China Fruit Bowl, 53/4 oz.

DX7CE02 China Plate, 73/4" DX9CP02 China Plate, 9" DX11880174 Disposable Dome Lid DXSWC507 Tulip Cup (Swirl), 5 oz.

DX11820174 Translucent Lid (Fits Tulip Cup 5 oz.)

SWC12 Tulip Bowl (Swirl), 12 oz.

DX11890174 Translucent Lid (Fits Tulip Bowl 12 oz.)

E

E. Sierrus Dinnerware.

All purpose, medium heavy weight dinnerware with the same design as Durus®. Sierrus has a two-year warranty against breakage.

Dishwasher safe, break-resistant dinnerware is safe for temperatures up to 212°F. NSF Listed. Colors: White(02), Bone(42), Sunset Orange(52), Honey Yellow(22), Meadow Green(09), Ocean Blue(14).

D 126

Model Description 33002 101/2" Dinner Plate 33004 9" Dinner Plate 33006 71/4" Salad Plate 33024 12" Dinner Plate 33032 16 oz., 71/2" Rimmed Bowl 33034 13 oz., 91/4" Pasta/Soup/Salad Bowl 33036 12 oz., 71/4" Rimmed Bowl 33082 12"x91/4" Oval Platter 33086 91/2"x71/4" Oval Platter Additional models are available.

127.11_12 5/9/11 11:07 AM Page 1

DINING A. Bouclé Collection™.

These stylish sleek Bouclé Collection™ baskets bring elegance to any tabletop or buffet setting.

Black metal coated in eleven low profile styles and sizes. Models shown-BK358, BK37309, BK37510.

Model Description BK37209 Rectangular, 9"x6"x2" BK358 Round Breadstick, 31/2"x51/2" BK37109 Rectangular, 8"x41/2"x11/2" BK356 Rectangular Holder, 3"x21/2"x2" BK355 Round Holder, 2"x21/2" BK37510 Round, 91/2"x2" BK37410 Oval, 10"x63/4"x2" BK31815 Oblong, 15"x6"x2" BK37409 Oval, 81/2"x51/2"x2" BK37508 Round, 8"x2" BK37309 Rectangular, 121/2"x61/2"x11/2"

A

C. Baskets & B r e a d s t i c k H o l d e r , Mediterranean Collection.

Upgrade your buffet with these Mediterranean style black powder coated metal baskets. Ideal for displaying an assortment of items.

Model Description BK21709 Black 9" Oblong Cracker Bskt BK21815 Black Oblong Bskt,15"x61/4"x 3" BK258 Black Breadstick Holder BK27209 Black Rect Bskt, 9"x6"x21/2" BK27212 Black Rectangular, 12"x9"x31/2" BK27310 Black Square Bskt, 10"x4" BK27409 Black Oval Bskt, 9"x61/4"x21/4" BK27410 Black Oval Bskt, 10"x61/2"x3" BK27412 Black Oval Bskt, 12"x91/2"x31/2" BK27508 Black Round Bskt, 8"x21/4" BK27510 Black Round Bskt, 10"x3" BK27512 Black Round Bskt, 12"x31/4"

B. Vertigo Collection.

Add a bit of fun to your tabletop with black metal appetizer cones. These cone shaped servers come in a variety of sizes. Available with or without ramekin attachments for creative ways to serve all your favorite appetizers. Cone paper and liners available.

Model Description ACP7 7"x61/2" Dbl. Opening Bags for Cones ACP12 12" Liners for Cones ACR259 5"x9" Black Cone w/2 ramekins ACR57 5"x7" Black Cone w/ramekin ACR59 5"x9" Black Cone w/ramekin AC57 5"x7" Black Cone AC59 5"x9" Black Cone AC77 7"x7" Black Cone AC95 9"x5" Black Cone

B

C

E. Versa Rack™ Racks, Mediterranean Collection.

The ideal solution for organizing and merchandising your tabletops. The Versa Rack™ with its black powder coated metal Mediterranean style is available in full or half racks with clips to hold menus or promotional cards. Available in an array of sizes. Model BK2780 shown.

Model Description BK2595 Black Med. 5.95" Round BK259512 Black Small Half 81/2" Back, 5" Front BK2679 Black Med. 6.79" Round BK267912 Black Large Half 8" Back, 53/4" Front BK2780 Black Med. 7.80" Round

E

D D. Risers Add height, drama and dimension to any display or buffet with ease using risers in brushed stainless steel, wood or acrylic. Models shown—RR3, WBK3, BKRR3, AR3.

F

Model BK2RR WBK3 RR3 AR3

Description 4-Pc. Round Riser, Black Metal 3-Pc. Cube Riser, Black Wood 3-Pc. Round Riser, S/S 3-Pc. Riser, Acrylic

F. Acrylic Menu Holders and Sign Holders.

Menus have never looked better with acrylic. Choose from three sizes to showcase your menus or specials.

Customize your own menu cards with magnetic acrylic holders. A stylish and modern new way to dress up any tabletop. Models shown—Menus: AS811, AS57, AS46; Specials: A360, A361, A362.

Model Description AS46 4"x6" Curved Menu Holder AS57 51/2"x81/2" Curved Menu Holder AS811 81/2"x11" Curved Menu Holder A362 4"x11/4"x21/2" Magnetic Card Holder, Rec. A361 31/2"x3"x11/2" Magnetic Card Holder, Angled Rec. A360 33/4"x11/2" Magnetic Card Holder, Round

127

G. Porcelain Salt & Pepper Shakers.

Give a new look to your setting with our uniquely shaped, stylish porcelain salt and pepper shakers. A must have for the creative, memorable tabletop.

Model Description 168 Square Set, 2 oz.

181 Tower Set, 1 oz.

182 Slanted Set, 2 oz.

G

128.11_12 5/9/11 11:34 AM Page 1

DINING B. Wrought Iron Conical Baskets.

Fee, FRY, Fo, Fum...your patrons will delight in every crumb! Use these great designs for French fries, appetizers, dips, and more.

Model Description FCB22 2-Cone FCB33 3-Cone FFB59 1-Cone FBD1012 2-Cone w/Center Handle FBC92 1-Cone w/2 Ramekins

A

C C. Ironworks Bread Baskets.

These attractive wrought iron baskets are available with a black leaf pattern or black scroll pattern.

They’ll add distinction and change the way you serve bread, rolls and biscuits!

Model Description BLSB80 8" Black Scroll BLSB93 9" Black Scroll BLLB81 8" Leaf BLLB94 9" Leaf

B

A. Wrought Iron Griddles with Stand.

A great chafer-less way to serve up breakfast items or hot sandwiches.

Rectangular griddles come in two sizes and the triangular and round griddles add a new dimension to your buffet line. Replacement griddle tops also available.

Model Description GS16 16"x131/2"x5" Rectangular Griddle with Stand (Set) G61 Half-Size Replacement Griddle GS18 18" Dia. Round Griddle & 17" Dia. Stand (Set) GS81 18" Dia. Replacement Round Griddle GSS17 17" Dia. Stand GS27 27"x16"x5" Rectangular Griddle with Stand (Set) GS72 Full Size Replacement Griddle GST77 191/2"x191/2"x6" Triangular Griddle with Stand (Set) G777 Triangular Replacement Griddle

E

D

F

D. Authentic Collection™.

This distinctive collection of oil and vinegar bottles and matching salt and pepper shakers is sure to shake up your tabletop with that authentic look of recycled green glass.

Model Description 6618 Shakers, 4 oz.

6619 Oil & Vinegar Dispenser, 12 oz.

F. Mr. Dudley Pepper Mills, Salt Grinders & Salt Shakers.

Trusted for over 50 years, Mr. Dudley wood and acrylic peppermills have enjoyed wide acceptance from consumers and restaurateurs alike. Choose from a variety of competitively priced products available in clear acrylic and three wood finishes (matte black, natural, walnut).

Model Description MrD3148 Majesty Pepper Mill MrD3149 Majesty Salt Mill MrD8105RT Kingston Pepper Mill MrD8101RT Kingston Salt Shaker MrD7XX04SN 4" Natural Salt Shaker MrD7XX04SW 4" Walnut Salt Shaker MrD7CS06PW 6" Walnut Pepper Mill MrD7CS10PN 10" Natural Pepper Mill MrD7CS12PW 12" Walnut Pepper Milll MrD7CS16PMB 16" Matte Black Pepper Mill Additional models available.

128

E. Pepper & Salt Mills.

Chef Specialties is your source for the most complete selection of pepper mills and spice mills.

We offer a variety of mills from our commercial quality Professional Series with USA-made mechanisms to our stylish Home Cookin’ item for the price conscious customer. Lifetime warranty on the grinding mechanism.

Model Description 10150 10" Imperial Walnut Pepper Mill 18100 18" Monarch Walnut Pepper Mill 29190 5" Laurel Acrylic Pepper Mill/Salt Set 29900 51/2" Millennium SS Pepper Mill/Salt Set 4100 4" Walnut Capstan Pepper/Salt Set 8150 8" Windsor Walnut Pepper Mill 8400 8" Prentiss Stainless Pepper Mill 12100 12" President Walnut Pepper Mill

Ground Pepper For better flavor, always use freshly ground pepper. The flavor comes from the oils of the sliced peppercorns. There are three basic types of pepper: black, white and green.

Black is the strongest (slightly hot with a hint of sweetness) flavor of the three. White peppercorns are smaller, have a smoother skin and a light-tan color with a milder flavor. The green peppercorn is the soft, underripe berry that is usually preserved in brine. It has a fresh flavor that is less pungent than the berry in its other forms.

Store whole in a cool, dark place for about a year. Ground pepper will keep its flavor for about four months. Green peppercorns packed in brine should be refrigerated once opened and will keep for one month; packed in water will keep for a week.

129_12 5/9/11 11:42 AM Page 1

DINING A. Louis Tumblers.

Attractive Louis Tumblers have an extra thick base that mimics the look of glass, and a faceted body shape that makes the tumblers easier to hold. The exterior design doubles as a stacking lug, eliminating the need for interior lugs. Available in seven sizes including 8 oz. and 12 oz. Old Fashion—designed for healthcare tray, bar or room service. Louis Tumblers are chip-, shatter- and break-resistant.

Dishwasher safe. Color: Clear(07).

A

Model 5808 5810 5812 5816 5820 5822 5832

B

Description 8 oz.

10 oz.

12 oz.

16 oz.

20 oz.

22 oz.

32 oz.

C. Pitchers & Tumblers.

Cambro tumblers and pitchers have the look and feel of glass but offer cost savings and lightweight handling. Pitchers have exclusive thumb grip and contoured ice lip.

C Model Description NT20 Newport Tumbler NT 22 oz.

NT16 Newport Tumbler NT 16 oz.

LT22 Laguna Tumbler 22 oz.

LT16 Laguna Tumbler 16 oz.

PL60CW Laguna Pitcher 60 oz.

D24 Del Mar Tumbler DM 24 oz.

HT22CW Huntington Tumbler 22 oz. (611/16"H) HT16CW Huntington Tumbler 16 oz. (51/2"H) P600CW Camwear Pitcher 60 oz.

PC64CW Camwear Pitcher Covered 64 oz.

Additional models available.

D. Alibi Drinkware.

Update your barware presentation with the sophisticated styling of Alibi. Great for outdoor and poolside beverage service. This lightweight yet durable SAN is chip, shatter and break-resistant.

The thick base mimics glassware. Available in eight sizes including mixer, old fashioned, shot glass and two shooter capacities. Dishwasher safe. Color: Clear(07).

Model Description 5601 Shot Glass, 11/2 oz.

5602 Shooter, 2 oz.

5603 Shooter/Mini Dessert, 3 oz.

5609 Rocks/Juice, 9 oz.

5610 Highball, 10 oz.

5612 Double Fashioned, 12 oz.

5614 Beverage, 14 oz.

5616 Pint/Mixing, 16 oz.

D

E

B. Stackable Tumblers.

These stackable tumblers are ideal for high volume institutions such as schools, hospitals, cafeterias and prisons. Durable SAN reduces breakage. Tapered sides make tumblers easy to stack and pull apart. Textured exterior hides wear and tear.

Stacking lugs inside prevent jamming when stored. Available in Amber, Blue, Royal Blue, Ruby and Clear.

Model Description 5501 5 oz.

5526 8 oz.

5529 9 oz.

5506 91/2 oz.

5212 12 oz.

5216 16 oz.

5220 20 oz.

5224 24 oz.

5232 32 oz. Tall 5532 32 oz.

F. Plastic Specialty Drinkware.

When the party is outside, on the beach, by the pool or under the stars....break resistant plastic barware is the perfectly safe solution. So durable, they are a must for any beverage service! All barware available in clear. Colors available on select barware. Custom imprinting also available.

Model Description SW-1407 10 oz. Martini (SAN) SW-1406 8 oz. Wine (SAN) SW-1405 16 oz. Margarita (SAN) SW-1404 10 oz. Wine (SAN) SW-1403 12 oz. Margarita/Daiquiri (SAN) SW-1402 6 oz. Martini (SAN) SW-1401 6 oz. Champagne (SAN) S-16 16 oz. Shaker/Liter (SAN) 00086-SAN 16 oz. Beer Mug (SAN) SW-1409 11/2 oz. Shot Glass (SAN) SW-1419 48 oz. Super Margarita (SAN) H-9 9 oz. High Ball (SAN) Additional models available.

F

E. Bahama Tumblers.

Quench your summer thirst with these refreshing tumblers. Made of SAN break-resistant plastic material. Dishwasher safe. Available in 4 colors: Red, Clear, Jade and Blue.

Model Description 9907 7 oz. Rock 9909 9 oz. Rock 9912 12 oz. Double Rock 9914 14 oz. Beverage 9916 16 oz. Beverage 9922 22 oz. Cooler 9955 51/2 oz. Rock

129

130.11_12 5/9/11 11:49 AM Page 1

DINING B. Mix ’n Serve Glasses.

Functional classic design. Competitively priced. Rim tempered for durability or untempered for maximum value.

Model Description 176FU 16 oz. (Untempered) 7176FU 16 oz.

77174 14 oz.

77420 20 oz.

77422 22 oz.

A

B A. New Orleans Barware.

The most popular barware style. Competitively priced. Rim-tempered.

Model Description 90004 Rocks, 4 oz.

90006 Rocks, 7 oz.

90007 Rocks, 8 oz.

90008 Rocks, 9 oz.

90009 Rocks, 91/2 oz.

7730U Beverage, 10 oz.

7732U Beverage, 12 oz.

90010 Double Rocks, 12 oz.

77722 Iced Tea, 22 oz.

7745U Iced Tea, 14 oz.

7729U Hi-Ball, 9 oz.

Other items available in this pattern.

E E. Carmona.

Competitively priced! Full tempered durability!

Fully tempered makes it an excellent choice for high traffic restaurants, banquet facilities, caterers and other operators needing attractive and durable stemware. Choose from seven popular sizes and shapes.

Model Description 96584 Goblet, 17 oz.

96578 Red Wine, 11 oz.

96577 Red Wine, 15 oz.

96581 White Wine, 12 oz.

96582 White Wine, 14 oz.

96579 All Purpose Wine, 9 oz.

96580 All Purpose Wine, 7 oz.

G

C

D

C

D. Soho.

Add a touch of sophistication to your tabletop with the handsome design of Soho drinkware. Rim tempered for maximum durability or untempered for greatest value.

Model Description H054540 81/2 oz. Old Fashioned (Untempered) H054540 111/2 oz. Collins (Untempered) 80441 11 oz. Rocks (Rim Tempered) H054539 11 oz. DOF (Untempered) 80442 17 oz. Cooler (Rim Tempered) H054541 171/2 oz. Cooler (Untempered) H054472 91/2 oz. Hi Ball (Untempered) 80443 10 oz. Hi Ball (Rim Tempered) 80440 6 oz. Juice (Rim Tempered) 80439 2 oz. Cordial (Rim Tempered)

C. Clarisse.

Contemporary beveled styling enhances the appearance of any beverage. Rim-tempered.

Durability with a 21st century look.

Model Description 77787 7 oz. Rocks 77788R 8 oz. Rocks 77770 10 oz. Rocks 77790R 12 oz. Rocks 1170U 10 oz. Beer, Tankard 1172U 12 oz. Beer, Tankard 77792R 12 oz. Beverage 77794 14 oz. Beverage 77796 16 oz. Cooler 77780 20 oz. Cooler 77789 9 oz. Hi-Ball

F. Swirl Polycarbonate Tumblers.

Unique swirl design creates a perfect glass-like tabletop beverage presentation. Enhanced ounce markings located discreetly on our Swirl Tumblers allow for accurate recording of fluid intake by dietitians and nursing staff. Shatterproof polycarbonate drinkware is the ideal alternative to glass anywhere breakage is a concern. Dishwasher safe. Available in three sizes.

Model Description DX4GC607 6 oz.

DX4GC907 9 oz.

DX4GC1207 12 oz.

F

Model 80013 80018 80021 G. Florentine Stemware.

The sheer edge of Florentine adds 80019 elegance to any tabletop while main- 90071 90080 taining durability and affordability.

80024

130

Description 13 oz. Red Wine 81/2 oz. Wine 11 oz. Wine 6 oz. Flute 81/2 oz. Martini 16 oz. Goblet 16 oz. Bordeaux Wine

131.11_12 5/9/11 11:59 AM Page 1

DINING Glass Backup Have an adequate backup supply of glasses for rush periods. To avoid thermal shock, never place recently washed glasses into service. Let glasses stand long enough to reach room temperature.

Choosing Glassware A A. Nadine.

Simple. Versatile. Timeless. Nadine’s defining feature is the exceptionally smooth link between the bowl and stem, creating a seamless, free-flowing look. This restaurantquality crystal is also saluted for its superior durability, brilliance and clarity. Mix and match this all-purpose stemware with the Clermont line of tumblers.

Model Description A911007218 Burgundy, 11 oz.

A911017219 Goblet, 14 oz.

A911027220 Wine, 81/2 oz.

A911077222 Flute, 63/4 oz.

A911277226 Iced Beverage, 127/8 oz.

A911326895 Round Burgundy, 201/2 oz.

A911357227 Martini, 75/8 oz.

C

C. Angelina.

Tall. Tapered. Tasteful. Angelina’s ample bowls and finely crafted stems lend an elegant look to your dining presentation. This simple, yet sophisticated, stemware has timeless appeal that will complement a wide range of settings. Smooth, Flexible and Stable. Top edges are laser-cut.

Fire polished for additional strength. Superior stability and durability.

Model Description A913007189 Burgundy, 131/2 oz.

A913016502 Bordeaux, 223/4 oz.

A913027184 Wine, 101/4 oz.

A913077186 Flute, 53/8 oz.

A913217183 Goblet, 185/8 oz.

A913277190 Iced Beverage, 117/8 oz.

A913327182 Round Burgundy, 283/4 oz.

A913356503 Martini, 91/8 oz.

B B. Daniela.

Sensible. Sturdy. Smart. This versatile stemware features a compact design with a large bowl that’s easy to handle. Daniela is the ideal choice for heavy-traffic establishments where durability and stablity are required.

Model Description A915007277 Goblet, 147/8 oz.

A915017278 Wine, 81/8 oz.

A915027279 Burgundy, 11 oz.

A915047281 Sherry, 4 oz.

A915077282 Flute, 61/8 oz.

A915187283 Brandy, 171/4 oz.

A915277284 Iced Beverage, 127/8 oz.

The sizes, shapes and styles of glass you choose will affect your entire presentation of beverages. Consider what type of drink you will be serving most and find a type of glass to complement. Ask yourself, will a lot of ice be used? Will the drink be garnished? Will liquor be served that needs to be portion controlled?

Determine the amount of ounces your drink will be per portion based on price and profit.

Ask us to show you how those ounces will look presented in a variety of glassware.

Using Glass to Accentuate Consider using glassware to accentuate. It can add a special touch that says elegance.

Use glass plates alone or with a charger plate for an entirely different look. Salads appear crisper and look lighter when served in glass.

D. Ilaria Glassware.

Stately. Sophisticated. Smart. Ilaria stemware is distinguished by its seamless styling and tapered tulip bowls.

The tumblers echo the sentiments of the stemware, with a sturdy, rounded bottom. Serve white wines, reds, cocktails and more in this classy crystal collection.

Model Description A920137675 Tumbler (Barolo), 21 oz.

A920107674 Tumbler (Chardonnay), 131/4 oz.

A920077671 Flute, 91/2 oz.

A920047670 Sherry, 4 oz.

A920037669 Wine, 137/8 oz.

A920027668 Wine, 171/4 oz.

A920007667 Goblet, 21 oz.

A920217672 Bordeaux, 24 oz.

D

E. Sensation Stemware.

A collection of fine micro-rim stemware perfectly proportioned with excellent color and clarity. This ideal combination of aesthetics and luxury is available in a wide range of sizes suiting bottle service or wines by the glass.

Model Description 53478 Flute, 51/4 oz.

53480 Tall Wine, 101/2 oz.

E

131

132.11_12 5/9/11 12:05 PM Page 1

DINING A

Model E1513 E1514 E1515 E2129 E1516 E5213

A. Prysm by Arcoroc.

Prysm provides the upscale, trendy look while offering durability and strength. An essential accessory, this fully tempered glassware collection will add style and elegance with a contemporary touch. Clean lines combine with visual effects in Prysm glassware. It’s slightly twisted square base creates the illusion of movement while conjuring up subtle reflections. Six shapes to choose from: Beverage, 2 Coolers, Double Old Fashioned, High Ball and Rocks complete the collection. High Ball and Cooler are made in the USA.

Description Beverage, 12 oz.

Double Old Fashioned, 121/2 oz.

Rocks, 9 oz.

High Ball, 9 oz.

Cooler, 153/4 oz.

Cooler, 20 oz.

C

C. Cabernet Stemware.

Cabernet, has the quality of fine crystal with excellent color, clarity and a fine beadless micro-rim. It compares with stemware at twice the price. Made of advanced glass, Cabernet is surprisingly affordable—a great choice for either gourmet or casual dining.

Model Description 46888 193/4 oz. Tall Wine 46961 16 oz. Tall Wine 46973 12 oz. Tall Wine 50816 101/2 oz. Tall Wine 46978 81/2 oz. Tall Wine 46981 24 oz. Ballon Wine 47026 20 oz. Ballon Wine 47017 16 oz. Ballon Wine 47019 12 oz. Ballon Wine 58001 71/2 oz. Cocktail 48024 53/4 oz. Flute G3570 16 oz. Iced Tea G3573 13 oz. All Purpose 62451 2 liter Millesime Carafe Other items available in this pattern.

B. Excalibur Stemware.

This fully tempered glassware lasts five times longer than regular annealed glassware. Excalibur stemware and tumblers offer 37 varieties from stems, to cocktails to tumblers designed with extra strength against breakage.

Model Description 71075 13 oz. Grand Ballon 71076 11 oz. All Purpose 71078 111/2 oz. Banquet 71079 12 oz. Brandy 71080 12 oz. Grand Savoie 71081 13 oz. Grand Cuvee 71082 81/2 oz. Ballon Wine 71083 101/2 oz. Goblet 71084 81/2 oz. Tall Wine 71086 53/4 oz. Flute 71092 8 oz. Footed Hi Ball 71093 13 oz. Petite Cuvee Other items available in this pattern.

B

D. Select Collection.

The timeless Tulipe shape of Select allows wine to be appreciated in an optimum condition. The fine rims and bowl add to the elegance of these beautiful stems made of Kwarx Advanced Material.

Model Description U0808 Tulipe, 8 oz.

U0810 Tulipe, 113/4 oz.

U0811 Tulipe, 153/4 oz.

U0813 Tulipe, 25 oz.

U0851 Flute, 6 oz.

D

E. Excalibur Martini.

Excalibur Martinis in the 10 oz., 7 1/ 2 oz. and 5 oz. capacities are now fully tempered for extraordinary toughness. Excalibur sets the standard for professional grade glassware.

Model Description 00213 Martini, 10 oz.

D2024 Cocktail, 71/2 oz.

22760 Cocktail, 5 oz.

E

Glassware Care To keep your glassware in great shape, avoid glass on glass contact. Do not stack your glassware, or carry them in bouquets. When bussing tables, use a glass rack, so that each glass has its own compartment. This will give your glassware a longer life.

Glassware Durability Thicker glass with a beaded or rolled rim is less likely to break. Heated treated glass is also more durable. Straight edged glasses are less likely to break than curvy or flared glasses.

132

133.11_12 5/9/11 12:09 PM Page 1

DINING A

C

D

A. Libra Flatware Collection.

The pattern of Libra is a statement itself. This substantial, contemporary pattern also possesses a hint of whimsy that will liven up any tabletop. 18/10 Stainless Steel. High polish, bright finish Model Description T922STSF Teaspoon T922SDEF Oval Bowl Soup Spoon T922SRBF Round Bowl Soup Spoon T922SITF Iced Teaspoon T922SADF A.D. Coffee Spoon T922STBF Tablespoon/Serving Spoon T922FDNF Dinner Fork T922FDEF Dessert/Salad Fork T922FOYF Oyster/Cocktail Fork T922KDTF Dinner Knife, 1-Pc. T922KBVF Butter Knife, 1-Pc. C. Corelli Flatware.

Classic. Romantic. Stylish. This European flatware design is noted for its smooth graceful form accented by a dimensional band at the tapered neck of the handle. This elegant pattern, crafted in an extra large heavy gauge format, presents an impressive tabletop statement for fine dining.

Model Description T168STSF Teaspoon, US Size T168SDEF Oval Bowl Soup/Dessert Spoon T168SRBF Round Bowl Soup Spoon T168SITF Iced Teaspoon T168SADF A.D. Coffee Spoon T168STBF Tablespoon/Serving Spoon T168FDIF Table Fork, European Size T168FDEF Salad/Dessert Fork T168FOYF Oyster/Cocktail Fork T168KPTF Table Knife, 1-Pc. T168KDEF Dessert Knife, 1-Pc. T168KSSF Steak Knife, 1-Pc. T168KBBF Butter Knife, 1-Pc. T168KSBF Butter Spreader, 1-Pc. T168FSLF Fish Fork, 1-Pc. T168KFSF Fish Knife, 1-Pc.

D. Reflections.

Polished. Inviting. Refreshing. This pattern is reminiscent of a reflecting pool with its generously shaped handle and bright, sparkling finish.

Designed with balance and comfort in mind, this 5-star flatware feels as great as it looks.

Model Description T672STSF Teaspoon, US Size T672SFTF Teaspoon, European Size T672SDEF Oval Bowl Soup/Dessert Spoon T672SRBF Round Bowl Soup Spoon T672SITF Iced Teaspoon T672SADF A.D. Coffee Spoon T672STBF Tablespoon/Serving Spoon T672FDIF Table Fork, European Size T672FDEF Salad/Dessert Fork T672FSLF Oyster/Cocktail Fork T672FFSF Fish Fork, 1-Pc. T672KPTF Table Knife, 1-Pc. T672KDEF Dessert Knife, 1-Pc. T672KSBF Butter Knife, 1-Pc. T672KFSF Fish Knife, 1-Pc.

E

B

B. Scroll Flatware.

Graceful. Transitional. Original. Sweeping asymmetrical lines give Scroll 18/8 stainless a fashionable, fresh look. This flatware exudes the kind of quality and craftsmanship your customers expect.

Model Description 2201SBLF Bouillon Spoon 2201KBFF Butter Knife, F. H. 2201FDNF Dinner Fork 2201KPVF Dinner Knife, S. H., 1-Piece 2201SITF Iced Teaspoon 2201SDEF Oval Bowl Soup/Dessert Spoon 2201FOYF Oyster Fork 2201FSLF Salad Fork 2201STBF Tablespoon 2201STSF Teaspoon

E. Quantum.

Sleek. Smooth. Sophisticated. The fluid contours of Quantum create a knife that balances perfectly on its blade edge. This seamless, 5star stainless design offers the ultimate in style, quality, and luxury.

Model Description T673SFTF Teaspoon, European Size T673STSF Teaspoon, US Size T673SDEF Oval Bowl Soup/Dessert Spoon T673SRBF Round Bowl Soup Spoon T673SDIF Dinner Spoon T673SITF Iced Teaspoon T673SADF A.D. Coffee Spoon T673STBF Tablespoon/Serving Spoon T673FDIF Table Fork, European Size T673FDEF Salad/Dessert Fork T673FSLF Pastry/Oyster Fork T673FFSF Fish Fork, 1-Pc. T673KPTF Table Knife, 1-Pc. (Stand-up) T673KDEF Dessert Knife, 1-Pc. (Stand-up) T673KSBF Butter Knife, 1-Pc. (Stand-up) T673KFSF Fish Knife, 1-Pc.

Flatware & Your Dishwasher CAUTION! If you are using a low temp or chlorine bath type dishwashing system, take great care in following the manufacturer’s instructions. An over-concentration of sodium hypochlorite (bleach), the active sanitizing agent of these systems, will attack most metal tableware.

Improper use or faulty equipment functioning will cause staining or corrosion of even the finest stainless steel. It is very important that you use only a plastic or stainless steel pan for pre-soaking. NEVER USE AN ALUMINUM PAN for pre-soaking. Aluminum frees the chlorine present in most pre-soak compounds and causes the discoloration of stainless steel.

133

134.11_12 5/9/11 12:15 PM Page 1

DININg A. Nuovo Flatware Collection.

Contemporary and graceful, the comfortable feel of Nuovo strikes a balance with its modern aesthetic.

Model Description T3801 Dinner Fork T3802 Dinner Spoon T3804 Dinner Knife (solid handle) T3805 Dessert Fork T3806 Dessert Spoon T3808 Dessert Knife (solid handle) T3809 Soup Spoon T3811 Demitasse Spoon T3812 Fish Fork T3813 Fish Knife T3818 Iced Teaspoon T3821 Oyster/Cocktail T3827 Butter Spreader T3828 US Teaspoon T3829 US Salad Fork

A B

C. Chop Knives™ by Walco.

Choose from two popular Chop Knives— Denver™ Chop Knife™ features full tang with reddish-black Pakka wood handle and Boston Chop Knife™ features jumbo, full tang knife with black Delrin handle. Both knives feature double stainless bolsters.

Model Description 670528 Denver Chop Knife 670527 Boston Chop Knife

C

B. Soho Flatware Collection by Hallmark.

Rich European design of Olde World Traditions.

18/10 crafted with frontal bowl and tine hallmarking, the marks of excellence! Mirror finish and molded tear drop handles—you can feel the thickness.

Model Description 701 Teaspoon 703 Serving Spoon 704 Iced Teaspoon 705 Dinner Fork 707 Dessert Fork 712 Bouillon Spoon 715 Cocktail Fork 745 Dinner Knife

E

D D. Modernaire™ Flatware Collection by Hallmark 2000™.

The Modernaire 18/10 Collection featuring forged brushed finished handles, bowls, tines and blades offer a rich pewter look. The best in contemporary styling creates a powerful statement on your table. Also available in silverplate.

Model Description 2001 Teaspoon 2003 Serving Spoon 2004 Iced Teaspoon 2005 Dinner Fork 20051 European Fork 2006 Salad Fork 2007 Dessert Spoon 2011 Butter Knife, S.H. 2012 Bouillon Spoon 2015 Cocktail Fork 2029 Demitasse Spoon 2045 Knife 1 Pc. 20451 European Knife 1 Pc.

F

E. Susannah Flatware Collection

by Hallmark.

The heaviest forged 18/10 handles completely brushed to a satin finish.

Popular today for the rich pewter look.

Model Description 5601 Teaspoon 5604 Iced Teaspoon 5605 Dinner Fork 56051 Table Fork 5607 Dessert Spoon 5611 Butter Knife 5612 Bouillon Spoon 5615 Cocktail Fork 5642 Stand Up Knife 56451 Table Knife, 1 Pc.

134

F. Illustra Collection.

A unique collection that glows with the beauty of silver but is made in maintenance free 18% chrome, 10% nickel. Its traditional fiddleback design is recommended for a broad range of dining experiences.

Model Description 9101 Teaspoon 9103 Serving Spoon 9104 Iced Teaspoon 9105 Dinner Fork 91051 Euro Fork 9106 Salad Fork 9107 Dessert Spoon 9110 Butter Spreader, FH 9111 Butter Knife SH 9112 Bouillon Spoon 9115 Cocktail Fork 9125 Knife, HH 9" 9129 Demitasse Spoon 9145 Knife, 1 Pc 91451 Euro Knife

135.11_12 5/9/11 12:32 PM Page 1

DINING

A

A. Soft Light® Disposable Liquid Wax. Soft Light is a highly refined clear liquid paraffin that’s safe and approved for use in foodservice operations. Soft Light is classified in a non-flammable category similar to vegetable or lubricating oil. A liquid fuel system, Soft Light eliminates the messy dripping associated with traditional wax candles. Available in a variety of shapes and sizes to accommodate any foodservice need. Smokeless and odorless. Completely disposable.

Model Description L0008-R SL8: 8-hour clear liquid wax L0010-R SL10: 10-hour clear liquid wax L0029-R SL29: 29-hour clear liquid wax L0030-R SL30: 30-hour clear liquid wax L0036-SL SL36: 36-hour clear liquid wax L0036-C SL36: Citronella liquid wax L0050-R SL50: 50-hour clear liquid wax L0090-R SL90: 90-hour clear liquid wax L0001 SL: 4 x 1 gallon bulk clear liquid wax L0302 SL: 1-Liter bulk clear liquid wax L0024-R SL24: 24-hour clear liquid wax

C

B

B. S t e r n o D ecorative Lighting Flameless Refills.

Instant ambiance, absolutely anywhere. Sterno’s revolutionary flameless innovation goes where no candle has gone before. The heatless, waxless, disposable cartridges, with the warm glow and elegant flicker of real candlelight, offer a safe alternative to flame-based lighting options.

Model Description 3000AF 31/8" Cartridge, 600 hrs. of light 3505AF Tealight, 45 hrs. of light 3510AF Votive, 45 hrs. of light

D C. Smart Candle® Evolution Series.

“Smart Candle”—Flicker without the flame. The Evolution Series is the next generation of flameless table lighting! With its new induction charging system and Smart Guard theft deterrent system, restaurants, hotels and nightclubs can provide the most realistic flame-like appearance any flameless system has to offer. 18 hours of candlelight from a 6-hour charge. Linkable pinless induction charging tray. Link up 48 candles, 4 trays together using a single power adaptor/wall outlet. Two modes of operation—flicker and static. Optional Smart Guard anti-theft protection. Each candle has up to 14,000 hours of battery life.

Model Description Models with Smart Guard & Power Adaptor EVOG12-CL 1 charging tray & 12 candles EVOG24-CL 2 charging trays & 24 candles EVOG36-CL 3 charging trays & 36 candles EVOG48-CL 4 charging trays & 48 candles Models without Smart Guard & Power Adaptor EVOX12-CL 1 charging tray & 12 candles EVOX24-CL 2 charging trays & 24 candles EVOX36-CL 3 charging trays & 36 candles EVOX48-CL 4 charging trays & 48 candles

E

D. TIKI® Brand Outdoor Lighting Products.

TIKI ® Brand outdoor lighting products are America’s #1 brand for citronella fuel and outdoor torches. TIKI ® Brand torches bring light and ambiance to your outdoor areas with distinctive flair, ensuring a comfortable and pleasant outdoor experience for your guests.

Model Description TK09455 Islander Outdoor Torch, 60"H TK09148 Mediterranean Outdoor Torch, 60"H TK10221 Royal Polynesian Outdoor Torch, 60"H TK08047 Heritage Patio Torch, 14" Dia.x65"H TK08045 Torch Stand, Deep Charcoal, 9"x9" Square TK10144 Deck Clamp, Universal Fit TK01653 Citronella Oil Fuel, 20 Hr. Cells (3 oz) TH01659 Citronella Oil Fuel, 8 Hr. Cells (1 oz.)

TK01455 Citronella w/Lemongrass Torch Fuel, 128 oz.

TK08435 BiteFighter® Citronella & Cedar Torch Fuel, 64 oz.

Additional models available.

E. Fuel Cells.

Labor saving—just place in lamp and light. No maintenance or adjustments.

Burns cleaner than solid wax candles. Non-staining. No melted wax mess.

Specifically designed to meet the demanding needs of the foodservice tabletop.

HD8 fits anywhere a wax tealight fits. The HD15 fits anywhere a 15 hour wax votive fits.

Model Description HD8-90 8 Hr. Liquid Tealight Disp. Fuel Cell, 13/16"Hx11/2" Dia. HD12-144 12 Hr. Liquid Votive Disp. Fuel Cell, 13/16"Hx131/32" Dia. HD15 15 Hr. Liquid Votive Disp. Fuel Cell, 11/4"Hx13/4" Dia. HDHD17 17 Hr. Disp. Fuel Cell, 111/2"Hx2" Dia. HD36 36 Hr. Disp. Fuel Cell, 13/4"Hx29/16" Dia. HD42 42 Hr. Disp. Fuel Cell, 27/16" Hx23/8" Dia. Height does not include burner assembly. Additional models available.

135

136.11_27.new 5/9/11 2:28 PM Page 1

DINING A

A

A. Somerville™ Buffet Service.

Inspirational design that also offers functionality and high quality. The elegant mirror-finished stainless steel finish and unique accent features bring an upscale image to any décor. Use standard fuel or Vollrath’s Universal Electric Heater #46060 (sold separately).

Included windguard shields fuel from wind. New hinge design works in the closed, 90° and fully-open position using only moderate force to change position—no levers or switches required to operate. Rectangle chafer features Vollrath Super Pan 3 ® food pan.

Durable solid legs and welded construction.

Model Description 4634010 9 qt. Rectangle Chafer 4635710 7 qt. Soup Urn 4635410 4 qt. Gravy Urn 4635310 3 Gal. Coffee Urn 4635510 5 Gal. Coffee Urn 4635110 5 Qt. Milk Dispenser 4635810 8 Qt. Juice/Cold Beverage Dispenser 4635210 Double Cereal Dispenser, 4 qt. each 4634110 6 Qt. Round Drop-In Chafer

C C. Maximillian Steel™ Chafers.

Maximillian Steel™ mirror finish stainless steel chafers are durable and easy to clean. Patent pending contemporary styling.

Rectangular chafer features Vollrath Super Pan 3® food pan.

Each packed in full color merchandising carton. Available in seven popular styles.

Model Description 49520 9 qt. Rectangular 49521 4.2 qt. Medium Round 49522 6 qt. Large Round 49523 4.2 qt. Soup Marmite 49524 7.4 qt. Soup Marmite 49525 11.6 qt. Coffee Urn 49529 4.1 qt. Half-Size Rectangular

D

B

B. Grandeur™ Chafer 18/10 Collection.

Give your buffet an extra touch of class with this elegant chafing dish. This 8 qt. rectangular chafer with fashionable strap style legs is a smart choice. Tension controllable cover prevents slam downs and opens to 180°.

Model Description 54120S 8 qt. Rectangular, Stainless 54120G 8 qt. Rectangular (Gold Legs/Handles)

D. Idol Chafer by Walco.

Introducing a full size model in a glass lid lift top chafer! Holds a standard 8 quart rectangular food pan making it banquet ready! Self closing, vented glass lid keeps food presentations from drying out. For added versatility, the body removed from the stand can be used on an induction table. Magnetic steel clad bottom insures excellent heating.

Soup station conversion kits available. Model WI9LGL.

How to use Chafers and Urns Use only canned fuel in the burner. Fill the water pan, urn or kettle before lighting the burner. Low flame is sufficient to maintain proper heat. Keep away from open flame or hot stove. Food pans can be used for cooking and/or placed in the oven to retain heat. Fill chafing dish with hot water. Check pan during use to maintain sufficient water level. DO NOT USE WITHOUT WATER!

Buffet Tips Always wash your hands before and after handling food. Also, keep dishes and utensils clean.

E E. Adagio Chafers.

Newly improved mirror polishing on the roll-top chafer cover creates an elegant look to any food presentation.

Rectangular 9 quart stainless steel chafer features a 180° roll top and 90° intermediate stop prevents handle from scratching the chafer frame when fully opened. Comes complete with food pan, water pan and two fuel holders.

Model Description ADAGIORT26 Rectangular 9 qt. Chafer

Arrange and serve food on several small platters rather than on one large platter. Keep the rest of the food hot in the oven or cold in the refrigerator until serving time. This way foods will be held at safe temperatures for a longer time.

Always replace empty platters rather than adding fresh food to a dish that has already had food on it. Remember - many peoples' hands may have taken food from the dish, which was also sitting at room temperature for a while.

Keep hot food hot (135°F) and cold food cold (41°F or lower).

136

137.11_28.new 5/9/11 1:43 PM Page 1

DINING A. Heater® Chafing Frames.

Retains heat—up to 10% MORE! Proprietary windproof chafing frames are available in three classic finishes (Silver Vein-SV; Copper Vein-CO; and Swirl-SW). Power-coated steel body is attractive and durable. Stackable for easy storage. Holds standard 12"x20" pans (not included). Our new “Knock Down” design allows the Heater™-KD to fold flat—just 13/4" thick—when not in use.

Model Description M0102CO Knock Down Heater Copper M0102S Knock Down Heater Silver Vein M0102SW Knock Down Heater Swirl M0204CO Dome Cover-Copper M0204S Dome Cover-Silver Vein M0204SW Dome Cover-Swirl M0101CO Heater Frame-Copper M0101S Heater Frame-Silver Vein M0101SW Heater Frame-Swirl

A

B. Pop-Up Chafer Set. Ready. Set. Serve! Now, a convenient, portable and easy-to-store chafing dish— ready to set up and serve guests anywhere, for most any occasion: Off-site catering, mini-buffet stations, outdoor events, party rooms, hospitality suites, happy hours. Includes everything you need in one box—(1) Heavy Duty Metal Pan Holder, (1) Reusable Aluminum Water Pan, (2) Aluminum Food Half Pans, (1) Plastic Serving Spoon & Fork Set and (2) Cans of Sterno® 2-Hour Gel Chafing Fuel.

Model ST07000.

D. Sterno® Brand Chafing Fuels.

Sterno® Brand Chafing Fuel…Perfection under fire. Fast lighting. Maximum heat output. Consistent delivery. Even when the lid comes off your chafing dish, Sterno® Brand Gel Chafing Fuel will keep your food in the temperature safety zone.

Sterno ® Brand Gels emit zero carbon monoxide and are non-toxic. Sterno ® Brand Gels help make for a cleaner, safer environment.

Use of Canned Heat Pry the lid from the canned heat, and place canned heat into heat cup. Light fuel, adjusting the lid to approximately half-open.

To protect your table linens or serving surface, always use an underliner tray when using equipment that has burners.

B C C. Safe Heat®.

Candle Lamp offers a variety of wick and traditional gel chafing fuels. Wick fuels incorporate a wick to deliver an optimum flame height that remains steady and strong throughout the burn cycle.

Traditional gel fuels are powered by either ethanol (pink) or methanol (blue), both offering strong heating performance in chafing dishes.

Model Description H0048 Safe Heat Jr. 2 hr. Room Service H0200R Safe Heat 4 hr. Wick H0500 Safe Heat 5 hr. Wick H0001 Safe Heat 6 hr. Wick (w/Power Pad) H0006 Power Wick 6 hr. Stem Wick PH0001 Power Heat 2 hr. Methanol Gel PH0010 Power Heat 2 hr. Ethanol Gel PH0005 Power Heat 45 min. Room Service H1200 Heat-It 200 2 hr. (w/Power Pad) H0518 Heat-It 518 4 hr. (w/Power Pad) PH0011 Green Heat® Ethanol Gel 2 hr.

D

Model ST04006G ST04008G ST04028 ST05016 ST05006 ST03009 ST05010 ST05017

E. Handy Fuel® Brand Gel Chafing Fuel.

Handy Fuel® / Handy Wick® products provide high heat output for food applications. Consistent delivery for the promised burn-time. Versatile enough to use with a broad range of equipment.

Description Gel 45 Minute Room Service Gel 2 hr.

Gel Gallon (use for refill) Hot Spot® Super Wick®, 4 hr.

Stem Wick, 2 hr. Room Service Stem Wick, 6 hr.

Twist Cap Wick, 4 hr.

Resealable Hot Spot Super Wick, 4 hr.

Model HW03002 HW03004 HW03006 HF03008 HF03003 HF03007

Description Twist Cap Wick, 2 hr.

Twist Cap Wick, 4 hr.

Twist Cap Wick, 6 hr.

Methanol Gel, 2 hr.

Methanol Gel, 45 minute Methanol Gel Gallon (for refill)

E 137

138.11_28.new 5/9/11 1:51 PM Page 1

DINING

A

A. Stiletto Hollowware.

Striking. Stylish. Sophisticated. A gleaming finish on a great shape. Stiletto is a stand-out when it comes to stainless serveware. Its sleek, uncomplicated design is well suited for any décor. You’ll be proud to serve hot coffee, tea and more from this handsome holloware.

Model Description 88100671A Coffee Pot, Long Spout, 68 oz.

88101111A Creamer w/o Cover, 5 oz.

88101309A Creamer w/o Cover, 9 oz.

88104461A Sugar Bowl w/o Cover, 12 oz.

88104801A Teapot, Short Spout, 9 oz.

88104821A Teapot, Short Spout, 17 oz.

88105631A Water Pitcher w/o Ice Guard, 68 oz.

88104031B Salt & Pepper Set, 4"

C. Jazz Hollowware.

Timeless. Transitional. Trusted. The highly polished Jazz collection is a melange of contemporary and traditional styles.

This handsome 4-star holloware has a unique, dome shaped lid that is reminiscent of the classical basilicas. However, the overall style is simple and contemporary, making it the perfect choice to complement any decor. These exquisite serving essentials offer exceptional durability and performance.

Model Description 87500611A Coffee Pot, Short Spout, 20 oz.

87500661A Coffee Pot, Short Spout, 64 oz.

87500671A Coffee Pot (Goose Neck), Long Spout, 64 oz.

87501161AR Creamer w/Cover, 5 oz.

87501111AR Creamer w/o Cover, 5 oz.

87501311A Creamer w/o Cover, 10 oz.

87504101AR Sauce Boat, 4 oz.

87504111AR Sauce Boat, 8 oz.

C Other items available in this pattern.

D

D. Colored Double Wall Insulated Bowls.

Double wall construction provides insulation to maintain proper food temperature—hot or cold. Durable color finishes enhance buffet presentation. Dishwasher safe. Will not sweat. Requires no preheating or chilling. Heavy gauge stainless steel will not affect taste or color of food. Satin-finished interior hides scratches and wear. Add suffix to model number to indicate color selection. Metallic Colors: Tangelo(10), Dazzle Red(15), Cabernet(20), Cobalt Blue(25), Lemon Lime(30).

Classic Colors: Green Apple(35), Brazilian Blue(40), Nugget Yellow(45), Pearl White(50), Fire Engine Red(55), Black Black(60).

NSF. Model Description 47619XX Square Bowl, .75 qt.

47632XX Square Bowl, 1.8 qt.

47634XX Square Bowl, 3.2 qt.

47635XX Square Bowl, 5.2 qt.

47637XX Square Bowl, 8.2 qt.

46587XX Round Bowl, .75 qt.

46590XX Round, 1.7 qt.

46591XX Round, 3.4 qt.

46592XX Round, 6.9 qt.

46569XX Round, 10.1 qt.

B B. Soprano™ Hotel Trays.

Heavy-gauge 18/10 stainless steel is highly resistant to corrosion, pitting, and rusting.

Complements casual or formal banquet application and are ideal for catered events.

Round and rectangle trays available in a variety of sizes.

Model Description 9-223 12" Round 9-222 13" Round O-U339 141/2" Round O-U340 16" Round O-U661 12"x10" Rectangle O-U662 15"x11" Rectangle O-U664 20"x14" Rectangle O-U664H 20"x14" Rectangle w/Handles O-U665 22"x17" Rectangle O-U666 24"x18" Rectangle O-U668 30"x20" Rectangle O-U360 9"x5" Tip/Sugar & Cream

E. Double Wall Serving Bowls.

Enhance your buffet presentation with these new double wall insulated serving bowls. Mirror finish exterior, satin finish interior for upscale look.

Double wall stainless steel construction. Great for hot or cold food. Dishwasher safe.

Model Description 47650 Angled Bowl, 1 qt.

47632 Square Beehive, 1.8 qt.

47674 Square Plain, 3.2 qt.

46579 Conical, 6.4 qt.

46568 Oval Beehive Bowl, 7.1 qt.

46586 Angled Beehive, 3.7 qt.

46592 Round Beehive, 6.9 qt.

46667 Round Double Wall w/Contrasting Mirror Ring, 3.4 qt.

Additional sizes and styles available.

E 138

139.11_28.new 5/9/11 2:08 PM Page 1

DINING B. Ice Carving Pedestals.

Our best selling ice display unit. Perfect for wide horizontal ice sculptures, salad bars, chilled food and beverage presentations. The #IP202 model includes a heavy duty clear ice pan, 2-fluorescent lights, drainage hose. Metal finish choice: Textured Black, Silver Vein, Platinum or White. Optional #LED-200 portable lighting available for purchase. Features a commercial grade acrylic ice pan with 500 pounds capacity of ice/food. 100% Made in the USA and features a Lifetime Weld Warranty.

Model Description IP102 Small Rectangle, 19"Wx27"Lx8"H IP202 Rectangle, 24"Wx48"Lx10"H IP302 Square, 7"Hx24"D IP402 Tiered, Combines Small & Large Rectangle (IP102, IP202), 24"Wx48"Lx121/2"H LED200 Portable Light Pack (for Large Rectangle & Tiered ICPs) LED100 Portable Light Pack (for Small Rectangle ICPs)

A

A. Camwear Serving Bowls & Utensils.

Bowls have a stylish, contemporary appearance that makes a dramatic presentation. Ladles have angled handles for easy access and portion control bowls to help control food costs. Lugano tongs are angled for an ergonomic grip that makes serving easy. Serving spoons available solid or perforated. High heat camtensils are ideal for extreme temperatures.

Model Description Bowls PSB12 Pebbled Round 12" PSB18 Pebbled Round 18" RSB12CW Ribbed Round 5.8 qt.

RSB1419CW Ribbed Rect. 12 qt.

RSB23CW Ribbed Round 40 qt.

Ladles & Spoons 3/4 oz. 81/2" (Plain) LD85 LD130 1 oz. 13" (Plain) SPO13CW Spoon Solid 13" Deli Tongs 9TGS Scallop Grip 9" TGG9 Easy-Grasp 9" Additional models available.

B C

D. Fabric & Vinyl Tablecloths.

Perfect for family dining. Marko fabrics offer durability and elegance in a range of colors and weaves. Full line of tablecloths, napkins and skirting in dozens of coordinating colors. Vinyl products are available in four professional grades. The newest series of vinyl table coverings capture the elegance and drape of fabric with the durability of vinyl. Choose from a variety of patterns and colors. Custom sizes and rolls also available.

C. Carly® Tongs & Ladles.

Tongs and ladles are available in a wide selection of colors to coordinate with salad and deli crocks.

High Heat Carly Tongs are made of revolutionary plastic material for strength and longevity; carry a 2-year warranty. Clear Carly Tongs are made from polycarbonate construction that improves durability and ease of cleaning. Plastic material doesn’t transfer heat so utensils stay cool to the touch. Carly Ladle has a 1 oz., oval-shaped bowl that allows pouring of dressings from both sides.

Dishwasher safe. NSF. Model Description 4206 6" Pom Tongs (Clear) 4806 6" Pom Tongs (Colors) 4006 6" Salad Tongs (Clear) 4606 6" Salad Tongs (Colors) 4009 9" Salad Tongs (Clear) 4609 9" Salad Tongs (Colors) 4109 9" Utility Tongs (Clear) 4709 9" Utility Tongs (Colors) 4112 12" Utility Tongs (Clear) 4712 12" Utility Tongs (Colors) 4720 7" Carly Topper Tong 295 91/2" Plain Handle Ladle 296 131/2" Plain Handle Ladle

D

E

E. Prestige Porcelain Stand & Tier Sets.

A great displayware choice, Gourmet Display metal tier combinations feature a Lifetime Weld Warranty. Metal stands elevate the food presentation, maximize table space and are Made in the USA! Metal finish choice; Textured Black, Silver Vein, Platinum or White. Hotel-Ware quality porcelain bowls, trays and platters are 100% vitrified and oven, microwave, freezer and dishwasher safe! Comes complete with one set of bowls, trays or platters, extra porcelain sets available by case. Model PP2200 shown.

139

Model Description PP1800 2-Tier, Lg. Round Platter, 121/2"Wx23"Lx211/2"H PP2202 2-Tier, Fish Platter, 13"Wx23"Lx101/2"H PP2100 2-Tier, Dragon Bowl, 113/4"Wx161/4"x51/4"H PP203 3-Tier, Diamond Bowls, 14"Wx15"Lx151/2"H PP103 3-Tier, Long Platters, 13"Wx23"Lx101/2"H PP1033 3-Tier, Lg. Long Platter, 13"Wx23"Lx113/4"H PP2200 3-Tier, Fish Platter, 13"Wx23"Lx101/2"H PP1900 3-Bowl Organizer, 81/2"Wx25"Lx8"H PP2000 4-Tier, Cannon Bowl, 7"Wx191/2"Lx93/4"H Additional models available.

140.11_28.new 5/9/11 2:24 PM Page 1

DINING B. Compartment Trays.

Sloping compartment walls allow trays to dry quickly and also give the appearance of larger servings. Trays feature large handle areas on both sides. Durable Camwear polycarbonate construction is guaranteed against breakage for 2 years. Two trays fit side by side in standard 20"x20" dishrack. Colors: Navy, Cranberry, Blue, Beige, Sherwood Green, Red. Dimensions: 9"x15"x1". Also in translucent colors: Purple and Blue.

Model 1596CW

B A A. Camtread Camtrays.

Heavy-duty, durable fiberglass with non-skid surface ensures drinks and meals stay in place during transport. Guaranteed not to crack, bubble or peel for five years. Stacking lugs promote air circulation and perfect stacking. Dishwasher safe.

NSF. Colors: Slate Blue (401), Tavern Tan (138), Steel Gray (418) and Black (110). New wood design provides an elegant look for upscale restaurants, bars and luxury hotels.

Model Description 1100CT 11" Round 1400CT 14" Round 1600CT 16" Round 1418CT 14"x18" Rectangular 1826CT 18"x26" Rectangular 2500CT 19"x23" Oval 2700CT 22"x26" Oval 2900CT 24"x29" Oval Additional models available.

C

C. Camtrays-Fiberglass Rectangular.

Specially designed to provide the kind of rugged, lasting durability that ensures a “like new” appearance year after year. Dri-Stak separators allow air to circulate between trays for quick drying. Trays can be customized with your logo or slogan.

Includes five year guarantee.

Model Description 46 4"x6" 810 8"x10" 915 9"x15" 1418 14"x18" 1418C 14"x18" 1520C 15"x20" 1826 18"x26"

C

Featured Chefs Chef Pearl Thompson Promise Jobs Culinary School New Brunswick, NJ Marinated Tempeh with Green Beans 1- 8 oz. pkg. of Tempeh,

D

sliced in 1" strips 2 teaspoons minced ginger 2 teaspoons minced garlic 3 Tbsp. orange juice 1/2

Tamari

1 Tbsp. rice vinegar D. Venue Napkin Dispenser.

Maximize your counter space with sanitary, waste reducing counter service products. Reduce costs and increase hygiene with one-at-a-time napkin dispensing. Pinch restrictive control face design reduces napkin usage by 30%. High capacity (550) of napkins translates into labor savings as the units will not have to be re-filled as often. Transparent for easy monitoring of napkin levels. Priced about half the cost of competitive metal dispensers. Available in countertop, wall mount or stand models—in Clear or Black Pearl. Models shown (left to right)—H5005TBK, H5005STBK, H5005PTBK. Model Description H5005 Counter Full-Fold H5003 Counter Inter-Fold H5005P Wall Mount (Pull Type) Full-Fold H5003P Wall Mount (Pull Type) Inter-Fold H5005S w/Stand Full-Fold H5003S w/Stand Inter-Fold

1/8

teaspoon crushed red pepper

Put all marinade ingredients into a plastic zip top bag and add Tempeh. Seal and let marinate for 45 minutes, turning periodically. Remove from marinade and reserve. Grill to achieve grill marks or saute until brown. Remove and hold in a warm place. Place marinade is small sauce pan and reduce until sauce is thickened. Hold for service in a warm place.

Green Beans 3/4

lb. green beans topped

1 teaspoon grated ginger 1 teaspoon sliced garlic 2 scallions, white and green, sliced on bias 1 Tbsp. vegetable oil 1 teaspoon sesame oil Blanch green beans in boiling water for 20 seconds. Remove, shock, dry and hold. In a wok, heat oils to almost smoking. Add ginger and garlic and stir fry for 10 seconds. Add green beans and scallions and saute until skin begins to blister on the green beans. Season with salt and pepper. Arrange green beans and tempeh on plate and drizzle with reduced marinade.

140

141_28.new 5/9/11 2:41 PM Page 1

DINING A. Griptite Trays.

Prevents slipping and sliding of glass and dinnerware.

Heavy duty construction with metal reinforcement rods eliminate warping. Rubber liner is permanently bonded to the tray and covers side wall and tray top to provide extra grip, preventing costly breakage and spills. Stain and odor resistant, dishwasher safe; NSF listed. Reduce labor costs, 31" oval tray is designed to serve an entire banquet table with just one tray (holds 8 plates). Colors: Black(004), Tan(076).

A

C. Decorator Traycovers.

Made of heavyweight paper for greater strength even when wet, the deep-linen embossed texture of these traycovers provides excellent skid resistance for cleaner tray service. In addition to fitting all industrystandard tray sizes, Dinex traycovers are conveniently packaged in easy to handle cases. Special pricing and minimum order quantities may apply to special cut designs.

Contact us for more information.

Model 1100GR 1400GR 1600GR 2500GR 2700GR 1410GR 1814GR 2015GR 2216GR 1612GR 1826GR

B

B. Café Trays.

Economical, lightweight trays in your choice of three styles. SoftTex™ Trays provide an excellent surface for hot stamping. Standard Café Trays feature traditional scratchresistant basket weave design which reduces slipping and helps prevent accidental spills. Trapezoid Café Trays are designed with a space saving shape which allows diners to eat directly from trays without removing plates and cups. Handled Café Trays offer convenience in carrying and provides added strength. Over ten colors available.

Model Description CT1014 10"x14" CT1216 12"x16" SCT1216 12"x16" SofTex Café Tray CT1217 12"x17" CT1418 14"x18"

C

D. Fenwick™ Traytop Ware.

The distinctive sculptured design adds an air of refinement to patient service by fusing the elegant look of china with the functionality and durability required for the healthcare foodservice environment. Superior temperature retention.

Durable, double-wall construction with ozone-safe urethane foam insulation. EZ-Sip disposable drink-through lid.

Coordinated traycover designs.

Model Description DX5000 Insulated Mug, 8 oz.

DX5200 Insulated Bowl, 5 oz.

DX5300 Insulated Bowl, 9 oz.

DX5400 Insulated Dome DXFT6 Tumbler, 6 oz.

DXFT9 Tumbler, 9 oz.

DXFT12 Tumbler, 12 oz.

DXFC5 Cup, 5 oz.

E. 6-Compartment Trays.

Perfect for use in schools, colleges, hospitals, and cafeterias. These 6-compartment trays hold government “Type A” lunch; all materials are FDA approved. Heavy, rigid material with the look and feel of china. Very scratch and breakresistant; perfect choice for correctional facilities.

Fast drying, highly resistant to chemicals and food acids. Temperature range to 180°F (Polypropylene/ABS) and 212°F (Melamine/ Polycarbonate). Dishwasher safe. Available in a wide variety of colors.

Description 11" Round 14" Round 16" Round 25" Oval 27" Oval 133/4"x101/2" Rectangle 14"x18" Rectangle 15"x201/4" Rectangle 16"x22" Rectangle 161/2"x12" Rectangle 173/4"x253/4" Rectangle

Model 43980 43988 43989 43981 614 614R P614 P614R 43982 43983 615PC 615

D

E

Description Hvy Wgt Melamine (LH) Hvy Wgt Melamine (RH) Hvy Wgt Melamine (RH), Sandshade, Rose Granite Hvy Wgt Melamine (LH), Sandshade, Rose Granite ABS (LH) ABS (RH) Polypropylene (LH) Polypropylene (RH) Space Saver Melamine (RH) Space Saver Melamine (RH), Sandshade, Rose Granite Space Saver Polycarbonate (Omni-Directional) Space Saver ABS (Omni-Directional)

141

142.11_28.new 5/9/11 3:09 PM Page 1

DINING A. Restaurant GUESTCHECK™ - Duplicate.

The classic Restaurant GuestCheck™—Diners throughout the Western Hemisphere know it and love it. “Menu Prompt” feature reminds servers to suggest extra items: beverages, desserts, salads and more. The GuestCheck™ originates the order process and helps control inventory and cash flow. Great training device—menu prompts and table diagrams help the server improve service. Single Copy Paper Checks and WaitRPads made with Recycled Fiber.

Model Description 3516 WAITRPAD, 1 PT White, 13 Lines, 3.40x51/8" G3632 GUESTCHECK Board, 1 PT Green, 15 Lines, 31/2"x63/4" G6000 GUESTCHECK Carbon, 2 PT Green, 16 Lines, 31/2"x63/4" G7000 GUESTCHECK Carbonless, 2 PT Green, 17 Lines, 3.40"x63/4" B T4997SP GUESTCHECK Carbonless, 2 PT Tan, 15 Lines, 41/4"x81/2" 11A-SP DELIVERY Form, No Carb, 3 PT W/C/P, 14 Lines, 3.40"x63/4" B. RegistRolls®.

A Additional models available.

Sized to fit most foodservice cash registers and printers. RegistRolls ® run 25-40% longer than many mail order, dealer and office supply brands. Easy to open—rolls are sealed with a removable tab—not glued! Convenient delivery means less time wasted at the store. Modular (and spillproof!) packaging makes it easy to distribute rolls among stations. Cash C. Wood Table Tents. register and credit card machine rolls are Attractive angled base design in your choice of a must have for every operation. One-Ply, black, walnut (pictured), mahogany or oak.

Two-Ply, Thermal and Ribbon styles Available in 4"x6" and 5"x7" insert sizes. Page available. protectors for Flip Top Tents and Rigid Sheet Model Description Protectors for Picture Frame Tents sold 1300SP One-Ply Bond, White, 3"x165' separately (printed inserts not included).

7225-80SP One-Ply Thermal, 21/4"x80' Model Description 7225SP One-Ply Thermal, 21/4"x200' WPF64 4"x6" Wood Picture Frame Tent C 7313SP One-Ply Thermal, 3.13"x 200' WPF65 5"x7" Wood Picture Frame Tent 2225SP Two-Ply Carbonless, 21/4"x100' WTF67 4"x6" Flip Top w/rings to hold inserts 2300SP Two-Ply Carbonless, 3"x100' WTF68 5"x7" Flip Top w/rings to hold inserts Additional models available.

Featured Chefs

Menus The menu cover is one of the first items that a customer sees and is important in establishing quality, price, and the theme of your restaurant. A well designed menu will get your diners in the mood to eat.

Chef Will Mooney The Brothers Moon Hopewell, NJ

Options that you can incorporate into your menu design include: your logo, photos of your signature dishes, photos of people enjoying your food, your mission statement, photos of staff.

Chocolate Mousse 10 eggs 6 Tbsp. butter 3½ cups semi-sweet chocolate (chopped in small pieces)

Make it eye-catching and professional.

½ cup sugar 2 cups heavy cream Melt chocolate with butter over a double boiler. Separate the eggs (be careful separating eggs, it’s very important that no yolk is in with whites).

D D. Disposable Bibs.

Adult bibs available in white or lobster print. Children’s bib is available in jungle/farm animal print. All products have a catch pocket to protect from accidental spills.

Model Description 200-011A Adult Bib 15"x20" 200-031A Adult Bib 16"x24" 200-35L Lobster Bib 200-60C Printed Children’s Bib

In a very clean bowl, whip all of the whites with ½ of the sugar to medium firm peaks (full volume) - and then chill. Whip heavy cream to medium stiffness (full volume). Whip egg yolks with the rest of sugar until light in color and ribbons appear when whip is lifted.

Combine the egg yolks to the melted chocolate. Gently fold together chocolate and yolk mix with the egg whites and cream.

Portion – chill – eat – yummy!

142

143.11_31.new 5/10/11 3:47 PM Page 1

Beverage/Bar Supplies

A

Barware Beverage Servers Pourers Bar Service Checklist Bars & Lounges

Restaurants

Blender 2 1 Ice Scoop 2 1 Cocktail Shakers 6 3 Jiggers 2 2 Pourers 6 dz.

4 dz.

Cutting Board 2 1 Towel Holders 3 1 Julep Strainer 1 1 Wire Bar Strainer 2 1 Fruit Knife 2 1 Fruit Peeler 2 1 Mixing Spoons 4 2 Muddler 2 1 Sugar Caddy 2 1 Bar Fruit Caddy 2 1 Cork Removers 3 2 Speed Racks 3 1 Stirrers 10m 10m Ice Buckets 2 4 Water Pitchers 3 3 Beer Pitchers 3 6 Assumes 100 people served.

A. Pourers.

Co-Rect Measured Pourer (P6501-1) provides a fast, easy and cost effective way to control your inventory by changing the waste from free pourers into drink sales. Patented Chrome Tapered Pourer with flip top (MP285-70) and Chrome Tapered Pourer (MP285-50) give you easy pours and lasting durability. The inexpensive Free Pourers (OP0305 & OP0371) are excellent bulk pourers. The Chrome Plated Screen Pourer (BP20) is patent pending and a top seller. Pourers available in variety of sizes and colors.

B. Bar Supplies.

Wood Condiment Holder and Bar Caddy (CH0203 & BR0203) come in hazel, blond, black or chrome plated. Holder also available in a 4 pint version. Vinyl Coated Bottle Openers (CO-3 VR red) and patented Vinyl Coated Stainless Steel Shakers come in colors orange, red, green, blue or black or can be matched to any PMS color as a custom order. Shakers available in 28 oz. (CS-100 VBLK) or 16 oz. sizes. Custom imprinting available.

B

Beverage Server Capacities 20 ounce server = 2 cups 1 liter server = 4 cups 11/2 liter server = 6 cups 2 liter server = 8 cups

C. Bar Essentials.

Our newest line of bar necessities include: Premium Pourers: “Three ball� measured pourers have a patented design that ensures accurate pours, long life and more profit per bottle. Four sizes available in blue, clear, green and red, collar/no collar, wide cork and fliptop designs.

Betterway Pourers: Economical one piece pourer in various colors.

Kover-All Dust Caps: Universal design fits most pourers.

Scoops: Heavy duty polycarbonate and polystyrene, some NSF approved.

Power Bomb Cup: 1 oz. inner and 2.075 oz. outer cup. Stackable, dishwasher safe and reuseable. Uses less energy drink per shot.

C 143

144.11_28.new 5/9/11 3:42 PM Page 1

BEVERAGE/BAR SUPPLIES A. Proper Pour™ Measured Pourers.

Accurate pour for consistent drinks every time!

Measured pourers eliminate over pours and boosts profits. Color-coded dip tube indicates measurement from 5/8 oz. to 2 oz.

Model Description 2242A Black Collar, Black Dip Tube, 5/8 oz.

2243A Black Collar, Green Dip Tube, 3/4 oz.

2244A Black Collar, Blue Dip Tube, 7/8 oz.

2246A Black Collar, Red Dip Tube, 1 oz.

2247A Black Collar, Purple Dip Tube, 11/8 oz.

2248A Black Collar, Clear Dip Tube, 11/4 oz.

2249A Black Collar, Yellow Dip Tube, 11/2 oz.

2250A Black Collar, White Dip Tube, 2 oz.

3242A Black Collar, Black Dip Tube, 5/8 oz.

3243A Black Collar, Green Dip Tube, 3/4 oz.

3244A Black Collar, Blue Dip Tube, 7/8 oz.

3246A Black Collar, Red Dip Tube, 1 oz.

Additional models available.

A

B B. Jupiter™ Juice Presses.

Highly efficient 3-pinion design exerts maximum pressure with minimal effort. Large opening between base legs allow for larger containers to be used for juice collection for more efficient operation. Wide base design for greater stability. 18/10 stainless steel perforated strainer cone and funnel cup remove for easy cleaning. Sure grip rubber handle is ergonomic and easy to hold and use. 1 year warranty. NSF certified.

Model Description 97332 White 97336 Black

C

C. The Dome Garnish & Condiment Center.

Patented domed cover closes securely even when trays are overfilled and is retractable for easy access. Cover seals upon closing, keeping garnishes chilled and fresh for proper food safety. Tray sizes incorporate stabilizing hooks for security and removable carry handles for easy transport. Handles can be replaced with snap-on caddies to hold sticks, straws and more. Dishwasher, refrigerator and freezer safe. Easy to disassemble without tools.

Model BD2001 BD2002 BD2003 BD2004NL BD4003 BD4004 BD4006S BD4014 BD4005S

D. Camservers Insulated Beverage Servers.

Keep beverages hot without heating fuel or electricity—no combustible or flammable materials to ignite. Fully insulated inner core and tight seal gaskets provide temperature maintenance. Interchangeable, decorative brass beverage plates included for an upscale appearance. Convenient refill cap opens with one hand. High spigot position easily fills glasses or carafes—no risers needed. Colors: Taupe, Black and Granite Grey.

Model Description CSR3 3 Gal. Cap. - 54 Cups CSR5 5 Gal. Cap. - 91 Cups

Description Mini Dome Cond Serv, 2 qt. Deep Mini Dome Cond Serv, 1 qt. Chillable Mini Dome Cond Serv, (2) 1 pt. Chillable Mini Dome Cond Serv, (2) 11/2 pt. Deep Condiment Center, (3) two qt. trays Condiment Center, (4) three pt. trays Bar Center, (6) one pt. trays, 2 straw caddies Condiment Center (4) 11/2 pt. standard trays Bar Center, (1) two qt. tray, (4) one pt. trays, (2) straw caddies

D

G

E

E-P. Assorted Barware.

Manufacturers of the original Ban-M® screened pourers and the Chrome Tapered metal pourers, Spill-Stop offers a complete line of bar supplies specializing in “hand tools for the bartender”.

Extensive product line includes plastic and metal liquor pourers, control pourers, bar rail mats, bar aide caddies, stainless bar accessories including cocktail shakers, strainers, ice scoops, bottle speed rails, corkscrews, bar glass brushes, bar shelf liner, glass rimmer, serving and tip trays, beer pitchers, condiment containers, cocktail picks and other bar accessories.

F I H K L J P

M

N O

Model E. 543-00 F. 103-00 G. 150-00 H. 1400-0 I. 444-00 J. 1014-0

Description Triple Glass Brush 18/8 Stainless Cocktail Shaker, 30 oz.

Bar Aide Organizer 18/8 Stainless Ice Scoop Glass Rimmer Cocktail Strainer, 4 Prong

144

Model Description K. 1111-3TK 11" Bar Spoon w/Twisted Handle & Knob L. 131-02 Winged Corkscrew M. 131-01 Waiter’s Corkscrew N. 285-50 Chrome Tapered Pourer w/Poly-Kork O. 313-00 Ban-M® Pourer P. 160-00 24"x3" Bar Mat, Black or Brown

145.11_28.new 5/9/11 4:43 PM Page 1

BEVERAGE/BAR SUPPLIES Temperature Retention for Hot Beverages For Plastic Insulated Servers temperature will drop approximately 20°F in the first hour, 10°F in the second hour and 10°F in the third hour.

A

For Glass Insulated Servers temperature will drop approximately 2°F to 5°F every hour. Results are based on pre-heating servers with boiling water prior to use.

Urn Capacities Urn Size 30 Cup 55 Cup 101 Cup

Group Size 10-30 Guests 30-50 Guests 50-100 Guests A. Camtainers.

Vertical design offers the best temperature retention.

Corrosion free, dent and scratch resistant design. One piece polyethylene outer shell combined with thick foam core insulates against heat loss for hours. Self adhesive label set included. Features include a special glass filled nylon latch and a recessed spigot. Choose from a wide variety of colors and options.

Model Description 100LCD 1 gal.

250LCD 21/2 gal.

500LCD 5 gal.

1000LCD 10 gal.

350LCD Soup 31/2 gal.

UC250 Ultra 21/2 gal.

UC500 Ultra 5 gal.

UC1000 Ultra 10 gal.

Additional models available.

B

B. Safe Ice Handling System.

Improves productivity while promoting safe handling of ice to reduce the risk of crosscontamination and improved employee safety. Ice Tote with Bin Adapter attaches to almost any ice machine to keep weight elevated off floor to reduce back strain. Ice Tote has an ergonomic comfort grip handle and angled top to prevent spills when pouring.

Rear hang hook allows tote to hang upside down to dry. 74 oz. Scoop with Hand Guard & Holder has an angled handle position to improve leverage and reduce wrist strain; frame holder provides safe drying and easy access. 120 oz. Scovel has two handles to provide maximum leverage and control for moving large amounts of ice. Dishwasher safe. NSF. Model Description FG9F5300TBLUE Ice Tote, 51/2 gal.

C. SlidingLid™ Ice Caddies.

FG9F5400TBLUE Ice Tote w/Bin Hook Adapter, 51/2 gal.

Indoors or outdoors, in heat or humidity, FG9F5200TBLUE Scovel Two-Handled Shovel, 120 oz. these ice caddies keep their cool and hold FG9F5100TBLUE Scoop w/Hand Guard & Holder, 74 oz. ice cold for days! Polyethylene body and FG9F5000TBLUE Scoop w/Hand Guard, 74 oz. thick foam insulation provide optimum durability and long lasting ice storage. Sliding lid helps reduce the risk of cross-contamination.

Slides back and under for quick and easy access and slides shut for safe and sanitary storage. Recessed well and drain shelf keep ice out of water. Recessed handle offers D. Saf-T-Scoop™/Guardian System™ and Saf-Tsafer, more balanced lifting by two people.

Ice® Tote.

The new HACCP Hanger allows users to hang the Saf-T-Ice Tote off any ice bin! Raising the tote off the ground keeps the bottom surface clean and eases back strain by bringing the tote up to waist level while filling—all at no additional cost! The HACCP Hanger is available with the Saf-T-Ice Tote and the dishwasher-sized SHORTY Ice Tote. Three sizes of Saf-T-IceScoop and Guardian Systems available—6-10 oz., 12-16 oz. and 64-86 oz. Dishwasher safe. NSF. Model Description SI5000 Guardian Sys w/6-10 oz. Scoop, Hldr & Mnt’g SI7000 Guardian Sys w/12-16 oz. Scoop, Hldr & Mnt’g SI9000 Guardian Sys w/64-86 oz. Scoop, Hldr & Mnt’g SI6100 Shorty Saf-T-Ice Tote, 5 Gal. SI6000 Saf-T-Ice Tote, 6 Gal. SI6500 Safe-T-Ice Tote, Snap-Tight Lid SI5500 Saf-T-Scoop, 6-10 oz.

D SI7500 Saf-T-Scoop, 12-16 oz.

SI9500 Saf-T-Scoop, 64-86 oz.

145

C

Model ICS125L ICS125LB ICS125T ICS125T4S ICS175L ICS175LB ICS175T ICS175TB ICS200TB

Description 125# 2FX2SW1B 125# 2SW1B8BW 125# 4SW1B 125# 4SW1B 175# 2FX2SW1B 175# 2SW1B10BW 175# 2FX2SW1B 175# 2SW1B10BW 200# 2SW1BW10

146.11_31.new 5/10/11 9:02 AM Page 1

Kitchen Supplies

A

Cookware Utensils Prep Safety Chef Apparel Choosing the Correct Knife

Cutting is quicker and easier when you use the correct knife for the job. Here are suggestions to help you choose the proper type of knife for each cutting job.

1. “The Chef’s Knife”–(Also known as Cook’s Knife or French Knife). Used for all kinds of heavy-duty cutting, as well as chopping, dicing and shredding.

The ultimate in cutlery for the gourmet cook.

2. “The Slicer”–Ideal for ham and large cuts of meat.

Slices roasted meats, chicken and turkey.

3. “The Bread Knife”–Slices breads, delicate fruits and vegetables. Cuts through hard crust for uniform slicing.

4. “The Fork”–The perfect complement to any carving or slicing knife. Provides a more secure hold, especially on the tail end of a joint of meat.

5. “The Steel”–Realigns the knife edge. Should be used frequently to maintain sharpness.

6. “The Utility Knife”–Excellent for food preparation or almost any kitchen chore from cutting vegetables and meats to halving sandwiches.

7. “The Steak Knife”–For individual table use. Cuts meat without tearing.

8. “The Parer”–The knife used most frequently. Cuts, peels and dices fruits, vegetables, cheeses and meats.

A. Connoisseur® Cutlery.

The finest professional cutlery for the discriminating chef, combining modern European styling and the cutting performance of American craftsmanship.

Each blade is crafted from the highest quality stainfree, high-carbon steel, heat-treated to precise hardness and edges hand-ground to ultimate sharpness. Handles are fashioned with the warmth of traditional rosewood and secured with large brass compression rivets and are impervious to stain, hot water, and food acids.

Model Description 50-3 1/2PCP 31/2" Forged Paring Knife 50-10 PCP 10" Forged Chef’s Knife 40D-28-11PCP 11" Forged Fork 28-78PCP 12" Forged Bayonet Fork 28-14PCP 14" Heavy Forged Fork 5980 Forged Chef’s Set, 7 pc.

25-3PCP 3" Paring Knife 13N-6PCP 6" Narrow Boning Knife 31-6PCP 6" Curved Boning Knife 45-10PCP 10" Cook’s Knife 32-10PCP 10" Cimeter Steak Knife 40D-10PCP 10" Duo-Edge Roast Slicer 12PCP 12" Duo-Edge Roast Slicer 32-12PCP 12" Cimeter Steak Knife 45-12PCP 12" Cook’s Knife 40D-14PCP 14" Duo-Edge Roast Slicer 40D-14W-PCP 14" Wide Duo-Edge Roast Slicer Additional models available.

B

B. Victorinox Cutlery.

High carbon stainless steel, won’t discolor or corrode. Fibrox® and Rosewood handles. Lightweight balance for extended use. NSF approved Fibrox® handles are available in black or white. Taper ground with beveled edges. Lifetime warranty.

Model Description 40552 5" Mini Chef Knife, Fibrox Handle 40556 5" Wavy Mini Chef Knife, Fibrox Handle 40720 71/2" Wavy Chef’s Knife, Fibrox Handle 40520 8" Chef’s Knife, Fibrox Handle 40549 8" Bread Knife, Fibrox Handle 40521 10" Chef’s Knife, Fibrox Handle 40721 10" Sandwich Knife, Fibrox Handle 40547 101/4" Bread Knife, Fibrox Handle 40551 101/4" Supr-Slicer, Fibrox Handle 40522 12" Chef’s Knife, Fibrox Handle 40645 12" Granton Edge Slicer, Fibrox Handle Additional models available.

146

147.11_28.new 5/10/11 9:19 AM Page 1

KITCHEN SUPPLIES A. Sani-Safe® Knives & Accessories.

Highest quality, stain-free, high-carbon steel blades with “Grip-Tex” polypropylene handles. Sani-Safe knives are hand-ground to ultimate sharpness.

Turners and spatulas are precision ground for “justright” flexibility. Bacteria, moisture, fats or grease cannot penetrate the impervious seal of the blade and handle. NSF. Model Description S145-8PCP 8" Cook’s Knife S286-8 8"x3" Cake Turner S163-9SCPCP 9" Scalloped Offset Sandwich Knife P177APCP 4" Pizza Cutter S5387PCP 7" Stainless Cleaver S119PCP 3" Clam Knife S145-10PCP 10" Cook’s Knife SSCC-7 7 Pc. Cutlery Set Additional models available.

A

C. V-lo® Knives.

V-lo®— Leading Professional Chefs Toward Tomorrow! V-lo knives offer patented stateof-the-art handle design, unique Dex-Tex™ Armadillo texture and a composite handle that fuses soft comfort with firm control. With its incredible soft feel and got-to-have attractiveness, you will love this knife! V-lo also features the hallmarks of Dexter-Russell cutlery including the highest quality stain-free, high-carbon steel blades and ultimate long lasting sharp edges. NSF certified.

C

Model Description V144-7GE-PCP 7" Duo-edge Santoku Chef’s Knife V144-9GE-PCP 9" Duo-edge Santoku Chef’s Knife V163-9SC-PCP 9" Scalloped Offset Sandwich Knife V145-10PCP 10" Cook’s Knife V205PCP 13" Cook’s Fork V3-CP 3 Pc. Cutlery Set VCC3 3 Pc. Cutlery Set VCC7 7 pc. Cutlery Set Additional models available.

B

B. SofGrip™ Cutlery.

Here’s the ultimate in non-slip professional cutlery, SofGrip™. The soft-to-the-touch handle literally molds to your hand and becomes its extension.

SofGrip™ combines the world’s sharpest handhoned edge in stain-free, high-carbon steel with the most ergonomically designed handle ever!

Available in both black and white handles. Chinese Chef’s knives now available in an ultra-comfortable SofGrip™ handle, and in colors! NSF. Model Description SG144-7GEBPCP 7" Duo-Edge Santoku Knife SG145-10BPCP 10" Cook’s Knife SG140-12GEBPCP 12" Duo-Edge Roast Slicer SG163-9SCBPCP 9" Scalloped Offset Sand. Knife SG140-12SCBPCP 12" Scalloped Roast Slicer SG104BPCP 31/4" Cook’s Style Parer Above models have black handles. Additional models available.

D. Pastry/Basting Brushes.

Chef Series™ brushes with genuine boar bristles for gently treating delicacies. Perfect for basting where heat is a factor. Galaxy™ brushes have nylon bristles for preparing pastry pans, buttering toast, basting meats. Available in white, red or blue bristles. Silicone brushes with unique bristle design carries and spreads liquid better than ordinary silicone brushes. Withstands temperatures up to 500°F. Molded-in hanging hook grabs pan edges to keep brush from sliding in. Dishwasher safe.

Model Description 40374 Chef Series™ 2" w/Boar Bristles 40371 Chef Series™ 4" Flat w/Boar Bristles 40392 Galaxy™ 3" w/Nylon Bristles 40393 Galaxy™ 3" w/Nylon Bristles 40403 Silicone 2" 40405 Silicone 3" Additional models available.

D

E

E. Knives.

Professional chefs prefer Mundial knives because of their comfort, balance and durability. Complete product line includes cook’s and boning knives as well as other essential tools. Feature high-carbon stainless steel blades as well as non-slip ergonomic handles. Molded white polypropylene handles now have the extra safeguard of Sanitized® anti-microbial protection, which guards against bacterial growth. Some items available in food safe colors red, blue, green, yellow and black. NSF.

147

Model SCW5601-31/4 W0547-4E W5614-8 W5625-10 W5614-6 W5615-61/4 W5604-7 W5604-7GE W5625-8 W5626-71/2 W5620-9E W5610-8 W5610-10 W5627-12E

Description Paring Chef’s Style 31/4" (3 to a card, White) Paring Spear Point 4" (24 pk.)

Fillet Narrow Stiff 8" (White) Butcher 10" (White) Boning Narrow Stiff 6" (White) Boning Ex-Wide Stiff 61/4" Santoku 7" (White) Santoku 7" Granton Edge Butcher 8" (White) Bread 71/2" w/Serrated Edge (White) Offset Sandwich 9" w/Serrated Edge Chef’s 8" Chef’s 10" Slicer 12" w/Serrated Edge (White)

148.11_28.new 5/10/11 9:32 AM Page 1

KITCHEN SUPPLIES A. Elegance Series of Forged Knives.

B The Elegance line of knives and accessories feature a lighter weight, comfort grip combined with the traditional Mundial high carbon stainless steel blade.

B. Stainless Steel Measuring Spoon Each blade is fully forged using a special steel alloy, Sets. which ensures greater durability and increased Stainless steel measuring sets available in cutting precision. NSF certified. *Use BP pre-fix for six-piece set featuring unique oval bowl for blister pack. easy pouring and getting into small openings Model Description A and four-piece set providing straight edge for BP6110-10 Chef’s 10" leveling ingredients. Capacities clearly BP6110-6 Chef’s 6" stamped for easy identification. Each set is BP6110-8 Chef’s 8" secured with stainless steel ring.

BP6111-10 Slicer/Carving 10" BP6111-3 1/2 Paring 31/2" Model Description BP6111-4 Paring 4" 47118 4 pc. set (1 Tbsp, 1 tsp, 1/2 tsp, 1/4 tsp) BP6111-6 Utility 6" 46588 6 pc. set (1 Tbsp, 2 tsp,1 tsp, 1/2 tsp, 1/4 tsp, 1/8 tsp) BP6111-6E Utility 6", Wavy Edge BP6111-8 Carving/Slicer 8" BP6113-6 Boning Flexible 6" D. One-Piece Tongs by Jacob’s Pride.

BP6114-6 Boning Stiff 6" Now featuring Agion ® —Nature’s Antimicrobial BP6121-8E Bread 8", Wavy Edge Built-In. Jacob’s Pride color-coded tongs aid in the Additional models available. prevention of foodborne illness resulting from cross contamination. Unique springless design eliminates bacteria prone food traps. The permanently bonded Kool-Touch ® color-coded C. Stainless Steel Dishers. handles provide easy identification. Handles are Heavy duty stainless spring provides smooth and easy squeeze heat resistant up to 180°F. Choose from coloraction. Short squeeze distance reduces hand fatigue and is coded, black or stainless steel VersaGrip ® or designed for use with either left or right hand. Heavy-duty die cast Scalloped Grip tongs. NSF. Jacob’s Pride limited stainless steel with size number clearly stamped on bowl sweep. lifetime warranty does not cover Kool-Touch ® Oval bowl shapes available in 5 sizes. Four new 11/4 oz. shapes coating. (triangle, diamond, rectangle and half circle) available for interesting food presentations.

Model Description Model Description 4780920 Scalloped 91/2" Black 5/16 oz. #30 Oval 47172 D 4780940 Scalloped 91/2" Red 47170 15/8 oz. #20 Oval 4781230 Scalloped 12" Blue 1 47154 2 /2 oz. #20 Round 4781250 Scalloped 12" Yellow 47152 31/4 oz. #12 Round 4781660 Scalloped 16" Tan 47150 4 oz. #8 Round 4790970 VersaGrip 91/2" Green Additional models available.

4791250 VersaGrip 12" Yellow

C E. Color-Coded Dishers by Jacob’s Pride.

Made in the USA. Stainless steel with one piece color coded plastic handles for no-guess size selection. Sure grip color handles differentiate size. White, gray, ivory, green, dark blue, yellow, red, black, orchid. Disassembles easily for cleaning.

Jacob’s Pride® limited lifetime warranty. NSF certified.

Model Description 47139 #6 White, 51/3 oz.

47140 #8 Gray, 4 oz.

47141 #10 Ivory, 31/4 oz.

47142 #12 Green, 22/3 oz.

47143 #16 Dk. Blue, 2 oz.

47144 #20 Yellow, 15/8 oz.

47145 #24 Red, 11/3 oz.

47146 #30 Black, 1 oz.

47147 #40 Orchid, 3/4 oz.

E

4781210 Scalloped 12" Plain Stainless 4791610 VersaGrip 16" Plain Stainless Additional models available.

F F. Heavy Duty One-Piece Ladles w/Kool-Touch® Handles.

Now featuring Agion®—Nature’s Antimicrobial Built-In. Available with stainless steel, black and color-coded Kool-Touch® handles as well as black Ergo Grip handle in 4 capacities. Accurate bowl dimensions clearly stamped for easy identification. Heavy gauge stainless steel shafts and bowls. Grooved plastic coated handle is heat resistant up to 180°F. Mirror finish bowls, satin finish handles. Jacob’s Pride ladles have limited lifetime warranty. Jacob’s Pride® warranty does not include Kool-Touch® coating.

Model Description 58011 1 oz. Black 58333 3 oz. Ivory 58044 4 oz. Black 58366 8 oz. Orange 4980335 3 oz. Ivory NSF, Jacob’s Pride Ladle 4980520 5 oz. Black NSF, Jacob’s Pride Ladle 4980655 6 oz. Teal NSF, Jacob’s Pride Ladle 4980610 6 oz. S/S NSF, Jacob’s Pride Ladle 4980422 4 oz. Ergo Grip 4980622 6 oz. Ergo Grip Additional models available.

148

149.11_28.new 5/10/11 10:07 AM Page 1

KITCHEN SUPPLIES

Featured Chef

A. Heavy Duty Skimmer by Jacob’s Pride.

This heavy duty skimmer from the Jacob’s Pride collection features one-piece construction, stainless steel, mirror-finish blade and satin-finish handle. Guaranteed for life. Jacob’s Pride limited lifetime warranty.

Model Description 46969 113/4" Handle, 4 Blade Dia. 46970 125/8" Handle, 6 Blade Dia.

Chef/Managing Partner Robb Reed Crawfish Junction Milford, WI

A

The recipe for success in a “unique” economy B. Nylon Handle Wire Whips by Jacob’s Pride.

Jacob’s Pride one-piece nylon handle with comfort nubs is completely sealed. Patent-pending ergonomic whip with fine wires for mixing or aerating thinner food products. Handle is heat resistant up to 475°F. Colorcoded handles for easy identification. Aqua for French and Purple for Piano. Corrosion resistant, stainless steel wires. Jacob’s Pride limited lifetime warranty.

1 Part- Quality Quality Quality! Focus on the food. Take the time to examine each ingredient in every menu item you serve. Just because an ingredient is more expensive doesn’t make it better, taste it, feel it, know it! This is not the time to sacrifice the quality of your product, it’s the time to embrace what the consumer is looking for…“bang for their buck”.

2 Parts- Passion Passion Passion! A pinch of your heart and soul should be in every dish that leaves your kitchen. “If it’s not you all the time…don’t sell it!” Show up on your off time, see what leaves your kitchen when you’re not there.

The devil is in the details!

Model 47090 47091 47092 47093 47094 47095 47096 47097 47002 47003 47004 47005 47006

1 Part- Team Team Team! Embrace those around you.

Stand shoulder to shoulder with your staff…don’t stand above them! It takes everyone around you for the dream to be a reality!

C

C. Cooking Accessories.

Professional chefs prefer Mundial cooking accessories because of their comfort, balance and durability. Complete product line includes turners, scrapers, forks and other essential cooking tools. Feature high-carbon stainless steel blades as well as non-slip ergonomic handles. Molded white polypropylene handles now have the extra safeguard of Sanitized® anti-microbial protection, which guards against bacterial growth. Some accessories available in food safe colors red and yellow. NSF.

B

Description 10" French Whip NSF 12" French Whip NSF 14" French Whip NSF 16" French Whip NSF 18" French Whip NSF 20" French Whip NSF 22" French Whip NSF 24" French Whip NSF 10" Piano Whip NSF 12" Piano Whip NSF 14" Piano Whip NSF 16" Piano Whip NSF 18" Piano Whip NSF

D . H e a v y D uty Spoodles ® and Basting Spoons by Jacob’s Pride.

Our one-piece mirror finish 20-gauge stainless steel Spoodle® combines the ease of serving with a spoon and the accurate portion control of a ladle. Color coding and capacities stamped on shaft. Ergonomic design, built-in stopper notch, heat resistant to 450°F. Heavy duty one-piece 16-gauge stainless steel basting spoons are resistant to corrosion.

NSF. Jacob’s Pride limited lifetime warranty.

Model Description 6433120 Solid Round Black, 1 oz.

6412230 Solid Oval Blue, 2 oz.

6412620 Solid Oval Black, 6 oz.

6432230 Perforated Round Blue, 2 oz.

6432220 Perforated Round Black, 2 oz.

6422445 Perforated Oval Gray, 4 oz.

6422820 Perforated Oval Black, 8 oz.

64400 Solid Basting Spoon, 113/4" 64404 Perforated Basting Spoon, 131/4" 64408 Slotted Basting Spoon, 151/2" Additional models available.

D

Model Description W5694 21/4"x41/2" Pie Server (White Handle) W5688E-31/2 31/2" Sandwich Spreader w/ Serrated Edge W5692-4 4" Griddle Scraper (White Handle) W5691-4 4" Pizza Cutter (White Handle) W5687 5"x4" Steak Turner (White Handle) W5685 6"x3" Turner (White Handle) 61/2" Cleaver (White Handle) W5680-61/2 W5650-8 8" Baker’s Icing Spatula (White Handle) Additional models available.

149

150.11_31.new 5/10/11 10:24 AM Page 1

KITCHEN SUPPLIES

B

A A. SuperPan 3® System.

Unique patent pending angled ramp allows you to pull and lift the pan out of the well effortlessly. Re-enforced corners. Built-in anti-jam stacking lugs.

Capacities stamped on all pans. Plastic pans available in clear and black polycarbonate for low temperature applications, and amber and black resin for high temperature. Stainless steel and plastic are interchangeable and nestable. One size meets both U.S. and Gastronorm standards. NSF. Model Description 90022 1/1 Size Pan, 21/2"D 90047 1/1 Size Non-Stick Pan, 4"D 8004410 1/1 Size Low Temp Pan, 4"D, Clear 93100 1/1 Size Solid Cover 70100 1/1 Size Stainless False Bottom 74100 1/1 Size Stainless Wire Grate 94200 1/2 Size Slotted Cover 8028410 1/2 Size Low Temp Pan, 8"D, Clear 90362 1/3 Size Pan, 6"D Additional sizes and depths available.

C

C. Melamine Food Pans.

Finally melamine insert pans with the same dimensions as stainless steel hotel pans! So durable, so practical and so inexpensive.

Pans conform to Gastro norm (European) specs. Dishwasher safe, stackable for storage, and the rubber feet on the bottom of pans make them attractive for buffet services.

Available in one sixth size and half long size pans in addition the full size, half size and third size are available in 4"D. Choose from Black, Ivory or White.

Model Description ML-19- Full Size ML-18- Half-Size ML-17- Third-Size ML-20- Third Size, 4"D ML-21- Half Size, 4"D ML-22- Full Size, 4"D ML-23- Third Size, 6"D ML-26- Full Size Divided (2-Comp.), 21/2"D

D. Camwear Food Storage Pans & Covers.

Use CW-Pans for storage, transportation and serving display; HP-Pans for microwaves, steamers and ovens and PP-Pans are an economical choice for storing food as well as using on prep tables and in food bars. CW withstand temps -40°F to 210°F; H-Pans -40°F to 350°F and PP-Pans -40°F to 160°F. Add CW to model number for cold pans, HP for hot pans and PP for translucent pans.

Cover styles available—seal, flat, flip, grip, w/handle and notched. NSF. Model Description 36CW 1/3 Size Pan, 6" CW 66CW 1/6 Size Pan, 6" CW 26CW 1/2 Size Pan, 6" CW 16CW 1/1 Size Pan, 6" CW 64CW 1/6 Size Pan, 4" CW 34HP 1/3 Size Pan, 4" HP 24HP 1/2 Size Pan, 4" HP 36HP 1/3 Size Pan, 6" HP 66HP 1/6 Size Pan, 6" HP D 22HP 1/2 Size Pan, 2" HP Additional sizes and depths available.

150

B. M i r a m a r ™ D ecorative Plans & Templates.

Stylish patent-pending embossed pattern on stainless steel pan rims adds elegance and style to your buffet presentation. Various sized pans fit in standard well openings or in Miramar thermoset resin templates. Templates are heat resistant to 300°F and are available in Night Sky or Oyster.

Pans and templates are dishwasher safe and NSF certified.

Model Description 8240410 Nightsky, 1 Oval & 2 Half Ovals 8240512 Oyster, 1 Rectangle 3/4 Size 8240910 Nightsky, Three 6" Rounds 8240912 Oyster, Three 6" Rounds 8230510 Casserole, 4"D-Rings 8230310 Full Size, 11/4"D-Rings 8230820 Half Size Long, 23/4"D 8231020 Third Size, 41/2"D 8230010 7 Qt. Soup Inset-Rings 8261720 Hinged Cover-Brass Handle (for 10 Qt.) Additional models available.

Approximate Servings for Steamtable Pans Depth Number of Servings (In.) (Qts.) 1 oz. 2 oz. 4 oz. 8 oz.

Full Size — 203/4" x 123/4" 11/4 Deli Pan 268 134 67 21/2 8.3 4 14 424 212 106 6 21 644 322 161

33 53 80

Two-Thirds Size — 137/8" x 123/4" 88 44 22 21/2 51/2 176 4 9.3 296 148 74 37 6 14 452 226 113 56 Half Size — 103/8" x 123/4" 11/4 Deli Pan 21/2 4.3 128 64 32 4 7 214 107 53 6 10 322 161 80

16 27 40

Half Size Long — 203/4" x 67/16" 21/2 4 120 60 30 15 4 6 184 92 46 23 6 8 264 132 66 33 One-Third Size — 67/8" x 123/4" 21/2 21/2 85 42 21 4 4 134 67 33 6 6 197 98 49 One-Fourth Size — 63/8" x 103/8" 21/2 2 60 30 15 4 3 96 48 24 73 36 6 41/2 146 One-Sixth Size — 67/8" x 61/4" 21/2 1 40 20 4 2 60 30 6 3 87 43 One-Ninth Size — 67/8" x 41/4" 1/2 2 8 6 4 1 18 13

151.11_13 5/10/11 10:57 AM Page 1

KITCHEN SUPPLIES

B A A. Top Notch® Food Pans.

“Easy Lift Spoon Notches” at each end of food pan for easy removal from steam tables and recessed counters. Easy lift notch reduces direct hand-to-food contact for greater food safety. Meet EN 631-1 Euro Norm standards for inter-stacking with existing pans. New Universal Lids fit Top Notch Food Pans as well as other major brands. Available in standard sizes, Universal Lids fit both gastronorm and standard size food pans.

Carlisle lids stack with themselves for easy storage. Available in polycarbonate or high heat material. Dishwasher safe. NSF. Model Description 10200 Full Size, 21/2"D Polycarbonate 10300 Sixth Size, 21/2"D Polycarbonate 10221 Half Size, 4"D Polycarbonate 10281 Quarter Size, 4"D Polycarbonate 10321 Ninth Size, 4"D Polycarbonate 10262 Third Size, 6"D Polycarbonate 10401 Full Size, 4"D High Heat 10461 Third Size, 4"D High Heat 10501 Sixth Size, 4"D High Heat 10482 Quarter Size, 6"D High Heat 10423 Half Size, 8"D High Heat 10212 Full Size, Smart Lid Additional models available.

B. Baking Sheet Pans.

Seamless aluminum one-piece construction with closed 1/4" steel wire reinforced bead. Baking sheet pans tapered corners nest and stack easily and fit all standard bakers’ racks. Full size and half size pans are 18 gauge standard. 16 gauge, heavy duty full size pans are also available.

Model Description 18-A-26-1X Full Size 18"x26", Heavy Duty 16 gauge 18-8A-26-1X Full Size 18"x26", Standard 18 gauge 18-8P-26-1X Full Size 18"x26", Perforated 18 gauge 18-8A-13-1X Half Size 18"x13", Standard 18 gauge

C. PanPals™ Pan Liners & Oven Bags.

PanPals™ High Heat Pan Liners and Cooking Bags improve food safety by ensuring foods are always prepared on a clean cooking surface.

Hygienic, high heat nylon liners save time and money by reducing scorching and speeding cleanup. Can withstand cooking temperatures up to 400°F. Model Description 22-OB1824 18"x24" Medium Pan Oven Bag 22-OB2418 24"x18" Medium Pan Oven Bag 22-OB3426 34"x26" Turkey Size Oven Bag 22-PL1318 13"x18" Sixth Pan Liner 22-PL1515 15"x15" 6 and 7 qt. Round Liner 22-PL1820 18"x20" 9 and 11 qt. Round Liner Additional models available.

C

E

D D. Classic Select™ Cookware.

Manufactured from 2 gauge impact resistant 3004 aluminum. Features a double thick bottom for even heat distribution and elimination of hot spots. Stock pots, sauce pots, braziers, sauté pans and straight walled sauce pans are available in many sizes and capacities. Sauté and Sauce pans feature new TriVent™ Silicone and Plated handles.

Jacob’s Pride limited lifetime warranty. TriVent™ Silicone handles carry a 90-day warranty. NSF Certified. Made in U.S.A. Model Description 68215 Brazier 15 qt.

68633 Stock Pot Hvy. Duty 32 qt.

68680 Stock Pot Hvy. Duty 80 qt.

69404 Sauce Pan Straight Sided 41/2 qt. w/Plated Handle 69444 Sauce Pan Straight Sided 41/2 qt. w/GatorGrip® Handle 68735 Saute Pan 5 qt. w/GatorGrip® Handle 68414 Hvy. Duty Sauce Pot 14 qt.

68434 Hvy. Duty Sauce Pot 34 qt.

67509 Cover Fits 68408, 68743, 68733, 69408, 69448, 68616, 69406 and 69446

E. Excalibur® Fry Pans.

Excalibur’s revolutionary non-stick coating is superior to any standard coating. Stainless steel reinforced non-stick coating is micro-bonded to the substrate of the pan creating a multi-layer surface that easily releases food and resists scratching better than traditional non-stick surfaces. Cooks food evenly without the need for added fat or oil. Hard 3004 aluminum body stands up to the toughest foodservice environment. NSF. Model Description 60907XRS 7" Pan w/Dura-Kool™ Sleeve 60908XRS 8" Pan w/Dura-Kool™ Sleeve 60910XRS 10" Pan w/Dura-Kool™ Sleeve 60912XRS 12" Pan w/Dura-Kool™ Sleeve 60914XRS 14" Pan w/Dura-Kool™ Sleeve

151

152.11_13 5/10/11 10:45 AM Page 1

KITCHEN SUPPLIES A. Titan Series Pots and Pans.

Constructed of premium 18/8 stainless steel, this cookware has a tri-ply bottom consisting of two layers of stainless steel surrounding an aluminum core. The result is cookware that spreads heat rapidly and evenly providing higher efficiency and reduction of hot spots, which can cause food to burn or cook unevenly. With attractive brushed sides and a polished band across the top and bottom, each piece makes a striking impression. NSF. Model Description SSP-8 8 qt. Stock Pot with Cover SSP-12 12 qt. Stock Pot with Cover SSP-16 16 qt. Stock Pot with Cover SSP-20 20 qt. Stock Pot with Cover SSP-24 24 qt. Stock Pot with Cover SSP-80 80 qt. Stock Pot with Cover SPS-32 32 qt. Sauce Pan with Cover SPS-40 40 qt. Sauce Pan with Cover SPS-60 60 qt. Sauce Pan with Cover SPS-100 100 qt. Sauce Pan with Cover Additional models are available.

A A A

B. Carbon Steel Frying Pan with Flat Iron Handle.

High quality, carbon steel pan is suitable for searing as its thickness allows for long re-heating at high temperatures. Features flat iron handle affixed with rivets. The 3/32" thickness is uniform throughout and increases up to 1/8" on larger diameters. High density metal doesn’t retain odors.

Much lighter than cast-iron, a steel pan lasts forever. After being seasoned, it acquires natural non-stick properties that won’t chip, scratch or peel off. Unlike non-stick pans, it is safe to use at high temperatures, as well as with metal objects, such as knives, forks or spatulas.

Compatible with all heat sources, including induction, and is oven proof. A steel pan is inexpensive and requires minimal care. Limited lifetime warranty.

Model Description A4171418 71/8" Dia.x11/8"H A4171420 77/8" Dia.x11/4"H A4171422 85/8" Dia.x13/8"H A4171424 91/2" Dia.x11/2"H A4171426 101/4" Dia.x11/2"H A4171428 11" Dia.x15/8"H A4171430 117/8" Dia.x15/8"H A4171432 121/2" Dia.x15/8"H A4171436 141/8" Dia.x2"H A4171440 173/4" Dia.x21/8"H A4171450 195/8" Dia.x21/4"H

B

D

C. Chasseur Enamel Cast-Iron Dutch Ovens.

Slowly braise or simmer with our Chasseur Dutch Ovens.

Distributes heat evenly making it perfect for tenderizing any cut of meat for stews or heavy cassoulets. Easy to clean, durable and compatible with standard stovetops, induction ranges and conventional ovens. The “Chasseur” line has been enameled twice—first in black, which seals the edges, protects against corrosion and is a primer for the color and second with a color, which adds durability and ensures color retention. Matching lid included. All lid knobs are heat resistant up to 400°F. Model Description A1730210 Rnd, 4" Dia.x3"H , 0.3 qt., Black A1737016 Rnd, 61/4" Dia.x31/8"H, 13/4 qt., Black A1737018 Rnd, 71/8" Dia.x31/8"H, 2 qt., Black A1737020 Rnd, 77/8" Dia.x31/8"H, 21/2 qt., Black A1737022 Rnd, 85/8" Dia.x31/2"H, 3 qt., Black A1737024 Rnd, 91/2" Dia.x33/4"H, 4 qt., Black A1737026 Rnd, 101/4" Dia.x43/8"H, 51/2 qt., Black A1737028 Rnd, 11" Dia.x41/2"H, 63/4 qt., Black A1737027 Oval, 105/8"Lx81/4"Wx41/8"H, 31/2 qt., Black A1737029 Oval, 111/2"Lx85/8"Wx43/8"H, 41/4 qt., Black A1737031 Oval, 121/4"Lx95/8"Wx41/2"H, 51/2 qt., Black A1737033 Oval, 13"Lx105/8"Wx43/4"H, 63/4 qt., Black A1737035 Oval, 133/4"Lx101/2"Wx43/4"H, 8 qt., Black Additional models are available.

D. Steel Coat x3™ Non-Stick Fry Pans.

Now featuring TriVent™ Handle and EverTite™ innovative riveting system. Breakthrough nonstick coating uses advanced new technology.

SteelCoat x3™ is triple bonded. Compared to conventional spray-on coating, which can result in uneven coating and cause thins spots that wear faster, Vollrath’s “curtain-coating” process creates a perfectly uniform coating on the entire cooking surface for longer wear. Body is manufactured from heavy-duty impact-resistant 3004 aluminum.

SteelCoat x3™ Fry Pans are also available with TriVent™ Silicone handles. NSF Certified.

Model Description 67607 7" Pan, 10 ga., w/GatorGrip 67608 8" Pan, 10 ga., w/GatorGrip 67610 10" Pan, 8 ga., w/GatorGrip 67612 12" Pan, 8 ga., w/GatorGrip 67614 14" Pan, 6 ga., w/GatorGrip 67627 7" Pan, 10 ga., w/Plated Handles 67628 8" Pan, 10 ga., w/Plated Handles 67630 10" Pan, 8 ga., w/Plated Handles 67632 12" Pan, 8 ga., w/Plated Handles 67634 14" Pan, 6 ga., w/Plated Handles

152

C

153.11_13 5/10/11 11:08 AM Page 1

KITCHEN SUPPLIES A. Tribute® Cookware.

For those chefs who want the best of both worlds—stainless steel for neutral flavors and aluminum for fast, even heating. Tribute cookware is ideal for gas, electric and induction cooking. Features 3-ply construction, stainless steel interior, 3004 aluminum core provides even heat on bottom of pan and side walls, stainless exterior induction ready and TriVent™ silicone or plated handles. Rated at 450°F for stovetop or oven use with EverTite™ Riveting System. NSF. Made in the USA. Model Description 69807 Fry Pan 7" w/GatorGrip® Handle 69808 Fry Pan 8" w/GatorGrip® Handle 69810 Fry Pan 10" w/GatorGrip® Handle 69812 Fry Pan 12" w/GatorGrip® Handle 69814 Fry Pan 14" w/GatorGrip® Handle 69327 18/8 Stainless Steel Cover (fits 69807, 7") 69328 18/8 Stainless Steel Cover (fits 69808, 8") 69410 18/8 Stainless Steel Cover (fits 69810, 10") 69412 18/8 Stainless Steel Cover (fits 69812, 12") 69414 18/8 Stainless Steel Cover (fits 69814, 14")

B B. Pizza Screens.

Seamless construction. Pizza screens can help produce a more evenly baked crust on your pizzas by allowing air to circulate beneath the crust. Constructed of heavy duty expanded aluminum.

Available in a wide variety of sizes.

Model Description 18706 6" 18707 7" 18708 8" 18709 9" 18710 10" 18711 11" 18712 12" 18713 13" 18714 14" 18715 15" 18716 16" 18717 17" 18718 18" 18719 19" 18720 20"

A

C. Ever-Smooth™ Fry Pans.

Look again . . . fry pans without rivets. Combines the heat conductivity of aluminum with the rivetless features of induction-ready stainless steel cookware.

Eliminates potential food and bacteria collection areas from the cooking zone.

Features superior cold-draw processing, 3004 aluminum, detailed finishing operations and the industry’s best non-stick coatings. Ever-Smooth™ is available in all standard sizes in Natural Finish, Wear-Guard ® Non-Stick Finish and CeramiGuard®II Non-Stick Finish.

Model Description E4007 7" Natural E4008 8" Natural E4010 10" Natural E4012 12" Natural E4014 14" Natural ES4007 7" WearGuard® ES4008 8" WearGuard® C ES4010 10" WearGuard® ES4012 12" WearGuard® ES4014 14" WearGuard® EZ4007 7" CeramiGuard®II EZ4008 8" CeramiGuard®II EZ4010 10" CeramiGuard®II EZ4012 12" CeramiGuard®II EZ4014 14" CeramiGuard®II

E D. Optio™ Cookware.

Optio™ Cookware is constructed of durable high quality stainless steel. All fry pans are induction ready with an aluminum-clad bottom for quick and even frying of all foods.

Non-stick stainless steel fry pans offer the same features as standard fry pans, but with a DuPont® non-stick surface that will quickly become a favorite in your kitchen. All sauce pans, sauce pots and stock pots come complete with domed cover.

Model Description 3808 Fry Pan 8" 3811 Fry Pan 11" N3809 Fry Pan 91/2" Non-Stick N3812 Fry Pan 121/2" Non-Stick 3902 Sauce Pot 63/4 qt.

3903 Sauce Pot 10 qt.

3904 Sauce Pot 16 qt.

3905 Sauce Pot 22 qt.

3802 Sauce Pan 23/4 qt.

3803 Sauce Pan 4 qt.

3806 Sauce Pan 63/4 qt.

D 3813 Sauce Pan 101/2 qt.

Additional models available.

153

E. Pizza Trays.

Serving up the slices with style and taste.

Wide rim pans are constructed of 18 gauge, 1 mm aluminum.

Model Description TP6 6" TP7 7" TP8 8" TP9 9" TP10 10" TP11 11" TP12 12" TP13 13" TP14 14" TP15 15" TP16 16" TP17 17" TP18 18" TP19 19"

154.11_13 5/10/11 11:43 AM Page 1

KITCHEN SUPPLIES A. Heavy-Duty Muffin/Cupcake Pans.

Manufactured to meet the exacting standards of the toughest commercial bakeries and foodservice establishments. Each pan is crafted from heavy-gauge aluminized steel, a 3-ply material consisting of two layers of tough corrosion-resistant 3003 aluminum alloy around the durability, strength, and superior heat conduction of carbon steel. Each pan has a silicone coating that provides an easy release of baked products.

Model Description 905245 Mini-Muffin Pan 24 cup 905255 Mini-Muffin Pan 48 cup 905045 Cupcake/Muffin Pan 12 cup 905525 Cupcake/Muffin Pan 24 cup 905285 Jumbo Muffin Pan 24 cup 903695 Pecan Roll Pan 12 cup 904705 Pecan Roll Pan 20 cup

B

A

B. Bakeware & Specialty Pans.

These pans are manufactured to meet the exacting standards of the toughest commercial bakeries and foodservice establishments. Focus offers an extensive line of heavy and medium-duty bakeware and specialty pans developed to give users the very best in performance. Constructed from 3003 H14 aluminum for superior strength and even heat distribution.

Choose from Spring Form Pans, Cake and Pie Pans. Models 90ACP102, 900410, 951202 and 977159 shown.

Model Description 90ACP102 Cake Pan, 10"x2" 900410 Spring Form Pan, 10" 951202 Fluted Cake Pan, 6 Cup Cap. 977159 Pie Pan, 9" Additional models available.

Featured Chef

Chef/Proprietor John des Rosiers inovasi Lake Bluff, IL

C. Wear-Ever® Sheet Pans.

Wear-Ever sheet pans are ideal in the professional kitchen for multiple pan uses. Heavy duty construction ensures rugged durability for every day use, and the galvanized bead wire keeps the pan’s shape while guarding against rust.

Perforated pan for oven broiling and baking. Sanitary open bead. Available in 3 finishes: Natural, with WearGuard non-stick coating, and HardCoat anodized for reduced bake times and scratch resistance.

Model Description 5315 Open Bead NSF-Full Size, 12 ga.

S5315 Open Bead NSF-Full Size, 12 ga., Non-Stick C N5300 Closed Bead-Full Size, 14 ga.

9001 Closed Bead-Full Size, 16 ga.

9002 Closed Bead-Full Size, 18 ga.

9003 Closed Bead-Full Size, 19 ga.

9002P Perforated-Full Size, 18 ga.

Perfect Fall Soup Sweet onions, chopped small dice Extra virgin olive oil Sweet corn, cut off of cob Fresh tomatoes, chopped roughly Spanish monastrell wine Available squashes, chopped medium dice Available potatoes, chopped medium dice Organic heavy cream Fresh herbs, i.e. basil, thyme, or flowers Sea salt Fresh pepper

D. Sil-Mat™ Silicone Mat. Save time and labor with Sil-Mat™ nonstick silicone baking/cooking mats!

Versatile non-stick cooking/baking mat can be used for baking, cooking or confectionery work. Designed to go from oven to freezer—withstands temperatures from -40°F to 536°F. Double-sided mat allows extended life and can be stored rolled or flat. Available in full and halfsheet sizes. Conforms to FDA regulations and is both NSF certified and Kosher.

Model Description SM1826 161/2"x241/2" SM1813 161/2"x111/2" SM1826PK3 161/2"x241/2", 3pk w/ Storage Bag

Local aged hard cheese, shaved Sauté the onions on high heat in the olive oil, add the corn, red wine and tomatoes. Cook until the wine reduces by 75%.

Then add the squash and potatoes and add water to just cover the ingredients. Now add the cream, about 20% of the volume of the pot.

Simmer for 20 minutes, give or take, until squash and potatoes are almost tender, but still al dente.

Season with salt and pepper. Add the herbs and simmer for a few minutes longer.

Serve and garnish with the cheese and maybe a little fresh black pepper.

D 154

155.11_31.new 5/10/11 11:52 AM Page 1

KITCHEN SUPPLIES

A A. Silicone Baking Mats.

Silicone baking mats can be used in place of parchment or grease. Reduces bottom burning of your food products. Mat is reusable 2000 to 3000 times. Available in half size and full size.

Model Description SFBM-50 Half Size Mat ,161/2"Lx113/4"W SFBM-100 Full Size Mat , 241/2"Lx161/2"W

C. Forschshield™ Cut Resistant Gloves.

Outstanding cut resistance and exceptional durability. ForschSHIELD gloves are comfortable, durable, flexible and ambidextrous. Constructed of FDA and USDA materials, these gloves are washable and bleach safe and now contain anti-microbial properties.

Choose from 4 varieties.

B. Redco® Tomato Pro™.

Prepare perfect tomato slices fast with the Redco® Tomato Pro™ Slicer. Ideal for slicing tomatoes, strawberries or mushrooms in high volume, fast food operations. The “positive stop” arm helps keep the slicer sturdy on any surface. NSF. Model Description 3 0643N /16" Cut 1 /4" Cut 0644N 3 0646N /8" Cut 3 /16" Cut w/Safety Guard 0643SGN 1 0644SGN /2" Cut w/Safety Guard

B

D. Redco® InstaCut™ 5.0 Manual Food Processor.

Dice it and Slice it. Cuts prep time as well as it cuts veggies! A full 5" cutting area processes even the largest fruits and vegetables with consistent portion control and perfect presentation every time. The new base design allows use of containers measuring up to 6" tall and 613/16" wide. A simple one-piece blade assembly pops in and out for quick changing and easy cleaning.

Model Description 1 55000 /4" Dice (Tabletop) 3 55001 /8" Dice (Tabletop) 1 /2" Dice (Tabletop) 55002 1 /4" Slice (Tabletop) 55011 3 55012 /8" Slice (Tabletop) 1 /2" Slice (Tabletop) 55013 3 55063 /8" Dice Blade Assembly 1 /2" Dice Blade Assembly 55064 D 1 55066 /4" Slice Blade Assembly Additional models available.

C

Model Description 86501 PerformanceShield, X-Small (Clamshell) 86502 PerformanceShield, Small (Clamshell) 86503 PerformanceShield, Medium (Clamshell) 86504 PerformanceShield, Large (Clamshell) 86505 PerformanceShield, X-Large (Clamshell) Additional sizes and style available.

E

F E. Camwear® Scoops.

Cambro’s scoops are made of Camwear polycarbonate so they are just that strong. For you, that means the handle will not break off, and the scoops will not dent, rust or chip. They will continue to look good and perform well wash after wash.

Model Description SCP6CW 6 oz.

SCP12CW 12 oz.

SCP24CW 24 oz.

SCP64CW 64 oz.

F. Epic™ Synthetic Gloves.

Introducing a ground-breaking new glove material, exclusive to FoodHandler. Innovative Epic™ gloves feature a unique combination of softness and strength that delivers the performance and form fitting comfort of vinyl gloves at a lower cost. Easy to wear and reliable, our new gloves provide an economical solution for barrier protection. Efficient 5/200 pack size yields a 71% smaller case cube and 66% solid waste reduction versus standard 10/100 pack. Model 103-FHEP

155

156.11_13 5/13/11 8:57 PM Page 1

KITCHEN SUPPLIES

A

A. Gloves.

In combination with proper hand washing, the proper use of high quality disposable gloves from FoodHandler provides complete barrier protection between hands and food. Full line of disposable gloves available for every back and front of house application, using the materials best suited to each application.

Model Description 100-FH4 Latex Glove Med., 100/Box, 1000/Cs. 100-SG4-CP Safety Grip Latex Glove Med., 4/100 Pk. 102-FH14 Powder Free Vinyl Glove Med., 100/Box, 1000/Cs. 102-FH4-CP Vinyl Glove Med., 4/100 Pk. 102-FHBL2 Blue Vinyl Glove Sml., 100/Box, 1000/Cs. 102-FHCN14 Contact Powder Free Vinyl Glove Med., 100/Box, 400/Cs. 103-FHNT12 Endure Powder Free Nitrile Glove Sml., 4/100 Pk. 103-TNQ12 Teknique Powder Free Synth Glove Sml., 100/Box, 400/Cs. 104-501 Poly Glove Unisize, 500/Disp 10,000/Cs. Additional styles, sizes and convenience packs available.

C. QuickFit™ Poly Gloves.

Put on gloves 10 seconds faster with our unique QuickFit System. Puncture-resistant poly gloves offer long cuffs that cover the entire hand and part of the arm, providing much better sanitation than waxed paper sheets. Blue in color, the gloves are easy to identify for task-specific use and help prevent cross-contamination.

Plus they are NSF certified to assure they are safe for food contact. With a variety of dispensing units to choose from, the system allows you to put gloves exactly where you need them.

Model 104-FHQFR-24 104-FHQFL-24 104-FHQFX-13 104-FHQFX-17

C

E

G F

B. Cutting Boards - Sani-Tuff® Reversible.

High density, non-toxic rubber composition material resists cracking, chipping and splintering. Won’t absorb liquids and odors. Can be resurfaced by sanding. NSF. Model Description 157-628 12"x18" 159-905 15"x20" 161-331 18"x24"

D

Description One Size Regular Length Clear-Right Hand One Size Regular Length Clear-Left Hand Extended Length Blue-S/M Extended Length Blue-L/XL

E. FormFlex.

New nitrile form fit glove has better memory than conventional nitrile— the longer lasting and most durable glove in foodservice! Resistant to animal fats, so they won’t break down as a result of contact with raw meats and shellfish. Enhanced dexterity, grip and fingertip sensitivity. Last longer and require fewer changes to save time and money. Model 103-FF##-CP

B

F. TacTix Synthetic Gloves.

Same comfort and wearability as form fitting vinyl or latex gloves. Exceptional fingertip sensitivity to assure your best performance, even at the most difficult tasks. Soft, durable and cost effective.

Model Description 103-TT12-CP PF Small 103-TT14-CP PF Medium 103-TT16-CP PF Large 103-TT18-CP PF XLarge

156

D. Saf-T-Grip® Cutting Boards.

Patented food safety hook provides sanitary transport and storage.

Integrated anti-slip grips provide a safe cutting surface without using the unsanitary "wet towel" method. Kolor-Cut® System provides dedicated use boards preventing cross-contamination. Embossed ruler feature makes portioning easy, saving cost. Unique co-polymer material withstands continual high temperature commercial washing and will not warp. Specify color when ordering: red, yellow, green, beige, blue or white. Dishwasher safe. NSF. New Saf-T-Zone™ Purple Board™—Embossed warnings alert employees to keep separate from allergens and wash after each use.

Model Description CBG121812 12"x18"x1/2", Color Boards CBG152012 15"x20"x1/2", Color Boards CBG182412 18x24"x1/2", Color Boards CBG1218KC 12"x18"x1/2", 6 Board Set CBG1520KC 15"x20"x1/2", 6 Board Set CBG1824KC 18"x24"x1/2", 6 Board Set CBG121812PR 12"x18"x1/2", Allergy Board (Purple) G. Safety-T-Wrap™ Station.

The first integrated solution for dispensing film/foil, dating labels and storing utensils, while providing a safer environment for food, personnel and customers. Adjustable dividers accommodate 12" to 18" rolls. Dispenses dating labels in multiple sizes and configurations. Saves space by mounting on wire shelving or included wall brackets. Interchangeable and replaceable safety blade or slide cutter reduces cut injuries. NSF. Model SW1218

157.11_13 5/10/11 12:41 PM Page 1

KITCHEN SUPPLIES

Featured Chef A A. Timer Products.

Temperature and time in a food safety environment are the two most important components in preventing foodborne illness. Our kitchen timers are high-performing and easy to operate. Designed to be durable and water resistant for all kitchen environments. Choose from a wide variety of timers to meet your every need and help automate your monitoring protocols. Models shown (left to right) TFS4, 9374, TC6, TS100, FT24, TM60.

Model Description TFS4-0-8 Multi-Station Digital Timer 9374 AC Adapter for TSF4 TC6-0-8 Timer/Clock/Stopwatch TS100-0-8 Timer/Stopwatch FT24-0-3 24 Hr. Digital Timer w/Volume Control TM60-0-8 60 Minute Timer

Chef Robert Black A Good Egg Dining Group Oklahoma City, OK Sweet & Spicy Peach Glazed Salmon Serves 4 4 6 oz. salmon filets Salt and pepper Glaze:

B

1 Tbsp. olive oil 1/4 cup

diced red onion

1 each serrano pepper 11/2 cups peach preserves B. Timers.

The FMP family of timers includes the Commercial-duty 60-minute Timer, the 60-minute Mechanical Bell Timer, the Mini Digital Timer, the 4-In-1 Digital Timer and the brand-new 8-In-1 Programmable Digital Timer. The programmable timer times 8 activities at once, adjustable by the hour, minute, and second. Each activity can be labeled with up to 7 characters. Features soft touch keypad, memory recall, color-coded lights, count up or count down, and a high/low volume control.

Includes 9V battery.

Model Description 151-7500 Timer, 4-In-1 Digital (4 count down) 151-1034 Commercial-duty Mechanical Timer 151-7600 Mini Digital Timer 151-1050 Mechanical Bell Timer 151-8800 Timer, 8-In-1 Digital (8 count down)

Thermometers A good thermometer is one of the most useful tools for ensuring food safety.

There is a wide variety of thermometers available for specific applications such as espresso, grills, refrigerators and probe thermometers. Educate your staff on the proper use and application for each thermometer. It’s also important they know how to use and calibrate probe thermometers.

Measuring Product Temperatures By heating food to the proper temperature all pathogens can be eliminated in preparation. Properly using the correct thermometer is crucial. Never use color as an indication of the doneness of meat. Always measure at the product’s center from the thickest portion. Never measure cooked product immediately after measuring raw product. Probes should be washed, rinsed and sanitized after each use. The USDA Directive 7370.1 on meat temperatures requires the total of probe and instrument accuracy to be within 1°F.

157

1/2

Tbsp. soy sauce

1/2

Tbsp. jalapeno mustard

Fresh scallions and lemon for garnish Season the salmon filets with salt and pepper. Pan sear the fish in a little bit of olive oil over high heat, turning over when the first side is brown. Brown the other side and then brush with the peach glaze. Transfer the salmon to a preheated 350°F oven and continue to cook until the fish is just cooked through, or until an internal thermometer reaches 145°F. Remove from oven and drizzle with a little more of the peach glaze.

Serve with brown rice and your favorite steamed veggies (I like asparagus!).

Garnish with a lemon wheel and some fresh cut scallion.

To prepare the glaze: Cut the stem off of the serrano pepper and dice whole, or remove the seeds to keep the heat down.

In a sauté pan, add the oil and let heat up on medium-high heat, then add the diced red onion and serrano pepper.

Sauté for a minute or two or until the onions begin to soften.

Add the peach preserves, soy sauce and mustard and reduce heat to low. Bring to a gentle simmer, stirring occasionally.

Let cool to room temperature and then blend the glaze in a food processor until smooth.

158.11_31.new 5/10/11 12:57 PM Page 1

KITCHEN SUPPLIES

Featured Chef Chef Guy Fieri The Food Network— Guy’s Big Bite Guy Off the Hook Diners, Drive-Ins & Dives CEO, Johnny Garlic’s Inc. Santa Rosa, CA

A

Food Safety is Business Safety In today’s industry we are faced with our fiercest competition, Food Safety.

A. Digital Pocket Test Thermometers.

These quick-reading digital thermometers simplify everyone’s job…from cooks to technicians. With their reduced tips and faster response times, these compact units have easy-to-read displays and protective anti-microbial sheaths. They are easy to use and have builtin shirt clips to keep them in place while you work.

Model Description DPS300-01-8 -40° to 302°F, Swivel Head w/Reduced Tip DPP400W-0-8 -40° to 392°F, Pen w/Reduced Tip, Waterproof, NSF DFP450W-0-8 -40° to 450°F, Waterproof, Lifetime Warranty DT300-0-8 -40° to 302°F, Oval, On/Off Switch

Oh, it is not about the burger joint that is selling burgers cheaper, or the mini mart with the 99 cent hot dogs. Who cares what chain restaurant is moving in, or what the new frozen foods are at Costco.

These were the pressures of the past, ones that we could see and touch, but there is a much different case when it comes to food safety.

Consumers today are becoming much more aware and skeptical of food establishments and their practices in food safety. The real deal about food safety is not just in what the guests can see, it is about taking care of business in food safety every step of the way, from receiving to serving.

B. Pocket Test Plus™.

New and innovative, the waterproof Pocket Test Plus™ with 3 preset station timers with alarms, digital clock and calendar features, replaces a wristwatch in the kitchen with an all-in-one pocket test thermometer. It has a response time of less than 6 seconds and an accuracy of ±1°F for the entire range.

Dishwasher safe. Lifetime warranty. NSF. Model TTM59-0-8

Here are a few recommendations that can save your business, and secure your future.

1. ServSafe Course: Encourage people on your team to take, and pass, the ServSafe course.

2. Hand Washing: Implement mandatory practices for your team.

This is the number one cause of cross contamination.

3. Thermometers: Buy and use good digital thermometers… This may be the single most important tool in your kitchen.

B

4. Sanitizing Solution: Set up stations in your kitchen, bar and service area.

5. Rubber Gloves: Use when preparing “ready to eat” foods, but remember this does not take the place of proper hand washing.

Safe Internal Temperatures

6. Thawing Food: Room temperature thawing is not ok. Submerge under running water, or the best practice is to thaw under refrigeration.

Potentially hazardous foods such as meat, poultry and eggs should be cooked to the minimum internal temperatures specified. Always use a clean, calibrated thermometer to measure the internal temperature of cooked foods.

7. Internal Cooking Temperatures: Post the temperature expectations of cooked meats for your team to follow. Most do not know.

8. Dishwasher: Have your machine checked and calibrated regularly; too much chemical can be dangerous and costly.

C. Coolit-Rite™ Cooling Monitor.

Monitors cooling to ensure HACCP compliance. Displays final temperature until cleared. Count down/count up to show elapsed time since alarm sounded. Waterproof. Temperature range of -4° to 302°F (-20° to 150°C). Accuracy of -4°F to 212°F, ± 2°F, others ± 3°F. 15" stainless steel stem with minimal depth indicator. Adjustable vessel clip.

Min/Max/Hold. °F/°C selectable. 1 year warranty. NSF. Model TTM41-0-8

9. Cutting Boards: Make sure they are small enough to be washed in the dishwasher.

10. Lead By Example: Owners and managers are setting the tone for the rest of the team to follow.

Our industry needs everyone to support food safety. Otherwise, the reputation of our industry will suffer.

Pocket Thermometers It’s a good idea to require managers to carry a test thermometer in their pockets. Not only will they have it readily available, it will also keep your local health department happy.

158

C

159.11_28.new 5/10/11 1:10 PM Page 1

KITCHEN SuPPlIES

B

A A. Probes and Wipes.

To achieve the most accurate temperature reading possible, it is important to use a probe suitable for the intended application. Temperature measurement is critical in many areas, from maintaining optimum quality during a manufacturing process to ensuring safety of the food we eat. Probe wipes help meet HACCP guidelines and are an ideal way of cleaning and sanitizing probes between temperature checks to avoid cross contamination. Probe wipes contain 70% isopropyl alcohol and are available in single-use foil packets or new easy-to-use tub dispensers.

Model Description 9150-0-8 Antibacterial Probe Wipes (10/bxs of 200 single-use wipes) 50306-K Air Probe 50012-K Surface Probe 50014-K Weighted Griddle Surface Probe 50143-K Heavy Duty Probe 50208-K Fryer Vat Probe 50336-K DuraNeedle Probe 9151-0-8 Probe Wipes in 70 Ct Dispenser 9152-0-8 Probe Wipes in 200 Ct Dispenser

C

D

B. Non-Contact Infrared Thermometers.

Perfect for quick assessment in receiving, storage and holding areas, steam tables and salad bars. A full line of non-contact infrared thermometers help operators and technicians across the foodservice, food processing and HVAC/R industries measure surface temperatures fast and accurately. Infrared thermometers have D:S (Distance to Spot) ratios that range from 12:1 to 1:1. Models shown (left to right)—470, 462, 412, 481.

Model Description 470-0-8 Mini w/Lanyard, -27° to 428°F 462-0-8 Slim-Line w/Laser -40° to 536°F 412-0-8 Gun w/Probe Jack & Laser, -76° to 932°F 481-0-8 Dual, -40° to 536°F Infrared; -40° to 392°F Probe 31901-K Economy Needle Probe (use with #412)

C. AquaTuff™ Thermocouples.

Waterproof instruments stand up to the harsh environments in a kitchen or in food processing. Ergonomic thermocouple instruments with tenth degree resolution features rugged ABS plastic housing, large LCD screen and auto shut-off after 10 minutes. Uses any type-K probe with a standard mini-connector. Factory calibrated. Model 352 has hold and backlight. 5 year warranty. NSF. Model Description 35100-K -100° to 999°F 35200-K -100° to 999°F w/Hold Button & Backlight 31901-K Needle Probe 50306-K Air/Oven Probe w/Clip 50336-K DuraNeedle Probe 31907-K Surface Probe

E D. Bi-Metal Pocket Thermometers.

For all your foodservice needs. The 1246 Pocket Tests include anti-microbial infused protective sheaths that prevents bacteria growth, with a pocket clip, 1" dial, 5" stem and adjustment wrench. The 2237-04 Espresso Thermometer features a HACCP reference dial with preparation zones for milk, froth, tea, hot chocolate, espresso and coffee. Both the 2237-04 (0°F to 220°F) and 2238-06 Stem Test Thermometer (0°F to 220°F) include adjustable stainless steel vessel clips. NSF Certified.

Model Description 1246-01-1 -40° to 180°F (Magnify Lens, 5" Shaft) NSF 1246-02-1 0° to 220°F (Magnify Lens, 5" Shaft) NSF 1246-03-1 50° to 550°F (Magnify Lens, 5" Shaft) NSF 2238-06-3 0° to 220°F (2" Dial, 8" Stem w/Clip) NSF 2237-04-8 0° to 220°F Espresso (13/4" Dial, 7" Stem w/Clip)

E. EconoTemp™ Combo Pack.

A higher degree of accuracy is achieved with an affordable instrument.

The EconoTemp™ Combo Pack (93230-K) includes the 32311 EconoTemp™ Thermocouple Instrument with lanyard and (50336-K) DuraNeedle Probe. Packaged in an attractive self-merchandising clamshell, this combination kit provides a general purpose unit that will meet most of your temperature monitoring needs. Powerful microprocessor delivers speed and reliability. Five year instrument warranty.

Model 93230-K

159

160.11_28.new 5/10/11 3:44 PM Page 1

KITCHEN SUPPLIES A. StoreSafe Food Rotation Labels.

100% dissolvable and biodegradable labels eliminate sticky residue and prevent cross contamination. Label and adhesive dissolve in less than 30 seconds through any dishwasher or under hot or cold running water. Safe for all sewer and septic systems with no build up in drains. Use pen, pencil or marker to write in contents and use-by-date before applying to dry container. Withstands high heat temperatures up to 200°F for 4 hours.

Microwave safe. FDA approved for indirect food contact.

Model 23SL 23SLB250 23SLB6250 1252SLB250

A

Description Blister Pack, 2"x3" Labels, 20 rolls/100 labels per roll Bulk Dispenser Pack, 2"x3" Labels, 24 rolls/250 labels per roll Bulk Dispenser Pack, 2"x3" Labels, 6 rolls/250 labels per roll Half Size Bulk Dispenser Pack, 11/4"x2" Labels, 24 rolls/100 labels per roll

B Camwear®

B. Food Storage Boxes.

Eliminate the hazard of cross contamination with Camwear Food Storage Boxes. The smooth surface makes them easy to clean and the texture on the bottom reduces scratching. Snap-tight covers or SlidingLid (sold separately) won’t come off during transportation.

Available in tough clear Camwear Polycarbonate or Natural White Polyethylene. Camwear drain shelves and colanders are also available along with colander kits for defrosting meats, fish or vegetables.

Model Description 18263CW 18"x26"x3" CW 18266CW 18"x26"x6" CW 18269CW 18"x26"x9" CW 182615CW 18"x26"x15" CW 12183CW Box 12"x18"x3" CW Additional models available.

Model 12186CW 12189CW 12189P 182615P 18269P

Description Box 12"x18"x6" CW Box 12"x18"x9" CW Box 12"x18"x9" Poly Box 18"x26"x15" Poly 18"x26"x9" Poly

D

C C. Coldfest™ Food Pans and Crock.

ColdFest™ allows you to keep foods chilled at or below HACCP guidelines of +40°F without the use of messy ice. Simply freeze overnight for 8 hours and add pre-chilled products such as salads, condiments or vegetables. Designed to perform with frequent and heavy use in foodservice operations. Stackable to save space when freezing, storing or transporting. NSF. Model Description 1/3 Size, 3.7 qt. Cap. 36CF 1/6 Size, 11/2 qt. Cap. 66CF 1/2 Size, 61/2 qt. Cap. 26CF CFR18 63/4" Crock, 1.7 qt. Cap. 30CFC Flat Cover for 1/3 Size 60CFC Flat Cover for 1/6 Size 20CFC Flat Cover for 1/2 Size CFRC18 Flat Cover for CFR18 Additional models available.

D. Camwear® Food Storage Containers (Square & Round).

Food storage containers help you make the most use of your storage area.

Easy to read imprinted graduations on the outside for inventory at a glance.

Camwear squares withstand temperatures from -40°F to 210°F. Seal covers (sold separately) fit tightly yet can be easily removed with thumb tab. Dual inner and outer seal provide excellent spill resistance. New seal covers available for Polycarbonate squares only. Seal covers have molded-in holes in the handles for quick and sanitary drying. Translucent lids make contents easy to identify and withstand temperatures from -40°F to 160°F. Model Description 4SFSCW Square CW 4 qt. (Kelly Green) 6SFSCW Square CW 6 qt. (Winter Rose) 8SFSCW Square CW 8 qt. (Winter Rose) 12SFSCW Square CW 12 qt. (Midnight Blue) 22SFSCW Square CW 22 qt (Midnight Blue) RFSCW2 Round CW 2 qt.

RFSCW4 Round CW 4 qt.

RFSCW8 Round CW 8 qt.

RFSCW12 Round CW 12 qt.

RFSCW22 Round CW 22 qt.

Additional models available.

160

161.11_28.new 5/10/11 3:45 PM Page 1

KITCHEN SUPPLIES A

A. Food Storage & Rotation Bags.

Food storage, rotation and cooking bags simplify the process of food prep and storage while minimizing the risk of serving out of date foods. High density polyethylene saddle pack bags are ideal for pre-portioning; leakproof and greaseproof bags are microwave safe up to 200°F. They come in a wide variety of sizes and styles both printed and unprinted to accommodate every need.

Flat pack food transport and storage bags keep foods fresh during transport and in the refrigerator or freezer.

Model Description 20-01 Sandwich Bag, 63/4"x63/4", 11/2" Fb 20-012M Sandwich Bag, 61/2"x6", 11/2" Lip, 11/2" Fb 20-21 Silverware Bag, 31/2"x10", 2" Lip, 2" Fb 20-212M Silverware Bag, 31/2"x10", 2" Lip, 2" Fb 21-6709 Clear Sandwich Bag, 61/2"x7" 22-FS069 Freezer/Storage Bag w/Ties, 61/2"x9" 22-FS10 Freezer/Storage Bag w/Ties, 10"x14" 22-FS12 Freezer/Storage Bag w/Ties, 12"x18" 22-FS1824 Freezer/Storage Bag w/Ties, 18"x24" 22-FS1830 Freezer/Storage Bag w/Ties, 18"x30" Additional models available.

C Coldmaster®

C. Food Pans, Coldpans, Crocks & Accessories.

Coldmaster food pans fit standard size food pan templates. Allows food to be placed directly into pans maintaining 40°F or less food temperatures for up to 8 hours. Outer shell is made of durable ABS material. Coldmaster coldpans have same capacity as traditional food pans but are designed to be used with Durapan food pans for superior cold retention. Coldmaster crock hold 2 qts.; lid sold separately. Coldmaster Ice Cream Server holds a 3 gal. tub at 32°F for 6 to 10 hours. Dishwasher safe. NSF. Model Description Model Description CM1030 Coldcrock, 2 qt. (includes coaster) CM1072 Cold Batter Pan CM1100 6"D Full Size Food Pan CM1032 Clear Solid Lid (Use w/CM1030) CM1101 6"D Half Size Food Pan CM1033 Clear Slot Lid (Use w/CM1030) CM1102 6"D Third Size Food Pan CM1033P Clear Pump Lid (Use w/CM1030) CM1103 6"D Third Size Divided Food Pan CM1035 Standard Pump (Use w/CM1030) CM1104 6"D Sixth Size Food Pan CM1037 Maxi Pump (Use w/CM1030) Additional models available.

CM1040 4"D Full Size Coldpan CM1042 6"D Full Size Coldpan D. StorPlus™ Food Storage Containers.

Perfect for storing condiments, spices, toppings, leftover foods or storing large batches of foods. Reinforced stacking lugs on all corners add strength, rigidity, and help prevent container “lock-up” or jamming when stacked together. Wide recessed handles, with drain holes for quicker drying, provide maximum grip without sacrificing shelf space.

Capacity indicators listed in gallons and liters, and are color-coded to match lids for quick identification. NSF. Dishwasher safe.

Model Description 10720 2 qt. Container Clear (Polycarbonate) 10721 4 qt. Container Clear (Polycarbonate) 10722 6 qt. Container Clear (Polycarbonate) 10723 8 qt. Container Clear (Polycarbonate) 10724 12 qt. Container Clear (Polycarbonate) 10725 18 qt. Container Clear (Polycarbonate) 10726 22 qt. Container Clear (Polycarbonate) 10730 2 qt. Container White 10731 4 qt. Container White 10732 6 qt. Container White D 10733 8 qt. Container White 10734 12 qt. Container White 10735 18 qt. Container White 10736 22 qt. Container White 10740 2-4 qt. Lid 10741 6-8 qt. Lid 10742 12-18-22 qt. Lid

161

B B. Storplus™ Food Storage Boxes.

Store food plus much more. Made from durable polycarbonate, Storplus boxes have reinforced top and bottom corners on both box and lid to help prevent chipping and cracking. Easy-grip handles have structured rib reinforcement.

Available in blue, green, red, yellow, clear polycarbonate and in white polyethylene.

Model Description 10610 12"x18"x31/2" Box Polycarbonate 10611 12"x18"x6" Box Polycarbonate 10612 12"x18"x9" Box Polycarbonate 10617 12"x18" Lock Tight Lid Polycarbonate 10620 18"x26"x31/2" Box Polycarbonate 10621 18"x26"x6" Box Polycarbonate 10622 18"x26"x9" Box Polycarbonate 10623 18"x26"x12" Box Polycarbonate 10624 18"x26"x15" Box Polycarbonate 10627 18"x26" Lock Tight Lid Polycarbonate 10628 18"x26"x5" Colander Polycarbonate Additional models available.

E E. DATEIT™ Food Rotation Labels.

Have you had a tough time sticking to labeling systems? Food rotation labels can help: • Improve inventory control by serving the freshest food in the kitchen.

• Assure health inspectors your kitchen is safe and up to code.

• Save money and food with a professional food rotation system.

Custom labels can help increase brand awareness, attract new customers and retain existing customers.

Storage Tips Do not use masking tape for labeling. Sticky residue harbors harmful bacteria and can cross contaminate food contact surfaces of clean containers when nested during storage.

Cover, label and date all food products stored in containers. Monitor all use-by-dates closely.

162.11_28.new 5/10/11 2:44 PM Page 1

KITCHEN SUPPLIES B A. Kool-Tek® Products.

Provide kitchen personnel with unmatched protection from heat and burns. Nomex® construction protects up to 450°F. Kevlar® layers at user contact points provide outstanding abrasion resistance and heat protection to 1000°F. Contains no ignitable material and lasts up to 15 times longer than standard cotton apparel. Machine washable.

Model Description KT0112 12" Puppet Mitt KT0112K 12" Puppet Mitt w/Kevlar KT0115K 15" Puppet Mitt w/Kevlar Additional models available.

A

B. Cheftex™ by Chef Revival.

New high performance poly-cotton outperforms the competition!

Chef-tex wicks moisture faster than standard poly-cotton—dries 33% faster than the competition.

Patented fabric stain release handles the toughest kitchen stains and performs for the life of the garment. “Deep dye” technology resists fading from sunlight, washings and oxidation. Wrinkle resistant, superior “shape retention” leads to a crisper garment. Smooth and luxurious feel is the result of a patented technology that is permanent and consistent, even after multiple washings. Chef-tex is available in a variety of Chef Revival Jackets.

C. 24/7 Fresh Jackets & Cargo Pants.

A fresh image is as important as fresh food!

Introducing our new line of Fresh Crew jackets which complement not only the décor, but the food itself. Our new unisex Fresh Cool Crew Jackets feature a stylish 3/ 4 length sleeve that offers comfort from the kitchen to the front of the house. Offered in Tomato, Spice, Mint, Steel and White, all in our QC2000 poly-cotton material with flat plastic buttons. Pants include drawstring waistband, zip fly closure, 2 side, 2 rear and 2 thigh side pockets. Small, Medium, Large, X-Large, 2X and 3X. Sizes 4X and 5X available by special order. Choose from a variety of colors.

Model Description J134-(Color) Jacket P023-(Color)

Colors: Mint(MT), Steel(ST),Tomato(TM), Spice(SP), White(WH)

D. UltiGrips® Oven Mitts.

The first food safety heat resistant gloves. Protecting up to 500°F, UltiGrips ® patented material provides a secure grip and unmatched dexterity. Material resists water, stains and spills and can be easily washed in the dishwasher or pot and pan sink—always a clean and sanitary appearance.

Model Description UPM17BK Puppet Mitt 17" UPM15BK Puppet Mitt 15" UCMX17BK Conventional Mitt 17" UCMX15BK Conventional Mitt 15" UCMX13BK Conventional Mitt 13"

C

Pants

Colors: Claret(CLT), Hounds Tooth(HT), Black(BK), Blue/Gray Stripe(BGS)

D E. BestGrip™ Oven Mitts.

BestGrip™ offers ample dexterity and heat protection while consistently looking clean. Neoprene® construction provides heat protection up to 500°F. WebGuard™ provides extra heat protection between thumb and forefinger. Fire retardant. Made of non-slip textured material. Inner layer of heat protection stays in place due to tight quilted stitching, Wipes clean easily with just a damp cloth. Hangs on virtually any steel surface for quick, convenient storage.

Model Description 810CM15 Conventional 15" 810CM17 Conventional 17" 810PM15 Puppet 15" 810PM17 Puppet 15"

E

F. Knife & Steel 24/7 Baggy Chef Pants.

Our Knife & Steel line of Chef Pants are the true work horse in chef apparel. When it comes to durability, comfort and overall value, our 24/7 chef pants will work hard for you and your operation. Poly-cotton pants feature 2" elastic waist with drawstring, 2 deep side pockets and 2 rear patch pockets. Choose Black (BK) or Houndstooth (HT) in sizes X-Small, Small, Medium, Large and X-Large. Model P020.

162

F

163.11_31.new 5/10/11 3:46 PM Page 1

Furnishings Chairs & Barstools Tables & Bases Booths Crowd Control Signage Spacing Consideration for Furnishings • 14 sq. ft. per person for spacious dining.

• 12 sq. ft. per person for cafeteria or restaurant.

• 10 sq. ft. per person for banquet, institutional or close seating.

• Allow 18" for person seating from edge of table to back of chair.

• Diagonal seating saves floor space. Deuce tables and wall spacing save the most space.

• Allow 42" between squared tables for chairs back to back—leaves 6" to push out.

• Allow 60" between squared tables for chairs back to back—leaves 26" service aisle.

• Allow 24" between corners of diagonal table for customer access—no aisle.

• Allow 30" between corners of diagonal tables for customer access—narrow aisle.

Note: Where space is limited, booths require only 8 sq. ft. per person, including aisle allowance.

A A. 6-Channel Back Booths.

ATS’s 6-Channel Back Booth expands on their standard upholstered booth to include back stitching dividing the back vertically into six panels. Includes heavy-duty hardwood frame, reinforced with glued corner blocks, removable sinuous spring seat with cross-connecting links, 43/4" high vinyl kick base in a proven design outlasting competitive offerings. Choose Single, Double or Wall Bench. Floor to seat top average height is 18".

Model Description AS-366-GR4 Single, 36"Hx46"Lx23"W, COM/grade 4 upholstery AS-366-GR5 Single, 36"Hx46"Lx23"W, grade 5 upholstery AS-366-GR6 Single, 36"Hx46"Lx23"W, grade 6 upholstery AS-366-GR7 Single, 36"Hx46"Lx23"W, grade 7 upholstery AS-366-GR8 Single, 36"Hx46"Lx23"W, grade 8 upholstery AD-366-GR4 Double, 36"Hx46"Lx44"W, COM/grade 4 upholstery AD-366-GR5 Double, 36"Hx46"Lx44"W, grade 5 upholstery AD-366-GR6 Double, 36"Hx46"Lx44"W, grade 6 upholstery AD-366-GR7 Double, 36"Hx46"Lx44"W, grade 7 upholstery AD-366-GR8 Double, 36"Hx46"Lx44"W, grade 8 upholstery AS-366-Wall-GR4 Wall, 36"Hx12"Lx23"W, COM/grade 4 upholstery AS-366-Wall-GR5 Wall, 36"Hx12"Lx23"W, grade 5 upholstery AS-366-Wall-GR6 Wall, 36"Hx12"Lx23"W, grade 6 upholstery AS-366-Wall-GR7 Wall, 36"Hx12"Lx23"W, grade 7 upholstery AS-366-Wall-GR8 Wall, 36"Hx12"Lx23"W, grade 8 upholstery

Estimating Seating Capacity per Square Foot For Banquet Seating: When using oblong tables, divide the room area (sq. ft.) by 8. When using round tables, divide the room area (sq. ft.) by 10. These figures are for maximum seating. If space is available for more comfortable seating, allow an additional 2 sq. ft. per person.

For Seminar Seating: Divide “attendee” seating area (sq. ft.) by 8. This formula allows for chair and passage aisle, but not for wide traffic aisles, doors, exits, posts or other obstructions. It is useful for a quick approximation.

When planning seating, several factors must be considered: Cost per square foot per person.

Approximate tables for best usage of space. Ease of providing service to tables.

B

B. Wood Chair Collection.

From the timeless design of model 5030, School House Chair, to the unique 5010, American Chair, we offer quality manufactured wood seating at affordable prices in a variety of styles. Heavy brackets are used on the underside of the seat and front legs and all mortise and tenon joints glued and toe nailed for added strength. Select from a variety of finishes including Cherry, Natural, Mahogany, Dark Mahogany, Walnut and Black. Many models available on a quick ship program.

Model 3545BS 3545 5050BS 5050 5010 5010PS 5010BS 5010BSPS 5050BSPS 5050PS 3545BSPS 3545PS

163

Description Barstool, 43"H Vertical Back Chair, 33"H Vertical Back Barstool, 46"H Ladder Back Chair, 33"H Ladder Back Chair, 33"H American Back Chair, 33"H American Back w/Padded Seat Barstool, 43"H American Back Barstool, 43"H American Back w/Padded Seat Barstool, 46"H Ladder Back w/Padded Seat Chair, 33"H Ladder Back w/Padded Seat Barstool, 43"H Vertical Back w/Padded Seat Chair, 33"H Vertical Back w/Padded Seat

164.11_28.new 5/10/11 3:42 PM Page 1

FURNISHINGS

A

B

A. Metal Chair Collection.

The 9315/91315 series offers 5 distinctive back styles. Classic silhouettes (9316 B. Sturdy Chair™ Youth Seat.

Ladder Back and 9309 Vertical Slat Back) translated from their conventional Meets latest ASTM and TUV safety standards. One piece wood construction to metal. Attractive (3168 High Back Vertical Slat Back) for T-bar and 3-point active harness with one-handed release any dining ensemble. Features 16 gauge, 11/4" tubular steel, fully welded joints protects child and reduces pinching. and powder coated frame finish. Black sandblast frames can be powder coated Model Description almost any color. Wood finish (Natural, Mahogany, Dark Mahogany, Cherry and FG781588BLA Tray (Platinum, Green, Black, Red, Blue) Walnut) seats available.

FG780508BLA Chair w/Wheels (Platinum, Green, Black) Model Description FG780608BLA Chair, no wheels (Platinum, Green, Black) 1212 Chair 31"H, X-Back w/Wood Seat FG781408BLA Chair, no wheels (Ready to Assemble) 800-1212 Barstool 44"H, X-Back w/Wood Seat 3168 Chair 34"H, Vertical Slat Back w/Wood Seat 31168 Barstool 441/2"H, Vertical Slat Back w/Wood Seat 9316 Chair 35"H, Ladder Back w/Wood Seat 800-316 Barstool 44"H, Ladder Back w/Wood Seat 9315A Chair 321/2"H, A-Style Back w/Wood Seat C 91315A Barstool 43"H, A-Style Back w/Wood Seat 9315APS Chair 321/2"H, A-Style Back w/Padded Seat 9315B Chair 321/2"H, B-Style Back w/Wood Seat 91315B Barstool 43"H, B-Style Back w/Wood Seat 9309 Chair 35"H, Vertical Slat Back w/Wood Seat C. Anti-Microbial Baby Changing Station.

91309 Barstool 441/2"H, Vertical Slat Back w/Wood Seat Anti-microbial protection inhibits bacteria growth and odors on all baby contact surfaces. Easy access hooks on both sides allow parent easy access to diaper bag without bending over. Convenient accessory shelf is ideal for placing bottle, baby powder and other items safely out of baby’s reach. Available in vertical and horizontal configurations. Contains Liquid Barrier Liners with an easy to service dispenser that holds up to 40 liners.

Model Description FG781788WHT Protective Table Liners (320/carton) FG781888LPLAT Changing Table, Horizontal D FG781988LPLAT Changing Table, Vertical

D. Solid Wood Table Tops.

Solid wood table tops are 11/4" thick solid ash wood with 1" radius corners with eased edge. Round, square or rectangular sizes available in four colors—cherry, dark mahogany, natural and walnut.

Model Description W2430-C Rectangle, 24"x30" W2445-C Rectangle, 24"x45" W2448-C Rectangle, 24"x48" W2460-C Rectangle, 24"x60" W3036-C Rectangle, 30"x36" W3045-C Rectangle, 30"x45" W3048-C Rectangle, 30"x48" W3060-C Rectangle, 30"x60" W3072-C Rectangle, 30"x72" W24-C Round, 24" dia.

W30-C Round, 30" dia.

W36-C Round, 36" dia.

W42-C Round, 42" dia.

W48-C Round, 48" dia.

W60-C Round, 60" dia.

W2424-C Square, 24"x24" W3030-C Square, 30"x30" W3636-C Square, 36"x36" W4242-C Square, 42"x42"

E

E. Diaper Changing Stations.

Diaper Changing Stations are ADA compliant and available in horizontal and vertical styles to meet size and space requirements. Bag hooks on either end allow for the child’s diaper bag to be securely hung for easy access, while the second hook is available for a purse or shopping bags. Concave shelf design provides a deep area for the child to lay, preventing them from rolling around while the heavy-duty safety strap provides an additional level of security. Molded in dual liner dispensers accommodate 50 bed liners that create a barrier between the child and the changer.

Model 8252-H 8252-V 8254 8255

164

Description Horizontal Vertical Child Safety Seat Bed Liners, Plastic Lined

165.11_28.new 5/10/11 3:40 PM Page 1

FURNISHINGS

A. Geneva Laminate Open Shelf Serving Cart.

Complete your dining area with great design.

Contemporary styling with spacious oval shaped shelves. Available in ten standard laminate finishes (shown in Gray Sand). 4" all swivel casters. Fully assembled. Top shelf is 23"x44", lower shelves are 19"x42", 35" overall height. Model 36300

A

B

B. LED OPEN Sign.

This energy saving LED OPEN sign features five attention light settings with simple onebutton operation. Complete with crystal clear dust cover. UL listed. 215/6"Lx13"W and 15/8" thick. Model LED-OPEN

D. Write-On Boards.

An inviting way to welcome your guests and display your specials. Easily change your message daily.

These elegant wood frames are perfect for any décor. MKRBD-2432 mounts on wall or use with available sign easel.

Model Description ASIGN-2542 A-Frame Board, 25"Lx421/2"W" ASIGN-2034 A-Frame Board, 20"Lx34"W MKRBD-2432 Wood Frame, 32"Hx24"W EASEL-2362 Easel, 23"Wx62"H

D

C C. Cashier Stand.

State-of-the-art design is ideal for the latest automated POS payment systems.

Attractively and practically designed model to enhance any cafeteria operation.

Stainless steel with laminate finish. Tray slides fold down out of the way when not in use. Perforated panel provides proper ventilation for POS equipment. Shown with optional cash drawer. Overall dimensions: 511/4"Wx261/4"Dx35"H. Model Description 641 S/S with Laminate Finish Cash Drawer Built-In Locking Cash Drawer (for #641)

E

F. A-Frame Sidewalk Boards.

Broadcast your message with A-Frame Sidewalk Boards.

Features include steel reinforced corners, weather-resistant hardware, unique plastic camel floor leveling system and full width aluminum hinges. Choose from traditional solid oak wood frame with either clear lacquer or cherry finish or modern aluminum frame with either clear anodized or black powder coated finish. Four writing surfaces to choose from—white or black markerboard, black acrylic or black chalkboard.

Available in two sizes—42"Hx24"W or 42"x18"W. Model Description A-1 Black Chalkboard, Oak, 42"Hx24"W MA-1 Black Chalkboard, Cherry, 42"Hx24"W A-11 Black Markerboard, Oak, 42"Hx24"W F MA-11 Black Markerboard, Cherry, 42"Hx24"W BA-11 Black Markerboard, Black Aluminum, 42"Hx24"W MA-3 Black Chalkboard, Cherry, 42"Hx18"W Additional models available.

165

E. Form-A-Line System.

Divert traffic where you need it with Retractable Single or Dual Belt System available in brass, satin, chrome or black with belt colors red, green, blue and black. Removable Sign Frames easily attach to retractable belt posts and accept media inserts up to 3/8" thick. Traditional Rope System is perfect for elegant crowd control in theaters, museums, classic restaurants and more. Available in brass, satin and chrome with rope colors black and red in sizes 5', 6' and 8' lengths.

Model Description HC-7 Retractable Belt Style, Chrome HB-7 Retractable Belt Style, Brass HS-7 Retractable Belt Style, Satin HBK-27 Dual Retractable Belt Style, Black HC-27 Dual Retractable Belt Style, Chrome HB-27 Dual Retractable Belt Style, Brass Tr-1 Rope 5', Black w/Chrome Hardware Tr-2 Rope 5', Black w/Brass Hardware Tr-45 Rope 5', Red w/Satin Hardware Tr-5 Rope 6', Black w/Chrome Hardware Tr-6 Rope 6', Black w/Brass Hardware Tr-65 Rope 6', Black w/Satin Hardware Tr-7 Rope 6', Red w/Chrome Hardware Additional models available.

166.11_12 5/10/11 4:04 PM Page 1

General Equivalents

Metric Conversion Chart

16 tablespoons 1 cup (standard measure) 2 cups 16 ounces 3 quarts (dry) 4 pecks 32 ounces 128 ounces 1 No. 10 can 1 pound margarine/butter 1 pound flour 1 teaspoon 1 pinch (few grains) 3 teaspoons 1 jigger 2 pints 4 quarts 16 ounces (liquid) 8 ounces (liquid) 1 ounce

TAKE MULTIPLY BY: Length inches 25 feet 30 yards 0.9 miles 1.6 millimeters 0.04 centimeters 0.4 meters 1.1 kilometers 0.6 Surface or Area square inches 6.5 square feet 0.09 square yards 0.08 square miles 2.6 acres 0.4 square centimeters 0.16 square meters 1.2 square kilometers 0.4 hectares 2.5 Volume & Capacity ounces (fluid) 30 pints .047 quarts 0.95 gallons 3.8 milliliters 0.034 liters 2.1 liters 1.06 liters 0.26 Weight & Mass ounces 28 pounds 0.45 short tons 0.9 grams 0.035 kilograms 2.2 metric tons 1.1 Temperature 째Fahrenheit 0.55 (After subtracting 32) 째Celsius 1.8 (Then add 32)

= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =

1 cup 1/2 pint (8 fluid ounces) 1 pint 1 pound 1 peck 1 bushel 1 fluid quart 1 fluid gallon 13 cups 2 cups 4 cups 60 drops 1/16 teaspoon 1 tablespoon 11/2 ounce 1 quart 1 gallon 1 pound or 1 pint (liquid) 1 cup (liquid) 2 tablespoons (approx.)

Contents of Standard Cans Can Number 1 300 303 1 Tall 2 21/2 3 5 10

Weight 10-11 oz.

15 oz.

1 lb.

1 lb.

1 lb. 3 oz.

1 lb. 13 oz.

1 qt. 13 fl. oz.

3 lbs.

6 lbs. 8 oz.

Volume (Cups) 11/4 13/4 2 2 21/2 31/2 31/2 53/4 12 - 13

Common Utilities Conversions TAKE MULTIPLY BY: BTU 100000 Therm .00001 Therm 100 Cubic Foot (Nat. Gas) .01 Watt .001 Kilowatt 1000 Kilowatt Hour 1.341 Horsepower Hour .746 BTU .0003 Horsepower Hour 2545 BTU .0004

Units

Fluid gram

TO FIND Therm BTU Cubic Foot (Nat. Gas) Therm Kilowatt Watt Horsepower Hour Kilowatt Hour Kilowatt Hour BTU Horsepower Hour

TeaTablespoonful spoonful

TO FIND millimeters centimeters meters kilometers inches inches yards miles square centimeters square meters square meters square kilometers hectares square inches square yards square miles acres milliliters liters liters liters ounces (fluid) pints quarts gallons grams kilograms metric tons ounces pounds tons 째Celsius 째Fahrenheit

Fluid ounce

1/4 cupful

Gill (1/2 cupful)

Cupful

Liquid pint

Liquid quart

Milliliter

Liter

1 fluid dram

1

3/4

1/4

1/8

1/16

1/32

1/64

1/128

1/256

3.7

0.004

1 teaspoon

1/13

1

1/3

1/6

1/12

1/24

1/48

1/96

1/192

4.9

0.005

1 tablespoon

4

3

1

1/2

1/4

1/8

1/16

1/32

1/64

15

0.015

1 fluid ounce

8

6

2

1

1/2

1/4

1/8

1/16

1/32

30

0.030

1/4 cupful

16

12

4

2

1

1/2

1/4

1/8

1/16

59

0.059

1 gill (1/2 cupful)

32

24

8

4

2

1

1/2

1/4

1/8

118

0.118

1 cupful

64

48

16

8

4

2

1

1/2

1/4

237

0.237

1 liquid pint

128

96

32

16

8

4

2

1

1/2

473

0.473

1 liquid quart

256

192

64

32

16

8

4

2

1

946

0.946

1 milliliter

0.27

0.20

0.034

0.034

0.017

0.0084

0.0042

0.0021

0.0011

1

1/1000

1 liter

270

203

33.8

33.8

16.9

8.45

4.23

2.11

1.06

1000

1 liter

166

167.11_12 5/10/11 4:05 PM Page 1

Before An Inspector Visits

During An Inspection

Without a health inspection, your restaurant could fall victim to a foodborne-illness outbreak that could ruin your establishment’s reputation and even force you to close your doors.

The proper strategy for a successful health inspection is to be ready for an examination at any time. This means that you and your managers should become inspectors and conduct weekly, in-house examinations before health inspectors arrive.

Don’t panic when an inspector arrives. Think of this as a learning opportunity that will benefit your operation by making it as safe as possible. To make an inspection as pain-free as possible, you should:

•

Ask to see the inspector’s credentials first. In some cases, people have tried to pass themselves off as health officials. If you’re unsure of the person’s credentials, call the local health department or the inspector’s supervisor for verification.

•

When conducting a self-assessment, you should use the same form or a similar form that your health department uses and put yourself in the health inspector’s place.

•

Do not refuse an inspection. The examiner will likely get an inspection warrant that you can’t refuse and the examination will be even more thorough.

•

Your self-inspection should include walking into your establishment from the outside to get an outsider’s impression.

•

•

After you inspect your operation, hold a 10-minute briefing with kitchen staff to review any problems. This step will help convey the importance of food safety to staff members.

Tag along with the inspector and take notes of any violations he or she finds. This gives you the chance to correct simple problems on the spot and the examiner will note your willingness to fix problems.

•

Refrain from offering any food or any other item that can be misconstrued as an attempt to influence the inspector’s findings.

•

After the exam, be sure to sign the inspector’s report.

Signing it doesn’t mean that you agree to the findings; it only means that you received a copy of the report.

•

Ask the inspector to explain his findings to your staff and offer suggestions on areas that need improvement.

Even the cleanest restaurants sometimes contain health-code violations.

•

If your staff includes employees for whom English is a second language, ask a bilingual employee to translate the findings to them so they also understand how important cleanliness is to the success of your restaurant.

•

Your self-inspection priorities for kitchen employees should include: food temperature, awareness of food types and hand washing.

•

Temperature guidelines include checking the temperature of products when they arrive, when they are stored and when they are served. Doing this will reduce foodborneillness outbreaks by 70 percent.

•

Food-type guidelines are divided into three categories: beef and beef blood; chicken; and all other types of food.

These three categories can never touch each other during preparation.

•

The importance of hand washing should be re-enforced by posting signs at all kitchen sinks and in employee restrooms.

•

Train your managers to ensure that they are up-to-date on the latest food-safety techniques. Restaurant employees can use the National Restaurant Association Educational Foundation’s ServSafe food-safety training program.

•

Review your local health code for any special, local requirements.

•

Another way to influence the outcome of your health inspection is to get involved politically. Join your state’s health-code-revision committee to give a restaurateur’s perspective. Involve senior staff on such committees as well.

167

After An Inspection

Here’s what you can do to limit the damage of an adverse health inspection:

•

Fix small problems during the inspection to let the examiner know you are willing to work with him or her.

•

If you don’t understand the violation, ask the health official to explain. Don’t be confrontational.

•

If you disagree with the inspector’s findings, keep quiet for the time being and appeal the decision later. Your health inspector should be your ally. He or she can improve the quality of your cuisine and save you from the devastation of a foodborne-illness incident. F Abbreviations Common to the Foodservice Industry

AGA BTU NSF UL CSA AC/DC ETL NAFEM NEMA ASM HACCP

American Gas Association British Thermal Unit National Sanitation Foundation Underwriters Laboratory Canadian Standards Association Alternate Current/Direct Current Edison Testing Laboratory National Association of Foodservice Equipment Manufacturers National Electrical Manufacturers Association American Society of Mechanical Engineers Hazardous Analysis Critical Control Points

168.11_12 5/11/11 8:50 AM Page 1

Energy Conservation Checklist

In convection ovens, clean the fan blades. Accumulated dirt restricts the amount of air delivered.

When cooling, each degree the temperature is raised reduces electrical consumption by 5%. When heating, each degree lowered reduces consumption by 3%.

Keep microwave oven interior surfaces free of food particles that inhibit oven performance.

Fluorescent bulbs are about four times more energy efficient indoors than standard incandescent bulbs.

Start the day’s baking with foods that require the lowest oven temperature.

Substitute a 100-watt incandescent bulb for two 60-watt bulbs and save 12% energy with no loss of light.

Filter cooking fat. Built up sediment reduces cooking efficiency.

Operate a dehumidifier in the summer. Dry air can be tolerated at higher temperatures than humid air.

Place frequently used items in the front of refrigerators to reduce the time that the doors are open.

Operating a humidifier in winter will allow colder air to feel more comfortable.

In high ceiling rooms, replace the ceiling lighting with hanging lamps to bring light closer.

Before closing for the night, close exhaust systems and precool (in summer) or preheat (in winter).

Use direct, cold outside air for kitchen cooling.

ENERGY STAR qualified equipment can be an answer to mounting energy bills.

Install awnings over windows that get direct sunlight.

In the Kitchen

Purchasing ENERGY STAR qualified commercial food service equipment as a package for new kitchen construction or as a replacement for aging equipment, can save significant amounts of money and energy on foodservice operators’ electric, gas, water and sewer bills. Commercial foodservice products in eight categories may earn the ENERGY STAR: dishwashers, fryers, griddles, hot food holding cabinets, ice machines, ovens, refrigerators and freezers and steam cookers. Qualified products can save up to as much as 50 percent over their conventional counterparts.

Central HVAC systems are 10-15% more efficient than separate heating and cooling systems and allow incorporation of new energy efficient equipment.

Remember that water and other water-based liquids boil at 212°F. Turning the flame higher does not cook food faster, it only uses more energy.

Cover dishes with lids to retain heated air in pots and decrease cooking time.

Monitor preheat times with thermostats and timers.

When possible, use infrared broilers which can be turned off when not in use and quickly reheated, rather than idling less efficient equipment.

Save Energy, Save Money ENERGY STAR helps restaurant owners and operators improve the performance of their facilities and equipment while reducing energy costs.

Restaurants that invest strategically can cut utility costs 10 to 30 percent without sacrificing service, quality, style or comfort — while making significant contributions to a cleaner environment.

Turn off exhaust fan when not required. This saves the energy needed to run the fan and eases the load on the heating/cooling system because you are exhausting less air from the room.

Don’t load fryer baskets beyond their stated capacity, normally 1/2 to 2/3 full. Crowded food takes longer to cook.

Higher temperatures do not preheat ovens any faster than moderate temperatures.

Outfitting an entire kitchen with a suite of ENERGY STAR qualified CFS equipment could save operators about 350 Mbtu/year annually, or the equivalent of approximately $3,600.

Use high energy-demand equipment sequentially rather than simultaneously, if possible.

Hot water boosters should be within five feet of a dishwasher to avoid heat loss in the pipes.

Besides saving energy, ENERGY STAR qualified steam cookers and commercial dishwashers save water. Steam cookers that have earned the ENERGY STAR are 90 percent more water efficient than nonqualified steam cookers; an ENERGY STAR qualified commercial dishwasher is 25 percent more water efficient than standard models.

In gas-fired units, adjust the flame to blue with a firm center core. A yellow tip indicates gas is escaping.

Flush water heaters every six months to prevent accumulation of solids that prevent heat transfer.

Cook at lowest possible temperatures. Slow cooking retards meat shrinkage, retains nutrients and color, and cuts energy usage.

Maintain steamtables at temperatures that allow food to warm without forming clouds of steam. Clouds indicate unnecessary high temperatures.

Help Protect the Environment The greenhouse gas emissions that were avoided were equal to 27 million cars.

Every few months have a qualified service representative calibrate oven thermostats with a thermocouple.

168

Visit www.energystar.gov for more information.